1997 Mastermind Mock Draft - Fantasy Football Mastermind
Transcription
1997 Mastermind Mock Draft - Fantasy Football Mastermind
2013 Pre-Season Draft Guide Version II July 26th, 2013 17th Issue; Copyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind Inc. Reproductions, adaptations, re-distribution, representation of this product in any form whatsoever without written consent of Fantasy Football Mastermind Inc. is strictly prohibited. All rights reserved. Table of Contents Introduction - A Greeting from Michael Nazarek ....... Page 3 News & Notes – What’s New in the Guide & News from the NFL ....... Page 6 ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... Page 8 Page 13 Page 22 Page 29 Page 39 Page 49 Page 56 Page 61 Page 68 Page 80 Page 86 Page 98 Page 109 Page 127 Page 139 Page 145 Page 147 Page 151 Page 190 Page 208 Page 217 Page 222 Page 230 Page 257 Page 267 Page 268 RB Player Profiles – Three STUDs Lead the Way… ....... Page 285 WR Player Profiles – Calvin and Brandon Rule the Roost… ....... Page 317 TE Player Profiles – Jimmy Graham Stands Alone… ....... Page 356 PK Player Profiles – Grab a Top 8 Guy Late! ....... Page 374 IDP Sleepers/Creepers/Rookies & Strategies – by Steve Yerger ....... Page 388 Master’s Trading Edge 2013 Version – by John Cooney ....... Page 399 Fantasy Articles "The 2013 FFMastermind.com Draft Plan" - Michael Nazarek “Designing Your Draft Strategy 2013” – Chris Rito “The Ten Demandments” – God (via John Holler) “Strength of Schedule 2013” – John Cooney “Coaching Carousel 2012” – John Holler “Movers & Shakers: Adjusting Draft Strategy” – Chris Rito “The ABCs of Auction Draft Leagues in 2013” – Steve Yerger “The 2013 NFL Schedule…” – John Holler “Exploding: 2013’s Third-Year Receivers” – John Cooney “The Tricks of the Trade in 2013” – Chris Rito "Busting the Wedge - Points via Return Specialists" - J. Cooney "RBBC: The Four Most Hated Letters in FF" - Chris Rito "Get Out the Handcuffs!" - John Cooney "Hangin' in the Red Zone 2013" - John Holler "Strategies for QB-Weighted Leagues in 2013" - John Cooney "Zigging and Zagging Through Your Draft" - H.D. Coelho "Magic QB Handcuffs" - Chris Rito "Player Percentage: Who's on the Field & Who Isn't?" - J. Holler "Fantasy Impact: Pass-Catching RBs" - John Cooney 2013 Sleeper Preview – by Michael Nazarek 2013 Creeper Preview – by Michael Nazarek 2013 Rookie Preview – by John Holler 2013 Ofensive Line Analysis - The Big Uglies – by John Cooney 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies – by B. Lathrop 2013 Specialty Player Rankings – Coming in early August QB Player Profiles – Brees & Rodges at the Top, But... ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 2 Introduction Introduction June 28, 2013 by: Michael Nazarek Welcome to the 17 th annual Fantasy Football Mastermind Pre-Season Draft Guide! Wow. I can't believe it's been nearly 20 years online! This first cut represents only the start of a very experienced and rich in fantasy football information content living document. There are more than 235 pages herein, and it will likely grow to be more than double in size (last year's final cut was nearly 600 pages). With this version you'll find 10 fantasy articles with at least another dozen on the way. In the initial version of this guide, I offer the June cut of the Official 2013 FFMastermind.com Draft Plan, along with my comprehensive fantasy sleeper and creeper features. Future articles will cover Summer's Burning Questions andfother timely topics. I'll also be personally handling all the News & Notes Updates in the guide along with the Premium Quick Bits News & Views (debuting in early August) posted directly online. After consulting with our staff, I've developed all fantasy player projections within this guide (save IDP). They are offered after WEEKS of intense analysis regarding the current state of the NFL and all 32 teams researched individually. Anytime there is a major development with regard to flucuations in player values, there will be an update, even if that takes place in between our normal schedule of updates. FFMastermind.com remains dedicated towards being the most up-to-date fantasy football information service this summer, and we'll prove that to you in this guide over the long haul. Senior fantasy writer John Holler has penned three of the initial 10 articles herein (10 Demandements, 2013 Schedule, & 2013 Coaching Carousel), as well as helped me extensively with the player profiles within the guide. Holler also returns as our Rookie Specialist with regard to that content within this guide and our web site. In addition to his initial preview coming in July, he will offer at least two rookie updates over the coming weeks once training camps begin, as rookie gain their footholds within their respective teams in the NFL. Of course, Holler will also be helping me write our annual Training Camp In-Depth Team Capsules with Special Camp Tidbits to debut later in August. Exclusive staff writer (and Kansas City Chiefs correspondent) John Cooney offers articles in version I of this guide regarding Third-Year Breakout WRs and Strength of Schedule for 2013. He’s also handling our ADP charts in the 2013 Masters Trading Edge feature, as well as our Offensive Lines Analysis (The Big Uglies). In future versions of this guide, Cooney will pen articles on Pass-Catching RBs, Fantasy Specialty Rankings, Strategies for QB-Weighted Fantasy Leagues, and Return Specialists. He will also compile our series of Perfect Drafts for your viewing pleasure. Indianapolis Colts correspondent and staff writer Chris Rito penned three articles for the first version of this guide, including a fresh take on Tricks of the Trade for 2013, Tayloring Drafting Strategies (for different scoring systems), and his special Designing Your Draft Strategy for ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 3 Introduction 2013. Later this summer, Rito returns with another in-depth look at RBBC (Running Back by Committee) and a special look at the top Back-Up QBs for fantasy owners to keep their eyes on. Keeper Korner columnist Brent Lathrop offers his Dynasty League cheatsheet and player analysis in version I of the guide. He will update them with each upcoming release, as well as offer special looks at certain players in his Keeper Korner Spotlights (coming in August). Lathrop also penned another Dynasty League Drafting Strategies article for the guide. Exclusive Staff Writer Eddie Rex is expected to return to contribute his take on the lighter side of fantasy football’s most controversial topics. Eddie is always informative in an off-beat sort of way. As a reminder, we will post links to real expert leagues drafts FFMastermind.com (all the ones I play in) is participating as they occur this summer, along with draft pick analysis. We've already posted pick analysis for the FanEx FAD, a draft that ended in early June, as well as the FFIndex Magazine Mock Draft (my picks and analysis from mid-May). Our famous Masters List Customizable Cheatsheets MS Excel App. returns in 2013. We have released versions for both normal performance scoring leagues and those with PPR (Point-PerReception). It contains all FFMastermind.com player projections (incuding team defense and IDP projections). Input your scoring rules, click the re-order button, and BOOM… Custom Fantasy Cheatsheets! Every time there is a player rankings update, we'll update the projections within the Masters List. Don’t want to download anything to customize your rankings? That’s where our Mastermind Championship Projections (MCP) Board comes into play. This board returns in 2013 and is fully customizable and contains detailed projections and comments for more than 475 NFL players/team defenses! You can print the board with or without comments and it is already customized for most of the popular scoring systems played online including Yahoo! Sports, ESPN, and CBS Sportsline! This board will be updated countless times when important news breaks throughout the summer. We have plenty more surprises in store for the rest of the summer, all will be released in good time. This is a marathon, not a sprint, and we want to give subscribers plenty of time to read all herein as we get rolling with training camps opening in late July. I heartily thank each and every writer who contributed to this guide. It's the heart and soul of FFMastermind.com, and they should all be proud. As you read this guide, please keep in mind it is a “living” document. That means it will constantly be changing through the first week or two in September. Player rankings will change (a lot). Sleepers may become creepers, and vice versa. If you purchased one of the fantasy magazines out there in book stores this summer, you can toss those aside right now. They are out-of-date and have content from back in May or earlier. We have worked long and hard to try to give you the most comprehensive, current, and accurate fantasy football guide on the market. If you have a question, please don’t hesitate to ask me ([email protected]). I will do my best to answer it in a prompt manner. What we present to you in this living and growing guide is our in-depth analysis of the current situation ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 4 Introduction with regard to fantasy potential of current NFL players. 17 YEARS of experience and intuition are what guides us, pure and simple. Enjoy. Sincerely, - Michael Nazarek CEO/President of Fantasy Football Mastermind Inc. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 5 News and Notes News and Notes UPDATED: July 26, 2013 by: Michael Nazarek This section of the guide will discuss the latest happenings in the NFL, which may have a direct influence in the world of fantasy football. With each new release of the guide, there will be an updated "News and Notes" section included to keep you informed of the latest news and rumors which have occurred since the previous release. We will archive the earlier sections for everyone's viewing convenience. As in years past, we will be using this feature to inform you about sections of the guide that will be written over the next 2+ months. Remember, this is a “living” document. Just because we release it, doesn’t mean it will sit and become stale over time with no updates. You paid hard earned money for the latest fantasy and NFL information, and that is exactly what we will give you, from now through the first week in September. Now… let me get to what is and what isn’t in this initial early release of the guide. This summer, our Premium Mock Draft is being replaced by our Masters Vegas League Draft, a real league, which will be a combination of myself, staff members, and chosen premium subscribers whom use our Subscriber forum. As a result, you will find no reference to the draft in this guide. We have 10 initial fantasy articles for your viewing pleasure with this release, including our annual Ten Demandments feature. We will also be adding several articles in the coming weeks, covering RBBC, Pass-Catching RBs, The Return Game (Busting the Wedge), The Perfect Drafts (PPR & Non-PPR) and several other new articles. Our annual Rookie preview will be released in July, while our Training Camp In-Depth Team Capsules are set for an August release. This initial release contains special Sleeper and Creeper previews, which will see multiple updates. A group total of Seven Cheat Sheets are available in the normal PDF on-line viewing format. Keeper Korner columnist Brent Lathrop offers his Dynasty League Cheatsheets once again this year. The MASTERS LIST Customizable Cheatsheet MS Excel App. has also been released and updated several times already for your viewing pleasure. As usual, we've incoporated our statistical projections into the Masters List. Our annual EXECUTIVE DRAFT MASTER (EDM) MS Excel App. has also been released and updated, as well. Our 2013 Mastermind Championship Projections (MCP) Board has debuted and is fully customizable and contains detailed projections and comments for more than 475 NFL players/team defenses! This board will be updated countless times when important news breaks throughout the summer. We fully expect this guide to grow to more than 500 pages by the first week of September, and the updates to number more than half a dozen. Update 7/26: As you can see, we’ve added 9 articles to this guide in version II. They include the following topics: Player Playing Percentages, Strategies for QB-Weighted Leagues, Magic QB Handcuffs, actual positional Handcuffs for all 32 NFL teams, RBBC Analysis, Pass-Catching RBs, Hangin’ in the Red Zone, Fantasy Analysis of Return Specialists and Zigging and Zagging in your fantasy draft. In addition, John Holler returns with his latest analysis of the Rookie Class of 2013 for the present and beyond. Furthermore, we’ve released Brent Lathrop’s Dynasty Rankings Update with a look at position battles. We’ve filled out the player profiles and updated the rankings (including Dynasty) and projections as we head into training camps. In addition, John Cooney updated the ADP Charts for the Master’s Trading Edge. A big thanks to the entire ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 6 News and Notes staff for helping make this cut of the guide what it is, 400+ pages of great fantasy football information, strategies, and rankings. And training camps are just now starting! We won’t rest until every pertinant piece of information we can cram into this guide will be in it. That’s no promise, that’s a fact. Of course, we continue to update our “NFL Quick Bits” page constantly as news breaks and our special "Premium Quick Bits News & Views" preseason feature returns in early August with viewpoints concerning key NFL Quick Bits. Finally, with all of the training camps still dormant, we'll begin the release of this weekly "News and Notes" in a month or so. Good luck to everyone with drafts this week! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 7 Fantasy Articles The 2013 FFMastermind.com Draft Plan Version I: Late June June 28, 2013 by: Michael Nazarek In the past, subscribers have asked me to get into exact detail regarding how I draft and the specifics regarding how I analyze the draft, my team needs, and how the actions of owners around me cause me to alter (or move forward) with my Master draft plan. Thus, the official FFMastermind.com Draft Plan was born. This plan is developed to inform subscribers of how I actually “think on the fly” during a draft. As I've done the past three years, I’ll go in rounds of two’s and make distinctions for non-PPR and PPR leagues as well as the occasional QB heavy league. I can tell you I no longer play in basic scoring leagues and only play in 12-14 team leagues. Most of my leagues are PPR, but not all of them. Most leagues have ten starters, so I’ll take you through the first 10 rounds of my drafting process. This initial version of the plan is based upon ADP taken from MyFantasyLeague.com in late June, 2013. I will be updating the plan throughout the summer, as needed. Let’s get right to the first round… ROUNDS #1-#2 Pick 1.01 – 1.06: There are five RBs I'd choose from for this pick, along with WR Calvin Johnson. The mantra regarding QBs has not changed. The only way I would draft a QB here is if the league weighted QB heavy with 6-points per TD pass, and only if I knew I could NOT get a top 7 QB with my second round pick. As for my second round pick, if I have an elite STUD RB on my roster, then I’d weigh best available RB or WR with my next choice. If a top 8 WR is available, I’d likely take him here. In QB-heavy leagues, if I took a QB in the first round, I’d take a RB with my next pick, unless a top 5 WR was still on the board and I felt I could get a top 14 RB in the third round. Sample rosters after two rounds PPR: WR Calvin Johnson, RB Matt Forte Non-PPR: RB Ray Rice, WR Brandon Marshall QB-Heavy: QB Aaron Rodgers, RB Jamaal Charles Pick 1.07 - 1.12(14): You must assume that a top 5 RB won’t be available when your turn arrives. If one is, then jump on him and consider the best available WR in the second round (especially in PPR leagues). Drafting late in the first round, you get an early second round pick. That’s a good thing considering you won’t get a top 5 RB. In PPR leagues, I target the best available WR & RB with my first two picks. A combination of A.J. Green and Alfred Morris is preferable to one of LeSean McCoy and Morris since it’s a long time until your third pick. You would then be lucky to draft WR Victor Cruz as your #1 WR. In a non-PPR league, if you draft two RBs first, then a player such as WR Percy Harvin could slide to you in the third, making taking two RBs first in non-PPR leagues more viable. That said, in most cases, I'd still prefer to go RB/WR or WR/RB in non-PPR leagues for a more balanzed approach. In QB-heavy leagues, ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 8 Fantasy Articles I take a top 7 QB first if you know he won’t last until your second pick. I’d ensure that I take a RB with my other pick. Sample rosters after two rounds PPR: WR A.J. Green, RB Alfred Morris Non-PPR: RB Trent Richardson, WR Dez Bryant QB-Heavy: QB Matthew Stafford, RB LeSean McCoy ROUNDS #3-#4 Pick 3.01 – 3.06: In PPR leagues, with a RB/WR in the fold, if a top 14 RB is still on the board like RB DeMarco Murray, I’d grab him here. ADP indicates that is a decent chance of happening. The only thing that would stop me is if QB Aaron Rodgers was still on the board early in the third round. Let’s say that isn’t the case, so Murray is the pick. With my late 4th round pick, I’d go with a WR for sure, someone like WR Jordy Nelson (Tier #4 WR). In a nonPPR league, let’s assume I went RB/WR in the first two rounds, so I turn to a RB if a player like RB DeMarco Murray is available early in the third. Follow that pick up with WR Hakeem Nicks late in the 4th round. In a QB-heavy league, with a QB/RB combo, I’d turn to WR early in the third, assuming a player like WR Larry Fitzgerald was available, followed up with another RB late in the 4th like RB Frank Gore. Sample rosters after four rounds PPR: WR Calvin Johnson, RB Matt Forte, RB DeMarco Murray, WR Jordy Nelson Non-PPR: RB Ray Rice, WR Brandon Marshall, RB DeMarco Murray, WR Hakeem Nicks QB-Heavy: QB Aaron Rodgers, RB Jamaal Charles, WR Larry Fitzgerald, RB Frank Gore Pick 3.07 – 3.12(14): In PPR leagues, a player like WR Victor Cruz could slide to late in the third round due to his contract situation. Follow that pick with a RB like RB Frank Gore and you have a solid RB/RB/WR/WR roster. In non-PPR leagues, let’s assume I went RB/WR early and now go with a top 20 RB like RB Frank Gore if available. Then I take a WR like WR Vincent Jackson early in the 4th round. In a QB-heavy league, with a QB/RB combo, I’d turn to WR late in the third, assuming a player like WR Roddy White was available, followed up with another RB early in the 4th like RB Darren Sproles. Sample rosters after four rounds PPR: WR A.J. Green, RB Alfred Morris, WR Victor Cruz, RB Frank Gore Non-PPR: RB Trent Richardson, WR Dez Bryant, RB Frank Gore, WR Vincent Jackson QB-Heavy: QB Matthew Stafford, RB LeSean McCoy, WR Roddy White, RB Frank Gore ROUNDS #5-#6 Pick 5.01 – 5.06: In PPR leagues, I would target a top 2 Tier TE here, taking TE Jason Witten if available early in the 5th. With my late 6th round pick, I’d grab my starting QB, a player such as QB Tony Romo. In a non-PPR league, I would target an elite TE and take him here. Let's say that is TE Tony Gonzalez. Late in the 6th round, I’d grab my starting QB, a player such as QB ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 9 Fantasy Articles Tony Romo. In a QB-heavy league, I’d target a #2 WR here, someone like WR Dwayne Bowe, followed by a top 5 TE like TE Tony Gonzalez. Sample rosters after six rounds PPR: WR Calvin Johnson, RB Matt Forte, RB DeMarco Murray, WR Jordy Nelson, TE Jason Witten, QB Tony Romo Non-PPR: RB Ray Rice, WR Brandon Marshall, RB DeMarco Murray, WR Hakeem Nicks, TE Tony Gonzalez, QB Tony Romo QB-Heavy: QB Aaron Rodgers, RB Jamaal Charles, WR Larry Fitzgerald, RB Frank Gore, WR Dwayne Bowe, TE Tony Gonzalez Pick 5.07 – 5.12(14): In PPR leagues, now is the time to grab a top 3 Tier QB like QB Tony Romo, followed by my starting TE if TE Tony Gonzalez is available. In non-PPR leagues, target a top 3 Tier QB like QB Tony Romo. Follow that pick up with your starting TE, say TE Tony Gonzalez. In a QB-heavy league, I’d take a top 5 TE here like TE Jason Witten, followed by my #2 WR, a player like WR Vincent Jackson. Sample rosters after six rounds PPR: WR A.J. Green, RB Alfred Morris, WR Victor Cruz, RB Frank Gore, QB Tony Romo, TE Tony Gonzalez Non-PPR: RB Trent Richardson, WR Dez Bryant, RB Frank Gore, WR Vincent Jackson, QB Tony Romo, TE Tony Gonzalez QB-Heavy: QB Matthew Stafford, RB LeSean McCoy, WR Roddy White, RB Frank Gore, TE Jason Witten, WR Dwayne Bowe ROUNDS #7-#8 Pick 7.01 – 7.06: In PPR leagues, I’d take a hard look at my #3 RB. One player sliding is Broncos RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis, likely due to the fact that rookie RB Giovani Bernard was drafted as a possible starter down the line. Late in the 8th, I look for a #3 WR, and take a sleeper like WR Kenny Britt. In a non-PPR league, I’d grab the best available RB for my #3, say RB Rashard Mendenhall, and follow that up with a #3 WR like WR Mike Williams. In a QB-heavy league, I’d go for my #3 RB early in the 7th, RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis. I’d follow that pick up with my #3 WR, such as WR Kenny Britt. Sample rosters after eight rounds PPR: WR Calvin Johnson, RB Matt Forte, RB DeMarco Murray, WR Jordy Nelson, TE Jason Witten, QB Tony Romo, RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis, WR Kenny Britt Non-PPR: RB Ray Rice, WR Brandon Marshall, RB DeMarco Murray, WR Hakeem Nicks, TE Tony Gonzalez, QB Tony Romo, RB Rashard Mendenhall, WR Mike Williams QB-Heavy: QB Aaron Rodgers, RB Jamaal Charles, WR Larry Fitzgerald, RB Frank Gore, WR Dwayne Bowe, TE Tony Gonzalez, RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis, WR Kenny Britt ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 10 Fantasy Articles Pick 7.07 – 7.12(14): In PPR leagues, I’d target a #3 RB late in the 7th, such as RB Ahmad Bradshaw, followed by my #3 WR, such as WR Kenny Britt. In non-PPR leagues, I’d take my #3 RB late in the 7th, such as RB Rashard Mendenhall. I’d follow that pick up with a #3 WR, such as WR Mike Williams. In a QB-heavy league, I’d take my #3 RB here, such as RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis. I’d follow that pick up with my #3 WR, such as WR Mike Williams. Sample rosters after eight rounds PPR: WR A.J. Green, RB Alfred Morris, WR Victor Cruz, RB Frank Gore, QB Tony Romo, TE Tony Gonzalez, RB Ahmad Bradshaw, WR Kenny Britt Non-PPR: RB Trent Richardson, WR Dez Bryant, RB Frank Gore, WR Vincent Jackson, QB Tony Romo, TE Tony Gonzalez, RB Rashard Mendenhall, WR Mike Williams QB-Heavy: QB Matthew Stafford, RB LeSean McCoy, WR Roddy White, RB Frank Gore, TE Jason Witten, WR Dwayne Bowe, RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis, WR Mike Williams ROUNDS #9-#10 Pick 9.01 – 9.06: In PPR leagues, I’d target my backup QB, such as QB Ben Roethlisberger, followed by my #4 WR, such as WR Chris Givens. In a non-PPR league, I’d target my #4 WR here, such as WR Lance Moore, then follow up with my backup QB, such as QB Ben Roethlisberger. In a QB-heavy league, I’d grab my backup QB here, such as QB Ben Roethlisberger, and follow that pick up with my #4 WR, such as WR Lance Moore. Sample rosters after ten rounds PPR: WR Calvin Johnson, RB Matt Forte, RB DeMarco Murray, WR Jordy Nelson, TE Jason Witten, QB Tony Romo, RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis, WR Kenny Britt, QB Ben Roethlisberger, WR Chris Givens Non-PPR: RB Ray Rice, WR Brandon Marshall, RB DeMarco Murray, WR Hakeem Nicks, TE Tony Gonzalez, QB Tony Romo, RB Rashard Mendenhall, WR Mike Williams, WR Lance Moore, QB Ben Roethlisberger QB-Heavy: QB Aaron Rodgers, RB Jamaal Charles, WR Larry Fitzgerald, RB Frank Gore, WR Dwayne Bowe, TE Tony Gonzalez, RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis, WR Kenny Britt, QB Ben Roethlisberger, WR Lance Moore Pick 9.07 – 9.12(14): In PPR leagues, I’d target my #4 WR, such as WR Lance Moore, followed by my backup QB, such as QB Carson Palmer. In non-PPR leagues, I’d target my #4 WR, such as WR Lance Moore, followed by my backup QB, such as QB Andy Dalton. In a QB-heavy league, I’d grab my backup QB here, such as QB Ben Roethlisberger, and follow that pick up with my #4 WR, such as WR Chris Givens. Sample rosters after ten rounds PPR: WR A.J. Green, RB Alfred Morris, WR Victor Cruz, RB Frank Gore, QB Tony Romo, TE Tony Gonzalez, RB Ahmad Bradshaw, WR Kenny Britt, WR Lance Moore Non-PPR: RB Trent Richardson, WR Dez Bryant, RB Frank Gore, WR Vincent Jackson, QB Tony Romo, TE Tony Gonzalez, RB Rashard Mendenhall, WR Mike Williams, WR Lance Moore, QB Andy Dalton ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 11 Fantasy Articles QB-Heavy: QB Matthew Stafford, RB LeSean McCoy, WR Roddy White, RB Frank Gore, TE Jason Witten, WR Dwayne Bowe, RB BenJarvus Green-Ellis, WR Mike Williams, QB Ben Roethlisberger, WR Chris Givens The six sample rosters you see above have many of the same players in them. Make note of these players, as they are most definitely my favorite players for the first 10 rounds of fantasy drafts this summer. Once you enter round #11, you should be targeting specific sleeper players and consistent veteran fantasy producers for depth on your roster. Always make note of the BYEs for each player you draft. You don’t want to ever get caught with both of your QBs or TEs having the same BYE week. Above all, be prepared with your own specific draft plan when it is drafting time. Whether it is based upon the 2013 Mastermind Plan or not, always be flexible and ready to adjust your strategy on the fly. And don’t get upset if your favorite player is drafted one slot before you planned to take him. NO ONE is irreplaceable! Have fun, good luck, and happy drafting! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 12 Fantasy Articles Designing Your Draft Strategy 2013 June 28, 2013 by: Chris Rito Publisher’s Note from Michael Nazarek: In case you weren't aware, Chris Rito and I won our 4th FanEx title in 2012. As a result, I asked Chris to offer his solid fantasy football draft strategy blueprint for our subscribers to consider for the second year in a row. I highly recommend subscribers take the time to read the following article, as it will offer great insight into planning your fantasy football draft strategy for 2013. Of course, I have written the official 2013 Mastermind Draft Plan for your reading pleasure as well. Just remember, Chris and I couldn’t have been so successful in FanEx if we hadn’t learned to listen to each other and perfect a “give and take” dynamic. In my oldest league (a local redraft with folks from work), we have an interesting tradition on draft day. We draw numbers on draft day, and that number is the order in which we get to select our first round draft position in an otherwise regular serpentine draft. This practice brings some interesting elements into the draft planning, elements that I feel make me a better drafter in my other leagues. First, it forces me to evaluate a draft strategy from every position on the draft board. I cannot go into draft day planning on having the 3rd pick, or the 7th pick, or the last pick in the round - I have to be ready for anything. Secondly, I do not know who will be drafting around me until moments before the draft; those who have read my articles on trading know that I am a big proponent of knowing the tendencies of the other owners in your league, and using this knowledge to my advantage in formulating a strategy. So the best I can do is to think about which position in the draft gives me the biggest advantage (based on my personal cheat sheets, and the aforementioned tendencies), and aim to land in that position in the draft. When you plan for such a draft, it then allows you to be ready for other drafts in which you know your position - you have already worked out twelve different strategies for another league! In this article, I hope to share some early thoughts on my preferences and strategies from each position of the draft in 2013. Of course, some of you are in smaller or larger leagues, and these strategies may not be in play for you. Also, keep in mind that these are based on my biases and player rankings, and not necessarily those of the rest of the Mastermind staff. The final factor is that I am also basing much on the mid-summer ADP of players in the early rounds of drafts; as the season approaches, there may be some significant changes due to injuries, etc., that may alter these strategies. But...I hope that the philosophies included here will still be useful for you as you plan for your own drafts this summer even if the details change a bit. Overall There are a few things I will keep in mind this year as I draft, beliefs which permeate all of the strategies to follow: QB • A "Big Five" QB (Rodgers, Brees, Peyton, Newton, Brady) exists, and there is a measurable drop off at the position after the top 5. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 13 Fantasy Articles • • • However, drafting a top signal caller high will not necessarily give you a huge leg up. I generally do not take a QB high, and this year should be no exception. The position goes twelve-deep with quality starters, so being the last to draft a starting QB should pay off. The next tier of passers is underrated and can put up very solid numbers while using only a 6th-8th round pick on them (Ryan, Stafford, Eli, Kaepernick, Luck, RG3, Romo) There is value to be had with much later selections that could be tag-teamed to possibly produce stellar numbers (Wilson, Palmer, Bradford, Rivers, Flacco, Cutler) RB • • • C.J.Spiller is going way too high (being drafted in the early 1st round) for my comfort level, as he is a guy playing behind an O-line that lost both starting guards and will likely be starting a rookie QB. I like his talent, but he likely will not be on my roster as a result. On the other hand, there are several proven backs that are going too late and that will provide draft-day value...either due to perception of age (S.Jackson, Gore) or recovery from injury (McFadden, Jones-Drew, Murray). It may be possible to wait until late 2nd/early 3rd to draft a RB#1 and get 2 or more of these bell-cow backs. Some new or part time backs will provide value and explosive potential in later rounds, and will make an early pick of RB#3 less important as it normally would be in a draft. WR • • • I only see 4 guys (C.Johnson, Marshall, Green , Bryant) as totally without question marks at the position, and that must be taken early to assure a top WR option. If you miss out on these four, then grab as many as possible from the next tiers and load up on bodies, especially in PPR leagues; the position is deep, but lacking at the top. Only three big name receivers switched teams this year; two of them are Wes Welker and Greg Jennings, who each left a studly QB and passing system. One went to play with Christian Ponder, one to play with Peyton Manning. Guess which one retains his ADP... TE • • Graham is going as high as the late first round and definitely by the mid-2nd round. I have never before recommended drafting a TE that high based on the relative value of the position, but I might try to snag Graham this year. The position is very weak this year at the top, with significant risk among the usual suspects and top options; he stands out. What to do with Gronk? I think he is worth the risk, and should be going higher than his current 5th round ADP. First pick This one is kind of simple. If you don't think Adrian Peterson is your pick as the top player in the draft, you absolutely HAVE to move down. Even if you have some other idea of a higher-rated player (and I admit...I toyed with Foster as the 1.01 before his summer calf injury), everyone else has him #1, so you should trade down and help your roster overall. He is the top pick in any draft I have seen thus far (even in QB-friendly scoring systems), and you either have to take him yourself, or get a king's ransom from someone else who will. The real key is what do you do with your next selection? I generally do not like being at one end of the draft or the other, and this year I again think that the top of the draft is difficult place to be. In most years, the end of the second round is ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 14 Fantasy Articles in the midst of a huge WR run after a long RB run in round 1, but this year I think there will be some more WR interlopers in the top 15 picks that will let some people slide. Sitting at the turn at 2.12 and 3.01, for example, previously the best bet was a pair of top WRs here, but this time I think that the best strategy likely will be to take a stud WR#1 (if one is still there) and a RB#2. In a PPR, you still may have to think about a pair of WRs since the top tier should be gone and at least 9-10 more will go before you select again at 4.12. You can still get one of the "Big Five" QBs on my list with one of your picks if you wish, but I would not do so unless the draft and your cheat sheet dictates that the best value lies there (It probably doesn't on mine) Second and third picks Both of these have the same philosophy as pick 1.01, with the exception that you get to select one of your guys at the turn before at least one other player, and then have to wait to see what they leave you in round three. In either case, the die is cast for your first selection; at 1.02 you take your favorite of Arian Foster or Doug Martin, and at 1.03 you take the one of these two that falls to you. Regardless of PPR or non-PPR system, these guys are head and shoulders more valuable than any other players on the draft board. I have seen some rate Calvin Johnson or Aaron Rodgers (or even Drew Brees) this high, and a case can be made -- especially in passing TD = 6 point leagues for the QBs -- but I think that you can still get one of the Big Five QBs in round 3 and have a much better RB#1 and WR#1. If one of the Big Four WRs falls to you, you really have to take him in round 2. I have seen high risk/high reward RBs slide to round 3 as teams at the wrap follow some version of this philosophy, so some consideration to value might be given to a workhorse every-down RB#2 in the 3rd round like Steven Jackson or MJD, or a riskier guy like McFadden. I recommend taking the QB of your choice in round two only if you like having a stud (since the last Big Five guy could go before you pick in round 4); and then you would have to take the best WR#1 you can get in round three. If you took a QB in round 2, however, this may be a riskier move since your first WR will not come until the end of round 4 (really bad if it is a PPR). Personally, I would risk waiting on a QB, since Tom Brady has actually slid to the 5th round in many drafts, and I like the depth at QB if he doesn't. I would really like to be in the 2nd slot this year to take Foster's track record over Martin's; on the other hand, the benefit to drafting 3rd is that you can perhaps get one of the best stud QBs or the last stud WR or RB#2 before the last two guys "make the turn" in the draft. In a 12-team league, I like the 3rd slot a little better if given a choice. You get to draft before two other guys at the turn in round 2, and I see the talent drop-off happening after about 20 players in the 2013 draft. At 2.10 you only need one surprise or one QB to be drafted (a near certainty) to be guaranteed to get at two of those players in round 2 and no significant difference (at this time) in round 1. Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Pick This is where the first round draft strategy gets a bit dicey and varies from person to person, and therefore it could dictate the rest of your early round strategy. Those picking behind this position will have sit and wait to see what falls to them because I have seen a wide variation in the selections made in this region so far in 2013. I considered this the "no man's land" in most drafts in 2012 and I did not want to be drafting here unless something weird happens and one of the top 3 guys I already mentioned slips to me at 1.04. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 15 Fantasy Articles The best value may be had by selecting Calvin Johnson here, and most drafters thus far have leaned towards Megatron as his ADP of 1.04 attests. And you could easily argue that taking Megatron + the WR and RB you will get in the middle of the next two rounds will have a greater differentiation from your opponents through three rounds than you can get by taking your favorite overall RB#4 here. There are a handful of players (RBs especially) that can be around in the middle of rounds 2-3 which can give you solid RB production closer to a top RB than many may expect. The only drawback to taking Megatron at #4 is that it does sort of tie you into avoiding the top QBs and Jimmy Graham in round 2 or 3, since it would be hard to go into round 4 of your draft missing both a RB#2 and a WR#2. However, I still think the best bet in these three positions are to take the top RB on your draft board, and me that is Ray Rice, Jamaal Charles and either Trent Richardson or Lesean McCoy (in PPR leagues), or perhaps Lynch sneaking into the equation also in non-PPR leagues. Many drafters also like the explosive C.J. Spiller, so maybe this list expands to include him your favorite RB in this class. Charles and Rice are a step above the others in security, and the relative lack of confidence in Shady and Beast Mode and the others in early drafts reflects this. My personal draft board has Charles barely ahead of Rice and Megatron, but these are shades of gray at this point; all three would be valuable additions at this draft slot. If I am in these three slots, I look for Charles and then Rice and then Megatron in that order and then look to make sure that I secure at least one WR through three rounds, the order of selection depending on what falls to me in rounds 2-3. Seventh Pick If you are sitting at the 7th pick, this is the easiest slot on the board....so if you don't want to think -- this is the spot for you, because you can just sit back and wait for the top six to clear out your list! This where the first major break in talent takes place on my draft board, so this could be "no man's land" in 2013. Realistically, I think you absolutely will be able to follow the strategy I recommended for picks 4-6, since I believe that in most drafts there will be someone that takes some other surprise (usually T-Rich or Spiller) ahead of this point. This will leave at least one of the top 6 I defined available for you here, if one is magically still sitting there at 1.07, he has to be your choice in a 12-team league. So what if that doesn't happen, and the top 6 are all gone? By the time you pick in round 2, you will probably be at the tail end of runs for both RB#1 and WR#1 - not the place to be. Obviously the top remaining WR here is still a consideration in 12 team leagues, since the difference between the RB you get at 1.07 and 2.06 may not be much different either - at least not as much as the drop from your favorite WR (next on my list is Brandon Marshall, but some like Green or Bryant) to, for example, Julio Jones as your WR#1. Nonetheless, the better call may be to take advantage of selecting the RB you like best; odds are that someone that you have rated as a top 4-5 RB will still be there and you can have your choice of a guy that YOU have rated a little more highly than do others. In either case, you really can’t go wrong here by taking a stud WR or the best remaining RB. No matter what you do, you should still have plenty of RBs left in round 2 for a solid RB#1 or a REALLY solid RB#2…or you could even get lucky and snag Graham or the last of the Big Four WRs as your WR#2. Lots of options are possible here, and no matter what you take in round 1 you should be okay taking “best player available” in round 2. However, this is the spot in the draft where the draft strategy may differ between a 10team league and a 12-team league. In a 10-team league there is a much higher likelihood that one ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 16 Fantasy Articles of the top WRs will get to you at 2.04, so passing on a top WR and snaring a top RB or even Jimmy Graham should work in your favor. I prefer this strategy of considering the sole difference-making TE here, even if you do not get a RB#1 you like in round 2. The smaller league size means that you can even grab a "Big Four" WR in round two and wait on guys like CJ28, S-Jax, MJD or Demarco Murray as your backs in rounds 3-4 with a huge advantage at WR#1 and TE. I would take my chances with Graham/DezBryant/S-Jax/Gore (all reasonable based on ADPs) over Lynch/Julio Jones/CJ28/Wayne, for example. Eighth and Ninth Picks Very similar to pick 1.07, I think this is an interesting place to draft in 2012. Regardless of your RB preference (as described in the last section), there is another mini-break after 1.10 or so, so you again could sit and wait and simply pluck the best remaining RB (surely Calvin Johnson will be gone). You will still very likely have a chance at securing a solid RB#1 if you like...but should you in round 1? I think so. I believe that this is a great position to take advantage of the great disparity between other people's rankings in the top 9-10 RB#1's in this year's draft, and I do feel that there are at least nine backs that have top 5 overall potential. Guys like the ones I mentioned in the last sections all have gone as high as 1.04 or as late as 1.11, so there should be a glut of solid RBs available around which to build your team. The nice thing about getting RB#1 value this late in the first round is that you draft early in the second round and can corral another top talent....well before the guys that spent a top 5 pick on a RB that may produce somewhat similar numbers. If you snare a top WR or Graham here, two particular guys I see as offering huge value in the second round for these draft slots are possibly Chris Johnson and Matt Forte. I believe that CJ2K will return to something closer to his prior form with the improvements to that O-line in Tennessee, and Matt Forte should catch even more passes in Marc Trestman's offense. If you do snag a receiver in round one, you could do a lot worse than getting one of these as your RB#1 at 2.04 or 2.05. I actually really like giving consideration Brandon Marshall (my choice) or A.J. Green (ADP choice) in this area. In most drafts, the second round for these draft slots brings a possible choice of another "Big Four" WR or a very reliable RB#1, and the fantasy owner is left to select his favorite remaining one or to pair up bye weeks, etc. Even if you are so inclined to snare Jimmy Graham, the capacity to pair him with either a stud WR or an undervalued RB#1 in round 1-2 gives you the freedom to consider it. In a 12-team league, the third tier of WRs and RBs is usually just about drying up at the end of round 3, so this also puts you in a nice position to snatch one of the last few guys on which one can rely every week at one of two key positions. On the whole, not a bad place to draft this year, especially for an owner that likes to let the draft come to him. However, if you are in a ten team league, then strong consideration must be given to taking the top remaining RB on the board here. While I think that there is better talent and scoring potential at WR in these slots, I do recognize that there are likely at least one or two of the Big Four WRs that will make it around the turn and give you a nice 1-2 punch. In this situation, you play the law of averages and probabilities and assume that a guy like Dez Bryant can very realistically be your 2nd rounder and take the top remaining RB before those also hit a cliff. This where the league size changes your strategy; there are simply fewer picks before your second round selection, so the likelihood of certain players or positions being there in round two changes dramatically. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 17 Fantasy Articles One caveat: if there is a large run on RBs in the first round and all or most of the top WRs are still there, then at 1.09 you can also consider taking two of the Big Four WRs and waiting on RBs until round 3. Remember that there is a person with two picks in between, and the only surefire way of making this work is if you are drafting Megatron as the first WR off the board here...but there is comfort in knowing that it cannot backfire if you take the WR#2. If this happens and 1.10 and 2.01 are WR#3 and #4 on your list, you still get the top remaining RB you would have taken at 1.09 anyway...AND you get the first pick of the non-Megatron stud WRs. Knowing your league's tendencies, scoring systems, etc. will go a long way to helping you decide from among many viable options. These slots are highly dependent on what others have done in round 1 and personal preferences, so basically anything and everything can happen here! Tenth Pick As you may have noticed, I have listed 11 potential players already that I think make up my first round of a draft (Peterson, RB Foster, RB Martin, RB Charles, RB Rice, WR Johnson, RB McCoy, RB Lynch, RB Richardson, RB Spiller, TE Graham). In most leagues, there will be ONE drafter that throws a curveball and takes someone else not in my top 10. This year, a prime candidate to be taken in the top 10 would be Jimmy Graham, a QB or the 2nd WR drafted. Actually, although I would not consider most of these guys in my top 9, I would not be shocked if at least one of them got picked in your draft. A.J. Green has an ADP of 1.10, so surely someone will bite, for example. If so, then the 10th choice is easy as someone has slid to you, realistically it is most likely that he is from among the RBs I listed in the last section. However, sitting at the tenth pick in the most common league sizes, you may either be the last pick in the round or two picks from the end. I will give a brief synopsis of both options here. If you are in a 10-team league, and assuming that Megatron and 8 of the previous 9 RBs have been taken, you are at a position to do one of several things. I do NOT recommend even considering the selection of a stud QB here since the odds of one getting to you at 3.10 is still very high if you want one. A very common play in many leagues is to take the best two remaining WRs on the board and this is likely the best move here. This often starts a mini-panic and helps let some real quality RBs fall to you in 3.10 and 4.01 (which is going to happen this year anway). As I do not expect more than 1-2 WRs to be gone in the first nine picks, this would be a solid play as there are only four stud WRs as I have already noted. None of these Big Four have the same bye week, so there will be no issue there. Unless two of the top 7 highly-regarded RB from the previous sections slides to you, this is the recommendation I will make (note that it might be hard to pass up a chance at a backfield of Charles and Richardson, for example, to take A.J. Green and Dez Bryant). You could also substitute in Graham, and have a similar result and path forward. In a 12-team league, things get trickier. There are two teams that will each take two players before you get that 2.03 selection, and each of them could be thinking along the same lines as the owner I just described in the preceding paragraph. You simply have to take a top WR in this slot, whoever that is for you, unless something weird has happened and all the top four have vanished leaving RBs as the best value. Then in round two, you likely are looking at snaring the best remaining RB, or considering one of the "Big Four "WRs as your #2, if one still remains. Either way, I think that you will have a similar chance at a solid 1-2 punch as do the two players after you in the draft, but you will get to select your favorite of the non-Megatron WRs. I think that you are going to be nearing the end of the viable high-end RBs by the time you pick in round three, so you probably are safer going with the RB, but have a higher potential ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 18 Fantasy Articles payoff if, for example, you take a stud WR#2 and then have a guy like McFadden fall to you in round 3 as your RB#1 (and he manages to stay healthy -- of course that could be a relative term for him!). This latter maneuver is not for the faint of heart, but would reap huge dividends if things fall in line for you. Eleventh and Twelfth Picks Philosophically, I think these positions put you in much the same position as the 9th and 10th picks in a ten-team league that I just described. You are limited by what has happened in front of you in the first round, and have to think ahead to realize what is going to happen before you select again at 3.11 or 3.12. I think a strong consideration again should be made for either of these draft slots to drafting a stud WR with your 1st round pick, as there is a solid possibility that the Big Four might dry up in a 12-team league at the end of the first round if other drafters in the latter half of the round are also thinking this way. And of course...if you really want a stud QB (which I do not recommend)...if you pick at 1.11, you know that the guy at 1.12 might take two RBs or two WRs, but that he is NOT going to take two QBs, so there is no sense in taking one at 1.11. So, you simply take the highest rated RB or WR on your overall board. Again, in most cases I strongly recommend taking the WR since there is a greater scarcity at the top of that position AND I really like some undervalued RBs to fall to late in round three that will suffice as a RB#1 or RB#2. Then if you go WR here, simply take the best RB at 2.02. As it turns out, the RBs with ADPs around 3.11 were only marginally lower on my draft board than the guy I took at 2.02, so it could be okay to eschew RB altogether at these picks, but more than likely not. I believe that someone will take Graham or another non-Calvin WR and so there should be a chance at getting one of MY top 8-9 RBs with one of these picks. If your scoring system, or your lineup requirements or your opponents' draft tendencies heavily favor RBs, maybe flip-flopping these two selections to take the RB first could be more favorable for you; only you can know how much to value each position. At 1.12, you obviously do not have to worry about what anyone else will do between your first two picks. However, you DO need to worry about what will happen before you select again at 3.12. There will be a small run on the stud QBs, but more importantly the first few tiers of WRs will also be decimated. For example, in the FAD this year, over half of the picks made between 2.01 and 3.12 were WRs. I think it makes perfect sense to take at least one stud WR and see what falls at RB to round 3. Based on ADPs and drafts in which I have participated, it is not unreasonable to get two of Marshall/Green/Bryant, and then in rounds 3 and 4 take a pair of RBs from a list of guys like Steven Jackson, Frank Gore, Darren Sproles, Stevan Ridley and Reggie Bush. Had you taken a RB with one or both of those picks, you might be looking at a quartet of AJ Green, Chris Johnson, RB#2 (see round 3 list) and Vincent Jackson. I think most would agree that the first recommended foursome puts your lineup in a better place. There is one caveat to consider if you are drafting later in the summer. Simply put, things can change a LOT between now and the end of the summer -- both in the positive and negative directions. Heck, a month ago, the TE position was solid at the top until Hernandez's and Gronk's question marks arose, thus elevating Jimmy Graham into elite desirability status. And look at this excerpt from the end of last year's strategy article for my strategy at 1.12: "Adrian Peterson has been drafted VERY low in these early drafts, but a solid camp and encouraging reports could elevate his ADP into first round status. If this is the case, then the gloomy scenario I presented would look a lot better if an explosive All-Day or CJ2K was in your lineup as the 1.12 pick. As I write this in late June, the odds are that Peterson will be ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 19 Fantasy Articles there at 1.12, and you as an owner has to decide if the early reward is worth the risk of an uncertain recovery from ACL repair. If he is the All-Day of old, then he is a steal at the turn to end round one with a current ADP well south of 1.12." In retrospect, I looked like a genius; in FanEx last year, Mike Nazarek and I tried heavily but unsuccessfully to trade up for him in round 2...and still very happily got him at 2.09. And then we rode him to another FanEx title. We also kept Arian Foster at the top of our draft list, despite a training camp injury that made him fall out of the top 4 on many draft boards last year; this just in, Foster did okay last year, and would have been the fantasy MVP if not for the guy they called "Purple Jesus". Watch for things like this over the summer and from camp that could make guys like Darren McFadden, Maurice Jones-Drew and Steven Jackson be worthy of 2.01 selections although many others may not see them as such. Maybe they will fall an extra round to get them in round 3....but all those that passed on or missed out on Foster or Peterson were not as happy as they should have been in 2012. Things can change, so please remember that these late round analyses and options could be very different in late August than they are as I write this in mid-June. So....where is the sweet spot? What is the best position from which to draft in 2012? I like 1.07 or 1.08 this year as a place to really shine. You still get a potential shot at having a top RB scorer, and should get a chance at a Big Four WR if you miss out or pass on Megatron in round 1. I think there is a talent dropoff at ~20 players, so you are absolutely guaranteed to get two of those guys. Finally, you also have a very real chance (and I would even say a likelihood if I am drafting at 1.08 in a 12team league) of drafting a difference maker in Jimmy Graham. Personally, I like being in the middle of the rounds as well, since there are fewer chances for position runs with fewer players in between, and predicting what will be taken is easier. The first pick is also better than in most years since I think that this slot also should load your most important three scoring positions with studs if a Big Four WR falls to you, and maybe even get the top player at all three main positions if you like a QB at 3.01... plus you get the best fantasy player in the game today. I am definitely intrigued with the potential for picks in the latter stages of the middle of the round like positions 1.08 to the end of the round. There are some undervalued studs there and you might be able to get some real enhanced value in rounds 3-4 before the talent pool really begins to thin. I do NOT want to be picking in the 4th or 5th spots this year as there is too much uncertainty and it these slots almost force you into taking a player with that first pick that I generally do not feel returns overall lineup value as compared to the guys taken 5-6 slots later in the round; it forces you into drafting for need a bit in rounds 2-3 when the value at RB and maybe even WR is not going to be there as much. While I like the likely selections at slots 1.04 through 1.06, I think you miss the end of two significant runs, and lose out at both RB and WR most likely unless you again pin yourself at WR early by taking Megatron. In the FanEx FAD this year, Mike and I were lucky enough to draft at 1.07 and two of the top 6 fell to us there (Charles and Rice), as described above. We took Ray Rice and followed it up with getting the last remaining Big Four WR as I proposed (Dez Bryant), and then came back with the top guy in the next tier of WRs (Andre Johnson) in round 3. We were hoping to get Marshall or Graham in round 2, but they went in the final two picks before we selected (drat!). Overall, we have received several bits of positive feedback from our foes in the FAD that we have assembled a very solid team (despite having since lost Aaron Hernandez, possibly) We are ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 20 Fantasy Articles also slated to select at 1.07 in the regular FAD draft later this summer, so we will see if we can learn from what we have seen and done to get an even better team in that draft. Conclusion There you have it - one man's view of the best draft strategies at the top of the 2013 fantasy draft. If your scoring systems differ greatly from the "standard" performance systems, or if your league size is very different, then there will be some adjustments (perhaps significant ones) to these strategies that have to be made. Please check out another article I penned in this draft guide which helps you tailor your draft list based on your scoring system and lineup requirements; this may change the way you read this article as well! And if there are drafters in your league that will be making selections that are off-the-wall, this may skew your draft strategy as you adjust your expectations accordingly. Heck, maybe you just flat-out disagree with my player assessments - in fact, many of you probably do! The key to making your own strategies is threefold. First, determine where the overall talent drop-off lies on your overall board; if given the choice, align your selection position to where you can maximize getting the highest number of players before that drop-off (to do this, you have to assume the worst case scenario, that everyone is working with your same player valuations). Secondly, determine where the top tiers or significant talent breaks are within each position ranking. Again, make sure your draft position (if possible) and your strategy account for getting as many top tier guys at as many positions as possible. Finally and most importantly, get to know the ADPs for scoring systems closest to your own. A great draft is not taking the guy where you think he SHOULD be drafted, but rather it lies in taking him no earlier than he NEEDS to be drafted to get him on your roster. If you combine ADPs with your own rankings and values, and those likely rankings and values of your fellow drafters, this will allow you to define a positional draft strategy that can help you maximize your lineup many rounds into your draft, -- not just at the top as I outline here. Best of luck - and happy drafting! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 21 Fantasy Articles The Ten Demandments June 28, 2013 By God (as told to John Holler) “In the beginning, he that is God created fantasy football. He looked and said it was good.” Genesis 17:52 God has a history of getting his word out through others. Moses got a lot of the scoops back in the day. His son carried a lot of messages to the masses. How exactly I figure into this mix I beyond me, because I have multiple people tell me, “I know Moses and you, sir, are no Moses.” To be honest, I didn’t ask for this role. I’m not overly religious. I work on Sundays, so my visits to His house are rare. But, He is known to speak in mysterious ways and I’m about as mysterious as He gets. Some contend I’m even sketchy. When He first pulled me aside, I thought someone had slipped something into my drink. I didn’t believe him at first until he showed his credentials by painlessly burning off one of my eyebrows and, after he refused to put it back, I had to make the decision to shave off the other one. He wanted His flock to know the secrets of fantasy football and to show faith. Since then, it’s become an annual thing we me and the Big Man. He shows up sometime after Memorial Day weekend and it usually doesn’t last long. I get the feeling he doesn’t like my company all that much, but he’s committed to using me. As such, he lays out the 10 Demandments for the coming season. He’s still a little salty that his Commandments aren’t followed – people get killed, neighbor’s wives are coveted, etc. Demandments don’t allow for people to cherry-pick or ignore them. If someone steals, He will forgive them. If someone ignores a Demandment, they will be held accountable on Judgment Day. These are his 10 Demandments for 2013. Let His word go forth, heed the good news of the kingdom and you may well find yourself in the Promised Land when the season comes to end around his kid’s birthday. The First Demandment Thou Shalt Honor the Third-Year Prophets – While those of us at FF Mastermind have been all over the third-year receiver leap in fantasy production from pedestrian to stardom for years, it’s not been part a of His Demandments before – even though it may well should have been given the consistent nature of the explosion of receivers entering their third year. Many of them have been steals in the mid-to-late rounds of the draft because they had yet to break out. However, this year, the Class of 2011 is already bearing fruit and could be enormous in fantasy terms – bringing the non-believers into the flock. The list includes wide receivers A.J. Green, Julio Jones, Randall Cobb, Torrey Smith, Cecil Shorts, Denarius Moore, Vincent Brown, Greg Little, Leonard Hankerson and Jonathan Baldwin and tight ends Kyle Rudolph, Lance Kendricks, Like Stocker and Rob Housler. You want to get two of those players on your team – the best upside value would likely be Cobb and Rudolph, but most or all of them will likely be worthy of having on your roster at some point. We’ve promoted the third-year guys for a long time. Now He is down with it. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 22 Fantasy Articles The Second Demandment Thou Shalt Cover Thine Ass With the Chosen Ones – Quarterback is going to be as important a position in this year’s draft as any. There are going to be a series of QB runs – the first likely coming in the first 15 picks and then again in the turn from the second to third rounds of the draft and again at the turn of the fourth and fifth rounds when those who haven’t taken the QB plunge stick their toe in the water. This may involve some work on your end, but faith without works is dead, according to the Lord. While no draft is predictable, multiple outcomes can be projected. Depending on where you sit in the draft, your QB game plan has to be flexible. If, for example, you have the first or second pick and take Adrian Peterson or Arian Foster, by the time the draft works its way back around to you, Aaron Rodgers, Drew Brees and Tom Brady (at a minimum) will be gone. What makes this critical is an often overlooked nuance to fantasy football. If an owner lands a stud QB, he or she tends to ignore the position for several rounds. Translation: if you draft early, you will have no control over whether you get a stud QB or not. You need to have Plans A, B and C in place. Plan A is to draft a QB in the middle or end of the first round, land a superstar like Rodgers or Brees and spend the next six rounds attacking the running back and wide receiver positions with a minimum of five picks (a tight end you love is an allowable departure from that plan). Plan B is to take a RB or WR stud in the first round and grab Brady, Peyton Manning, Matt Ryan, Cam Newton, etc. in the second round and go hard after RBs and WRs for the next four rounds before you even consider taking QB2 (or RG3). Plan C is to let the majority of the rest of the league pick the QBs off the board in a feeding frenzy and you wait. And wait. And wait. Under the Plan C rules, you grab two guys in doubleshot fashion. By most ranking systems, the guys who will still be available in 10-12 player leagues would include Tony Romo, Eli Manning, Philip Rivers, Mike Vick, etc. Your draft will fall one of three ways. Be prepared for all options. Even in keeper leagues, if you have Rodgers or Brees under contract, take the time to find someone who has a complementary schedule. Plenty of mid-round picks have nice Week 4 schedules when Rodgers is resting. With QB vital in most leagues, having multiple options to go with on draft day is necessary. The Third Demandment Thou Shalt Partake In the Sabbath Feast While Available – Running back has been devalued in fantasy football, except for those who don’t end up with at least one bell cow. A decade ago, RBBC (Running Back By Committee) was a four-letter word in the fantasy community. Now, it’s becoming the norm. There was a time not long ago, that 25 teams had one fantasy cash cow and backups waiting like understudies in the wings. That is no longer true. It can be argued that the list of first-round/second-round worthy backs has dropped to about 10. One would think that would even further devalue running backs. But, as He said in our last discussion, “Not so fast, my son.” As is usually the case, He knows what He is talking about. The finite number of running backs is going to force owners to do what they have always done – make a skeleton of the cow trying to swim across the piranha-infested waters of the Amazon – except for a different reason. Running backs will still dominate the first couple of rounds, but because there is so little proven featured back talent, not a wealth of it. If you decide to “go ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 23 Fantasy Articles rogue” with the third pick and take a quarterback or Megatron, other owners will be like lemmings running off the icecap to a chilly, watery grave. They’re going to grab running backs like they’re going out of style. There is no shortage of early mock drafts featuring fantasy “experts” – don’t get Him started about that term, He’ll talk your ear off – running backs are still dominating the first 15 picks. Those who decide to “do the opposite” need their dice rolls on running backs to hit in order to avoid being fodder for the league money pool. Make one of your first two picks a running back. Not because they deserve to be taken that high, but the ship will pull out of port without you if you don’t get on board and you will suffer all year long as a result. Running backs have seen their value diminished in recent years, but those who can get it done, still lead owners to regular season and league championships. The Stud RB is an endangered species, which makes having one in your house even more valuable and necessary. Rolling the dice on a handful of questionable RBs is a death knell for many fantasy owners. Don’t be one of them. Everyone will be taking risks on their last two or three backs in hopes of striking it rich, but the more stability you have at RB, the more likely you are to be successful. The Fourth Demandment Thou Shalt Bring The Strong Into the Flock – Four years ago, we told fantasy owners to start stockpiling tight ends. Trying to get on the front end of the wave and ride it out, we saw that, in a growing pass-happy transformation of the offensive game in the NFL, tight ends – the big guys who typically were blockers – were going to be a growing fantasy threat. That was before Rob Gronkowski, Jimmy Graham, Aaron Hernandez and a slew of emerging TEs that have yet to bear fruit. Needless to say, He has smiled at those who paid heed to his Demandments and jumped on a young stud like Gronk or Graham and rode him to the Promised Land. Just five years ago, there was Antonio Gates, Tony Gonzalez and everybody else. Things were so vanilla among tight ends, that many leagues just clumped them in as receivers – which almost killed the position because aside from the Gonzo-Gates combo, if you didn’t have one of those two, you didn’t really put much emphasis on tight end. It can be argued that, from a fantasy perspective, the tight end crop runs 20-deep of quality players. You may not want to be the first owner to take a tight end, but let your ears perk up when the first one goes. There’s nothing worse than being on the back end of a run and feeling compelled to make a pick, as opposed to jumping on or even starting the run. For the sake of argument, in an open draft where all players are available, if an owner on the end of a draft in a 12-player league picks Graham, by the time the draft comes back to that same owner, a minimum of four TEs will be off the board. It gives “free picks” at other positions when other owners take a position you already locked down for the next eight rounds of the draft. You have three options: be the one who starts the run, be the one who jumps in with another TE and lets other owners know a run is one or wait until the water quits bubbling and be left sitting on the dock of the bay. Either be first or riding that first wave. Otherwise, the talent pool won’t be elite, but, if you double-up in the double-digit rounds of the draft, you can get by with a TEBC (Tight End By Committee). Don’t be the owner that ends the run on TE. Either show respect and step up or step off and vulture what remains. The Fifth Demandment ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 24 Fantasy Articles Thou Shalt Give An Offering of Faith – What often separates decent fantasy owners from those who consistently set the league standard is their willingness to take chances. Whether it’s the FF Mastermind rankings or those from the myriad of mooks that pollute the World Wide Interweb with their own personal rankings, if there is a player that shocks you that is rated markedly higher or lower than you think he should be, disregard those rankings. What He has always said is quite simple – associate yourself with people you accept and want to be with. Depending on how knowledgeable you are about the role of skill position players, He advises you take the time in service of Him to go old-school and put pen to paper. It can be at a family picnic that you didn’t want to go to anyway or a rainy Saturday afternoon. Make your own rankings of players and then, as the hundreds of other rankings come out, see where you have a player ranked in comparison, especially where your views differ from the “norm.” Need an example? There is going to be a wide disparity of views on who is going to be the primary fantasy back in Cincinnati – plow horse incumbent BenJarvis Green-Ellis or rookie Giovani Bernard. If you believe Bernard will be the guy, where would you rank him in a team with the philosophy of giving the starting RB 20 carries a game? If you think Bernard is going to win the job, but everyone tends to lean toward BGE, don’t hesitate to pull the trigger on Giovani in the middle to late rounds. Just keep in mind that, if everyone thinks Green-Ellis is the man, you don’t have to grab Bernard until after BGE is gone. It’s a gamble. But, as He likes to say, the world is changed by those willing to take risks. After all, it’s your team and nobody else’s. Use the late rounds to take players YOU want, not what the list tells you. Those people who set the rankings aren’t doing so specifically for your team. Nobody more the Him believes in blind faith. Pay witness and use the late rounds to take risks on players you feeling strongly in – whether the rest of the league owners think you’re a heretic who has lost his mind. Drive fast. Take chances. The Sixth Demandment Thou Shalt Pray To the Sun In the East – This is a Demandment that has remained relatively consistent, but perhaps no more than it is in 2013. Transport yourself at a late-Sunday morning in October or November and you have to get your lineup in. Even in leagues that allow changes up until game time, the one thing you are certain of is that 90 minutes before the early Sunday games start at 1 p.m. Eastern Time, you know who is active and who is inactive. You also likely know whether an injured player is “good to go” or not. Why is this important? When you compile your draft board and you have two players that you view as being essentially equal, He advises taking the player who toils on the East Coast. An example: You have Percy Harvin and Reggie Wayne rated as essentially the same. After Week 5, Harvin has just two games that start at the tradition 1 p.m. Eastern Time time slot. Wayne plays his final five games – including every game in any potential fantasy football playoff scenario – at 1 p.m. Eastern. If Wayne is banged up and isn’t going to play, you have 90 minutes to scrape your bench or the waiver wire for a replacement. If Harvin has a migraine and they announce at 2:30 EDT that he is out, you’re options have been likely reduced significantly. Too many owners won’t dump a player they know will get claimed to take a zero at one position for one week. Fantasy teams get burned that way. The reason it is a problem this year is that the fantasy power has shifted west. Two years ago, Denver, San Francisco and Seattle weren’t fantasy hot spots. They are now. The problem is going to come to a head, because you still have San Diego, Arizona and Oakland with personnel that plays home games at 4:15 p.m. ET Sunday when not in prime time. To put this in terms He ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 25 Fantasy Articles hopes you can understand, look no further than last year’s draft. How many QBs went before Peyton Manning? Did Colin Kaepernick or Russell Wilson even get drafted? Guess what? Not only are all three of those guys likely to be viewed as weekly starters this year or, at a minimum, the 1B in a two-headed fantasy QB tandem, but so are all of their receivers and their primary running backs. The proliferation of prime time games has diluted this Demandment in the past, but, given the rise of talent in the West – San Francisco, Seattle and Denver are all legitimate Super Bowl contenders – opting to take Eastern and Central Time Zone players when all things are equal is vital. As He likes to say, “A little one shall lead them all.” It’s the little decisions that can make a big difference when a league title hangs in the balance. Just ask Reggie Wayne. The Seventh Demandment Thou Shalt Read the Good Book and Learn From It – Fantasy drafts are full of unknowns. Every person sees it differently. As you mark selected players off your own draft list, there will be a couple of times when you say, “Who is that?” and just as many as you say, “F*&#! How was he still available?” There are so many things that are out of your control, but there are certain things that are within your control. Among those is the schedule as it is printed out. Fortunately, members of His flock at FFM have made a point to highlight this for you, showing you which fantasy players will have the most advantageous schedule during your fantasy playoffs and who will have a Bataan Death March. Also, a Hail Mary-style mantra is to make sure when you’re filling out your roster, before you make a pick you pay close attention to when the player you selected has his bye week is. It seems so simple, but every year in just about every league, some owner is behind the 8-ball with one week of fantasy Hell – hopefully, you’re playing that dolt that week when four of his top six picks share a bye week. While every NFL team has one bye week (for now), fantasy owners can’t come into a season saying, “I know I’m going to lose in Week 8 because I didn’t know the Ravens, Bears, Texans, Colts, Chargers and Titans all had the same week off.” These are things that are in your control before the draft. Take the time to put asterisks and red flags next to players from teams that are going to have very difficult paths during your fantasy playoffs, and, as He would say, “for all that is Holy” when you input a player’s name at a key position (especially quarterback), between your picks, make sure to red flag other players at the same position with the same bye week. You can’t give away a week – whether it’s Week 4 or Week 12 – and expect to be successful. Never take a flight from quality. That should be your mantra. Don’t be “that guy.” Take advantage of “that guy” when his bye week hits, cripples him and he is forced to make a lopsided trade that helps him for one week and helps you for the rest of the year. The Eighth Demandment Thou Shalt Understand the False Prophets Among You – Unless you are a complete newbie, you likely know the tendencies of the other owners in your league. Thanks to the almost every fantasy league having someone who breaks into the minutiae of record keeping, there is probably a game-by-game breakdown of the history of your league and almost surely a listing of the pick-by-pick draft order from one year to the next. If you don’t already have it, it’s available. Get your hands on it. The great strategists of all time use the philosophy of taking down their ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 26 Fantasy Articles enemies by knowing their thought process and tendencies. If you have an owner in your league that has an allegiance to a specific team, having that knowledge is advantageous because any player you take from that team can suddenly be the deal-closer on an in-season trade. On the same vein, if an owner in your league has a history of taking QBs early, consistently being the first to take a tight end, a kicker or defense in hopes of starting a run, being armed with that information is key. Every fantasy owner, especially those of limited intelligence, has “tells.” – things they do year after year without fail. Some guys are always the first to take a second QB. Others consistently use three of their first four picks on running backs. As long as you know that, you have the unspoken advantage. They paint a portrait of their draft strategy over time, such as, “why does he always end up with Tony Romo?” Maybe because he has a man-love for Romo that, if he ends up on your roster as your No. 2 QB, the trade offer you may receive two or three weeks into the season might well be one you can’t refuse. Odds are they aren’t doing similar research on your draft history. If you’ve played for any extended period of time and have your own draft rosters, you can do a self-analysis and discover your own Oedipal tugging impulses. Knowledge is power – whether it is self-actualization or quietly discovering your league rivals’ personal Kryptonite. It is especially important if you have tells on those drafting immediately around you. If you have a good idea what they’re going to do and when they’re going to do it, you can draft accordingly and potentially take the players they want away from them – if they hold value to you as well. If you do your homework while others sleep, you’ve got a tactical advantage they haven’t even considered and won’t see coming until after you execute your ambush on draft day. The Ninth Demandment Thou Shalt Cast Out the Non-Believers – There are owners that jump on defenses and kickers in the middle rounds of the draft. They invariably try to start a panic that never materializes. While they’re burning picks based on last year’s performances, you can stockpile the positions you need to win. The simple fact is that nobody – not even Him – can accurately project kicker or defense points from one year to the next. It’s fluky. A conservative coach willing to take three points rather than show his balls and take a risk of “7-or-nothing” will make his kicker a one-week darling to a fantasy owner. A high-velocity pass that goes through the hands of a receiver and plops nicely into the arms of an on-charging cornerback that becomes a Pick-6 can’t be projected. Most interceptions come on tipped passes and the unpredictable nature of points scored by defenses and kickers often renders both fantasy positions almost moot. Simply make a list of the defenses and kickers you want to draft and use your final picks on those two positions – taking the one you have ranked highest at either position first. You can relatively accurately predict what position players will do. Just check kicker numbers over the last 10 years. Unlike QBs, RBs or WRs, the same guy doesn’t lead the league in kicker scoring twice in a row. And the difference between No. 2 and No. 16 is rarely more than 16 points over the course of 16 games. Don’t waste your time. You add a running back with upside and another owner can take Blair Walsh. In the end, odds are you come out ahead. The Tenth Demandment ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 27 Fantasy Articles Thou Shalt Bring In Followers From All Tribes – It is amazing how often this scenario has played out: an owner is loaded with three or more starters from the same team and that team is on fire. In a blood-sport league one of His children was a member of in 2007, another owner had Tom Brady, Randy Moss and Steve Gostkowski of the Patriots. He went 12-1 in the regular season and shattered league scoring records. He lost in his post-bye week playoff opener. The same happened with a Saints-laden 2009 fantasy team. It happens every year. If you are too topheavy on one team, you are cooking a recipe for disaster. The sad part is that He knows you are going to try to ride the lightning bolt. If you have Aaron Rodgers, you will be open to adding any of his receivers when trades are offered. It’s human nature. But, He isn’t human. According to His gospel, one should never have more than two players from the same team in a fantasy lineup – especially in a one-and-done playoff scenario. Owners have won regular season titles riding a one-team-laden lineup, but it’s never been the team you think it should be. Diversify. If you have the talent, you don’t need to put all your eggs in one basket. More seasons have been ruined with a 12-1 regular season record than having a Nor’Easter ground the Patriots in Week 15 and you finish 12-2. In an idyllic fantasy world, He says you should have one player from each team that you have rounds in your draft. That isn’t always possible, but, with the flexibility in-season trades provide, the more options available to you reduce the amount of teeth-gnashing that come when you’ve invested your entire season on one team that could have an off week when you need them most. If you follow these simple Demandments, you may find yourself in the Promised Land of fantasy football. If you don’t, you may be held accountable on Judgment Day. Follow the Ten Commandments on a convenience basis. Strict adherence to the Ten Demandments will set you free…and quite possibly win you a fantasy title. Your draft hasn’t happened yet. Prepare for it like it is The Rapture. You don’t want to get caught unaware when you need to be on point. Pay heed to the Demandments and the truth shall set you free. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 28 Fantasy Articles Strength of Schedule 2013 – Masterminding Your Draft June 28, 2013 by: John Cooney An annual ritual of just about every fantasy football “general manager” is researching the statistics of players from the previous season as an integral part of preparing a draft plan for the up-coming fantasy football schedule. Passing yards and touchdowns are usually the key categories studied for quarterbacks. The main recipients of the passers’ offerings, the wide receivers and tight ends, are valued mostly by the number of receptions, receiving yards and touchdowns. Running backs, traditionally the building blocks of most fantasy drafts, are sorted by rushing yards, receptions, total touches (carries + receptions) by the astute and touchdowns. Crunching these tell-tale statistics helps to paint a picture of a particular players use, effectiveness and, in some cases durability over the course of the last sixteen to twenty games. For a bigger picture, fantasy players also look at another annual statistical release geared toward projection of success (or disappointment); Strength Of Schedule (SOS). The common SOS delves into the previous season combined wins and losses of a particular team’s opponents on the up-coming schedule for the new season. Each off-season in late April football fans, sports radio hosts, beat reporters and gridiron TV analysts anxiously await as the NFL reveals the new slate of games on tap for each organization. The debates begin as the breakdowns of the weekly matchups progress into a hypothetical win-loss record for each club, mapping out projected postseason bound teams and cellar-dwellers. Strength Of Schedule, or SOS, in this format creates an idea of which teams will likely prosper, and which may fall flat. But projected wins and losses doesn’t help the fantasy football nation identify which players are likely to have All-Pro production, breakout performances or sleeper potential. If you are going to Mastermind a draft plan with purpose, focus and aggressiveness, where the potential of players is based on a meaningful process of evaluation and common sense, then a true FANTASY Strength Of Schedule should be utilized. What is a SOS established through a meaningful process and common sense? Let’s get right down to the brass tacks. A Strength Of Schedule dedicated to fantasy football use looks at a team’s slate of games and the “strength” of the defenses they will line up against, not wins and losses. Overall defensive ranking from the previous year is too broad a category to work effectively. The SOS has to be broken up into two separate rankings; SOS vs. the pass and SOS against the run. SOS-Pass gives an indication of which quarterbacks, receivers and tight ends may or may not succeed in 2013. A season set against defenses weak in pass defense would likely translate into solid production by a passer and his receiving crew. Conversely, a schedule loaded with teams strong in air defense would run up a red flag for passing game talent playing that set of games. The same holds true for a SOS-Run. Sounds simple enough. But how do we create an effective SOS for pass and run? What statistics should carry the most weight in determining pass defense ranking or the strength of run defenses? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 29 Fantasy Articles Let’s cover SOS-Pass first. The categories that are key for fantasy footballers in determining pass defense strength are Yards Per pass Attempt (YPA), Touch Down passes allowed (TD) and completion percentage (PCT). A sub-category to consider for next-level fantasy evaluation is number of pass plays over twenty yards allowed. YPA is the first factor and used because it is play-specific. The YPA against a pass-D unit is a more accurate “tell” than total passing yards in a season or a per-game average. Total yards allowed or total yards allowed per game fail to tell us the volume of pass attempts a defense faced. Was a team’s pass defense getting blown away each weekend or are the total yards accumulated via a high volume of pass attempts against, which may indicate a good pass D? Here is where common sense comes into play. Compare two pass defenses allowing a hypothetical 3800 yards in a season (or 238 pass yards a game). Team A’s opposition tends to pass more often, averaging 38 pass attempts a game against them, allowing a tight 6.3 YPA. Team B opponents put it up an average of 30 times a tilt, with Team B getting burned for 7.9 an attempt. Both teams “allow” 238 passing yards a game (or 3800 a season), but Team B is the poorer pass defense, getting abused at 7.9 YPA while Team A proves to be stingier in coverage (6.3 YPA). Team B would be ranked lower, and a more attractive opponent on a schedule. Touchdowns allowed through the air is an obvious stat line that is charted in a SOS-Pass. No need to expand any more than a defense that is beaten to the endzone often is very attractive to a fantasy QB or WR/TE. The third category in the SOS-Pass is not as obvious; completion percentage against. It is not a statistic that “counts” in fantasy football, but in a common sense approach, if a team allows a high percentage of passes to be completed against them, chances are that defense cannot get off the field. If a defense cannot stop drives and get off the field, the skill offensive positions (in this case with a SOS-Pass, QBs, WRs and TE) are seeing more plays in the game. More plays equals more snaps by the offense, and more fantasy production by those skill players. Passers attempt more throws, receivers and tight ends see more targets, leading to more receptions (PPR), yards and chances for endzone dances. YPA, TDs and PCT, key components for a fantasy-friendly SOS versus the pass. Breaking down SOS-Run, the key again is to “individualize” the defensive strengths and weaknesses. As with SOS-Pass, look past the broad stat of total rushing yards allowed in a season or on a per-game average. Instead, the top run-D indicator is Yards Per Carry allowed (YPC). Isolating the effectiveness of a run defense on a per carry basis, we can see which teams are soft and consistently gashed for big gains. Big gains for running backs lead to big plays and solid run production with less carries. A ground defense that is wrecked for 116 yards a game at 5.2 YPC is RB gold as the back facing that D needs just 22 carries to make it work for you. On the other hand, another defense allowing 116 yards a game on the ground at 3.5 a shot… well, a tailback needs to work extra hard and see a high volume of rush attempts to get it done. In today’s NFL, high carry numbers by running backs are rare and outdated. So, YPC is ranked accordingly in the first method of setting a SOS-Run. The second set of numbers that weigh heavily is rushing TouchDowns allowed. Again, self-explanatory; love the ground forces that cannot keep the ball out of the endzone. The third category is total runs allowed over 20 yards. This gets back to micro-evaluation as we establish which teams are poor at second-level tackling and become prime targets for playmaking halfbacks. A run defense that allows more big gainers on the ground again is very susceptible to giving up long TDs, thus instant offense and points are more likely. SOS-Run is ranked by YPC (yards per carry), TDs and 20+ (runs of 20-plus yards). Next, a rating “formula” needs to be established using those fantasy-specific statistics. No need to get into “money-ball Sabermetrics” here. Each category (YPA, TD, PCT for SOS-Pass)(YPC, ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 30 Fantasy Articles TD, 20+ for SOS-Run) is ranked from 1-32 (1 = tough defenses; 32 = weak defenses), with the rank becoming its own point value. Using a 2011 example, Tampa Bay’s run defense ranked 31st in YPC (5.0 YPC), 32nd or dead last in rush TDs allowed (26) and 32nd in giving up runs of 20plus yards (31). The evaluation point assessments would be 31+32+32, for a total run defense score of 95. On the flip-side, San Francisco’s run D ranked 1st in all three statistics, meaning they were assessed 1+1+1… an astounding 3, the best run D for 2011. The same breakdown is applied to each team. With the three categories totaled for each defense, we then rank them according to the combined total. Tampa Bay’s 95 sets their run defense as the worst in 2011 and the 49ers combined score of 3 puts them atop the list. The same process is followed for the pass defense categories. That process found that the Minnesota Vikings ranked last in the NFL (32nd) against the pass while the Baltimore Ravens were the league’s best (1st). The total rank points (1 to 32) for PASS and the total rank points for RUN for each team are then sorted, providing us with a fantasy-friendly defensive ranking for both categories. Updated defensive information is now inserted into the 2013 NFL schedule, substituting the FANTASY PASS and RUN ranking number for the actual opponent each week. For instance, Minnesota plays Green Bay twice on their schedule in 2013 (as always), weeks 8 and 12. Where Green Bay appears in the schedule, their defensive pass value (or rank) of seven (7) is inserted as we create the SOS-Pass chart. Remember, we are making a SOS for both the pass and the run. A second spreadsheet is established for the run with the Packer run-D value of twenty-one (21) is inserted. This process is completed throughout the entire 2013 NFL schedule; once for a complete PASS schedule and again for a complete RUN schedule. We now have two full 17-game schedules with defensive pass and run scores for each team. The final action to complete the SOS is to total each teams 17 week slate, then sort the totals. Example; the Steelers play Tennessee in week one. Since the Titans are the 26th ranked pass D in OUR chart, Pitt’s week one carries a 26. Week two Pittsburgh plays the Bengals, 10th rated pass ; insert 10. Week three it’s da’ Bears with a 4 and skipping to week five we see a bye (0), week six at the Jets (5), and so on. The 17-week schedule, totaled out, gives the Steelers a semi-tough PASS-SOS ranking for 2013, 14th hardest. Again, the same ranking process is done to create the final RUN-SOS. Fine-tuning the Fantasy SOS, break it down into various week splits. I personally eliminate week 17 entirely from SOS evaluations. Most often week 17 games have little to no value for fanballers as week 16 is generally “title week”. Also, week 17 is a contest where head coaches tend to rest star players, cut back on key playing time and/or take the opportunity to get a look at rookies or reserves, giving them extended action. I also modify the SOS into two main splits; a SOS for weeks 1-13 (fantasy regular season), and a SOS for weeks 14-16 (fantasy post-season). This creates a forward plan helping to target players who are likely to have solid performances for most of the season yet struggle when it counts the most, or on the flip side, become playoff keys despite a tough regular season. The process of creating a fantasy football SOS for both the run and the pass may sound a bit confusing, tedious and time-consuming. For some, it is. That is why Fantasy Football Mastermind is here. We do the work for you. We breakdown the plays, the statistics and the performances that truly make a difference in winning a fantasy football championship. I’ve used ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 31 Fantasy Articles my own SOS format for years, tweaking the method annually until I narrowed down what numbers work and which stats only muddy the evaluation. Personally, I participate in two leagues faithfully. Over the past five seasons I’ve experimented in the use of my SOS in the two leagues to create some evidence of effectiveness. In one league I follow my SOS closely while in the second one I “relax” my dedication to the SOS. The league where I maintain SOS integrity, I have never missed the post-season and have won two titles in the five year experiment. In the other league where I purposely stray from my SOS plan, I have missed qualifying for the playoffs two of the past five seasons, and barely made it in the post season in a third. Strength Of Schedule; IT WORKS! And now, here is the complete Strength Of Schedule breakdown as we head into the 2013 Fantasy Draft. Teams at the top sport the most attractive SOS and you want to target players from these teams. Bottom ranked teams are players that you might want to avoid. SOS-PASS, WEEKS 1-13 SORTED BY RANK (2013) FANTASY FOOTBALL REGULAR SEASON PASS DEN PHI DAL OAK SD NYJ MIA ATL KC HOU NYG CAR SEA ARI TB SF BUF WAS PIT CHI JAC NO GB IND 1 19 25 32 22 9 30 17 31 20 18 27 3 12 15 5 7 28 23 26 10 29 21 2 24 2 32 18 29 20 23 28 22 15 27 26 6 13 2 14 31 3 12 7 10 8 24 30 25 16 3 24 29 15 6 26 13 21 16 23 19 12 32 20 31 28 22 5 14 4 1 3 11 10 2 4 23 6 18 25 27 26 31 28 32 3 29 Bye 9 30 11 15 19 24 8 14 22 16 Bye 20 5 27 32 6 18 24 21 19 5 26 2 23 11 22 12 Bye 9 17 Bye Bye 31 15 4 14 3 6 20 30 25 29 22 1 Bye Bye 24 15 4 8 26 2 23 11 10 27 5 32 6 28 19 18 7 22 27 23 Bye 20 28 13 30 9 29 8 15 11 3 21 26 16 4 19 25 18 Bye 17 6 8 25 32 14 1 Bye 10 28 11 17 Bye 23 30 15 21 12 20 31 6 24 Bye 2 13 8 Bye 9 Bye 24 8 23 25 31 10 12 13 22 Bye 21 30 Bye 3 Bye 29 18 28 7 Bye 5 4 9 10 18 7 31 32 6 Bye 30 3 Bye 11 24 2 21 9 16 12 1 8 13 14 26 27 23 15 11 29 25 Bye 9 16 13 18 30 6 24 7 28 8 20 21 31 5 23 14 19 11 2 32 26 12 28 Bye 32 26 29 19 12 31 18 20 27 16 Bye 22 14 25 Bye 2 17 15 9 21 8 11 13 29 11 24 27 10 16 5 13 6 28 25 30 31 23 12 15 21 32 19 8 17 3 14 26 SOS 296 266 257 238 237 236 226 225 221 217 215 209 207 202 197 196 194 188 187 184 182 181 176 176 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 32 Fantasy Articles TEN CLE CIN NE STL MIN DET BAL 1 16 4 13 11 14 8 6 9 19 1 5 21 4 11 17 18 8 7 30 27 17 25 9 5 10 17 21 2 1 4 13 29 13 28 10 20 Bye 7 16 3 14 13 31 9 12 17 7 2 7 14 5 12 32 10 1 Bye 29 5 16 3 7 27 Bye 15 19 16 1 26 27 Bye 17 20 Bye 19 Bye 22 25 4 10 22 10 17 12 Bye 3 1 4 24 1 Bye 6 4 7 30 5 22 20 18 9 2 4 7 1 170 166 159 159 159 153 151 106 In this spreadsheet, it is evident that QBs Peyton Manning, Tony Romo, Philip Rivers and Matt Ryan appear to be headed for big seasons. The QB battle in Philadelphia between Michael Vick and Nick Foles now becomes even more intriguing. The Eagles have the second most attractive PASS-SOS this season and in the high-octane Coach Chip Kelly offense the victor of the Philly camp war becomes a very valuable fantasy draft option. When using the SOS table, common sense is crucial in accurately reading the numbers. Carson Palmer is no longer in Oakland and though the Raiders have the fourth best PASS-SOS, there is no QB on the roster that can effectively take advantage of the juicy schedule. The same can be said of the Jets (6th best PASSSOS), who have QB and receiver issues. On the flip side, there are two passers who are very likely to have breakout seasons; Kansas City’s Alex Smith and Miami’s Ryan Tannehill. Tannehill is blessed with the seventh advantageous PASS-SOS and the Dolphin front office has fortified the offense with WR talent, namely Mike Wallace. Smith is finally in a QB happy program run by Coach Andy Reid, and in a place that truly wants and embraces his skill set. Smith goes into the 2013 season with a PASS-SOS ranking of nine. Quarterbacks are not the only benefactors of a prime-time PASS-SOS; wide receivers and tight ends also reap the rewards. The Denver triple threat of Demaryius Thomas, Wes Welker and Eric Decker are all set for fantasy friendly seasons. Dallas’ Dez Bryant is ready to go super star this season. Philly’s Jeremy Maclin is a player that has fallen out of the spotlight but between the Coach Kelly program and the #2 PASS-SOS Maclin is geared up for a surprisingly solid season. A receiver in San Diego is going to emerge, and the early returns points to Danario Alexander. But keep an eye on the sharp route running and sticky fingers of Vincent Brown; he’s got the tools and was drafted with a prominent role in mind two seasons ago. Miami’s Mike Wallace could have a bigger season than expected, PASS-SOS and surrounding talent considered. On the flip side, Ravens Torry Smith is now the clear top target in Baltimore, but he no longer has Anquan Boldin to draw coverage from Smith. Smith has done well against single-man coverage, but now he will face many double-coverage looks. Another common sense read here involves the Lions PASS-SOS and Calvin Johnson. Though Detroit carries the burden of the second toughest PASS-SOS, Cal Johnson is SOS-proof and the ranking should mostly be ignored here. That is a rare situation and few NFL players fall into that category. Things in New England are going to be interesting. There has been so much of a shift in the WR ranks there, primarily the loss of Wes Welker and the iffy health of TEs Rob Gronkowski and Aaron Hernendez. The Super BandAid, Danny Amendola, slides into Welker’s slot and the outside receivers are names like Aaron Dobson, Julian Edelman, Josh Boyce, Mike Jenkins, Donald Jones and Kenbrell Thompkins. There may be a secret plan being conjured up by Wild Bill Belichick… eyes on, gang! The Vikings, Rams and Bengals also have tough PASS-SOS slates, hot-seat QB situations and ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 33 Fantasy Articles young, developing receiver units. There is no room for slip ups this season with a daunting SOS ahead. SOS-PASS, WEEKS 14-16 SORTED BY RANK (2013) FANTASY FOOTBALL PLAYOFFS PASS WAS DET STL KC CAR CHI BUF SD SF DEN NYJ MIN NE OAK BAL GB HOU IND JAC SEA ARI MIA NO CLE TEN DAL NYG ATL PIT CIN TB PHI 14 29 23 11 25 31 27 30 32 3 26 24 19 17 5 8 21 20 10 9 2 15 1 12 28 6 4 18 7 16 22 13 14 15 21 19 31 24 5 17 20 6 30 18 12 23 16 29 14 27 22 9 13 32 26 28 15 4 11 7 3 25 10 1 2 8 16 27 32 30 22 31 23 16 24 21 9 17 10 19 18 28 1 6 29 26 11 3 13 12 5 20 25 14 2 7 8 15 4 SOS 77 74 72 71 67 67 66 62 54 53 53 52 52 52 50 49 48 48 48 45 44 42 39 37 37 36 35 34 33 31 30 26 This table is a perfect example why it is important to take a micro look at the SOS, dissecting the regular season from the usual fantasy post-season schedule, commonly weeks 14 to 16. Lions’ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 34 Fantasy Articles WR Calvin Johnson and QB Matt Stafford have a daunting regular season SOS, the second most difficult weeks 1-13 slate in the league. Buuut, owning these two ever-dangerous offensive weapons heading into the fanball playoffs projects to be a sky-high opportunity for fantasy owners. The Lions go into weeks 14-16 with the second BEST PASS-SOS. Even more exciting for the Detroit pass game players is that they square off against potentially the NFL’s worst air defense in week 16, a title week in most leagues. The 16th week schedule sets the Lions opposite the New York Giants, who were the league’s worst pass defense in our breakdown last season, AND the game is in Detroit. Another nice observation that Masterminds will notice is that the Redskins round out with the best playoff PASS-SOS. Washington QB Robert Griffin III is likely to be as close to full strength from his knee surgery by then, and smart fantasy owners might look to draft and stash RGIII later in the draft (where his ADP is falling), or, those practicing SOS integrity might make a low-key investment deal after a few weeks if RGIII is on the shelf as the season kicks off. St. Louis’ Sam Bradford, Chris Givens, Tavon Austin or whichever Rams’ receiver is ‘hot’ at the time should be on the watch list. Kansas City may experience a few bumps in the road early transitioning to the Coach Reid/Alex Smith offense, but by week 14 the kinks may be ironed out and the team functioning at a high level. The Rams, Chiefs, Panthers and Bears all have great PASS-SOS during the all-important fantasy playoff run, weeks 14 to 16. SOS-RUN, WEEKS 1-13 SORTED BY RANK (2013) FANTASY FOOTBALL REGULAR SEASON RUN TB SF DEN ARI TEN DAL MIN ATL MIA HOU NO STL BUF PHI SEA JAC CHI PIT SD NE NYJ 1 23 21 12 17 3 27 26 30 15 5 29 22 8 14 18 28 9 16 10 32 1 2 30 25 27 26 10 28 13 17 31 16 1 29 18 5 4 24 6 9 11 23 8 3 8 31 24 30 5 17 15 7 29 12 22 19 23 28 20 25 3 13 16 1 32 4 22 17 11 1 23 5 3 8 30 25 7 4 12 2 10 31 26 6 19 29 16 5 Bye 10 19 18 28 2 Bye 23 12 4 13 20 15 27 31 17 30 Bye 24 9 29 6 11 22 20 4 25 14 18 Bye Bye 17 8 10 9 1 16 2 27 23 31 30 3 7 29 16 31 25 4 11 27 TB 32 28 Bye 18 7 19 22 5 14 12 20 23 8 8 18 20 14 29 Bye 26 21 22 8 Bye 32 25 30 27 17 4 Bye 24 Bye 7 9 9 25 Bye Bye Bye 17 6 19 18 9 31 23 16 28 24 1 Bye 21 8 14 3 30 10 7 18 5 10 20 30 14 25 1 22 19 31 3 21 29 16 26 32 2 Bye Bye 11 29 30 28 20 31 Bye 25 1 5 24 4 Bye 23 14 6 22 12 26 7 18 32 12 26 14 8 31 24 27 21 30 18 20 29 13 Bye Bye Bye 10 17 15 28 2 12 13 18 17 28 11 31 24 13 32 23 8 25 4 29 22 30 15 6 12 9 10 7 SOS 246 241 227 222 221 217 215 213 213 212 212 211 205 204 204 199 197 196 191 187 187 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 35 Fantasy Articles NYG OAK CLE KC CIN CAR GB WAS IND DET BAL 19 31 7 20 13 25 4 11 24 6 2 2 20 12 19 3 32 14 21 7 22 15 18 2 6 11 21 27 9 26 4 14 10 28 14 9 27 15 Bye Bye 24 20 13 32 11 5 32 16 8 22 26 Bye 25 21 7 13 28 26 24 32 6 12 19 5 15 21 6 Bye 21 10 26 17 15 13 2 9 1 11 3 28 15 23 1 6 2 Bye 19 Bye Bye 11 12 32 7 29 13 5 10 Bye 15 24 27 Bye Bye 12 4 11 6 17 13 9 21 10 9 2 15 8 27 11 16 3 13 19 16 3 5 Bye 7 6 4 22 1 23 14 19 20 2 5 1 26 27 16 21 3 186 186 185 183 180 179 169 169 168 157 151 Tampa Bay’s superb RB Doug Martin had an explosive debut in 2012. He also had the 5th best RUN-SOS in the league last season. Washington’s Alfred Morris came out of small school Florida Atlantic to bang out over 1600 rushing yards and double-digit TDs. Morris opened 2012 with the NFL’s 4th most attractive RUN-SOS. Frisco’s Frank Gore … 2nd best, KC’s Jamal Charles… 7th and Adrian Peterson was 10th best RUN-SOS. Utilizing the SOS works or gets you in the neighborhood of winning fantasy football production. Again, remember to apply common sense as player health and your league scoring rules have to be considered with these SOS listtoppers. Last season I stated, “Washington’s talented and potential touch-machine Roy Helu comes into 2012 with the 4th best SOS-RUN… but there’s the Shanny factor and his revolving RB mind.” Right team and read, but there is ALWAYS the Shanny factor, and other smokescreens to consider like RBBC (learn to love it!), offensive lines (which I rank in another article), type of offensive scheme, etc. The Buc’s Martin flourished in 2012 with the 5th best RUN-SOS; he comes into 2013 with the top regular season SOS in pro football. Gore again lucks out with the 2nd best SOS here, and runs behind the NFL’s beastliest o-line. The 2013 rookie coming into a Doug Martin-Alfred Morris scenario is Denver’s Monte Ball, who is blessed with a most advantageous 3rd RUN-SOS. If Cardinal’s Coach Arians can turn around his o-line in the desert, Arizona’s Rashard Mendenhall has a juicy RUN-SOS, 4th best. In a rich-get-richer theme, RBs Chris Johnson, DeMarco Murray, Adrian Peterson, Steven Jackson and Arian Foster all line up in the top 10 RUN-SOS rankings. Another back that seems set up for 2013 prosperity is Miami’s Lamar Miller, pegged as the RB1 for the Dolphins and doing his work through the 9th ranked RUN-SOS. On the bottom-end, no one did Ray Rice, Reggie Bush or Vick Ballard any favors with this season’s schedule as they make up the three toughest run slates. Alfred Morris’ sophomore year looks to be rocky with the 4th staunchest RUN-SOS. The Pack may be introducing two rookies onto the FFB scene, but they will do so in a 5th toughest environment. Some players are practically SOS proof. The ravens Ray Rice is never out of contention. If Baltimore runs into the teeth of a fierce ground defense, Rice becomes a bigger PPR weapon; he gets his one way or another. Jamal Charles also possesses Teflon for SOS, as well as Reggie Bush to a lesser degree. SOS-RUN, WEEKS 14-16 SORTED BY RANK (2013) FANTASY FOOTBAL PLAYOFFS ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 36 Fantasy Articles RUN CAR WAS KC ARI JAC NYJ NYG OAK SF HOU NO SD SEA STL TB GB DET DAL IND CHI PHI CLE TEN MIA BAL CIN ATL PIT NE MIN DEN BUF 14 30 28 14 17 10 24 5 23 25 20 18 27 4 22 32 29 11 13 9 19 26 8 2 3 6 31 21 7 15 12 16 1 15 23 29 24 16 32 18 25 28 1 31 17 2 27 30 4 19 12 21 10 15 6 13 22 8 26 3 14 9 7 11 5 20 16 30 19 31 25 16 15 26 5 29 2 18 24 22 1 17 3 27 14 28 11 13 23 20 32 8 6 4 21 12 9 10 7 SOS 83 76 69 58 58 57 56 56 55 53 53 53 53 53 53 51 50 48 47 45 45 44 44 43 40 40 39 37 34 32 31 28 Here’s hoping that Arizona’s coaching staff really performs miracles in the desert regarding the run blocking; Rashard Mendenhall is set up for a monster finish and a solid season. Mendenhall carries the 4th best regular season SOS and the playoff SOS in 2013. He should be fully recovered by from his leg injuries of over a year ago, and ready to hit the ground running. Mendy is a looker, and a mid-season trade target if all goes well. Carolina’s DeAngelo Williams may be a nice late season sleeper grab. Running mate Jonathan Stewart is always injured (already missing mini-camps) and Williams is set at the top of the RUN-SOS for the post season. The Panthers are installing a more traditional run offense. Just sayin’. DC’s Alfred Morris may ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 37 Fantasy Articles have a rough regular season slate, but he rockets to the 2nd best playoff schedule. Chiefs’ flashy tailback Jamal Charles comes in at 3rd in the post season SOS and his PPR attractiveness is sure to help win FFB titles. Flipping the chart, Buffalo’s CJ Spiller faces the 32nd ranked SOS in weeks 14-16… new offense, rookie QB, an o-line that lost the best blocker via free agency; trade bait. Bronco rookie Monte Ball may be a stud in the regular season, but he hits a wall in the FFB playoffs. Adrian Peterson is one of those SOS-proof players. He has the 3rd toughest RUN-SOS in the post season but that has to be ignored with AP. One thing to keep in mind when considering the post season SOS is that a FFB owner coach can micro-manage the chart. It is smart to hold an ace in the hand by checking out secondary running back talents who have outstanding week 16 matchups. Miami’s Lamar Miller logs in with the 9th hardest playoff schedule, but he laces ‘em up against potentially the weakest ground defense (in our Mastermind way of ranking) in week 16, which is usually the FFB title game in a majority of leagues. DeAngelo Williams tees off on the 30th ranked run D twice in three weeks… OUTSTANDING! Either Ahmad Bradshaw or Vick Ballard are likely to be had in late season trades after tough regular seasons, but go after the 28th projected run unit in the all-important 16th game of the season. Of course defenses change as well as their performances, but this is a great baseline study to start out with. Those owners who do plan ahead might scan the SOS-RUN and stash away potential stars-in-waiting who could make hay when it counts. A few seasons ago I won a fantasy championship with Pierre Thomas and then part-timer Jamaal Charles as my title game starting backfield. Often, it’s not how much a player does, it’s when he does it. Much goes into planning a fantasy draft and a successful season. Luck plays a role, but most times those who are “lucky” put themselves in the position to be just that. Working a smart, well-processed SOS before the draft isn’t going to guarantee a trophy on your mantle come season’s end. However, all plans that prosper need a firm, logical foundation and starting point. A fantasy-specific Strength Of Schedule truly focuses on football players that have the best chance to prosper, and do so at the right times when you need them to perform. A SOS can not only establish a fine-tuned draft plan, but guide in making weekly lineup and roster decisions, and pinpoint specific trade targets and the optimum time to pull off those key championship building moves. The beauty of the SOS is that it can evolve and change weekly to reflect how defenses are progressing or falling apart. But it all happens right now, in the off-season and the preparation. Fantasy coaches, it is time to begin to Mastermind your 2013 season. The Fantasy Strength Of Schedule is your cornerstone to a great season. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 38 Fantasy Articles Coaching Carousel 2013 June 28, 2013 by: John Holler Fantasy owners are always in tune with the movement of players from one team to another and the impact that can have on the franchise in question. For example, how does the move of Wes Welker from New England to Denver impact both teams? Who is going to pick up the slack in New England? Will Eric Decker be the one hurt the most by the arrival of Welker or could both Decker and Demaryius Thomas see a loss of production with the addition of the most consistent 100-catch receiver in NFL history? How will the Rams and Falcons each be impacted by the move of Steven Jackson from St. Louis to Atlanta. While these changes are that are the most obvious to fans, what isn’t always noticed are the changes that are made on NFL coaching staffs. Whether it’s a complete staff that is let go or coaches that leave on their own for other jobs or serve as scapegoats for the failures of a team (we’re looking at you, Rex Ryan), the changes that get made can have just as big an impact as signing a high-priced free agent or a veteran backup quarterback who still has starting aspirations. More than 75 percent of the NFL teams had some sort of coaching turnover. These are the coaches that have come into new organizations and the differences they might make to the fantasy prospects of the NFL’s 32 teams in 2013. AFC EAST Buffalo Bills – After being a trendy pick to be a challenge to the Patriots last year, Chan Gailey and his staff was imploded and the Bills are starting over. The team brought in head coach Doug Marrone, who spent the last four years at head coach of Syracuse, but does have NFL experience, including offensive coordinator of the Saints from 2006-08 and offensive line coach for Jets from 2002-05. Marrone spread the wealth from his Syracuse staff, bringing in Nathaniel Hackett (offensive coordinator/quarterbacks), Tyrone Wheatley (running backs), Greg Adkins (tight ends) and Donnie Henderson (defensive backs). Not everyone came in from the Syracuse program. Defensive coordinator Mike Pettine comes to Buffalo after being the DC for the last four years with the Jets. Pettine brought along Anthony Weaver from the fired Jets defensive staff to serve as D-line coach for the Bills and linebackers coach Jim O’Neill, who spent the last three years as defensive backs coach with the Jets. Special teams coordinator Danny Crossman has been a special teams coordinator for eight years – five with Carolina and the last three with Detroit. Offensive line coach Pat Morris is entering his 16th season, which has included stints in San Francisco, Detroit, Minnesota and Tampa Bay. Wide receivers coach Ike Hilliard spent 2012 in that position with Washington. The Bills are bringing together a lot of new coaches from different programs, each with some familiarity with others on the staff. How quickly they can blend into a cohesive staff will go a long way to determining how quickly the Bills can return to respectability. Miami Dolphins – Technically the Dolphins don’t have any changes in the second season with Joe Philbin as the head coach. The only change was an internal promotion. When he took the ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 39 Fantasy Articles job, Philbin and offensive coordinator served as the de facto quarterbacks coach. Zac Taylor, who was brought in as the assistant QBs coach when Philbin assembled his staff in 2012, was promoted to the position of quarterbacks coach. Other than that, the staff remains intact heading into the second year of the Philbin era. New England Patriots – Perhaps it’s a sign of the times. Bill Belichick hasn’t had a defensive coordinator the last two years, handling the job himself. That will change this year. He promoted safeties coach Matt Patricia to the role of defensive coordinator. There was defensive coaching juggling done beyond naming a DC. Josh Boyer went from being defensive backs coach to just cornerbacks, defensive assistant Brian Flores was promoted to safeties coach, Pepper Johnson was moved from defensive line coach to linebackers coach and Patrick Graham was shifted from LBs to the D-line. One interesting signing was the hiring of Steve Belichick (the coach’s son) as a coaching assistant. While the Patriots defense struggled last year, Belichick has a history of moving coaches around within the system to give them a fuller knowledge base of the different responsibilities within a team. Belichick taking the DC position away from himself is an example of that. New York Jets – Rex Ryan survived the coaching blood purge on both sides of the ball, but the same couldn’t be said for his support staff – including all three coordinators. After spending the last 10 years in Philadelphia with Andy Reid, Marty Mornhinweg was hired as the next offensive coordinator. On the offensive side, the team brought in tight ends coach Steve Hagen, who held the same position the last four years in Cleveland. Quarterback coach David Lee has been a quarterbacks coach for both Miami and Buffalo, making his third stop in the AFC East. Mike Delvin was relieved of his duties as TE coach and was named the new offensive line coach. On the defensive side, Dennis Thurman was promoted to defensive coordinator from the team’s defensive backs coach. Thurman was replaced as the defensive backs coach by former NFL safety Tim McDonald, marking his first NFL or college coaching job. The biggest defensive signing was bringing in former Falcons defensive coordinator Brian VanGorder to coach linebackers. Even special teams weren’t unscathed by the changes, as Ben Kotwica was promoted to special teams coordinator after the firing of Mike Westhoff. Somehow Ryan and his tough talking ways helped him avoid the hammer of firings, but the Jets cleaned house of assistants. Another bad season for Ryan and he may join his fellow coaches on the temporary unemployment line. AFC NORTH Baltimore Ravens – When you’re a champion, you inevitably lose coaches. Fortunately for the Ravens, they weren’t caught by surprise. Offensive coordinator Cam Cameron was cut loose late in the season, quarterbacks coach Jim Caldwell took over and returns as the full-time OC. Former Philadelphia assistant Juan Castillo was the only new outside hire, being brought in as run-game coordinator after Andy Reid’s Eagles staff was imploded. Cincinnati Bengals – Thanks in no small part to making the playoffs in back-to-back seasons, there are no position coaching changes this offseason. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 40 Fantasy Articles Cleveland Browns – The Browns cleaned house throughout the coaching staff, starting at the top. Rod Chudzinski comes to Cleveland after nine years in the NFL, the last two as offensive coordinator. The changes on the offensive side of ball include offensive coordinator Norv Turner, who was the embattled head coach in San Diego before being fired at the end of the season. Chudzinski and Turner will handle the role of being quarterbacks coach. Turner’s support staff will include running backs coach John Settle, wide receivers coach Scott Turner, both of whom spent the last two years with Chudzinski in Carolina, and Jon Embree, a 20-year coaching veteran who spent the last two as the head coach at the University of Colorado. The only offensive position coach who survived the purge was offensive line coach George Warhop. On the defensive side of the ball, 19-year coaching veteran Ray Horton was named defensive coordinator, after spending the last two years in the same capacity in Arizona. He will be joined by defensive line coach Joe Cullen, who spent the last three years as the D-line coach in Jacksonville, outside linebackers coach Brian Baker, who has 19 seasons of NFL coaches with the last two as D-line coach of the Dallas Cowboys, inside linebackers coach Ken Flajole, who has 36 years of coaching experience, most recently with New Orleans Saints, and defensive backs coach Louie Cioffi, an 18-year veteran who spent the last two seasons in the same position with Arizona. There are changes-a-plenty in Cleveland, but this isn’t the first rodeo for the coaching staff. Pittsburgh Steelers – The Steelers only had one change on the coaching staff. O-line coach Sean Kugler left to become the head coach at UTEP. He was replaced by Jack Bicknell Jr., a coach with extensive O-line experience – most recently at Kansas City. The Steelers have a long history of loyalty to its coaching staff and that hasn’t changed – whether the Steelers have been a playoff team or not. AFC SOUTH Houston Texans – The Texans have dominated the AFC South the last two years and, not surprisingly, had no changes to the coaching staff. Indianapolis Colts – The Colts lost offensive coordinator Bruce Arians, who served as head coach while Chuck Pagano was going through chemotherapy, as the new head coach of the Cardinals. The only new members of the Colts coaching staff are two coordinators. Pep Hamilton, who spent the last three years with Stanford – the final two as offensive coordinator and QB coach (where he coached Andrew Luck) – as the new offensive coordinator. The move should make the transition seamless given the familiarity between Luck and Hamilton. The other change was at special teams coordinator, where Tom McMahon comes over from Kansas City. The Colts made huge strides last year and, despite a couple of key changes, shouldn’t miss a beat. Jacksonville Jaguars – It would seem the head coach of the Jaguars is always on the hot seat. While Jack Del Rio had more lives than Rasputin. Mike Mullarkey wasn’t so fortunate, as he and his staff were sent packing. The team looked defensively for a new head coach, hiring Seattle defensive coordinator Gus Bradley to try to work the same magic in Jacksonville. Offensive coordinator Jedd Fisch comes to the Jaguars after spending the last two years as offensive coordinator at the University of Miami. His support staff includes running backs coach Terry ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 41 Fantasy Articles Richardson, who worked with Fisch at The U, QB coach Frank Scelfo, who spent 2010-11 as the QB coach at the University of Arizona, tight ends coach Ron Middleton, who spent the last five years as the combination tight ends coach and special teams coordinator at Duke, and offensive line coach George Yarno, who spent the last four seasons with Detroit. One the defensive side, the Jags hired veteran coach Bob Babich as their defensive coordinator. He spent the last nine years on Lovie Smith’s coaching staff in Chicago – the first six as linebackers coach and the last three as DC. He is joined by defensive line coach Todd Wash, who spent the last two years with Bradley in Seattle, and defensive backs coach DeWayne Walker, who spent the last four years as the head coach at New Mexico State. The Jaguars hit bottom last year and are looking to rise from the ashes with a new coaching staff and a new outlook. Whether this groups succeeds or not, it’s been a long time since the Jags were legitimate Super Bowl contenders and Bradley is being asked to reverse that too-long-standing trend. Tennessee Titans – After just one season as head coach, Mike Munchak shook up almost his entire offensive coaching staff. In as offensive coordinator is Dowell Loggains, who was promoted from QB coach to OC after Thanksgiving late last season. Wide receivers coach Dave Ragone took Loggains’ job as quarterbacks coach. There are new coaches coming into the staff. Running backs coach Sylvester Croom, is in his 22nd year as a coach, spending his last three seasons with the St. Louis Rams (2009-11), Sean Jefferson is the new wide receivers coach after spending the last five years at that position with Detroit. But the biggest addition to the coaching staff is on the defensive side of the ball. Munchak brought back disgraced Saints defensive coordinator Gregg Williams, proving that acumen and a track record can negate a year-long suspension for his role as the ringmaster of Bountygate. While his title is senior assistant, expect to see Williams’ fingerprints all over the Titans defense. AFC WEST Denver Broncos – After losing offensive coordinator Mike McCoy, some changes needed to be made. Adam Gase was promoted from QB coach to offensive coordinator and Greg Knapp as quarterbacks coach. Knapp has been a QB coach or an offensive coordinator each of the last 15 seasons, who spent last season as the offensive coordinator of the division rival Raiders. When you’re successful, you lose coaches, but the Broncos did a nice job to maintain experience and continuity on the offensive coaching staff. Kansas City Chiefs – The Chiefs made one of the biggest splashes in hiring deposed Eagles despot Andy Reid. Reid will be given a lot of authority within the organization and clearly is calling the shots on assembling his coaching staff. On the offensive side, he added Doug Pederson as offensive coordinator. Pederson came along with Reid, where he spent the last two seasons as QB coach in 2011-12 in Philly. So did QB coach Matt Nagy, who spent the last two seasons as offensive quality control coach with the Eagles. So did assistant head coach/wide receiver, who spent 14 years with Reid in Philadelphia. The last time they weren’t together, it was late in the 20th century (1998 to be exact). The same is true for tight ends coach Tom Melvin, who spent 14 years with Reid, the last 11 years as TE coach. Running backs coach Eric Bienemy spent the last two seasons as offensive coordinator at the University of Colorado, but is best known for being the screaming voice in the ear of Adrian Peterson – who responded pretty well to his tutelage. Offensive line coach Andy Heck, spent the last seven seasons as ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 42 Fantasy Articles Jacksonville’s O-line coach. Defensive coordinator Bob Sutton has 13 years of NFL coaching experience – all with the New York Jets. Defensive line coach Tommy Brasher is entering his 25th year as an NFL coach, including three tours of duty with the Eagles – the last two with Reid. Reid opted to retain linebackers coach Gary Gibbs and defensive backs coach Emmitt Thomas because of their experience – both in the NFL and with the young Chiefs defense. Like so many of Reid’s other hires, he has a penchant to hire coaches with long-term experience with a single franchise and has shown the ability to be in it for the long haul. Oakland Raiders – The Raiders didn’t panic and make a ton of changes with head coach Dennis Allen, but they made some significant changes to the coaching staff. Greg Olson was brought in as the team’s new offensive coordinator. He spent last season as assistant head coach/quarterbacks with the Jacksonville Jaguars. Former Miami head coach Tony Sparano was added as assistant head coach/offensive line and veteran special teams coordinator Bobby April, who has 22 years of NFL coaching experience, including the last three in Philadelphia. The Raiders didn’t make a lot of changes, but the ones they made will bring a lot of experience to the coaching staff and give the team some veteran coaching stability. San Diego Chargers – Despite making a head coaching change, there wasn’t a complete turnover on the Chargers staff in the post-Norv Turner era. Mike McCoy was hired away from division rival Denver, where he was the offensive coordinator. Almost all of the changes made were on the offensive side of the ball, while the defensive staff remained largely intact. Former Arizona head coach Ken Whisenhunt was hired as the offensive coordinator and he will be supported by several new coaches, including QB coach Frank Reich, who came with Whisenhunt from Arizona, wide receivers coach Fred Graves, a 36-year coaching veteran who spent the last two seasons with Carolina and offensive line coach Joe D’Alessandris, another 36-year coaching veteran who spent the last three years in Buffalo. The only change on the defensive side of the ball came in the secondary, where Ron Milus takes over. Milus was a coach with Murphy in Denver the last two seasons. The Chargers are looking for a clean start, but the fact the defensive coaching staff has remained largely the same is a sign that they believe they’re not in complete reclamation mode. NFC EAST Dallas Cowboys – Jason Garrett has been put on notice, but most of his staff remained intact after a disappointing 2012, but there were some significant changes. On the offensive side of the ball, Gary Brown was hired as the new running backs coach, a position he held the last five years with Cleveland, and the new wide receivers coach is Derek Dooley. Dooley and Garrett were both on the Miami staff together and most recently, he was the head coach at Tennessee. The biggest changes came on the defensive side of the ball, where the Cowboys went (really) old school. Rob Ryan was sent packing and was replaced by Monte Kiffin, who was the guru of the Indianapolis and Tampa Bay defenses before moving on to USC to coach with his son, Lane. The Cowboys also added former Detroit head coach Rod Marinelli to coach the defensive line. After being fired by the Lions, Marinelli spent last season with Chicago Bears as their defensive coordinator, but was again sent packing when Lovie Smith’s staff was dismantled. It’s a playoffs-or-bust season for Garrett, but the Cowboys have brought in some experienced ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 43 Fantasy Articles defensive coaches in hopes of bringing old-school success back to a team known for its oldschool success. New York Giants – When you’ve won a pair of Super Bowl titles over the last five years, you keep the band together. The G-men have no changes in their coaching roster from 2012. Philadelphia Eagles – The Andy Reid era ended and with it came massive changes. It started with head coach Chip Kelly, an offensive innovator who was the head coach at the University of Oregon. Changes on the offense begin with offensive coordinator Pat Shurmer, who spent 10 years with the Eagles as TE and QB coach and the last two seasons as head coach in Cleveland. Kelly tapped the college ranks to get Bill Lazor as his quarterbacks coach after spending the last three years as the offensive coordinator at QB coach at the University of Virginia and offensive line coach Jeff Stoutland, who held the same position the last two years at the University of Alabama. Former Eagle Duce Staley was retained and promoted from quality control coach to running backs coach. Wide receivers coach Bob Bicknell spent the last three years with the Bills coaching WRs and tight ends. On the defensive side of the ball, defensive coordinator Bill Davis brings 21 years of experience – most recently at Cleveland coaching linebackers. Assistant head coach/defensive line coach Jerry Azzinaro came with Kelly after spending the last four years in the same position at Oregon. Outside linebackers coach Bill McGovern comes from the college game as well, after spending the last 12 years as linebackers coach at Boston College. Inside linebackers coach Rick Minter spent the last two seasons as defensive coordinator at Kentucky University. Defensive backs coach John Lovett has 35 years of coaching experience, most recently as d-backs coach at Texas Tech. New special teams coordinator Dave Fipp spent the last two teams in the same position with Miami, where the Dolphins had one of the most effective special teams units in the league. The Eagles are moving in a new direction for the first time since the turn of the century and it will be interesting to see how the new staff works together because they come from widely varied backgrounds but definitely will infuse enthusiasm in an Eagles team in transition. Washington Redskins – Coming off a playoff season, the Redskins only made a couple of minor tweaks to the coaching staff. Offensive assistant Mike McDaniel was promoted to wide receivers coach and the only outside hire was Keith Burns as special teams coordinator. Burns spent the last six years in Denver as the special teams coach, the first two with Mike Shanahan when he was still the head coach. With success comes continuity in coaching and Shanahan didn’t need to make changes because there wasn’t anything wrong. NFC NORTH Chicago Bears – Lovie Smith was one of the longest-tenured coaches in the NFL before he got fired at the end of the season. Marc Trestman comes in after a stint in the CFL with the Montreal Alouettes and has assembled an interesting collection of assistant coaches. New offensive coordinator Aaron Kromer spent the last five seasons in New Orleans coaching the offensive line/running game. He will serve as both offensive coordinator and O-line coach. Quarterback coach Matt Cavanaugh is in his second tour of duty with the Bears, having served as offensive coordinator in 1998-99. He spent the last four years as QB coach with the Jets. Running backs coach Skip Peete has 15 years of NFL experience as a RB coach – the last six with Dallas. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 44 Fantasy Articles Trestman dipped into the college ranks to get wide receivers coach Mike Groh, who spent the last two season with the University of Alabama. Trestman brought tight ends coach Andy Bischoff with him from the CFL to continue their working relationship. On the defensive side of the ball, Trestman brought in new defensive coordinator Mel Tucker, who spent the last four years as the Jacksonville DC. Linebackers coach Tim Tibesar spent 2012 at Purdue as its defensive coordinator after being Trestman’s linebackers coach in 2009-10 and defensive coordinator in 2011. In a final move, Trestman hired special teams guru Joe DeCamillis as the team’s special teams coordinator/assistant head coach. He has 25 years experience, the last four with Dallas. The Bears had a longstanding coaching staff that started with Smith and, while there were changes over the years, remained largely the same from one year to the next. The Bears are going to have a ton of changes this year and it will be critical that everyone gets on the same page or there could be a repeat locker room implosion like their was last year when things fell apart. Detroit Lions – Despite a complete collapse coming off a playoff run the year before, Jim Schwartz didn’t make many changes to his staff. But most of the changes came on offense. Tim Lappano moved from tight ends coach to wide receivers coach and was replaced by Bobby Johnson, who spent last year as the TE coach in Jacksonville. New running backs coach/run game coordinator Curtis Modkins spent the last three years as offensive coordinator in Buffalo and the team promoted Jeremiah Washburn to the position of offensive line coach after being an assistant there for four years. The defensive coaching staff remains the same, but one significant change came with the hiring of new special teams coach John Bonamego. He is a 26-year coaching veteran, most recently coaching special teams in Jacksonville. Schwartz shuffled the deck on offense and special teams, which is often a sign that he has one year to get the ship right or changes will be made. Green Bay Packers – The Packers are the class of the division and the only question was whether another team was going to pilfer their coaches, which has happened often in the past. Nobody did, so the staff remains the same from last year. Minnesota Vikings – In his second full season as head coach, Leslie Frazier pulled off one of the biggest turnarounds in franchise history, going from 3-13 to 10-6 and the playoffs. As a result, there were no changes to the coaching staff. NFC SOUTH Atlanta Falcons – The Falcons had the best record in the NFC and are returning in 2013 with the entire coaching staff remaining the same. Carolina Panthers – Ron Rivera has been a source of controversy for years – often being interviewed, but never getting a head coaching job. He was on the bubble last year and with General Manager Marty Hurney fired in the offseason, he is officially on notice to produce or follow Hurney out the door. Rivera made several staff changes, including the promotion of Mike Shula from quarterbacks coach to offensive coordinator and the hiring of QB coach Ken Dorsey – his first NFL coaching position. The team brought back Jim Skipper as running backs coach after two years in Tennessee. He returns to the job he held from 2002-10 with the Panthers. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 45 Fantasy Articles Ricky Proehl was promoted from offensive consultant to wide receivers coach and Richard Rodgers was promoted to special teams coach after being the assistant the last two seasons. The only difference on the defensive side of the ball is linebackers coach Al Holcomb, who spent the last four years with the New York Giants. Rivera is on a short leash and, given the strength of the other teams in the NFC South, it could all blow up fast in Carolina if things don’t take an upward turn this season. New Orleans Saints – The biggest change here is that Sean Payton is back after a one-year suspension, but coming in a close second is the hiring of Rob Ryan, former of the Cowboys, as the new defensive coordinator. The only other significant change was the move of Bret Ingalls from running backs to the offensive and the hiring of Dan Roushar, who spent the last six seasons at Michigan State – the final two as offensive coordinator. The other coaching change came in the secondary, where they hired 23-year college veteran coach Wesley McGriff, who spent last season as the defensive coordinator at Ole Miss. The Saints coaching staff will have a different look with Payton back, which might be one of the bigger coaching changes of 2013. Tampa Bay Buccaneers – Before Greg Schiano arrived, the word was out was a no-nonsense guy who could rub some players and coaches the wrong way. One year into his new job with the Bucs and significant changes of Shiano’s staff have taken place already. On the offensive side of the ball, there were some changes, including quarterbacks coach John McNulty, who had spent four seasons as the wide receivers coach with the Cardinals, but coached under Schiano at Rutgers from 2004-08. Wide receivers coach John Garrett, spent the last five seasons with Dallas as its tight ends coach and, for the last two seasons, as passing game coordinator. One the defensive side of the ball, Schiano brought in linebackers coach Robb Smith, who was the defensive coordinator in Rutgers with Schiano. He also brought in cornerbacks coach Tony Oden, who comes over from Jacksonville in the same capacity. There weren’t a lot of changes, but it appears as though Schiano is surrounding himself with coaches he’s more familiar with. Whether that’s a good move for the Bucs or not will be seen, perhaps sooner than later. NFC WEST Arizona Cardinals – The Cardinals did a complete makeover of their coaching staff, running out everyone who was part of the old regime and starting over at a time when the other three teams in the division are on the rise. Bruce Arians comes in after taking over as head coach of Indianapolis last year and leading the Colts to the playoffs. One of his first hires was to bring in longtime offensive coordinator Tom Moore as the assistant head coach in charge of offense. What his role will be has yet to be determined, but Arians has full faith in Moore and he could end up being given a lot of authority. On the offensive staff, Arians assembled an eclectic group, led by offensive coordinator Harold Goodwin, who was offensive line coach under Arians with the Colts last year and will also assume that role with the Cardinals. Freddie Kitchens moves from tight ends coach to QB coach and was replaced at TE coach by Rick Christophel, who spent the last six years as head coach at Austin Peay. Former Cardinals running back Stump Mitchell comes back to the organization as RB coach 22 years later – after a long coaches career that included high school, college and the NFL. For the last three years, he was head coach at Southern University. Wide receivers coach Darryl Drake held the same position under Lovie Smith with the Chicago Bears over the last nine seasons. Defensively, Arians hired Todd ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 46 Fantasy Articles Bowles, who was a defensive backs coach with the Jets, Browns, Cowboys and Dolphins, before being appointed defensive coordinator of the Eagles at midseason of his first year in Philadelphia. Arians is giving defensive line coach Brentson Buckner his first pro job. Buckner was a 12-year NFL veteran who was an intern coach with the Steelers the last three seasons during training camp. Outside linebackers coach Mike Caldwell is another former Cardinals player who takes over after coaching linebackers the last two seasons in Philadelphia. Outside linebackers coach James Bettcher follows Arians over as a special assistant to the head coach (which turned out to be Arians). Prior to that, he was both linebackers coach and special teams coordinator at the University of New Hampshire, so he has an eclectic background. Small eastern colleges got more representation with defensive backs coach Nick Rapone, who has 30 years of college coaching experience – the last seven as defensive coordinator at the University of Delaware. Cornerbacks coach Kevin Ross, who spent 2010-11 in the same position with the Oakland Raiders, but was a player at Temple when Arians was head coach. They have shifted from Temple to Tempe 30 years later. The final coaching change was at special teams coordinator, where Amos Jones comes over after six years in Pittsburgh – the final season as special teams coach. With so many changes, Arians is going to have a tall order in front of him, but, given what he did with the Colts last year under adverse circumstances, he has earned the shot at being a head coach in the NFL and a lot of people in the league are hoping he succeeds. St. Louis Rams – After his first season in St. Louis, there were only two changes made to Jeff Fisher’s coaching staff. In his first season with the Rams, Fisher didn’t have a defensive coordinator after the man he hired (Gregg Williams) was suspended by the NFL indefinitely. He rectified that in the offseason by hiring Tim Walton, who spent the last four years as defensive backs coach with Dallas, as the new defensive coordinator. In addition, the time hired Frank Bush as its linebackers coach. Bush has been an NFL LB coach for the last 25 years, with his last stop being at Tennessee, where he was retained after Fisher got fired and has been reunited in St. Louis. San Francisco 49ers – With a trip the Super Bowl, the biggest concern for a coaching change was whether or not someone would try to tap into the success and raid their coaches. That didn’t happen, so the band is staying together in San Francisco. Seattle Seahawks – The only changes were on the defensive front, where defensive coordinator Gus Bradley got the head coaching job in Jacksonville and took defensive line coach Todd Wash with him. Dan Quinn returns to Seattle as the defensive coordinator after being retained when head coach Pete Carroll took over and kept him as defensive line coach. He spent the last two years at the University of Florida as defensive coordinator, but came back to Seattle when Bradley’s job came open. Replacing Wash is Travis Jones, who was a D-line coach for the Saints the last five years. If Seattle has the kind of year so many expect they will, it could be hard to keep this group together because Bradley may not be the last of Carroll’s assistants to be offered a head coaching job. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 47 Fantasy Articles Movers & Shakers Adjusting Draft Strategy & Taking Advantage of Scoring Rules June 28, 2013 By Chris Rito To any of you reading this article, it comes as no surprise that you should adjust your rankings and cheat sheets based on the type of scoring system in which you play. For example, every site worth a hoot will publish separate cheat sheets for both PPR and non-PPR leagues, so there clearly is a difference in how players are ranked within their positional list. That’s the easy thing to do, and a necessary first step when one is preparing to play in any league. But that is not all there is to it. An often overlooked facet of drafting in any league is the way it should impact your overall draft strategy. Too many fantasy owners modify their cheat sheets with great care, precision and thought… and then follow the same old plan they would use for any other league, often blindly take RBs with the first two selections. It’s imperative that you look at your overall rankings (i.e., across all positions) and see where your projections lead you; many players only look at their overall rankings about 20 players deep and then go position-by-position, based on their own team’s need as the draft progresses. But if you look at your overall rankings, you can start to see how your draft strategy should be adjusted right from the start in round 1 to best take advantage of the draft. For the purposes of this discussion, I will assume that the “standard” lineup and scoring system is a 10-to-12 team, non-PPR league in which you select your weekly starting lineup, and that the lineup is QB-RB-RB-WR-WR-WR-TE-K-D. This is the basis from which I will start and to which I will make my comparisons, understanding that your league is probably different. Actually… the fact that your league is different is exactly the point of this article! I start here because this lineup is (as I see it) the most common lineup orientation for much of the last 10 years or so and one which is at least familiar to most FFLers. Starting with that definition and the usual drafting strategies that are used, I will share my personal drafting philosophies and how they differ depending on the rules of the league. Also implicit in this discussion is the fact that you must be cognizant of the tiers and overall relative values of the positions and the players; blindly following this advice when there are far more valuable players on the board would be as unwise as blindly following the “Stud RB Theory” regardless of your league rules! I will not cover IDP leagues (that topic will be covered by other expert writers in the premium guide) but those styles of leagues also will throw a kink into your drafting strategy, and will vary widely depending on the IDP scoring system involved. PPR leagues As this is the most common variation from the “standard” lineup and scoring options – and, in fact, may currently even be more common – we will start here. The concept of awarding 1 point for every pass reception does skew individual rankings, but I will not focus on that here; we all know that guys like Doug Martin, LeSean McCoy and Ray Rice were ranked even higher in the last few years in these scoring systems due to the fact that they could pick up 60-70 points on other RBs with similar “total yards” production. The real key here is how does this impact your draft strategy? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 48 Fantasy Articles Let me give you some data, just as a place to start the discussion. I took these point values right from the initial 2013 FFMastermind.com premium player rankings straight from the Mastermind Championship Projection (MCP) board. I looked at similar numbers from numerous other sources, and they are all fundamentally in agreement with this trend although the specific numbers obviously differ. Here’s the thing - it doesn’t even matter if the individual players’ predicted fantasy numbers are correct in this case, since the overall trend is all that is important to this argument: Non-PPR league: (predicted) 2013 points >100 points >125 points >150 points >200 points >250 points # RB 37 29 23 12 4 # WR 51 35 22 5 0 # TE 10 5 1 0 0 # WR 51 32 23 4 1 # TE 12 4 2 0 0 PPR league: (predicted) 2013 points >150 points >200 points >225 points >300 points >350 points # RB 29 20 15 4 0 The first thing you likely noticed is that the scoring scale is MUCH higher for the PPR league. As such, I had to somewhat arbitrarily define roughly equivalent levels to compare each league (This breakdown kept the tiers at WR and TE fairly constant, so I used these levels). The second thing you likely noticed is that the skewing in the points scored far more significantly impacts the WR and TE positions than it did the RBs. This should be intuitively obvious since 99% of WR and TE scoring is done via catching passes, but to see the numbers laid out this way is sometimes surprising. The one thing you cannot see from this chart (since I did not include it) is that relative QB scoring is unaffected. Since QB scoring is often so much higher than at other positions, the higher totals make the tiers (as defined) useless for QBs. Also, they obviously do not catch passes unless something has gone horribly wrong, so there would be no difference between the two QB columns in each chart. Since everyone else’s scores go up and QB scoring stays the same, I won’t spend any more words defending this statement: “QBs are devalued in PPR leagues as compared to non-PPR leagues.” Let’s break the rest of these data down further. Looking at the numbers for a non-PPR league, you can see a major reason why the “Stud RB Theory” is so prevalent in most leagues. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 49 Fantasy Articles RBs are very dominant at the top of the scoring chain, and at the highest end they are the sole residents of the draft board (often they dominate the first 8-10 picks of a draft). But when you look at a PPR league, now the high-end WRs are actually competitive with the top-rated RBs in overall scoring; Megatron is the outlier here as it is rare that that any projection has a WR exceeding the top RB point totals, even in a PPR! The key is always to maximize your value, but we can assume that the top dogs at either position will show a significant advantage over the “average” player at that same position, and thus is equal for both the RB and the WR. So what does this mean? This means that the “Stud RB Theory” starts to break down a little bit when PPR is involved. When drafting in the early second round, grabbing a WR from the high-rent district is certainly going to serve you better than taking the RB#15 if usual draft trends hold; in fact, taking Brandon Marshall in the second half of round one is a wise choice, and drafting Calvin Johnson as high as #3-4 overall of round one in a PPR league can easily be justified! Bucking the RB-only trend continues if you look at these numbers some more. In a 10-12 team non-PPR league, you are probably hoping to get your RB#3 in round 4-5 (the tier listed as >150 points) while those same point predictions put you into the range of an upper-end WR#3. But if you look at a PPR league, similar overall scoring tiers (>200 points) have you comparing a strong RB#2 with the tail end of the WR#3 tier. You can see that the WR is simply becoming more valuable in the first 4-5 rounds of the draft. As you approach the middle rounds in a PPR league, however, the numbers start to even out and the mid-range WRs are severely devalued as the backup RBs start to close ground. This is partly due to the fact that the point totals for weaker WRs show little differentiation since everyone is scoring something with receptions. This is also due to the fact that there are a lot of 3rd down backs or good receiving RBs that have serious value as flex or bench players in PPR leagues, but that have minimal value in non-PPR leagues; guys like Danny Woodhead and perhaps eventually Ronnie Hillman come to mind here. One thing I have yet to mention is the TE position. While it is known that there is a premium on a top TE in any TE-required league, these numbers seem to indicate that a PPR league actually increases the value of the top TEs on the board. Recent trends in the NFL and the explosive breakouts of Gronk and Graham only make this trend at the top of the charts even more striking. Looking at the chart for the level at which the top handful of TEs appear, you will notice that they are on a par with the top 24 RBs in a non-PPR and actually with the first round RBs in a PPR! So….that RB#24 (which usually goes off the board by the middle of the third round in non-PPR leagues) has a handful of TEs that will afford similar scoring or higher. Those numbers are astounding, and this shows that the value of the top two TEs in the now have draftable value as high as the first round in a PPR league because they all catch so many passes! I would have never thought this was possible when I started playing FFL, even when Tony Gonzalez was tearing up the rankings at TE a decade ago. And we saw Graham and Gronkowski each merit first round selections last year, and likely Graham will sprinkle the first line on more than few draft boards in 2013 again. It really is possible to come out ahead by taking WRs high in a PPR league rather than strictly adhering to a more familiar draft strategy. What you lose in “weakening” your RB#1 will be more than offset by gains in your stud WRs and your TE as you take the best players on the board at several crucial pass-catching positions. You can also see that waiting for a QB is a workable plan in most leagues (if you miss out on Rodgers, Brady, Brees etc.), and an even better idea in a PPR league which devalues QBs. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 50 Fantasy Articles No TE Leagues It is still somewhat common to see leagues in which the TE is considered to be the same as any other receiver. While there are a great many more TEs collecting 70+ catches each year, it is still only the top end of the TE rankings that can make a difference in this sort of scoring format. Obviously, the key here is to insert your TEs into your WR rankings based on their actual projected statistics for 2013. However, the one thing to remember is that true draft value comes NOT from taking a player where his stats indicate, but in taking him as low as possible to maximize his “value over draft position” For example, the MCP rates top TEs Jimmy Graham as being the #15-17 player at his position when combined with WRs, thus making him a solid WR#2. This would place their draft value in this scoring format solidly in the early round 3 range, in either a PPR or non-PPR system. And the reality is that this is about where the big name TEs will go in either sort of draft, probably higher in PPRs. The real value comes in those next tiers of TEs, the guys like Tony Gonzalez and Jason Witten, who are projected around the #23-25 ranking in PPRs and would therefore be WR#3s. My experience has been that people forget about the TEs a little bit once you get past the big names at the top of the TE-only list, and one can often get them a round or two later than they should go! As an extreme example, I have been able to get Tony Gonzalez as my WR#4 several times over recent years in one league even though he was putting up WR#2 (or even #1) numbers. Obviously, you can also get guys that would be TE#1 (in a league which required a TE) as your WR#5 or #6 and come out way ahead on the scoring with lesser risk. Ask yourself this…who would you rather draft this year: Jason Witten, Vernon Davis or Eric Decker? Realistically, in a league in which the TE is not required, Decker will go many rounds before either TE will... but I would be willing to bet that all three put up very similar overall PPR numbers in 2013 (Witten perhaps even jumping way ahead of the others), just as most projections seem to state for them. Two or Four Starting WRs (or RBs…or QBs…or…) If the number of WRs changes from the “standard” three that we are using as our basis, the value of the top end WRs fluctuates dramatically. The basic concept of “draft value” is derived on two things: actual points scored, and advantage over the average (or the lowest) player at that some position. This point can be seen very clearly in scoring only leagues wherein the kickers generally put up the most points in any given season. But there is very little difference between the top kicker and the #16 kicker; therefore, kickers have very low relative value as you will get a competitive score no matter when you draft your kicker. In many leagues this same argument even can be used to describe QBs which often are the highest point scorers in total, but show relatively little variation between the top guy and the #10 scorer (and thus, the “worst starter”). Since WR is the position which shows the greatest variation in the number of starters, I will focus on using WRs as an example in this section, but the same principles can be applied to any position in which you have a grossly different number of starters from this article’s “standard” lineup. If you have a 10-team league with each team starting three WRs, there are by definition 30 starting WRs in your fantasy league each week (forget about bye weeks, etc. for now). In most scoring systems (PPR or non-PPR), the top tier WRs are projected to outscore the #30 WR by well over 50%. In this year’s projections, this is comparing Calvin Johnson with Jeremy Maclin. So now you have a baseline for comparing the top WRs against the worst starting WR in the league and assigning value. Now, if you only start two WRs, the worst starter is only #20 on ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 51 Fantasy Articles the overall ranking list (Dwayne Bowe or Wes Welker) and the difference between the top tier and these guys is considerably smaller. Basically, with only 20 starting WRs, everyone has a great pair of receivers so the WR is severely devalued. In these scenarios (after Megatron, of course), you should not reach as high for that top tier WR since the drop-off at other positions may come sooner and be sharper. But if that same 10-team league starts four WRs per week, now you are looking at the difference between Calvin Johnson and the #40 WR (Emmanuel Sanders in the current projections) as the worst WR starter. Just like the argument made above, this sort of lineup now increases the value of the top tier WRs. In fact, this also raises the value of the next tiers of WRs also since everyone has to start so many players at that position. If you can load up on WRs and (for example) start three top-15 WRs each week, this means that at least two other teams are starting guys considerably worse than your trio and you have a decided advantage week to week that can almost always offset slight disadvantages at the other positions. Mike Nazarek and I have done this with great success several times in FanEx, as have several other owners in that league. This also means that you can likely cause a WR panic (because there are still human beings involved, after all…) by drafting WRs with three of your first four picks, and allow better QBs and RBs to fall to you in the middle rounds anyway. “Best-Ball” starting lineups The FanEx Analysis Draft (FAD) recently completed, and this is a good example of what I call the “best ball” scoring system. In a nutshell, the basic concept is that you do not have to select your lineup week to week; your lineup is decided after the fact, as your best possible lineup gets started for you once the stats are determined. While this takes the week-to-week strategy out of the lineup decisions it also makes drafting very, VERY different. First of all, bye weeks become very important, especially since these sorts of leagues often also do not allow for in-season roster changes. If you can select a solid backup TE but he has the same bye week as your #1, it may be better to eschew the backup until later in the draft and take a lesser one with an alternate bye week. It also means that you can draft a stud at a one-starter position (often TE or QB) and then wait a lo-o-o-ong time for a backup…and then take a below-average guy in the last rounds with an above-average matchup for the only week that you likely need him. Mike and I did this in the FAD this year by hitching this season to Cam Newton and then waiting until 25 QBs were off the board before selecting a riskier backup (Josh Freeman) with a decent matchup on the bye week. But the real important facet of the draft is that a certain type of player is now extremely valuable as compared to a league win which one has to select the starting lineup. We all know that guy: he is usually a WR that catches very few passes, but when he does get one….it could become a 70-yard TD lickety-split. As fantasy owners we steer clear of those guys except as roster fillers late in the draft because we never know when that huge 2-120-1 game is going to occur. However, in a best-ball format you don’t have to know when they will occur, just that they will! I won’t list all those guys that are week-to-week explosive and alternate hot and cold (Santana Moss has made a great career of this, however). The key here is that one can often do quite well by waiting on WRs until the latter half of the draft and then loading up on a gaggle of guys like this. In a standard format, you would get crucified by drafting a WR corps of Percy Harvin, Kenny Britt, DHB, Denarious Moore and Chris Givens. But if you just needed any three of these guys to score in any given week and did not have to guess which three it would be, you ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 52 Fantasy Articles could be competitive if you spent the first half of your draft loading up the dependable RBs, QBs and TE on your roster. Ideally you would want to have a few better studs than this extreme example, of course….but you can see where the value lies in the early rounds of your draft and adjust to this sort of strategy very quickly, thus giving you a decided advantage week-to-week with decidedly unspectacular overall WR numbers. This same sort of analysis also works to a lesser extent with QBs as there are numerous QBs which on any given week could put up very solid numbers while being very inconsistent. I can see Carson Palmer, Michael Vick, Sam Bradford and Joe Flacco fitting that formula in this year’s crop (and maybe even E.J. Manuel and Geno Smith as well) although none would ever be drafted as a starter in “standard”12 team leagues. The depth among the top 10 QBs is such that this likely does not have to be your strategy from the start, but you can certainly do well with two lesser backups rather than one highly-rated QB#2. Once you have your likely every-week starter in the fold, I strongly recommend waiting on a backup and getting two chances for a big score every week with guys that could explode once in a while. I also would look for backup QBs that are likely to scramble one in for a score (like the aforementioned rookies and maybe even Jake Locker) since that boosts the fantasy numbers better than a big passing day, usually. This mostly impacts WRs and QBs - positions with more frequent week-to-week scoring fluctuations among the mid-range or lower players. This also reflects the reason why RBs generally go at the top end of the draft; it is not just their overall higher scoring potential, it is also the predictability of their scoring. As such, there is reduced opportunity to use such a ballsy strategy in these scoring systems by taking a bunch of lesser RBs; there simply are not a lot of guys that burst into the top 10 weekly rankings at that position from “out of nowhere” (although I should point out that Ian Allen, Tony Holm and Greg Kellogg have followed a version of this strategy on-and-off in the FAD with decent success). Nonetheless, in this format, it can be a very valid strategy to load up on predictable workhorse RBs, one decent and two erratic QBs, and a cadre of weekly boom-or-bust WRs. Making a Plan One thing remains to be stated, and it is very important. Pick your strategy and plan your draft around it. And make it your plan – don’t listen to any of the so-called experts about which strategy you MUST use. The strategy is as unique as the drafter, as the league and the league rules, etc….and in many cases you can win with whatever you choose if you are a smart drafter and a shrewd owner. It is not unreasonable to take the best player available for several rounds, and then to adjust to one of these strategies as you see what others around you have done or likely will be doing. Even within the guidelines listed here, there are a great many variations on the theme which will be dependant on your draft position, your knowledge of the players in your league, and many other factors. And while it is important to stick to your plan as best as possible, it is also important to realize when there is ludicrous value and scoop it up. There is a reason that the bulk of the successful NFL GMs utilize the “best player available” draft strategy…you can never have too many good players in any league, regardless of position. I suggest that you think about experimenting with mock drafts to try new approaches. And don’t be afraid in a free league (or better yet... in your local, work and/or buddies league, so as to confuse them and make them uncomfortable!) to try something completely out of character, just to see if it works; not only will you learn something that could be beneficial for your overall FFL success and enjoyment, it could be immensely gratifying to really mess with the minds of the other owners that THINK they know EXACTLY what you will be doing! ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 53 Fantasy Articles Conclusion There are of course many other variations on league scoring systems and lineup requirements which could also alter draft strategy; if there are major opportunities to improve this article for future years, just let me know and I will certainly work them in! In any draft, remember that the point of any draft pick you make is not to maximize that selection, but rather it is to help you maximize your entire lineup or roster. The intent is to make sure that your 8-10 starters each week outscore the other guy’s 8-10 starters, not just to make sure that your first round pick matches his first round pick, or your RB#1 matches his RB#1 as best as possible. The style of your league and its scoring system will clearly have an impact on a good owner’s cheat sheets, but a great owner will also change his overall strategy in the draft to fit the circumstances. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 54 Fantasy Articles The ABCs of Auction Draft Leagues in 2013 June 28, 2013 by: Steve Yerger It happens to you every year, your excitement is mounting for your upcoming fantasy football draft and you draw for your draft position only to get position #10. Once again you will get shut out of the true stud RBs. Well, if you’re looking for a change, welcome to the world of fantasy football auction leagues, where every player is available to every owner if they have the desire and/or ability to pay for them. If you’ve never tried it before, it brings a different level of strategy and fun to your fantasy football experience. This article will give you a general introduction to auction leagues, and hopefully help you decide to take the plunge. But before reading on, please note that this article is intended as an overall introduction to auction leagues, and may be too elementary for your needs. The Basics Fantasy Football Auction leagues are exactly what they sound like, an auction where every owner starts with the same bank amount and bids on players to fill their roster. The most common format starts each owner with a $200 account and has owners nominate players one at a time (according to an auction order) to be put on the auction block at a usually predetermined starting bid amount, with predetermined bid increments in place. Bidding proceeds on the first player until an auctioneer declares bidding to be over on that player once bidding has stopped. That player gets awarded to the high bidder, and the auction proceeds to the next player up for auction. The process comes to a completion once every owner has filled their roster to their satisfaction and stops nominating any more players. It is important to have minimum or preset player requirements in place to keep the auction on an even keel. This prevents teams from spending their entire bank on 3 or 4 stud players and waiting until the waiver wire opens to complete their roster. What usually happens as the auction is winding down is that every owner gets to a point where they can only afford to get minimum bid players that they nominate to meet the minimum requirements. Style of League Once you have decided to try an auction league and understand the basics, deciding how to “complete” your auction is the first big decision. The “traditional” style is a live auction with an auctioneer, where everyone is in the same room. The auctioneer should preferably be an unbiased (and sober) individual who does not have a team in the league. Their job is to keep the auction moving, using a consistent amount of time before closing a bid, and to track the auction as it progresses. They also need to be empowered to immediately handle any bidding violations that may occur, such as a identifying a team that is overbidding on a player which would leave them with not enough cash to meet the minimum roster requirements. You may even want to offer a small fee to the auctioneer for their services to ensure a dedicated performance. One of the biggest advantages of a traditional auction is that ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 55 Fantasy Articles you get to see an owners’ reaction when you top their bid, and can adjust your strategy accordingly. One of the disadvantages, especially for a first-timer, is that it can be a hectic environment that could completely overwhelm you if you are unprepared. The “live online auction” is very similar to the traditional, except that each owner can sit in their own home and bid in the auction from their own computer. Rather than having an auctioneer, the site that’s hosting your auction will have an online bid timer that will award the player to the high bidder when the clock hits zero. Usually a player will initially come up for auction with a 30 second clock that gets reset each time the high bid gets beat. Once the timer drops below 10 seconds for the first time, the clock will then only reset to 10 seconds. The main advantage to this style of auction is that most sites you use will automatically be tracking the progress of the auction for you, and will not allow owners to overbid themselves just to run prices up. Also, you can compete from the comfort of your own home with all of the information you may need readily available to you. The disadvantage is that you lose the personal interaction, and you could be at risk of bidding errors, depending on how the site is set up. One popular feature I see at auction sites is a “+1” button that allows you to quickly enter a bid at 1 minimum increment above the current high bid. The problem comes along when 3 owners hit the +1 button almost simultaneously and you end up getting the high bid at 3 above, rather than just 1. To combat this, I always use the manual bid input screen and type the amount I want to bid while I am thinking and have it prepared for a last minute bid. That way, if 2 other owners click the +1, one of them will get stuck with the high bid at 1 higher than they expected. Since your manual amount no longer beats the high bid, it won’t register and you should have plenty of time with the clock reset to enter the new amount and think. The final auction style that I am most experienced in is an “E-Bay” type auction. These auctions are also done online, however, in this style entire blocks of players are put up for bid simultaneously with a 24 hour bid clock that gets reset once a high bid is beaten. Usually, once a player comes off the board after not being bid on for 24 hours, either the team the won that player or the team that originally nominated that player will have 24 hours to place a new player on the auction board at the minimum opening bid amount. Once all teams stop nominating new players, the auction will conclude when the final player comes off the board. These auction types generally also allow “proxy” bidding, which gives you the option to enter a high bid amount on a player. For example, Team A currently has the high bid on Player Z at $20 (with no proxy set and $1 bid increments). If I bid $30 on that player, the system will give the high bid to me at $21, leaving my $30 amount as a hidden proxy amount. That way, if someone comes in and bids $22, the system will automatically up my bid to match theirs and my high bid amount will now display as $22. The clock will not reset until someone bids $31 to beat my hidden $30 proxy bid. This allows the auction to proceed a little faster when the clock isn’t constantly reset. I find this style of auction the most compelling, as you could have high bids on a block of 7 players that nobody has bid on in awhile, and just as you’re starting to feel comfortable that you will win all 7 players, 3 or 4 owners may all of a sudden show up and collectively top all of your bids, causing you to have to completely reformulate your strategy. The advantage of E-Bay auctions is that allows you to enjoy the auction process from the comfort of your home without having to set aside a 4 to 5 hour block of time to get it done live. The disadvantage is that the entire process can take several weeks, depending on your league size. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 56 Fantasy Articles The Salary Cap Once you decide how you want to perform your auction, you need to determine a workable cap amount. The standard $200 league with $1 bid increments that seems to be most common is usually set up for a 16 man roster. In this format the average cost per player is $12.50 and the top studs will go for $50 or higher. If you win a player for $50, you will then need 15 more players to fill your roster with your remaining $150, or $10 per player, and still be a competitive bidder. However, if your league uses IDP players or has larger roster sizes, this cap amount may not be enough to allow for competitive bidding. Assume the same $200 cap with a 32 man roster, and all of a sudden your average per player is down to $6.25 and a $50 bid would virtually cripple you, leaving you only an average of $4.75 to spend per player on the rest of your roster. There’s just not enough room for the bids to escalate high enough to keep the bidding competitive. Preparation The key to auction leagues is not much different than in standard draft leagues: preparation. The more time you put in before the auction, generally the more success you will have. Bad scheduling luck and injuries will still play their part, of course, but a well prepared owner will have a distinct advantage over the guy who walks into the auction with the fantasy football magazine still stapled inside the bag. This is especially true if your salary cap or scoring system has peculiarities that make the standard $200 auction values that most magazines produce irrelevant. Developing your own set of auction values is a tedious and time consuming process, but is usually well worth the effort. At the very least you should use the auction values given in your favorite publication as a starting point, and adapt them to fit your league and your own personal preferences. Also, one of the most fundamental preparations, especially in a live traditional auction, is being prepared to be organized. If you have the luxury of taking your laptop with you, have excel spreadsheets set up and ready to go to help you track your opponents’ rosters. Being able to know exactly how much $ every team has left at any given moment, and which teams still need their starting QB versus the teams that already have 2 on their roster, will help you decipher bidding patterns and determine when to stop bidding or when to turn up the heat. Even if you have to do it manually, come up with a system ahead of time to track everything, and your auction experience will be so much more rewarding. Tactics One of the most intriguing aspects of an auction league is the tactics involved in your bidding patterns. If there’s a player you absolutely don’t want on your roster, don’t just sit back quietly and wait for the next player to be nominated. Madly scribble on a blank sheet and act like you’re crunching numbers to see if you can afford to bid. Also, don’t be afraid to bid on players you don’t really want. The more others have to spend to get that player just leaves fewer dollars for them to compete against you with for the players you truly want. Just be prepared every once in awhile to get stuck with a player that you were merely trying to run up the price on. Also, vary your bidding patterns and pay attention to others’ (if you happen to be in the same room). If you enter the bidding early and stay in it to the bitter end only on players that you really want, other astute owners will catch on to that pretty quickly and easily be able to manipulate you into ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 57 Fantasy Articles paying a higher price for your must-haves. Another important tactic is to put some thought into your nominations. I see so many owners just nominate whatever name is next on their list without even thinking about it. If you spent big early on to get Aaron Rodgers, nominate Peyton Manning or Drew Brees on your next turn and force others to spend big on a position that you already have filled. Strategy While it’s important to come up with a strategy and try to stick to it, auctions are constantly changing, and being too rigid with your game plan can cause you to miss out on some nice values. That’s why my main strategy is to try to get value with every dollar spent. That doesn’t mean you have to get every player for under the auction value you had assigned to them, because value can be a relative thing. If the top 9 RBs all went for $10 more than your auction values, and you got #10 and #11 for only $2 more than your assigned values, that’s a big value victory. But, despite being a value seeker, when it comes to overall auction strategy, I can’t help myself from falling into the “aggressive bidder” mentality. I like to feel like I am controlling the pricing, making teams overspend to get the players they really want. While this strategy seems to give you a lot of control early on, if you get into a lot of bidding wars in the early stages, you almost always end up with a few high priced players on your roster. This isn’t a bad thing, as long as they were the right players who were on your target list, but it does leave you vulnerable in the later stages of the auction to the opposite side of the spectrum, the “value extremist”. There is usually only one or two of these owners in every auction, and you can usually spot them quickly, as they always seem to drop out of the bidding just when it starts to get serious. This strategy can be quite effective if you can pick the right time to swoop in and start spending the money you saved by being conservative early on. The problem is being able to identify when that moment is. What normally happens is that the other owners run out of money too quickly, and all of that cash that you saved to steal all of the value players later on ends up getting wasted, as there is nobody left who can compete with you and you end the auction with $20 or so left unspent, and an unspent auction dollars can’t help your team at all. These two extreme strategies can be very rewarding if played properly, but they also come with a lot more risk, which is why you find most owners sticking to the “middle of the road”. These owners tend to get involved in a decent amount of action early on, but with the sole intent of coming out with only 2 or 3 higher dollar salaries, and then try to fill the roster with value/upside guys later on. While this is a safe and successful strategy, it also has risks if too many owners try to employ it, as too many teams will shut down their bidding for awhile after getting the big dollar guys. Then, when they’re ready to start getting their value guys, there is too much competition remaining and these upside type players end up getting bid up above where they should be. End Game No matter which type of auction league you decide to try, or which strategy and tactics you plan to employ, I encourage you to try auction based fantasy football, as it truly gives you an opportunity to build the exact kind of team you want and gives you access to every player. While this was just a basic overview, there is a wealth of experienced auction league members in the ffmastermind.com forums that can provide further guidance. Best of luck in 2013. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 58 Fantasy Articles ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 59 Fantasy Articles The 2013 NFL Schedule: The Good, The Bad, & The Ugly June 28, 2013 by: John Holler Of all the homework fantasy owners do, among the most overlooked is the schedule of opponents a team faces. A fast start can lead to good things all season. A team that drops to 2-4 early has a lot of sledding to do to get back on track and most don’t get that job done. At FF Mastermind, we noticed the impact of a brutal schedule or an easy schedule into how teams can make a jump from nowhere to somewhere and back in a hurry. What follows is a team-by-team breakdown with a focus on where the difficult patches in their schedules will be. After each team is a list of the final four games – when fantasy owners are fighting it out for a championship in their playoffs and money is made. With teams like New England, New Orleans and Cincinnati have ideal schedules facing them and teams like Green Bay and Minnesota facing brutal schedules, use this as a tool to help break ties for players who you have rated essentially equal. Having knowledge of when a team faces the most difficult competition (or the easiest) could be a factor not just on draft day, but throughout the season. If a team has a brutal closing schedule and players have padded some fat early stats, trading away those players while their value is at its peak – ideally for players with a cushy closing schedule, could be the difference between making the playoffs and winning it all. ARIZONA CARDINALS (STL, at Ten, at Sea, SF) – The Cardinals will have the opportunity to get off to a solid start to the season. They don’t face a playoff team until Week 6, but then the schedule takes a nasty turn as they play four straight playoff teams (at San Francisco and vs. Seattle, Atlanta and Houston at home). Then they hit another five game stretch against nonplayoff teams before closing out the season against the Seahawks and 49ers. It’s not a bad schedule, it just has a couple of rough patches. The good news for Arizona is that their most difficult stretch of games are all at home. VERDICT: Fairly Good. ATLANTA FALCONS (at GB, WAS, at SF, CAR) – The Falcons have the chance to get off to a strong start. After opening the season at New Orleans, they play four of their next five games at home. The entire season, the Falcons play just four playoff teams and weather shouldn’t be a factor during the fantasy playoffs other than a Dec. 8 night game at Green Bay in Week 14. The Falcons will need to build divisional equity early, because they only play one division game in December, but the schedule lays out nicely for a division repeat. VERDICT: Good. BALTIMORE RAVENS (MIN, at Det, NE, at Cin) – The Ravens don’t get any breaks outside the division, but they got a scheduling break by getting most of their toughest non-division opponents at home – 2012 playoff teams Houston, Green Bay, Minnesota and New England. The only playoff teams they face on the road are Denver in Week 1 and Cincinnati in Week 17. They get stuck with a couple of back-to-back road games, but they don’t leave the Eastern Time Zone for either of them. The only game they play on the West Coast is the season-opening Thursday night game which will give them 10 days between games, so the schedule couldn’t have fallen much better for the defending champs. VERDICT: Surprisingly Good. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 60 Fantasy Articles BUFFALO BILLS (at TB, at Jax, MIA, at NE) – One of the advantages of playing in Buffalo is the home field weather advantage the Bills typically have late in the season. However, they play three of their final four games on the road – two in Florida, which all be negates that advantage. They have three of their first four games at home, but none of them are they likely to be favorites in (New England, Carolina and Baltimore). Then it gets worse, as they head to tough venues to be a road team – New Orleans and Pittsburgh. The schedule never has an extended stretch of easy games and they may want to move to Toronto permanently. VERDICT: Ugly. CAROLINA PANTHERS (at NO, NYJ, NO, at Atl) – The Panthers have a tough start of the 2013 schedule with their first two home games against Seattle and the Giants before they hit their bye week in Week 4. After that they play three of their next four games on the road and, in a three-week span in November, play the Falcons, 49ers and Patriots in consecutive weeks. It won’t be easy during the fantasy playoffs, but, if nothing else, they will have control over their own divisional destiny – playing the Saints twice and at Atlanta in the final four weeks. They will have to fight their way through a difficult schedule that seems stacked against them. VERDICT: Bad. CHICAGO BEARS (DAL, at Cle, at Phi, GB) – The teams in the NFC North are going to face a gauntlet and won’t get many breaks along the way. Chicago opens the season against playoff teams Cincinnati and Minnesota and then face the Steelers, Saints, Giants, Redskins and Packers in a six-week span. They play seven 2012 playoff teams and that doesn’t include Pittsburgh, New Orleans, the Giants, Dallas and Philadelphia. The only good news is that, when the fantasy playoffs begin, Chicago has the Cowboys at home and Cleveland on the road, which should keep fantasy owners from running away in horror, but this isn’t a schedule the Bears want if they’re looking to return to being a playoff team. VERDICT: Quite Bad. CINCINNATI BENGALS (IND, at Pit, MIN, BAL) – The most difficult part of the Bengals schedule will be at the end of the season when fantasy owners. It can argued that the Bengals won’t be an underdog until Week 10 at Baltimore. They play their toughest early opponents (Pittsburgh, Green Bay and New England) at home and don’t play a 2012 playoff team on the road other than divisional rival Baltimore. The Bengals have a lot of steam coming off two playoff seasons and being viewed as a favorite to win the AFC North this year, but will face their biggest challenge in December during the fantasy playoffs. The best news is that the three playoff teams they face are all at home, which should have Cincinnati fans confident that they’re going to finally reclaim the AFC North title. VERDICT: A Little Too Good. CLEVELAND BROWNS (at NE, CHI, at NYJ, at Pit) – The Browns have been one of the worst road teams in the league and the schedule doesn’t do them any favors. Not only do they play three 2012 playoff teams in their first three road games (Baltimore, Minnesota and Green Bay), but play three of their final four games on the road – all in potentially bad weather conditions. There weren’t a lot of reasons to get on the Browns fantasy bandwagon to begin with, but with such a difficult start and finish to the schedule – when fantasy owners and NFL teams alike need to set a tempo for their season – it appears that things are pretty dismal for the Dawg Pound. VERDICT: Pretty Bad. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 61 Fantasy Articles DALLAS COWBOYS (at Chi, GB, at Was, PHI) – The Cowboys have been given a schedule layout that looks ideal from the start – their toughest opponents at home, where they will have a distinct advantage. They play the Giants, Broncos, Redskins, Vikings and Packers at home and don’t face a 2012 playoff team on the road until the Sunday before Christmas against the Redskins – their only playoff opponent on the road. The schedule-makers love America’s Team and it’s pretty obvious that they laid out their schedule in a way to give Dallas the best chance to succeed. VERDICT: Suspiciously Good. DENVER BRONCOS (TEN, SD, at Hou, at Oak) – For having a first-place schedule, the Broncos get to spread out the more difficult games and, with three of their first four games at home, will have the chance to get off to a strong start. After their bye week in Week 9, they will play five of their final eight games against division rivals, so they should control their own divisional destiny. For teams that play in 16-week schedules, the Broncos have one of the more favorable runs, with two games at home against warm weather teams and their only road game in the dome at Houston. If you had any concerns about taking Denver players, the closing schedule shouldn’t be one of them. VERDICT: Awfully Good. DETROIT LIONS (at Phi, BAL, NYG, at Min) – For a team looking to come back from a dismal 2012 season, the early schedule doesn’t help much. They play four of their first six games on the road and their two home games are against division rivals Minnesota and Chicago. From Thanksgiving on, they have about as difficult a schedule as anyone, closing out vs. Green Bay, at Philly, vs. Baltimore and the Giants and at Minnesota in the season finale. The Lions are under a lot of pressure to recreate the magic of 2011, but this schedule, which includes three back-toback road games, isn’t conducive to getting that done. VERDICT: Quite Ugly. GREEN BAY PACKERS (ATL, at Dal, PIT, at Chi) – The Packers are going to have to be road warriors because they play their first four road games of the season against 2012 playoffs – against Super Bowl opponents San Francisco and Baltimore and wild cards Minnesota and Cincinnati. With seven games against 2012 playoff teams (as well as Philadelphia, the Giants, Dallas and Pittsburgh), the Packers will have to be on top of their game and will be tested early and often with what may end up being the toughest schedule in the league. VERDICT: Butt Ugly. HOUSTON TEXANS (at Jax, at Ind, DEN, at Ten) – The Texans will be tested early, playing the Ravens, Seahawks and 49ers in Weeks 3-5, but, after that, all of their toughest games will be at home (Indianapolis, New England and Denver). If there is a downside, it is that three of their final four games are on the road, but they’re all division games, which should give Houston every chance to once again remain the top dog of the AFC South. VERDICT: Not Bad At All. INDIANAPOLIS COLTS (at Cin, HOU, at KC, JAX) – The Colts start the season with backto-back home games in which they will be prohibitive favorites. They will face a tough stretch before their bye week in Week 8, which includes San Francisco, Seattle and Denver, but will have five of their six division games after the bye. The also have a decent closing schedule despite playing on the road at Cincinnati and Kansas City. They won’t be sneaking up on anybody this year, but they play just two 2012 playoff teams in the second half of the season, which should help owners with Colts on their roster. VERDICT: Reasonably Good. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 62 Fantasy Articles JACKSONVILLE JAGUARS (HOU, BUF, TEN, at Ind) – Few people are going to be jumping on the Jacksonville bandwagon, but, with three straight home games during the fantasy playoffs. In their first eight games, the Jags will play only one game in their own division so, if they can hold up through the initial onslaught of the season, they will have a lot of control over their future. In their final eight games, they play five games against their division and the other three against Arizona, Cleveland and Buffalo. If it was any other team, they might have the best fantasy schedule in the league, but, with owners so gun shy of the Jags, it only gives them reason to draft one of them and not ignore them completely. VERDICT: Very Good. KANSAS CITY CHIEFS (at Was, at Oak, IND, at SD) – The Chiefs will have time to get their new squad together before they face the critical challenges of winning division games, which helped them win their division in 2011 and fall flat in 2012. In their first nine games prior to the bye week, Andy Reid’s new-look Chiefs will play just one game in the division (at home against the Raiders and will face just one 2012 playoff team in that stretch. Things will get tougher after the bye, but five of their final seven games are against AFC West opponents, so, if they’re going to make a playoff run, they’ll do it against division opponents. The biggest drawback is that three of their final four games will be on the road, but it’s a nice looking schedule as a whole. VERDICT: Fairly Good. MIAMI DOLPHINS (At Pitt, NE, at Buff, NYJ) – The Dolphins don’t get any favors done for them. They play three of their first four games on the road and their two home games are against Atlanta and Baltimore – both of whom will be prohibitive road favorites. It doesn’t help late either, because the advantage of playing in South Florida is negated in December by playing road games at the Jets, Pittsburgh and Buffalo. If the Dolphins are going to make a run this year, they’ll have to do it without the benefit of a cushy schedule. VERDICT: Very Bad. MINNESOTA VIKINGS (at Balt, PHI, at Cin, DET) – The Vikings don’t play a 2012 playoff team until Week 8, but the good news for Adrian Peterson owners ends there. Not only do the Vikings have a Bataan Death March from Week 8 to 16, which includes a pair with Green Bay and road games at Dallas, Seattle, Baltimore and Cincinnati. Their fantasy playoff schedule looks difficult as well, with the Ravens, Eagles and Bengals all looking to lock down playoff spots in December. Throw in that Minnesota loses a home game due to the London meeting with Pittsburgh (that also includes a forced bye in Week 5), if Minnesota is going to make a repeat run to the playoffs, it may be just as improbable as their run last year coming off a 3-13 season in 2011. VERDICT: Double-Bag Ugly. NEW ENGLAND PATRIOTS (CLE, at Mia, at Balt, BUFF) – The Patriots are always one of the favorites to be in the Super Bowl and the last thing they need is a schedule that includes stretches in which they should be prohibitive favorites. With the exception of two short rough patches – at Atlanta, at Cincinnati and vs. New Orleans in October and vs. Denver and at Houston in Weeks 12-13, the schedule lays out nicely. With Cleveland and Miami in Weeks 1415 when most leagues are in their fantasy playoffs, it would appear the Patriots are being given breaks throughout the schedule and could help them lock down home field for the playoffs VERDICT: Much Too Good. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 63 Fantasy Articles NEW ORLEANS SAINTS (CAR, at STL, at Car, TB) – The Saints are a different team at home than on the road and will be given every opportunity to get off to a strong start. They play three of there first four games at home, including division rival Atlanta, Arizona and Miami. While that catches up with them in November and December – four road games out of five in that span – with the Panthers twice, St. Louis and Tampa Bay during the fantasy playoffs, that alone may be enough to push owners into bumping the rankings of Saints players even higher. A strong start and a strong finish look very possible. VERDICT: Big Easy Good. NEW YORK GIANTS (at SD, SEA, at Det, WAS) – The Giants won’t be spending much time at Met Life Stadium early, playing three of their first four games on the road and their only home game coming against Eli’s brother Peyton. In the first nine games, they play only two 2012 playoff teams and both of them are at home. From the time they travel to Philadelphia Oct. 27, they will spend more than a month without leaving New York. Their closing schedule will test their mettle – Washington twice and Seattle at home in the final five – but the G-Men have to head to the West Coast just once all season, which should bode well if the Giants are expected to return to the playoffs. VERDICT: Fuggetaboutit Good. NEW YORK JETS (OAK, at Caro, CLE, at Mia) – The Jets are going to have to prove themselves on the road through the first three months of the season, playing most of their toughest games on the road – at New England, Atlanta, Cincinnati and Baltimore. But, few teams have a more lenient December than the Jets. With home games against Miami, Oakland and Clevelan and road games at Carolina and Miami, all signs point to the Jets having the deck stacked in their favor. If the team hasn’t quit on Rex Ryan, they could have a sneaky good closing schedule. VERDICT: Bad Early, Good Late. OAKLAND RAIDERS (at NYJ, KC, at SD, DEN) – There aren’t many Raiders that fantasy owners are drooling over and the potential for them to get off to a rocky start is definitely there – with three of their first four games against 2012 playoff teams (at Indianapolis, at Denver and vs. Washington). But, after that initial onslaught, the Raiders face just one 2012 playoff team in the next 11 games (Houston in Week 11). The fantasy playoff schedule is good through Weeks 1416 and, if the Broncos are resting for the playoffs in Week 17, it could be among the best. But, seeing how few Raiders are hot fantasy commodities, it may not matter. VERDICT: Bad Team, Pretty Good Schedule. PHILADELPHIA EAGLES (DET, at Min, CHI, at Dal) – The Eagles have one of the more favorable schedules in the league. If RG3 isn’t ready for the start of the season, the opener on the road won’t be so daunting. After a three-game road trip in Weeks 4-6, the Eagles will play five of their next seven games from mid-October to early December at home. The only way weather will be a factor during the fantasy playoffs will be in Philly, since both their road games in December are under domes. The Eagles are looking to get off to a fast start and the schedule appears to be lined up to allow that to happen. VERDICT: Good. PITTSBURGH STEELERS (MIA, CIN, at GB, CLE) – Any schedule that includes seven teams that made the playoffs last year would almost surely fit into the “Ugly” category, but, if you have that kind of layout, it couldn’t be much better than the Steelers got. They don’t play against playoff teams in back-to-back games until Weeks 15-16. But, they do have a lot of games ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 64 Fantasy Articles vs. playoff teams on the road, including Cincinnati, Minnesota (at London), New England, Baltimore and Green Bay. The road back to respectability won’t come easy, but, for as bad a schedule as the Steelers have, it could have been much worse. VERDICT: Bad, But Not Too Bad. ST. LOUIS RAMS (at Ari, NO, TB, at Sea) – The Rams won’t have an easy go of things early, playing at Atlanta and Dallas and vs. San Francisco from Week 2-4, but don’t have any long streaks of playing against non-playoff opponents. From the start of the season to Week 13, the Rams never go consecutive weeks without going up against a 2012 playoff team. Fortunately for them, the longest stretch they have is during the fantasy playoffs in Weeks 14-16. The Rams are a team that is hoping to make strides in what has become one of the toughest divisions in the NFL, but the saving grace is that they will be indoors for all three weeks of the fantasy playoffs and, if they make the expected improvement, it could pay off big. VERDICT: Not Too Bad. SAN DIEGO CHARGERS (NYG, at Den, OAK, KC) – The Chargers have been notoriously slow starters and it won’t help that they will have just three homes games in the first nine weeks of the season – and only twice from Sept. 10 to Nov. 9. Making matters worse is that none of the home games will be easy, playing Houston Dallas, Indianapolis, Denver, Cincinnati and the Giants in the first six home games. The good news is that, if the Chargers can withstand five trips to the East Coast – all for early games – they will have four of their final five games at home. But, nobody has to travel east to play games at 10 a.m. local time, which historically has been a killer for West Coast teams. VERDICT: Uglier Than a Philip Rivers Pass. SAN FRANCISCO 49ERS (SEA, at TB, ATL, at Ari) – If the Niners are to repeat as NFC champions, they’re going to face an early minefield. In their first five games, they play Green Bay, Seattle, Indianapolis and Houston. Fortunately for them, three of those games will be at home. After the Houston game in Week 5, they play just one 2012 playoff team in the next seven weeks. If there is a reason for concern, it is that their fantasy playoff schedule will include Seattle and Atlanta. Again, they’re fortunate in that both of them will be at home. They won’t have a paved road to the playoffs, but, if they can hold serve on the road, they have all of the schedule advantages at home. VERDICT: Not As Bad As It Could Be. SEATTLE SEAHAWKS (at SF, at NYG, ARI, STL) – The Seahawks are the trendy pick to be the next big thing in the NFC, but the schedule makers forced them into three back-to-back road games. If they are to win it all, they will need to be strong down the stretch. They have four of their final six games at home, but have to face a five-game gauntlet from Week 10-15 in which they play four games at Atlanta, vs. Minnesota, vs. New Orleans and at the Giants. If you play a 17-week fantasy season, home games against dome teams Arizona and St. Louis could be the tipping point in winning a championship. VERDICT: Not Too Bad. TAMPA BAY BUCCANEERS (BUF, SF, at STL, at NO) – The Bucs lost five straight games late last season after being one of the surprise teams early in 2012. The 2013 schedule could shape up similarly. One would think that if the NFL wants to have as many games as possible in which weather won’t be a factor, they would schedule more games in places like Tampa late in the season. But, the Bucs will play four of their final six games on the road. Fortunately for them, three of those will be indoors (Detroit, St. Louis and New Orleans), so weather shouldn’t ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 65 Fantasy Articles be a factor. The Bucs only have to head west once all season and that will be at midseason. VERDICT: Fairly Good. TENNESSEE TITANS (at Den, ARI, at Jax, HOU) – The Titans have been left behind the dominant Texans and emerging Colts and the schedule for 2013 doesn’t hold a ton of promise. The season starts with road games at Pittsburgh and Houston and, prior to their bye week, a back-to-back shot against Seattle and San Francisco. Their season will likely be decided in the second half, as they play five of their final eight games against division opponents. If there is a plus side to the 2013 slate it’s that, when most fantasy titles are decided in Weeks 15 and 16, they draw the Cardinals and Jaguars – two teams expected to have been long since eliminated from playoff contention. VERDICT: Not Good, But Not Horribly Bad. WASHINGTON REDSKINS (KC, at Atl, DAL, at NYG) – The Redskins stunned the NFL by winning seven straight games after a 3-6 start to the 2012 season. The Redskins face a difficult schedule that has very few breaks along the way. It can be argued the only back-to-back games that the Redskins will be favored will be Weeks 3-4 vs. Detroit and Oakland. Outside their division, their five road games will include trips to 2012 playoff teams Green Bay, Denver, Minnesota and Atlanta – all of which will be difficult wins. The Redskins shocked the world last year. They aren’t going to sneak up on anybody this year and won’t have an easy road to repeat. VERDICT: Kind of Ugly. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 66 Fantasy Articles Exploding on the Scene: 2013’s Third-Year Receivers June 28, 2013 by: John Cooney There are three factors to strongly consider when projecting which year-three receivers are in the mix for a breakout campaign. 1. Skill 2. Measureables 3. Opportunity Receivers that are primed for a breakout performance often share these three attributes. Rarely does any player in the NFL go on to stardom without a specific skill set. We’ve all heard the Combine-clichés… solid route runner, a hands catcher, tracks the ball, gets off the line, is proready. All these workout descriptions actually do translate into fantasy football relevance. Sure, there are those rare breeds that just out-work their opposition and break the mold. But even the talent-challenged have certain skills that an astute coach can use to the utmost advantage. Wild Bill Belichick’s utilization of Wes Welker is a perfect example of a player with limited overall skills being able to excel (and he was a third year “exploder” back in 2007). SKILL… identify receivers who are just all-around talented or display exceptional aptitude at specific aspects of their game. For the sharp fanballers, recognizing skill in a receiver comes down to watching game tape/videos and players passing the “eye test”. The NFL Combine and college Pro Days offer excellent points of reference when attempting to create a “want” list of probable third year breakout receivers. Forty-time is the first key “measureable” to check on. Start warming up to a pass catcher who busts a forty yard dash at 4.5 seconds or less. Running a 4.6 is not a deal-breaker, but any times closer to the 4.7 mark almost always is a dead-end. A good forty time combined with impressive size (6’1” and above) should get your third year radar buzzing. Today’s passing game is focusing on bigger wideouts offering a wider catch-zone and having the ability to “sky” for contested balls. Again, size isn’t the endall, but size-speed packages in the right program are juicy. OK, the route runners you’re looking at can run fast and are big… can they catch? Likely these players have limited playing time in their first two pro seasons and fail to provide enough evidence. Take a look back at their college work, specifically their games played, reception totals and yards per reception average (YPR). You’d like to see at least two full seasons in college as a starter, solid reception totals that coincide with the style of offense they played in and a healthy YPR (14.0 and over). Don’t weigh too heavily the amount of times a receiver finds the end zone in college. With the quirky offenses and immature passers that abound in the amateur ranks, touchdowns (or lack of) often do not paint an accurate picture of a wide receiver’s “measurables”. To get our third year exploder list together, we need receivers mostly that can run, carry impressive size and have performed on the spectacular side (solid YPR) rather than accumulate numbers steadily (high catch totals-low YPR). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 67 Fantasy Articles Any talented player at any position that is going to put up good-to-dynamic stats needs one key factor… OPPORTUNITY. The third year receiver is no exception; if he’s going to explode at all, the junior year pass catcher has to have a chance to “show”. Opportunity knocks in various ways, such as a longtime veteran wideout moving on to another organization via free agency. Injury can rear its ugly head and open the door for the third year receiver. A new coaching staff that wants to put its own stamp on a new offense may suddenly “fit”. A new quarterback, better offensive line, weaker schedule, a head coach or offensive coordinator talking up a third year wideout’s chances… whatever the factors are that gets the third year wide receiver on the field, note it. Being in the league for two years isn’t a guarantee that a wide receiver will explode in his third go-round. But factoring in his skill set, his physical attributes, college performance and opportunity to see a major step-up in snaps narrows the field. SKILL, MEASUREABLES and OPPORTUNITY… recognize and apply! So which year-three wide receivers are primed to make fantasy owners wish they had called out their names on draft day? NOTE: ▲= receiver with excellent 3rd year potential to break out; ▼= drop in production expected. No symbol means little change positively or negatively. AJ GREEN- BENGALS, 6’4-211 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 CIN 15 115 65 1,057 16.3 7 2012 CIN 16 164 97 1,350 13.9 11 How much higher can this already accomplished and explosive wideout climb? Green has tracked down 162 catches and 18 TDs in his first two NFL seasons. The fleet and lanky receiver is a terrific hands catcher who aggressively attacks the football. He is one of the best high-point receivers in the game and able to come away victorious on most contested passes his way. Green possesses breakaway speed, keen concentration and terrific body control when the ball is in the air. He tracks the football as well as any wideout in the game today. In truth, it is astounding how he has been able to put up the impressive stat lines in his first two seasons given playing with a limited-armed QB and his somewhat one-trick route tree. Green mostly runs outside the hash marks and vertical patterns in the Bengals passing game. In some ways that is a good thing as the former Georgia Bulldog is long but lean, a bit spindly in the legs and one tends to hold his breath each time Green skys for a football; he tends to come down tangled with the defender. In 2013, AJ Green’s third season, it is hard to project better digits than the ones he produced in 2012. Cincy’s young receiving corps is deeper, talented and more experienced, QB Andy Dalton is what he is and two rookies this season (TE Ty Eifert and RB Giovani Bernard) figure in the pass play calls. Matching 2012’s campaign is the ceiling for the Bengals top playmaker. It is not a third year “jump” to stardom in the tradition fantasy sense, but AJ Green is already playing and producing at All-Pro levels. While most wideouts would be viewed as break out by putting up 90+ catches, 1400 yards and 10-12 TDs, For Green it’s just another year. OUTSTANDING! ▲JULIO JONES- FALCONS, 6’3-220 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 ATL 13 94 54 959 17.8 8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 68 Fantasy Articles 2012 ATL 16 128 79 1,198 15.2 10 Julio Jones is a physical monster as a wide receiver. Big, fast and strong, the Falcon junior wideout is set to have his best year ever; isn’t that what third-year pass catching talents do? Circumstances point to a kick-up in Jones’ numbers this season. Obviously he is now experienced and playing fast rather than counting his steps in his patterns. He and QB Matt Ryan are working on the same pages of the playbook comfortably and veteran WR Roddy White, while still productive, is 31 and a half-step slower these days. TE Tony Gonzalez returns, but his advanced age sets limits. It is time for Julio Jones to shine. Jones is a consistent hands catcher, vital in becoming a premier fantasy receiver. The Colts Darrius Heyward-Bey is every bit the physical equal of Jones, save the hands part; there lies the dividing line in fantasy evaluation. To go with his great hands Jones brings blinding 4.3x40 speed… OUTSTANDING! What sets Jones apart from other size-speed wideouts is his sharp run-after-catch skill. He knows how to use the gifts he has. Look for the Falcon WR to see an increase in targets; just 2 more a game adds up to 32 more chances to break loose. More throws his way means 90+ receptions and close to 1400 yards; the scores are a given, gang. An added point-getter for the Falcons’ deadly pass catcher is his consistent big-play threat. Jones not only will hit double-digit totals for TDs, but many will be of the long range variety. In Atlanta’s up-tempo offense and pass-centric scheme, Julio Jones blows up in year three. ▲RANDALL COBB- PACKERS, 5’10-191 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 GB 15 31 25 375 15.0 1 2012 GB 15 104 80 954 11.9 8 Randall Cobb is among the hybrid wideouts in the NFL carving out a vogue niche underneath the big, fast receivers we’ve seen come into the league the past few years. Cobb is the Swiss Army knife of the Packer receiving unit as he can go deep, run slants, scrape the line of scrimmage on drags and even take handoffs out of the backfield. Heck, he’s even quite capable of tossing the rock, being a converted QB. Cobb is RB-esque, solidly built at 5’10-191 and possesses top end speed to break away (consistent 4.46 x 40). In 2012 the Green Bay WR tripled his targets and reception totals. However, his 104 targets are sure to climb even higher this season. More importantly with Cobb, he doesn’t solely rely on Aaron Rodgers throwing the football his way. The former Kentucky product is sure to line up in the backfield and garner a fair share of carries. Packer coach McCarthy wants the football in Cobb’s hands any way imaginable this season. Happening right before fanballers’ eyes is a change in the receiving pecking order in Packerland. Gone are veterans Donald Driver (retired) and Greg Jennings (Vikings). In limited action last year those two combined for 75 targets, 44 catches and 6 TDs. Someone needs to absorb those opportunities and Randall Cobb is that someone. The Packers have had a different wide receiver lead the team in TD catches each of the last 4 seasons (James Jones, Jordy Nelson, Greg Jennings, Donald Driver). Jennings and Driver are gone; Jones and Nelson already had their turn… Randall Cobb anyone? ▲CECIL SHORTS- JAGUARS, 6’-205 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 JAX 10 12 2 30 15.0 1 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 69 Fantasy Articles 2012 JAX 14 105 55 979 17.8 7 Hats off to one of the NFL’s receiving magicians, Cecil Shorts III. The young man arrived in the NFL from small-school Mt. Union, in a plodding Jacksonville offense with a QB that has more active, jittery feet than Jacoby Jones on a dance floor and proceeds to put up super sophomore numbers in 2012. ShortsIII is a precise route runner and a pure hands catcher. A by-product of his excellent route recognition is his outstanding run-after-catch ability. CSIII sees the field clearly and finds open seams with regularity. Health has been a bit of a concern as he battled some ankle issues in college and suffered two concussions last season. The Jaguar wideout hits the 40 yard dash consistently at 4.5, and is in the physical mold of another Mt. Union product turned pro, Pierre Garcon. ShortsIII has superior hands and route savvy to Garcon and is just as explosive with the ball in his hands. Jacksonville’s perceived WR1 Justin Blackmon starts the year sitting out a suspension, opening the target flood gate for CSIII. While his projected starting QB Blaine Gabbert isn’t going to set the football world on fire this year, an improvement in some capacity is expected. If not, reserve Chad Henne runs the show and either scenario bodes well for Cecil ShortsIII 2013 success potential. This is one of the NFL’s sharpest receivers right now. Health and opportunity is all that he needs to rise up the WR rankings. With better quarterbacking this is an 80-90 catch performer with a nose for the end zone. Don’t let the Jacksonville uniform cloud your opinion of his potential in 2013. TORREY SMITH- RAVENS, 6’1-204 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 BALT 16 95 50 841 16.8 7 2012 BALT 16 110 49 855 17.4 8 Torrey Smith seems set to have THAT kind of season in 2013. Gone is target magnet Anquan Boldin and Smith enters the much ballyhooed year three as a receiver with slight competition for Joe Flacco passes in Baltimore. Smith is a bit limited in his route tree, mostly running the 7 (corner), 9 (fade) and 8 (post), which are vertical by design. The Maryland product has realized success running mostly outside the hash marks thanks to his superior 4.4x40 speed. He is a legit deep threat who has improved his hands as a pro. There are times when the Raven wideout will allow the football into his body, causing DBs to close in and either knock a pass down or out of his control. Last season the Baltimore speedster saw an uptick in targets by 15 yet his catch total virtually flat-lined (50 to 49). However, Smith is a great character guy, a locker room positive and a hard worker in practice. In 2013, Smith becomes the WR1 for QB Flacco. He’ll need to continue to expand his route tree, but there is question whether he has the ability to be precise enough going over the middle and getting into his cuts. Smith tends to be stiff-hipped and doesn’t “sink” into his changes of direction, rounding out his cuts. Again, DBs key on that and are able to disrupt footballs his way, which lowers his overall fantasy football ceiling. Also, with Boldin out of the picture, Torrey Smith is sure to see more double-coverage rolled his way. There is a lot he has to work through to take the proverbial third year WR leap. Just by roster alterations and maturity, Torrey Smith’s receptions and yards will rise in 2013, but consistency and the potential to rest among the NFL elite at season’s end is iffy at best. ▲▲LEONARD HANKERSON- REDSKINS, 6’2-209 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 70 Fantasy Articles 2011 WSH 2012 WSH 4 19 16 57 13 38 163 543 12.5 0 14.3 3 Washington head coach Mike Shanahan is known to drive FFB enthusiasts up a wall with is merry-go-round use of running backs and quirky rotation of receivers. As maddening as Coach Shanahan can be for virtual coaches, the Redskins’ field boss is an astute judge of talent and commonly unveils a new “star” every season. There is a player on the Washington roster that has all the potential of exploding via Coach Shanahan’s plans the way RB Alfred Morris did last season, and the many breakout Broncos of Shanahan’s past. WR Leonard Hankerson has quietly paid his dues under Coach Shanahan. Hankerson lost his rookie campaign due to a hip injury in week 9. The record-setting Miami Hurricane WR made his 2011 NFL debut in Week 7and his first start Week 9 versus the 49ers. He suffered a subluxation of his right hip and a torn labrum in his second start against the Dolphins, and was sent to IR. After a slow start (missed all of offseason programs) in 2012, Hankerson started to gain confidence in his repaired hip; his coach also started to dial him up. Two of Hankerson’s three TDs last season were over 50 yards. The big wideout has excellent hands and gets them out to snap the ball out of the air. He displays deceiving speed and actually timed at an outstanding 4.40x40 at the 2011 Combine. Among the Redskins’ receiver, Hankerson possesses the best size/speed package. He compares favorably to former Shanahan pupil Brandon Marshall, with better hands and a better off-field work ethic. While at the U of Miami, Hankerson broke several of the records held by HOFer Michael Irvin and NFL star Andre Johnson. A class act, look for Leonard Hankerson to not only earn the opportunity for more targets, but be the pace-setter in the Washington passing game. Hankerson has better hands and route integrity that Pierre Garcon, is bigger than any other DC wideout and fast enough game speed to turn out big plays. Leonard Hankerson is the one pass catcher who has a clear path and the talent to become this season’s top breakout third year wide receiver. Just Sayin’! ▲GREG LITTLE- BROWNS, 6’3-220 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 CLV 16 120 61 709 11.6 2 2012 CLV 16 92 53 647 12.2 4 All the rave and rambling out of Cleveland is the flash and dash of impressive WR Josh Gordon. Gordon gets the attention with highlight-producing deep plays and spot-light attracting speed. Running in the Browns’ shadows is another young, physically impressive wideout named Greg Little. Little is an NFL oddity in that he basically is a huge (6’3-220) possession/slot receiver. Coming out of University of North Carolina, Little was noted for excellent ran-after-catch ability. That trait hasn’t come to the fore yet in Little’s two pro seasons. Make no mistake, however, it is there. The third year WR has been saddled with QB play that has been literally all over the place. Last year Little efforted to work through the offerings of then-rookie Brandon Weeden, soft-armed Colt McCoy and walk-on Thaddeus Lewis. In his rookie campaign the former Tarheel dealt with McCoy’s floaters and Seneca Wallace’s scrambled tosses. There also was the conservative play calling of Pat Shurmur and Brad Childress. To boot, Greg Little gained a rep for dropping passes, which came well-deserved. Last season, Little worked on his concentration and cleaned up the butter-fingers. There still is the occasional slip up, but down the stretch Little rarely let one go off his hands. He seems to have turned that corner with hard ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 71 Fantasy Articles work and great practice habits. Entering year three, Greg Little has a new offensive scheme to work in, installed by aggressive offensive minds Rod Chudzinski and Norv Turner. Both coaches like big receivers and deeper patterns run by the wideouts. QB Weeden is in a playbook that better fits his skills; Weeden possesses a strong arm and can get it out quickly. Now playing in a more natural state, using his God-given talents, Little is able to run confidently in his routes and allow the game to come to him. Pigeon-holed as a possession receiver with the perception of being slow, the Cleveland junior receiver will have the chance to showcase his true game-speed (4.5x40) and have more down-field plays called his way. We should see an early trend with Josh Gordon sitting out the first two weeks of the season and Greg Little taking the WR1 duties. With 114 catches under his belt already, Greg Little is ready to become another third year success story for fantasy football owners in 2013. DENARIUS MOORE- RAIDERS, 6’-194 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 OAK 13 76 33 618 18.7 5 2012 OAK 15 114 51 741 14.5 7 Oakland’s Denarius Moore has a prototypical NFL WR make up for third year prosperity. Size, speed, early success, finding the end zone are part of his two year file, but there are a couple of red flags FFB crazies need to check on. In his two seasons Moore has dealt with various nagging injuries, capping his overall production. Another caution light is his support environment, namely at quarterback. Moore was a favorite of Carson Palmer, who now takes snaps in Arizona. In place for 2013 are the likes of wobbly-armed Matt Flynn, scatter-shot Terrelle Pryor, rookie Tyler Wilson and Matt McGloin. Carson Palmer they are not! A third step on the brakes issue is Moore’s health. Those nicks and nags have kept the talented receiver at times off the field or running at less than full speed. Seems to be a thing with Raider receivers these days. Back in his Tennessee Volunteer days, Moore was a frequent visitor in the trainer’s room. Camp will determine the Oakland third year wideout’s potential for 2013. There is no denying Moore’s ability, however. He is fleet at 4.4x40 speed and shows solid hands. He needs to clean up his routes, and that should come with more time on the field and in practice. Former QB Palmer often boasted publically about the Raider receiver’s abilities and while that may have been Palmer’s way of talking up a teammate, Moore did flash big-play talent and production. Consistency is key in 2013. Given the state of the Oakland QB stable this season, and Moore’s iffy ability to stay healthy, a repeat of 2012 stats may be all we can expect for now. Some guys need to learn how to be a “pro”’ such is the case with Denarius Moore. ▼JEREMY KERLEY- JETS, 5’10-189 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 NYJ 14 47 29 314 10.8 1 2012 NYJ 16 95 56 827 14.8 2 If you are a big Jeremy Kerley fan and liked what you got from the Jets’ receiver last season, stop right there; you’ve seen his best. File the memory and cherish it. Kerley is a fine possession receiver who got far too much action in the deep game last season. The NYJ wideout is best suited for slot duty, but the sad state of the Jets’ receiving corps forces the game but limited WR into uncharacteristic patterns and routes. Kerley was involved in every New York pass play 40 or ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 72 Fantasy Articles more yards last season. He is a quality receiver but is at his optimum best running short routes and lining up in the slot. For 2013, the TCU product has to contend with more iffy QB play as Mark Sanchez once again tries to become a pro and rookie Geno Smith figuring to see snaps. Coach Ryan has made it clear that the Jets will revert to a “ground-n-pound” attack, which means plenty of handoffs and less routes run . The combination of a run-heavy offense, inaccurate quarterbacks and a muddled receiving group creates a theatre of mediocre opportunity for Jeremy Kerely to eclipse his fine work of 2012. JON BALDWIN- CHIEFS, 6’4-228 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 KC 11 52 21 254 12.1 1 2012 KC 14 47 20 325 16.3 1 When in college big, fast and talented receivers can get away relying just on their God-given physical tools alone. The quality of defensive backs a college wideout faces each week depends on the program and the conference the player competes in. For most, lining up opposite a corner of NFL-level skill might happen twice in a scholastic schedule. Kansas City’s Jon Baldwin was one of those guys that got away with doing it “his way” in college, doing the minimum work required to succeed and using his impressive size/speed to often dominate an over-matched collegiate DB. Once he made his way to a pro field, he found out that he cannot rest on what he already has. Slow to accept that he no longer was a BMOC, Baldwin found himself behind in camps, at odds with his teammates (ask former KC RB Thomas Jones) and in the mutt-hutt of his coaches. Baldwin’s lack of maturity seems to still be an issue as new head coach Andy Reid saw fit to get on Baldwin in mini-camp for lollygagging his way back to the line in drills. The Chiefs’ third year wideout is huge at 6’4 and runs a solid 4.49x40; he has been clocked as fast as 4.37 in the forty. His pass catching consistency can drive a coach or fanballer to line up a few shots at the bar. Baldwin will make the spectacular catch over, through and behind defenders, then drop the next routine target. Maturity and lack of good practice habits can be blamed, as the big receiver body-catches far too often, and tries to turn up-field before looking the ball in. In 2013, opportunity is abundant for the former Pitt Panther as the Chiefs’ receiving stable is littered with drop-prone, injury-prone or undersized players. Veteran WR1 Dwayne Bowe is the only established pass catcher in a Kansas City uniform. In the past under-achieving talents like Baldwin have found their stride and made the leap to top tiered value in year three; Jon Baldwin must learn to become a pro in order to take the next steps. So far, learning hasn’t been a strength. ▲VINCENT BROWN- CHARGERS, 5’11-187 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 SD 13 40 19 329 17.3 2 2012 SD/IR San Diego felt confident enough in Vincent Brown’s potential to let Vincent Jackson to walk last season. Brown went from possible WR1 potential in 2012 to all-pro spectator, sitting out the season with a broken ankle suffered in the second pre-season tilt. The good news is that he is back for the 2013 season, and broken ankles do not usually keep a player from performing the way they did pre-injury. Brown is being counted on to help revived a slipping offense, one that ranked in the top five in the NFL for points scored the last eight seasons before sliding to 20th ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 73 Fantasy Articles last year. The wideout from San Diego State is a clean, crisp route runner and a confident hands catcher. While not track- fast, Brown’s 4.57x40 speed is effective due to his savvy route running and excellent vision in finding open seams. Prior to his 2012 pre-season injury, the Charger receiver was fast becoming QB Philip Rivers’ go-to option. In 2013, San Diego is thin at WR and receiving options with the exciting but very fragile Danario Alexander back, washouts Robert Meachem and Eddie Royal trying to re-discover past fortunes and a fast-aging Antonio Gates patrolling TE patterns. Much is riding on Vincent Brown in 2013. Repaired and ready to pick up where he left off before his ankle woes, Brown has the tools and opportunity to climb into low end WR2 value. He knows it is time to show what Brown can do for you. DOUG BALDWIN- SEAHAWKS, 5’10-189 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 SEA 16 85 51 788 15.5 4 2012 SEA 14 50 29 366 12.6 3 Over achiever! A compliment for sure, and a perfect way to describe Doug Baldwin. The third year wideout from Stanford surprised many in 2011 by posting 51 catches and a 15.5 YPR. Baldwin gave the Seahawks a deep threat that was sorely needed. However, the quick (4.48x40) receiver got lost in the 2012 shuffle due to mouth, shoulder and ankle injuries. He gutted out 14 games but mostly was never 100 percent healthy. 2013 finds Baldwin in the middle of a crowded WR group and a game plan that focuses on ball control and the ground game. Baldwin has to make his way through Percy Harvin, Golden Tate, Sidney Rice, Chris Harper and others. His best chance for significant action is in the return game, and even there may be a challenge with Harvin on board. Doug Baldwin is a solid NFL contributor, but currently there are too many in Seattle with similar skills and specialties. ▲AUSTIN PETTIS- RAMS, 6’3-209 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 STL 12 48 27 256 9.5 0 2012 STL 13 48 30 261 8.7 4 6’3-220, 4.5 x 40… not bad measureables for a WR. Those are the digits of 2012- 2nd round pick Brian Quick, a WR who competed against Division 2 talent and struggled to separate. Pettis, though not a burner (neither is Quick for that matter) had impressive stat lines at Boise State, versus top level DBs. Pettis has quietly taken on the challenge and threat to his job posed by the drafting of Quick. So far in mini-camps and OTAs, Pettis is catching everything and shining as the best WR in a Rams’ uniform. It is an uphill battle to take snaps away from a high draft pick like Quick, but Pettis is no slouch, drafted in the third round himself. The good hands pass catcher is no stranger to an explosive, high volume, up-tempo offense, as he performed at a high level while at Boise State, opposite WR Titus Young who kept his explosiveness to the field back then. The Rams’ third year wideout runs a solid 4.5x40, and gets his hands extended away from his body to bring the ball down. A sound route runner, Pettis is now comfortable with QB Sam Bradford and now it is showing on the field in practices. Bradford is surely taking notice of Pettis’ hard work and dedication. The St. Louis WR pen is suddenly filled with depth and various talents. Coach Fisher is allowing the best players to earn their chances, and out of nowhere comes Austin Pettis. Part of the practice of targeting third year WRs as breakout ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 74 Fantasy Articles candidates is due to the complexity of learning to read pro coverages, make appropriate adjustments and gain the trust of both coach and QB. The light just seems to come on for most in year three; Austin Pettis appears to have seen the light and it is shining brightly for him suddenly. GREG SALAS- EAGLES, 6’1-210 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 STL 6 38 27 264 9.8 0 2012 NE/PHL 0 0 0 0 0 0 Greg Salas has had an interesting journey around the NFL already in just two years. He has donned three different jerseys in two seasons, beginning with the Rams, then the Patriots and ending with the Eagles. He has been a wanted man by established coaches like Bill Belichick (who traded for Salas) and Andy Reid (who snatched him away from Belichick when Wild Bill tried to sneak him through waivers). The former Warrior is a record setting receiver at Hawaii. Much of the 6’1” receiver’s work came on catch and run action, displaying fine burst and an ability to break tackles. Salas is a hands-catcher, which is usually the case for highly productive receivers. He is not a burner, but shows good football speed and usually reliable hands. Now with the Eagles Salas is behind two of the league’s better young veteran wideouts in DeSean Jackson and Jeremy Maclin. Both have proven they can be playmakers and they “fit” Coach Chip Kelly’s motion offense. However, both have struggled with injuries and neither of these fleet pass catchers have been keen about working inside the hash-marks. Enter Greg Salas, who set records running inside routes and turning shorter passes into record-setting yardage. The fastpaced tempo Coach Kelly employs, with the ball being snapped every 20-24 seconds, means there will be more than two wide receivers in Philadelphia running routes. Coach Kelly demands a high volume of plays and there are plenty of snaps and footballs to go around if that offense is in sync. It was just over two years ago that Greg Salas was bringing down 100-plus footballs a season in an up-tempo, high-volume offense. It is a long shot, but… Mr. Salas, Coach Kelly wants to see you. TANDON DOSS- RAVENS, 6’2-201 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 BALT 6 2 0 0 0 2012 BALT 14 17 7 123 17.6 1 Anquan Boldin is now a 49er. Torrey Smith is an up-n-coming star potentially, but seems to be mostly a vertical/outside threat. Jacoby Jones danced his way to prominence on the way to winning the Super Bowl, but he still has buttery hands and is not a savvy route runner. Someone needs to pick up Boldin’s targets and patterns, and present some kind of physical inside presence. Tandon Doss may be the guy. Doss goes 6’2 and a tick over 200. At issue with Doss is health, and if a player is going to be running across the middle in the NFL, hits and thuds are sure to follow. Doss has experienced far too many dings in his early career. He had some injury issues as a collegiate athlete also. The Raven receiver shows good hands and is an adept pattern runner, but his ability to break tackles and gain yards after catch are wanting. He lacks that getaway 2nd gear and is tackled often at reception. QB Joe Flacco is familiar with Doss after working in practice together for the past two seasons. However, a key to breaking out is being ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 75 Fantasy Articles available week-in, week-out. Doss needs to learn how to stay on the field and be counted on. Third year may be the charm for many wideouts, but Tandon Doss has many hurdles to clear and clear them while staying healthy. JOE MORGAN- SAINTS, 6’1-184 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 NO 0 0 0 0 0 0 2012 NO 11 21 10 379 37.9 3 There has to be something in a name. The other Joe Morgan of note is HOF 2nd baseman for the Cincinnati Reds who based his game on being a playmaker with speed. The football version of Joe Morgan in New Orleans is exactly that, a playmaker built on speed. Morgan is a raw (hate that term!).. Morgan is an inexperienced receiver who can flat out burn and blow the top off of defenses. Morgan’s “slow” time in the forty is 4.49; he is a firm 4.37 dasher who has hit 4.28 according to scouts. A transfer from Illinois to small school Walsh, Morgan may have some character issues and that popped up in May with a DUI arrest. On the field, the very fleet receiver is a one-trick pony, running 7, 9 and 8 routes only. He uses his body to cradle the football in and that is a sign of lack of confidence in one’s hands. Morgan is obviously a situational option, a work-in-progress and though this is his third pro season, he missed all of 2011 with a knee injury. He needs to gain a big measure of maturity and absorb all the coaching he can to refine his “raw” game. ANDREW HAWKINS- BENGALS, 5’7-175 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 CIN 13 34 23 263 11.4 0 2012 CIN 14 80 51 533 10.5 4 The diminutive slot receiver in Cincy burst onto the fantasy scene last season early on. However, as the season progressed, Hawkins did not. The blazing fast slotman (4.34x40) saw consistent snaps all season, hauled in 51 passes but failed to make that speed a weapon, averaging just 10.5 YPR. Going into year three, Cincinnati has bolstered the receiving corps; it is young and deep. In place of Hawkins, the Bengal coaches have been shoe-horning large wideout Mohamed Sanu in the slot. The read on that move is Hawkins’ 5’7” target is hard for QB Andy Dalton to find inside where most slot receivers work. Lacking size and not being able to capitalize on the great speed he possesses, Andrew Hawkins may find himself running patterns in another uniform before the season begins. Even then, he’ll need to acclimate into a new system and terminology. The firefly receiver is exciting with the ball in his hands, but his chances are dissipating in 2013. ARMON BINNS- DOLPHINS, 6’3-209 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 CIN 0 0 0 0 0 0 2012 CIN/MIA 10 40 24 277 1 The undrafted big wideout from Cincinnati found himself in a numbers crunch as a Bengal and eventually ended up in a Miami uniform. The Dolphins put Binns to work and he put up some ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 76 Fantasy Articles usable game tape. Binns is a tall receiver with decent speed (4.5x40). He is best running inside the hash marks and has displays good hands. While he runs well enough, Binns doesn’t possess special running skills to create after the catch. In his third NFL season Binns again lands in a crowded group as Miami loaded up on receivers in the off-season. In his last two seasons at University of Cincy, Binns combined for 20 TD catches. His size creates red zone attraction and he is adept at getting open inside the ten yard line. Being undrafted the Miami WR needs to shine and work hard to make the roster in 2013. ALDRICK ROBINSON- REDSKINS, 5’10-184 Team G Target Rec Yard Avg TD 2011 WSH 0 0 0 0 0 0 2012 WSH 15 19 11 237 21.5 3 Aldrick Robinson is fast… 4.37x40 fast! Robinson caught a school-record 14 TDs and ripped down 1,301 receiving yards in 2010, second-most ever in a season at SMU. Oddly, the smaller Robinson carved out a role for himself at SMU in the redzone, turning close to 35% of his SMU red zone targets into scores. Obviously at 5’10 and possessing 4.3 speed, the redzone is not his playground, but it does exhibit his ability to play in closed quarters effectively. Robinson is compared to Eagles flashy DeSean Jackson in stature and speed. However, Robinson plays a better all-around game, is a fine hands catcher and surprisingly can high-point the football with his strong 40” vertical. As of now the Redskins third year receiver uses mostly the left side of the field and doesn’t seem comfortable flipping to the right. He’ll need to expand that limitation, if it truly is one. Playing with the rocket-armed Robert Griffin III, Robinson can become a true big play weapon if opportunity presents itself. Keep in mind that Pierre Garcon runs on fragile feet, and Santana Moss, while aging gracefully, is aging. Aldrick Robinson is a name to keep on speed-dial in 2013. One slip of the foot or a loss of a step and the fleet-footed SMU product is seeing significant snaps in an imaginative offense. OTHER 3RD YEAR WIDE RECEIVERS (2013) RICARDO LOCKETTE (49ers)-Kaepernick roommate with a high opinion of himself. Deep threat. CLYDE GATES (Jets)- vertical route runner with great speed but little versatility. LESTAR JEAN (Texans)- small school receiver with speed and size. KEALOHA PILARES (Panthers)- WR in a RB body. Prolific at U of Hawaii opposite Greg Salas. RYAN WHALEN (Bengals)- 6’2 possession receiver. DWAYNE HARRIS (Cowboys)- has a shot as a third WR; 6th rounder in 2011. KRIS DURHAM (Lions)- 6’6 WR with injury issues thus far; cut by Seahawks last year. STEPHEN BURTON (Vikings)- spread offense college background; needs to assimilate into pro game. SEYI AJIROTUTU – poor hands but decent blocker. DANE SANZENBACHER – possession receiver with some limited success as a Bear. ANDRE HOLMES (Raiders)- four teams in last four years; 6’4 but limited skills. JERREL JERNIGAN (Giants)- small speedster having trouble playing as a pro. LAQUAN WILLIAMS (Ravens)- fast, undrafted WR with good pre-season tape. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 77 Fantasy Articles KEVIN CONE (Falcons)- played college ball at Georgia Tech; good blocker. TRINDON HOLLIDAY (Broncos)- KR with explosive speed but no chance of seeing offensive snaps. DEMARCO SAMPSON (Bills)- 6’2 WR spent time in this off-season with Chip Kelly (Philly). CHASTIN WEST – former Packer WR and a special teams ace. KRIS ADAMS – solid run blocking receiver. KAMAR AIKEN – some big play ability and at times spectacular body control. JEFF MAEHL – big possession receiver from Chip Kelly Ducks offense. KERRY MEIER – solid athlete with limited speed; has played RB and QB in college. JAMAR NEWSOME – cup of coffee with the Chiefs in 2012. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 78 Fantasy Articles The Tricks of the Trade in 2013 June 28, 2013 by: Chris Rito “Draft Day” is often the highlight of the fantasy football season. While the draft atmosphere is the best, the place where champions often are made is in hammering out a big deal either in the "offseason" (I hate that word) or during the season. After many years of playing this game, I have accumulated a series of tips – a “philosophy of trading,” if you will – that I think can help you initiate the trade, wade through the details and broker a productive deal... possibly taking you from the realm of the “also-ran” to the level of “champion.” And if nothing else, I think that following this seemingly simple list of suggestions can make your fantasy football season a lot more fun. And isn't that the point? As I said, many of these suggestions seem simple, but it is often the attention to the simple things that can make the biggest difference. Never pass up a chance to talk trade This is NOT to be confused with The Bucket List quote about "As you get older...never pass up a bathroom, never waste a hard-on, and never trust a fart." LOL If someone comes to you with a trade offer, they are obviously interested in improving their team or in something you have. But which is it? The savvy owner will see through a trade request to get to the real burning question in the heart of the other owner. If someone comes to you and says “I’ll trade you Ronnie Hillman and Josh Freeman for Kenny Britt” does that mean that that guy is questioning Schiano's love for his incumbent QB or merely that he has great faith in Montee Ball? That they believe in the "contract year" phenomenon or the revival of the Titans' offense? That they simply are desperate for help at WR? That they like tall receivers with poor off-thefield records and a tendency towards season-ending injuries? I often also find it advantageous to approach trading partners in general terms, letting them know what you are looking for without letting them know who you are looking for. “I am looking to upgrade at RB#2” or “I’d like to move some WR depth for a better backup QB” You can see what they want without making any concrete offers, and often can end up getting a better player than you might otherwise get. Sometimes asking for a particular player can scare off a potential trader, as they feel that you know something they don’t. Basically, human nature tells us that “if someone else wants something…then its value just went up in my mind.” Know your rules This is the key to good drafting as well as to making good trades. By “knowing your rules,” what I mean is that one can best take advantage of your situation by shrewdly analyzing the relative merits of any particular player within the confines of your league’s specific scoring rules. Knowing which players have value in your scoring system which exceeds their perceived or their NFL value can help you get a desirable player while giving up less than he is really worth. For example, in leagues where you MUST start four WRs, the value of the top WRs is elevated somewhat. Likewise, the trade value (and his value to you) of that third All-Pro RB on your roster is very different if your league starts one RB weekly versus his value if you are allowed to start three RBs each week. Does your league rewards pass catching RBs, either with 1 point per reception, or double points for receiving yards or scores? Then NFL backups like ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 79 Fantasy Articles Danny Woodhead may be much more valuable in your FFL than anyone in your league realizes. Likewise, unheralded WRs like the 2012 no -name guys like Brandon Myers and Brian Hartline each caught about 75 passes -- and I know people that were able to obtain each of them last year for far less than they were really worth! On the other end of the spectrum you need to know which players are overvalued based on their actual skill set, and realize that they are prime trade bait to send away in order to get a player you truly can use. Does your league penalize for interceptions? Then based on recent history, you will want to trade away Philip Rivers. Even though most people will fall in love with his yardage and TDs, he averaged 17 INTs for the last three seasons and is ranked much higher in scoring systems that do not penalize for INTs. Perhaps you can trade him for a guy that puts up similar fantasy numbers, but is not believed to be as good; Joe Flacco and Russell Wilson are both perceived as lesser fantasy QBs, but each outpointed Rivers in such systems in 2012 primarily because of the interceptions. Now 2012 was a little bit of a fluke as all the top passers also threw an uncharacteristic number of picks last year (Brees and Romo led the league, Stafford and Eli struggled with high totals)...but look for reasons why this happened and ascertain the likely repeat offenders, and drop them a few slots on your list. Make an accurate assessment of your own strengths and weaknesses It is often quite easy to see where your own team could stand a little improvement. However, the difficulty that most owners have is in realistically assessing one’s own strengths; most every owner vastly overrates their own team’s assets, often never recovering from the love affair which started at the draft back in August ! But you must be brutally honest with yourself about what you really have on your roster, because any potential trading partner will be equally brutal when your roster gets evaluated for trading fodder. One has to deal from one's own strength, as well as from your trade partner’s perceived strength of the guys on your roster. Don't ever assume that you have to get equal "draft day" value for a player, that has been sucking heavily and weighing down your lineup for the last 7 weeks. If you see that a guy has been underperforming his draft position - believe me, your potential trade partners know this too! You cannot expect to get back value on his 2012 or 2011 performance, or to get rewarded for making a draft pick that looks like a bust in week 7. Understand this fact, folks – if there is no reason to currently value a particular player on your roster, then you will not be able to get diddly-poo (apologies to Jim Mora, Sr.) for him in a trade. It’s really that simple. Don’t get too enamored with a player’s on your roster and his value for any reason except his actual fantasy performance in 2013. And like the first trade tip above, this rule also has a flip side: if there is an owner in your league that is exhibiting this same sort of unnatural fondness for a particular player on your team and is overvaluing him from a fantasy perspective …. then you have a potential trading partner that may give you a little more for your man than another team would. We are all guilty now and again of hanging onto a favorite player for one year too long – I embarrassingly drafted Michael Turner way too high and too often in 2012, for example – but to be a good trader, you must know when to walk away from those sorts of guys when they simply aren’t doing it anymore. This rule also reflects the old adage of “know thy enemy,” because knowing which owners in your league have a weird and unnatural fondness for FORMER Minnesota Vikings, former Wisconsin Badgers, or guys named Johnson (yes, we have one of each of those in my local league)...well that sort of knowledge can only help you in looking to make a beneficial deal down the road ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 80 Fantasy Articles "To stud" or "not to stud"? Many fantasy owners work under the premise that having the best single player will bring the title, so they have to always get the best player in a trade. Think about this...does the team with the #1 draft pick always win your league? It has rarely happened in my redraft leagues. Most people do not believe me but...you can make a great trade and improve your team’s chances of winning it all by actually trading away a super stud! There are two complementary situations that occur in most every league, and these situations allow a chance for a really big trade that helps both teams. Sometimes there is a team with a couple of A-1 fantasy studs, but that team is only one rogue patellar tendon away from a catastrophic season due to tragically poor roster depth. On the other side, there are teams that often have a great depth of quality fantasy starters, but that lack a true superstar or “hammer” in their lineup. These teams can each do well by working together, and it is really helpful to know which of these two teams you are. Those teams with just a few superstars and a generally weak roster can often better serve themselves by trading away one of their “1st-rounder” types for multiple solid players that they can still start every week. It is obviously possible to make a productive trade by snaring a stud scorer, but it is also possible to succeed by actually giving one away; this latter possibility is one that most FFLers would never consider, but they should. I have won using both philosophies, so it is important to never close the book on a potential package trade just because they ask for your best single player in return. I will cover this concept more in my two "Golden Rules" later. Win-win scenarios It is very important to propose trades that fall under the standard corporate lingo of a “win-win situation.” Proposing a lopsided deal does absolutely nothing to help your team, and can only cost you any credibility with that trade partner. Of course, many owners will bluster about how stupid your trade offer is; when this has happened to me, I always offer my explanation as to why I think it is a fair offer. If that potential trading partner wants to refute my logic or valuation of the offer, this serves two valuable purposes. First, it will tell you what his perceived value is of the guys you have. secondly, it will also help you better assess what he is looking for in a trade from you. Of course, with our flawed forecasting skills, sometimes the deal ends up being horribly lopsided due to unforeseen changes of circumstances like injury or benching. This should never get you down, as those are the risks we all take even in drafting players. But all deals as they get proposed should actually look on the surface to help both sides; as crazy and obvious as that seems, it is often overlooked that one has to be willing to give up something of value in order to get something of value. Now that doesn’t mean you weaken your team in one area to strengthen it in another, but merely that you have to give some value to the other team, based on their needs and your strengths. I am also not suggesting that you rip off your opponents, nor heedlessly diminish your own team's potential for success; I am suggesting that you find what THEY value and give it to them - especially if is something you have, but that you don't value as highly as they do. "Offseason" trading For those of you in keeper or dynasty leagues, this is often when the most trade chat takes place. It is also the time where the biggest risks are taken and where the biggest gains can be made, so this is fertile ground for some valuable trade possibilities if you are willing to take ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 81 Fantasy Articles those risks. The reason there are so many risks is that players can change teams, and situations can be altered greatly if the season is yet 3 months or more from starting. Rookies have yet to be truly evaluated in the NFL setting, new coaching systems have yet to take root, everything is in flux. Of course, all of the same rules I mentioned previously are just as important now as in any other trade scenario. The most important one is to first understand your rules and use them to your advantage. For example, I have been in a partial keeper league for almost 20 years, and one interesting tidbit is that you can keep up to three players every year, but a player can only be kept three times at the most. So...every year, there are some teams that have an absolute stud that is very keeper-worthy, but that they will have to release FOR NOTHING IN RETURN. So, this is a trading partner that may be willing to take a lesser player in return straight-up for their unable-to-be-retained superstar, just to make sure they can get something. This last season, I was able to trade for Adrian Peterson and Brandon Marshall in just this way; my trade partner would be unable to keep Peterson at the end of the season, and had few other keeper-quality players on his roster. In this case, we made a deal which centered around me giving up lesser stud players that I would be unable to keep after 2012 anyway (McFadden, Welker and Roddy White). Of course, Manning McFadden was little help to him in 2012, but he set himself up nice to have those three guys as his keepers in 2012 . Me? I got a really nice stud for the rest of 2012 and for the next three seasons. I won that deal, but his resulting depth allowed him to make other trades later that made us both winners. Secondly, clearly knowing your trading partners is even more critical now. Remember that (gasp!) not everyone may be as into their fantasy roster after the Super Bowl as you are, so some trading partners may be unable or unwilling to really participate in a good dialogue. Not only do you have to know which owners are willing to trade, you again need to know what their tendencies are. Do they tend to hoard young players with breakout potential over established veterans in the second half of their careers? Offer them a young guy that is a cut below their aging (but still VERY effective) stud and they might take the bait. Or...do the opposite and get your roster a bit younger while helping them with the "right now" on their team. Using this philosophy in my 16-team dynasty league just this week, I was able to trade Maurice Jones-Drew for Montee Ball and a 2nd round pick in next year's draft (those picks are very valuable in this league). I won at both positions because the guy was valuing RIGHT NOW production over youth and explosive potential....and my right now was not significantly impacted because I was already stacked at RB. Some guys in dynasty leagues insist on getting their primary RB's backup; this may be another opportunity to get a startable WR at the price of an NFL backup RB that you likely may never use. This is of course a win for the other guy as well, since he also gets what he wants. Although I described the other side in that dynasty league trade, I do believe it is very important to WIN NOW!! Often an owner (especially in a dynasty league) will refuse to make a trade because they will be giving up a younger player in return for a guy that may only have a year or two left in the NFL. I have seen fantasy teams that were only one player away from winning it all…and they fell just short because the owner was too afraid to sacrifice the potential for future performance for the assurance of current performance. I have always been a firm believer in making the deal (or the draft selection) for THIS year, and then worrying about next year… when next year gets here. In my 16-team dynasty league, there was a team that was close to the title in 2011, and he traded a king's ransom (including his next two first round picks, which are like gold) for Tom Brady. As you can imagine by replacing his weak link (Jason Campbell) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 82 Fantasy Articles with Tom Terrific, he cruised to the title. Do you think he is upset about his team's future, knowing he captured his coveted first title after many years in this league? Take the title when you can get it, because once you have it they can’t take it away from you! The Golden Rules Most importantly, though, there are two very key questions that I always ask myself before agreeing to a trade, or before making a trade offer. They are my “Two Great Commandments” of trading, the ones from which all other rules flow and to which all other rules points. Ask yourself these questions, and this will make your answer to any trade inquiry an easy one. Answer positively to both questions and you should make the deal, period. Answer negatively and you should decline or make a counter offer. The questions can only be answered accurately if you have done your homework and have thought about a trade using the rules I defined above. Remember I am a strong believer in the "Win now!" philosophy, so this applies to my keeper and dynasty league teams also. 1. What will these players do the rest of this season? 2. Does this move make my team or lineup better? Let’s look at that first question. More often than not, the inexperienced fantasy owner will look at the players in a trade and assume that past performance guarantees future performance. To continue the stock market analogy, the key to making a good deal is to “buy low and sell high.” I don’t give a rat’s behind about what your players did before they were on my team. The only concern I should have in getting a player from you is “What will he do after he is on my team?” I also don’t care what my current players will do once they are on your team – that is your problem at that point. If I can get a player that is underperforming now as compared to what I believe he will do in future weeks, I will get him for a cheaper price. I don’t care if a guy is leading the league in receiving if I don’t have any confidence that he will continue to do so. Whatever the scenario, there are times when the player’s immediate past does not match up with the expectations of the rest of the season. There is obviously some speculation and risk involved here, but those that make trades that “turn out good” often are just better at predicting which players will “kick it up a notch” and which ones will drop off. Make the predictions as best you can and ask yourself, “Which player will do more after this trade?” and if the answer is “Player A” and not “Player B” that is currently on your roster... then you should make the trade regardless of what the season stats say at that time. As stated earlier, no one is perfect in seeing the future, but you must make your prediction (and not necessarily the past) to be the focus of your analysis,. The second great question, and the most important in my mind is “Does this trade make my team better?” Too many times I have heard owners reject my trade proposal because “this deal makes your team better.” That would be the dumbest thing I have ever heard. Why would I make the deal if I did not think that it would make my team better? It is absolutely critical to remember one of the cardinal differences between fantasy football and NFL football: one can do absolutely nothing to affect the performance of your opponent each week. The key to success in FFL is therefore to make your own team better. Who cares if your trade makes the other team better, if it helps your own team to be better? That is all that you can control, so go out and ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 83 Fantasy Articles control it! If I can sit back after a trade and be more satisfied with my roster and/or my lineup, no matter what it does to another team – I will do it. Here is the classic example of this philosophy, although it is a bit older now. In a PPR league in 2008 I was in dire need of a TE, and had some (almost ludicrous) depth at RB and WR. There was another team that had two top-notch TEs (could only start one) and needed some help with his lesser starters. I made a deal that sent Thomas Jones (who was my #4 RB while having a 1300 yard, 13 TD season) and rookie star Eddie Royal (my #5 WR at 91-980-5) to another team in return for Jason Witten (his backup to Tony Gonzalez) and Michael Jenkins (his beyondcrappy WR#3). Did I give up more scoring and talent than I gained? Of course. Did the other team gain two starters to my one? Also a “yes”. In the absence of other information, would you have traded EITHER of those two guys straight-up for Jason Witten, and certainly not BOTH of them? Heck no! The trade was not made in a vacuum, though, but within the confines of our rosters. And my lineup was now immensely better for having made the deal. I gave up two very solid players that would never have started for me, and got a Pro-Bowl player that I started every week the rest of the way. The other team got two starters for them, and gave up a backup they had only used once (Gonzo’s bye week) and a weak WR that was no longer a starter with Royal on their roster. Win-win situation. Sweet justice - we each won our division titles, although we did not get to meet in the playoffs. Huge trade for me -- I get over the top and win the league. Game, set, match. Remember to be open-minded and fair-minded; to seek the mutually beneficial arrangement where each side wins; to peer into the future as best you can and decipher the trends and likely outcomes of the players involved; and then most of all, remember to ask yourself if the trade will make your own team better. Now you are armed with this trader’s full arsenal…so go out and make some deals! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 84 Fantasy Articles Busting the Wedge – Points via Return Specialists July 26, 2013 by: John Cooney Special teams make up one-third of a football team’s defined units. The athletes that perform in these kamikaze groups are a wild and reckless breed, abandoning self-preservation for the glory of delivering the big hit or turning the tables of a contest with an exciting improvised return of a kickoff or punt for a score. Each season quite a few fantasy football games are decided by the results of special teams play. Today, fantasy leagues have taken to including the statistical outcomes of special teams action, covering not just the full units but the individual bomb-squad denizens themselves. Creative fantasy football commissioners explore new ways to bring added value to players, boosting the potential total points scored by their fantasy franchises each week and adding another avenue of excitement to fantasy lineups. Leagues that have expanded their scoring menus to include kick and punt return specialists are becoming more common. Individual special teams inclusion in fantasy football takes some very ordinary players of little fantasy football relevance and props up their value. Creative fanballers will find ways of taking advantage of these players who not only see action on special teams returns, but also on the offensive and defensive units. The glow of excitement has dimmed a bit on kickoffs since the NFL moved the spot of the ball up as power-legged kickers boom footballs deep into the end zone without a return. Even-so, kickoff returns still outweigh punt returns in sheer volume of chances and return yards. Punt returns are dependent on a good defense getting consistent stops. However, while there are far more kickoff return opportunities than punt return chances, more TDs are scored on punt returns than kickoffs; there were 17 punt returns for scores against 13 kickoffs in 2012. As for the individual players doing the returning, often coaches are reluctant to use their starting players as returners given the high-injury risk. But there are in-game moments or unique team situations that call for the speedy talents of the top line stars to get in there, be the hero and bring one back. When those opportunities exist, forward-thinking fantasy owners can be positioned to benefit from the timely punt return or a game-changing kickoff return. Fantasy owners that participate in leagues that recognize individual kick/punt returners look for those wild mavericks of special teams that can bring added value each week. In these leagues there are players that enhance their existing value as offensive players or as IDPs, both in the fantasy drafts, auctions and as weekly contributors, thanks to their efforts on special-teams. Players that are usually starters in weekly lineup that also take snaps on special teams are dubbed here as “Double-Dippers.” These double-dipping players are not only picking up points on returns, they are scoring on offense and/or defense. A second group contains players whose “specialize” on kick and/or punt returns, with marginal (if any) contributions on offense or as an IDP. At this time of the pre-season, with training camps just getting underway, there are a few unsettled return competitions that have to be considered, with the training camp winner possibly paying off big ‘returns’. The past few years the fantasy football world has experienced the brilliant return efforts of Chicago’s Devin Hester, who inspired many fantasy football commissioners to take a long look at their league rules and institute changes to include individual kick and punt returns. Bursting ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 85 Fantasy Articles onto the NFL scene in 2011 was Arizona cornerback Patrick Peterson. If your IDP league allows returns yards and results to be counted, then Peterson return heroics have helped win games, for you and his Cardinals. Hester and Peterson are just two examples of players who have elevated their fantasy lineup worth by contributing in the return game. If your fantasy league has opened up to the excitement of using kick and punt returners in some way in the league’s scoring menu, then read on; Double-Dippers and Return Specialists can turn and L into a W in one boot of the football. Glossary/Key: Handle- any return touch/opportunity such as punt, kick off or fair catch HDL- handle RET YDS- total return yards YPH- Yards Per Handle; average yards gained per handle KR- kick return PR- punt return RB- running back WR- wide receiver One new research statistic I’ve developed for tracking return specialist is called YARDS PER HANDLE (YPH). A “handle” is any reception of the football by a player in either kick or punt action, such as returning a kickoff, a punt or calling a fair catch; touchbacks on kickoffs are not included. YPH is derived at by dividing total return yards by the total number of handles. The YPH I feel creates a better indicator of which return specialist will potentially put real fantasy points on the board for owners. Making a personnel decision in the return positions based solely on total yards or yards per RETURN is coming to an incomplete conclusion. For example, Miami’s Marcus Thigpen “handled” 70 return chances in 2012; 38 kickoff returns, 26 punt returns and 6 fair catches. Minnesota’s Marcus Sherels, who many football pundits rate highly as a returner, handled 75; 16 kickoffs, 32 punts and 27 fair catches. Both were big-time participants in the kick and punt return units. With his 70 handles Thigpen created 1356 return yards for a YPH of 19.37. Sherels was far less of a fantasy point producer with his 75 handles, averaging a YPH of 9.45. Dragging Sherels potential for fantasy points in the return game is his conservative handling of punts, calling for 27 fair catches. Thigpen waved the hand to call off the dogs just 6 times last season. Which player do you want handling your fantasy football special teams action; the one getting almost 20 yards every time he touches the football or the guy handling the same volume of work but netting under 10 yard a handle? YPH is just one more added piece of info to help fantasy footballers mastermind every potential point producing advantage. A YPH chart of last season’s results will follow the capsule of return specialists. Marcus Thigpen, Dolphins (KR-PR-RB) … Return Specialist Running Back Marcus Thigpen produced over and above his expectations for his Miami coaches in 2012. Thigpen ranked 5th overall in total return yards last season, and turned in a score on both the kick and punt teams. The Dolphin’s slightly-built reserve RB (5’9-190) brings breakaway speed to the field, clocking as fast as 4.29 in the 40 yard dash back in 2009. His 2012 return work is clear for all to see, but it should be noted that Thigpen, though a halfback, saw 28 snaps as a slot receiver when Devone Bess left a December game due to injury. Thigpen is a former track star for Indiana University and now potentially the NFL’s top return specialist. The Miami ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 86 Fantasy Articles special teams star owned a stellar 19.37 yards per handle last season, tops of all returners that brought back both punts and kickoffs. Darius Reynaud, Titans (KR-PR-RB) … Return Specialist Now listed as a pro RB, Darius Reynaud lined up as a split end and slot receiver while at West Virginia. A solid 4.4x40 man, Reynaud has the tendency to make poor fielding decisions in his efforts to make plays. However there is no mistaking his ability to turn a contest around in an instant as the Titan ace brought back 1 kick off for a score along with 2 punts for TDs. Reynaud led the NFL in total return yards, netting 1650 in 2012. He is a willing punt returner with 17 fair catch calls in his 48 handles, and averaged an impressive 16.34 yards per handle (YPH) last season (5th best among player regularly working punt AND kickoffs). The Tennessee return specialist measures 5’9 but is RB-built, weighing in just over 200 pounds. He’ll likely see competition from Marc Mariani, who owned the job prior to his early season leg injury. Reynaud could be relegated to kick off duty only given his questionable judgment in the punt game. Darren Sproles, Saints (KR-PR-RB)… Double Dipper Sproles ripped up the NFL in All-Purpose yards in 2011, totaling 2696. 2012 saw a precipitous drop to the tune of 1577 all-purpose production and a disappointing 666 in total returns. His punt return average took a hit from over 10 yards per return in ’11 to 7.96 last season. Sproles didn’t bring a kick or punt into the endzone in 2012. Still, the mighty mite is a dual-duty threat, especially in PPR leagues. With Coach Payton vowing to get the run-game going, Sproles may see a bigger role again in kick and punt returns. Darren Sproles is a do-it-all player in any format. Jacoby Jones, Ravens (KR-PR-WR)… Double Dipper Jacoby Jones was truly dancing with the stars last season. Jones is a size (6’3-215)-speed (4.5x40) package that exploded as a dual-threat kick/punt returner in 2012, taking 2 kickoffs back for scores (including a record 108 yarder) and added a punt return for a TD. His playoff heroics, along with the vacancy left by departed Anquan Boldin, have helped to propel his chances of being Baltimore’s WR2 and top returner. Jones averaged 30.7 yards per kickoff in 2012. With all of his sudden fame stemming from his post-season highlights and his star-studded foray of hanging out with celebrities through the off-season it might be a good idea to keep tabs on Jones’ on-field efforts early on. A drop in focus and gridiron dedication could sneak up on the Raven slippery-handed wideout. Leodis McKelvin, Bills (KR-PR-CB)… Double Dipper The Bills’ best returner averaged 28.3 per kickoff last season but was even more dynamic on punt duty. McKelvin aced 2 punt returns for TDs, led the NFL in yards per punt return (18.7), and was fourth in kickoff returns (28.3)… OUTSTANDING! In YPH, McKelvin ranked 3rd in the group of returners that lined up for punt and kicks. The Buffalo 2008 1st round pick was selected as the return specialist on the 2012 USA Football All-Fundamentals Team, which honors 26 NFL players who exhibit exemplary football techniques for youth players to emulate. He doubles as the starting left corner for Buffalo and has world-class speed with 4.3x40 time. Trindon Holliday, Broncos (KR-PR-WR) … Return Specialist ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 87 Fantasy Articles PURE SPEED! Trindon Holliday runs a true 4.21-forty yard dash and is every bit as fast with the football in his hands. He’s not big, measuring just 5’5” and lucky to tip the scales above 165, but the Broncos bold returner is fearless. Holliday called for just 10 fair catches in his 57 punt return chances and returned one for a score as well as a kickoff for paydirt, too. The Denver burner is low in the WR depth chart, but a threat to score with the football in his hands. He has been timed as fast as 4.18 in the forty by some scouts. Keshawn Martin, Texans (KR-PR-WR) … Double Dipper Houston coaches must like what they have in Keshawn Martin as a returner, allowing dynamic speedster Trindon Holliday AND dancing Jacoby Jones to walk and ply their wares elsewhere last season. Martin was steady as a rookie kick off man last season, and even better in the punt game; Martin ranked 4th in punt return average in the AFC (12.1). He has a chance to gain value as he competes for the third receiver spot as well as continue his work in the return units. Martin has good hands and top-end speed (solid 4.4x40 times). This is a return ace to scout closely as the Texans’ special teams units are always solid and well-coached. RB Leon Washington, Patriots (PR-RB) … Return Specialist Leon Washington has made a nice comeback from a devastating leg injury a couple of seasons ago. Last season, Washington was 7th overall in total return yards (1140) and returned a kickoff for a score. He did his damage for the Seahawks last season and this year plies his steady skills for Coach Belichick in New England. Washington’s consistency and reliability is something fantasy football owners can count on. His offensive snaps virtually disappeared in 2012, and his prospects for an expanded role in the Patriot playbook is not loaded with optimism. But as a dual-threat returner, Leon Washington delivers and will have plenty of work in New England. Josh Cribbs, Raiders (KR-WR) … Return Specialist Josh Cribbs isn’t figuring into his teams’ offensive game plans these days. Part of the reason is his injury history grows, and he is best as a returner more exclusively. He is still very good bringing back kicks on both units however. The now Oakland Raider is gutsy on punt duty, calling just 8 fair catches in his 46 punt handles. He gives fantasy owners a chance for yards and the occasional big play most weeks on special teams. Without much fanfare in 2012, Cribbs amassed the 2nd most return yards in the league (1635), producing impressive kick off (27.4) return and punt (12.03) return averages. In YPH, Cribbs also was second only to Marcus Thigpen with a stellar 18.37 per handle. As a Raider he’ll see scant snaps on offense, concentrating mostly as a weapon in the return game in 2013. Devin Hester, Bears (KR-PR) … Return Specialist Hester is no longer running routes at WR for the Bears as he devolves back to his true calling of full-time kick and punt returner. Hester has been the standard-setter in the return game for years, but looks to have lost a half-step last season. With less energy spent on running pass routes, the veteran return ace should be a tick faster and fresher in 2012. Those who might be looking past the once-fleet athlete might want to recall the superb exploits of all-timer Brian Mitchell, who excelled in his later years using experience and veteran moxie as a returner. There is still plenty of roar left in Devin Hester’s punt return den and the savvy Bear is still fearless in his play. He called just 6 fair catches in ’12 and will give his fantasy owners yards and chances. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 88 Fantasy Articles Joe McKnight, Jets (KR-RB) … Return Specialist McKnight might be the #1 kick returner in the AFC. In 2011, the fleet footed tailback returned 34 kick offs for a 31.6 average and 1 TD. Last season he burst out for 39 kickoff returns for a 27.5 average and another score. His expected expansion as an offensive contributor hasn’t gone well but he is a sure-fire kick return threat. Though strictly a KR, McKnight ranked 8th overall in total return yards last season with 1072; 2nd most KR yards behind just David Wilson’s 1533 kick only production. Ted Ginn, Panthers (KR-WR)… Return Specialist Ted Ginn brings his special teams act to his third NFL team. Ginn rarely contributes as a receiver on offense, but is a valued return man. Utilized more on punt returns last year, Ginn was third in the NFC with a 10.2 average. He’ll compete in camp with WR Joe Adams for return duties. Ginn is a straight-line blazer lacking lateral shiftiness, relying on his wedge to create lanes. WR DeSean Jackson, Eagles (PR-WR)… Double Dipper Jackson hasn’t lined up for punt returns much the past couple of seasons; he was deemed too valuable a weapon on offense and wasn’t exactly thrilled to volunteer either. However, new coach Chip Kelly likes his players to be available and flexible and DJax is set to field a few punts in 2013. Possessing track-star speed Jackson can make big things happen with limited opportunity. In the recent past under Coach Andy Reid Jackson wasn’t about to put himself in harm’s way on punt returns and it showed in his lack of enthusiasm. Philly added viable return men the past two seasons, taking DeSean Jackson off special teams in the process. But with the new coaching regime comes new attitudes, and DeSean Jackson’s has turned for the better so far. Richard Goodman, Chargers (KR-WR) … Return Specialist Richard Goodman is a WR that works mainly as a kickoff return specialist in San Diego. Goodman is a 4.5x40 runner with steady hands and a decent burst. He’ll compete for the fulltime kick off work this season after handling just 18 kick returns last year. LaRod Stephens-Howling, Steelers (KR-RB)… Return Specialist Pittsburgh signed LaRod Stephens-Howling for two reasons; running back depth and flexibility in the kick return units. Stephens-Howling is comfortable bringing back kickoffs and runs tougher than his 5’7 frame would suggest. His addition should mean the end of special teams work for now starting wideouts Antonio Brown and Emmanuel Sanders. LSH was average in KR work for Arizona last year, netting just over 22 yards a pop in his 18 take backs. Eddie Royal, Chargers (PR-WR) … Double Dipper When healthy Eddie Royal is a competent punt returner that can break an occasional long gainer. Royal is a willing returner that will eschew the fair catch for the bring-back, but he has been giving his fantasy owners diminishing returns. Last season Royal averaged just 5.33 YPH… weak! LaMichael James, 49ers (KR-RB) … Double Dipper Frisco’s LaMichael James is a dynamic playmaker that is waiting for his chance to be “the guy” in the 49ers ‘move’ offense. For now, he’ll bring explosive returns on kick offs for San Francisco. James took back kicks for a solid 29.79 average. He was limited to just 14 chances as ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 89 Fantasy Articles opponents were unable to score against SF with any regularity and Kyle Williams also owned that job early on before injury. James has outstanding speed (4.3x40) and great elusiveness. DB Marcus Sherels, Vikings (KR-PR-CB) … Return Specialist Marcus Sherels is fast (4.3x40) and sure-handed. He also seemed to be learning on the job last season as the speedy DB called 27 fair catches, 2nd most in the NFL. Sherels did have a 77-yard punt return TD but a mid-level punt return average (8.97). His cautious handling of punts and penchant for signaling fair catch dropped his YPH to a disappointing 9.45 yards per. In 2013, Marcus Sherels has the return job all to himself as Percy Harvin has moved on to Seattle. Brandon Tate, Bengals (KR-PR-WR) … Double Dipper Tate is a do-it-all for the Bengals in the return game. The former college teammate of Hakeem Nicks is a proven kick returner dating back to his days at North Carolina. Last season Tate fell into the Cincy coaches doghouse a bit after a few poor decisions fielding punts, but opted to resign with the Bengals for another go. Tate has good wheels (4.5-40 time) and usually brings the football down cleanly. His share time with Pacman Jones on punt returns limits his overall return yards potential, but playing both punt and kick teams assures solid numbers by season’s end. Dwayne Harris, Cowboys (KR-PR-WR) … Double Dipper Dwayne Harris is the favorite to win the third WR spot in Dallas but he should still see action in the return game. Harris led the NFC in punt return average (16.1), taking one to the house in 2012. He does see a share on the kickoff units, but punt returning is his gig. Brandon Boykin, Eagles (KR-DB) … Double Dipper Boykin filled the role of slot-corner last season and was the Eagles top kickoff return man. The rookie was steady, returning 45 kicks for an underwhelming 23.04 average. With a year under his belt Boykin should improve on those numbers, utilizing his 4.4 speed better and finding ways to create bigger run backs. Stefan Logan, Free Agent (KR-PR-RB) … Return Specialist Logan is an aging (32) return specialist that is beginning to show some wear. He’s lost a step and he averaged a lowly 21.32 yards per kickoff last season. He also played the punt game more conservatively, fair catching 23 of the 56 punts he handles in 2012. Travaris Cadet, Saints (KR-RB) … Return Specialist A converted college QB, Cadet is a talented skill player with limited speed (4.6x40) that plays faster than he times. Cadet worked on the kick units last season, sharing time with Darren Sproles. Cadet was as good as Sproles in that role, taking back kicks for a 26.5 average (Sproles had a 26.8 average). He doesn’t have the over-drive gear to scare cover units however. Michael Spurlock, Lions (KR-PR-WR) … Double Dipper The Lions let specialist Stefan Logan walk and brought in Michael Spurlock. Spulock helps the roster in many ways. As a dual-returner, Spurlock brought back a TD each in punt and kickoff duty last season. The well-traveled Spurlock is a dependable special teams contributor that could be quite busy in 2013 as a Lion. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 90 Fantasy Articles Jacquizz Rodgers, Falcons (KR-RB) … Double Dipper The Falcon understudy for Steven Jackson is a steady kickoff performer that had a solid 25.7 average in 2012. He’s likely to continue that role in 2013. Rodgers doesn’t bring elite speed to the field and is an unlikely prospect to break off many huge returns on the kick team, but he is consistent and sure handed. DeMaris Johnson, Eagles (PR-WR) … Return Specialist The Eagles main punt returner for 2012, Johnson made plays and at times confounded his coaches. He was spectacular in bringing back a punt for a TD as a rookie, but also had some ball security issues as well as decision making gaffs. The 5’7 specialist averaged over 11 yards a return, but waved for the fair catch almost as often as he would take the rock up field (23 FC- 26 returns). Johnson does play at a fast 4.5 game speed, but needs to mature and gain a feel for the pro job. Though Johnson was a record-setting kickoff performer in college, his freshman work was exclusively on punt returns. He’ll have to be outstanding to stick as DeSean Jackson is slated to catch a few punts this season. Adam Jones, Bengals (PR-DB) … Double Dipper Adam Pacman Jones is a fast and gifted player with the football in his hands. Jones is a gutsy punt returner who is hell-bent on making something happen with each chance; he had zero fair catches in 2012 on 26 chances. The Bengal corner brought one back for an 81-yard score and averaged 11.6 per return. Jones shares his duties with another excellent specialist, Brandon Tate. Brandon Banks, Free Agent (KR-PR-WR) … Return Specialist Coach Shanahan wanted more contribution from Banks; over 1500 all-purpose yards. What Coach Shanahan got was half of the wish as Banks totaled a lowly 756 all-purpose production. Though blindingly fast, possessing 4.3 speed, Banks is woefully small at 5’7 and barley 150 pounds. The former Washington return specialist is sure to resurface as camp competition somewhere this pre-season. Specialists Likely to see Reduced Role or Removed From Return Duties: WR Percy Harvin, Seahawks … Double Dipper Harvin doesn’t return many kicks or punts anymore, but he did return 16 kick offs and was dynamic doing so. Harvin averaged 35.9 yards and turned one of those into a TD. His days as a special teams demon are closing fast and Harvin will likely see few snaps on returns, but his high touch potential on offense is a PPR dream. Randall Cobb, Packers (KR-PR-WR) … Double Dipper Randall Cobb’s days as a full-time special teams ace may be coming to an end. Cobb is now a big-wheel in the Packer passing game and the risk of injury in kick returns may be too high for the Green Bay coaching staff to gamble on. Still, Cobb piled up 2342 yards of production last season with 1256 coming on kick and punt returns; he scored a punt return TD. Keep an eye on the camp news out of Lambeau Field for Cobb’s special teams potential participation this season. TY Hilton, Colts (PR-WR) … Double Dipper ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 91 Fantasy Articles The second season wideout brings speed and vision to the punt return unit in Indianapolis. Some football pundits feel Hilton’s special team work will be sparse this season as his role in the Colt offense expands. However, Indy signed WR Darrius Heyward-Bey off the free agent market, providing roster depth at receiver and wiggle room for the Colt coaches to potentially keep Hilton in the return game. Hilton was OK in his 7 kick returns, but excelled on punt duty, averaging over 11 yards a return and scoring a TD. Chris Givens, Rams (KR-WR) … Double Dipper Chris Givens is fast! When your SLOW time is 4.4, you can fly. The problem with Givens is he doesn’t see the lanes clearly as a kick returner. Givens’ 2013 role in the offense is sure to grow from his 2012 use and it is likely his kickoff return work will be sparse. St. Louis has other options in the return game. WR Antonio Brown, Steelers (PR-WR) … Double Dipper Brown had that breakout season in 2011, totaling 2211 All-Purpose yards. That stellar production dropped to 994 all-purpose work in 2012. Heading into 2013, the Steelers need Antonio Brown on offense and his return chances are down to next-to-nothing. Emmanuel Sanders, Steelers (KR-WR) … Double Dipper The Steelers ponied up some new dollars to keep Emmanuel Sanders in town, after a flirtation by the Patriots to steal Sanders away. Sanders is now being counted on heavily in the regular offensive game plan and his days as a regular wedge buster may be over. More shifty than fast, Sanders is confident handling the football and mostly plays on punt teams. Check his pre-season usage. Pittsburgh signed LaRod Stephens-Howling in the off-season and he is likely to assume returns responsibilities. WR Jeremy Kerley, Jets (PR-WR)… Double Dipper Kereley was a full time performer on offense last season and on the punt return team. However Kerley seemed to be reluctant to take a chance in receiving punts, calling for an NFL high 36 fair catches while running back just 19. Thanks to his hesitancy Kerley’s YPH was an abysmal 3.78. When he did take a chance, he was good; he averaged over 10 yards a punt return and had one TD. The Jets need his hands and energy more as a receiver this season as the receiving corps is thin. WR Julian Edelman, Patriots (PR-KR-WR)… Double Dipper It is a good probability that Edelman will be taking regular snaps on offense this year as the Patriots work through a complete revamping of the receiving ranks. But you can never say never with Coach Belichick at the helm. Edelman is a fast and fearless punt returner who will rarely call for a fair catch. In limited opportunities last season Edelman broke loose for an outstanding 15.47 yards per punt return, and added a TD to boot. If he could stay healthy, he’d be lethal on special teams and offense. Devin McCourty, Patriots (KR-FS) … Double Dipper Devin McCourty is a Coach Belichick kind of guy; he plays where he is needed. McCourty has lined up at corner, safety and on kick off units for the Patriots. His 2013 special teams work with the football in his hands may be capped by the signing of former Seahawk specialist Leon ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 92 Fantasy Articles Washington. McCourty was steady on kick returns last year and took one to the house. Check on his pre-season work before considering McCourty in the fantasy return game. Rueben Randle, Giants (PR-WR) … Double Dipper AS a rookie Rueben Randle was asked to jump in and help out on punt returns. Randle is a tentative punt receiver, fair-catching as often as pulling the ball down and taking off with it. Randle “handled” 30 punts last season, taking 15 upfield and calling off the dogs on another 15. He averaged a paltry 3.6 yards per handle (YPH)… not what fanballers want in their return guys. However, his snaps on offense should expand. David Wilson, Giants (KR-RB) … Double Dipper The rookie RB led the NFL in total kick return yards (26.89) and number of kickoffs handled (57). He took one of those to the house. Don’t look for the Giants to put Wilson back there this season as the young tailback assumes the lead role in the running game. Other kick and punt returners of note: Cassius Vaughn, Colts (KR-DB) Dominique Franks, Falcons (PR-DB) William Powell, Cardinal (KR-RB) Brad Smith, Bills (KR-WR) Kyle Williams, 49ers (KR-PR-WR) Deonte Thompson, Ravens (KR-WR) Armanti Edwards, Joe Adams, Panthers (KR-PR-WR) Arrelious Benn, Eagles (KR-WR) Niles Paul, Redskins (KR-TE) Lance Dunbar, Cowboys (KR-RB) Player Tommie Campbell Jerrel Jernigan Marcus Easley Deji Karim Percy Harvin Travis Benjamin LaMichael James Lavelle Hawkins Clyde Gates Joe McKnight Richard Goodman Brad Smith David Wilson Deonte Thompson Jacquizz Rodgers Travaris Cadet Chris Rainey K R 0 1 2 9 16 3 14 7 5 39 18 18 57 15 23 26 39 P R 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 FC 1 HDL 0 1 2 9 16 7 14 7 5 39 18 18 57 15 23 27 42 RET YDS 65 60 75 328 574 225 417 205 144 1072 497 496 1533 389 592 692 1051 YPH 65 60 37.5 36.44 35.88 32.14 29.79 29.29 28.8 27.79 27.61 27.56 26.89 25.93 25.74 25.63 25.02 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 93 Fantasy Articles Devin McCourty William Powell Rashad Jennings Kealoha Pilares Coye Francies Jeremy Ross Richard Murphy Kendall Hunter Arrelious Benn Chris Givens Shaun Draughn Jalen Parmele Brandon Boykin L. StephensHowling Mike Goodson Armond Smith Niles Paul Lance Dunbar Keith Toston Curtis Brinkley Felix Jones Isaiah Pead Armanti Edwards Cassius Vaughn LeQuan Lewis Tom Zbikowski Josh Robinson Bryce Brown Jordan Todman Marcus Thigpen Omar Bolden Anthony Allen Josh Bellamy Josh Cribbs Pierre Thomas Kyle Williams Leodis McKelvin Joe Lefeged Jacoby Jones Eric Weems Darius Reynaud Chris Carr Keshawn Martin Richard Crawford Brandon Tate Julian Edelman 27 21 10 9 20 3 5 7 13 23 23 10 45 18 16 6 13 12 3 4 11 10 12 10 5 6 3 8 4 38 14 3 4 43 5 13 18 4 38 13 53 5 31 0 32 3 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 0 0 0 38 0 4 23 0 37 1 31 2 22 8 21 17 1 2 6 8 6 14 16 17 10 2 11 1 27 21 10 9 20 8 5 7 13 23 23 10 46 18 16 6 13 12 3 4 11 10 16 10 5 6 3 8 4 70 14 3 4 89 5 23 55 4 91 14 101 7 63 10 64 21 654 507 241 216 475 189 118 165 306 539 537 233 1044 405 359 131 283 261 65 86 236 212 337 209 106 123 61 156 78 1356 270 56 74 1635 91 405 941 68 1508 231 1650 113 1008 156 982 301 24.22 24.14 24.1 24 23.75 23.63 23.6 23.57 23.54 23.44 23.35 23.3 22.7 22.5 22.44 21.83 21.77 21.75 21.67 21.5 21.46 21.2 21.06 20.9 20.6 20.5 20.33 19.5 19.5 19.37 19.29 18.67 18.5 18.37 18.2 17.61 17.11 17 16.57 16.5 16.34 16.14 16 15.6 15.34 14.33 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 94 Fantasy Articles Randall Cobb Justin Rogers Devin Hester Devon Wylie Leon Washington Brandon Banks Trindon Holliday Dwayne Harris Adam Jones Micheal Spurlock LaVon Brazill Darren Sproles Joe Adams Stefan Logan Ted Ginn Jr. Javier Arenas Quan Cosby Jordan Shipley Marcus Sherels T.Y. Hilton Wes Welker Roscoe Parrish Patrick Peterson Mike Thomas Emmanuel Sanders Damaris Johnson Eddie Royal Antonio Brown Danny Amendola Dez Bryant Captain Munnerlyn Austin Pettis Dominique Franks Phillip Adams Jeremy Kerley Rueben Randle Jim Leonhard Devone Bess 38 2 24 9 27 22 21 11 3 16 3 18 9 28 11 10 5 6 16 7 3 4 0 3 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 K R 31 3 40 5 41 26 48 22 26 17 2 23 11 33 32 34 5 13 32 26 25 30 51 9 9 26 12 27 17 12 14 11 21 25 19 15 15 4 P R 21 6 2 17 5 10 11 16 14 11 23 12 4 4 2 27 18 7 15 14 4 9 23 8 10 2 5 9 18 9 36 15 16 18 FC 90 5 70 16 85 53 79 44 29 49 5 55 31 84 55 48 14 21 75 51 35 49 65 16 19 49 12 35 29 14 20 21 39 34 55 30 32 22 HDL 1256 69 952 217 1140 705 1033 564 365 614 62 666 335 897 579 501 145 202 709 418 276 384 426 102 120 291 64 183 138 66 89 90 163 139 208 108 107 30 RET YDS 13.96 13.8 13.6 13.56 13.41 13.3 13.08 12.82 12.59 12.53 12.5 12.11 10.81 10.68 10.53 10.44 10.38 9.62 9.45 8.2 7.89 7.84 6.55 6.38 6.32 5.94 5.33 5.23 4.76 4.71 4.45 4.29 4.18 4.09 3.78 3.6 3.34 1.36 YPH Note: Many NFL stars cut their pro teeth on special teams, as kick cover grunts or return specialists. Carolina’s rugged WR Steve Smith, the Lions Reggie Bush, Saints super gnat Darren Sproles and Steelers’ new top wideout Antonio Brown were one-time kick and punt return specialists. In training camps new special teams stars are “found” each year as these relentless ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 95 Fantasy Articles athletes lay it all on the line to make a pro squad. If you are looking for that extra edge, be sure to read up on your scouting reports, and pay attention to what is going down in the return units around the league. This is one of the few areas that a player can mostly rely on athletic ability, rather than game smarts. If you can get guys who are working double-duty (offense or defense, and special teams) their respective values and the potential for sneaking in a few extra fantasy points will be higher than one might expect. Double Dippers already have value without the special teams stats, but usually experience an increase in points due to their kickoff and punt return prowess. Players that are true specialists can contribute in non-traditional methods for fantasy football leagues that include return stats as a point producing vehicle. Fantasy leagues are finding creative ways for virtual franchises to score more points each week. The return action is one place where many league commissioners are turning to for added fanball scoring excitement. Get in on the special teams action! Many happy “returns”! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 96 Fantasy Articles RBBC: The Four Most Hated Letters in Fantasy Football July 26, 2013 by: Chris Rito Fundamental “FFL 101” lesson #1: The reason that fantasy football drafts are so top heavy in RBs is not merely because RBs generally are the most consistent performers or the highest scorers. In the current NFL, it is also because they are in the shortest supply relative to demand, since so many coaches are relying on a committee backfield rather than a solitary stud. Long gone are the days when Csonka-Kiick-Morris and Bleier-Harris were the exception – now they are the rule. Many teams now use some combination of a main running back, a sticky-handed guy as a 3rddown back, a beefier short-yardage/goal line back, and a speedy “change-of-pace” RB. Simple math shows us that a 10-12 team fantasy league will have anywhere from 20-36 starters at RB, while the NFL has just a handful of guys that can be reasonably expected to carry the majority of the load at RB for their respective NFL team. Contrast that to the QB position where there are 32 NFL starters each week and only a need for 10-12 fantasy starters. Sometimes a team uses RBBC because they have too much talent at RB to keep all the guys on the bench. Sometimes it is because they have too little talent to make one guy into a feature back. Sometimes a transition of philosophy (i.e., in the coaching staff or personnel) requires a team to use an erratic lineup week to week. Sometimes age, specific skills, injury, suspensions or contract issues rear up and render the commitment to a single guy difficult, often on short notice during the preseason or regular season. In fact, this year we may see even more of this phenomenon than usual in the NFL, since imitation is, indeed, the sincerest form of flattery and is a reality of life in a copycat league like the NFL. In 2007, the Giants rode a three-headed monster to a stunning upset of the seemingly invincible Patriots in the SuperBowl. That year the Patriots’ passing game got all the attention, but they, too, were using an effective three-way RBBC all season as well. Over the last 6-7 years, even more teams have morphed towards this fantasy nightmare that is proving to be effective in the NFL. Whatever the reason in any specific case, there are a lot of these situations in the NFL currently (by my count, over half of the league's 32 teams), so I will detail the situations in all 32 NFL locker rooms for you, looking at the potential or perceived RBBCs. Hopefully this list will help you decide which gamble you wish to take for your fantasy squad on your draft day. Arizona Cardinals Will it be the pedigree of Rashard Mendenhall or the untapped potential of Ryan Williams that is the best fantasy producer in the desert? Mendenhall's track record in the pros is pockmarked with dings and injuries, but he was a solid fantasy performer in Pittsburgh for two seasons when coupled with current Cardinals' head coach Bruce Arians. Williams may be the better pure runner and has more upside, but is a much longer shot to win the job...and there will be a winner, because Arians is a big believer in the use of a single workhorse back. Of course, both guys are coming off injury-marred seasons as well, so one wonders how much of either we will see in the preseason to help us decide the value here. So...with his history as a proven pro performer (especially with Arians), I would be surprised if a healthy Mendenhall does not usurp over 80% ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 97 Fantasy Articles of the backfield work in Arizona. It also would not surprise me if a good camp by the two rookie RBs puts Williams in the unemployment line. Key stat: As a team, Arizona was dead last in the NFL in 2012 in rushing attempts, yards and YPC. Atlanta Falcons Tiring of the plodding by the fading Michael Turner, the Falcons made a splash in free agency by getting longtime Ram stud Steven Jackson, putting to rest any thoughts of Jacquizz Rodgers taking part in a RBBC. Quizz won't even be as much of a 3rd down back as before, since Jackson is one of the premier passing-down RBs in the game and is riding a streak of eight straight 1000 yard rushing seasons, and is averaging nearly 50 catches per year in that time also. Remember that the guy that would be the feature back in case of injury to Jackson is probably Jason Snelling, and he makes a better handcuff if you are so inclined. Barring catastrophe, S-Jax still should be a low-end RB#1 for any team despite being available as a RB#2 or even as a #3. Key stat: Michael Turner caught 59 passes combined in his 5 years in Atlanta; Jackson has averaged 49 catches over the last 8 seasons Baltimore Ravens Ray Rice is the real deal and is a surefire top 5-7 selection in any draft in 2013. He will be among the league leaders in touches and RB receptions, and is a game breaker. He may also be the best receiving option on his team. I expect that second-year man Bernard Pierce will contribute more in 2013 in the backup role, and will be a must-have fantasy handcuff in 2013. This is not as onedimensional of a backfield as it has been, but the lion's share of the work will still go to Rice. Pierce is still draftable in the middle rounds even if not being used as a handcuff, as a solid part time player with high upside. Key stat: Despite having a disappointing statistical season, Ray Rice was 2nd in the NFL among RBs in receptions and targets last year. Buffalo Bills The Fred Jackson experience has finally come to an end. C.J. Spiller exploded on the fantasy scene last season, finishing in the top ten overall and setting himself up to be the bell cow in Buffalo. Many wonder if the veteran Fred Jackson will cut into Spillers touches, especially down around the goal line, but my bet is that he gets just enough action to keep Spiller fresh. Jackson was already being phased out last season even before struggling with some nagging injuries, so I do not expect that the new coaching regime will see him as a viable option nor will they try to do too much with the cagey vet. It is worth noting though, that despite seeing limited action and despite Spiller's prowess as a receiver, Jackson actually had nearly as many targets and receptions as Spiller last season. Key stat: C.J. Spiller led the league in fantasy points per "touch" and YPC in 2012 Carolina Panthers Just when you thought it could not get any murkier in Carolina.... Jonathan Stewart as the starter and DeAngelo Williams as the nominal backup have split work over the last few seasons and collectively formed a very effective RBBC. Although both guys can run inside and out, this is the most talented “Thunder and Lightning” sort of arrangement in the NFL with the powerful Stewart and the speedy Williams able to take turns abusing opposing defenses. Then the new goal line back in Carolina became the QB Cam Newton as he rushed for 14 TDs as a rookie, mostly from inside the five. Then, in 2012 the Panthers signed the league's other best goal line back Mike ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 98 Fantasy Articles Tolbert to a decent deal, so goodness knows who will get touches in Carolina. Then they drafted another RB this year! If one of the two veterans in the backfield gets hurt (as usual), the remaining guy will vastly outperform his draft position and be a decent RB#2. Both are midround draft worthy and both have spotty potential week to week, with Williams likely to start the season better due to Stewart's delayed recovery from offseason surgery. Key stat: The Panthers have scored 47 rushing TDs in the last two seasons combined. Chicago Bears For the first time in his 5-year career, Matt Forte did not lead the team in both rushing and receptions (only because of Brandon Marshall's ludicrous reception totals). Michael Bush was signed last year to take some of the pressure off of Forte as he recovered from a 2011 injury, but Bush's own injury woes limited his role in 2012. Bush surely will cut into Forte's goal line looks and also has the ability to push the pile, play the 3rd down role, or even carry the load as a feature back as he has shown in recent years. But the real deal here is that new coach Mark Trestman is sure to use the receiving skills of Matt Forte even more than in the past, and this might indeed reduce the role that Michael Bush will play in 2013. I look for Forte to still get the bulk of the action and to be a great RB#2 and maybe even a low-end #1 in 2013, and for his total touches to be a bit higher as compared to recent seasons. This makes Bush lass interesting as a part time RBBC type of draft pick, and only has value as a handcuff or in case of a Forte Injury, except in scoring-heavy leagues. Key stat: Michael Bush (5) had nearly as many TDs as Forte (6) with only 40% as many touches. Cincinnati Bengals Despite two seasons by the Law Firm as a solid fantasy performer and a second straight 1000yard season, the Bengals went out and drafted what many believe was the best RB in this draft class. This is a situation that has the pundits all over the chart, ranging from BJGE still carrying the load all the way to the rookie being the workhorse. Realistically, I think it is going to be a fairly even split among the two for fantasy purposes with each getting about half of the points available - just by very different means. I suspect that Green-Ellis will remain on the field in early downs and on the goal line (note this for scoring-heavy leagues), but that the rookie will see a fair amount of action on 3rd down as well as occasional early carries to keep Green-Ellis fresh. This is a situation with two good backs and a solid team that will be better in NFL-terms as a result of the time share...but not-so-appealing for the fantasy owner. FYI, the rookie is generally being drafted first -- on average as much as two rounds earlier in PPR leagues and by a half round in non-PPRs. Key stat: BenJarvus Green-Ellis fumbled twice in one September game last season after having never fumbled in the remainder of his 80 professional games. Cleveland Browns This is a backfield with an up-and-coming O-line and a young stud RB; the running game will be T-Rich and more T-Rich in 2013. So to whom do you latch your handcuff label in Cleveland? The Browns did move up to grab powerful Montario Hardesty in the 2010 draft, and he possesses the all-around potential to be a feature back -- if only he could stay healthy…Then again, there is the same concern for Richardson as he has been continually banged up and is even gimpy in the offseason. There will be no RBBC if he is healthy, and the Browns' run game is not likely going to be interesting if he is injured. It is even possible that Chris Ogbannaya could be the handcuff and backup by the time the season starts. Key stat: Even though they fumbled the ball eight times ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 99 Fantasy Articles in 2012 (6th worst in the NFL), the Cleveland RBs never lost one, being only one of two NFL teams without a lost RB fumble. Dallas Cowboys DeMarco Murray will certainly be the feature back and a solid RB#2 with RB#1 potential in 2013, but will he be able to play 16 games or anything close to it for the first time as a pro? Because of Murray's extensive injury history in college and the pros, the handcuff is an important fantasy tidbit; unfortunately, no one knows who that will be yet; the odds-on favorite to win that role is rookie Joseph Randle, making him a must-have handcuff as a Murray owner and a decent late-round flyer otherwise. 3rd year man Philip Tanner got a lot of ink as a sleeper in 2011-12, but is probably a distant third in the pecking order in Big D. On the whole, this pie will not likely get split too much with only a healthy Murray being a sure bet to be highly fantasy relevant as the season kicks off. Key stat: Why replace RBBC member Felix Jones? His YPC dropped from 8.9 to 5.9 to 4.3 to 3.6 over the last four years. Denver Broncos Recently released Willis McGahee looked like the best running back on the roster all of last year and led this RBBC before ending his season on IR; in fact he quietly was #4 in the NFL in fantasy PPG among RBs through week 8 of last year. Knowshon Moreno may be the most gifted back on the roster, but he has never shown anything consistently until the playoffs last season. Ronnie Hillman is running with the first team in the OTAs thus far and could be the feature back if given the chance, and rookie Montee Ball has been drafted as a fantasy RB#2 or #3 in most drafts thus far with an ADP of 6.05. What a mess, right? Ball is likely to be the goal line option among the available backs in Denver, and is worth taking as your RB#3 under any circumstances, and Hillman makes a good mid-round flier with the upside to be a feature back. In fact, as much as I love Montee Ball in dynasty formats...I might actually prefer Hillman to be the lead fantasy back in this RBBC, especially in PPR leagues. I can see Moreno being merely a backup and depth provider, and probably is not draftable in any league. Key stat: Denver ran the NFL's most rushing plays inside the opponent 10 yard line in 2012 despite having Peyton Manning lead the NFL with 24 red zone passing TDs Detroit Lions The Lions have finally moved on from Jahvid Best and invested heavily in free agent Reggie Bush to lead the backfield, and to give it the explosion it has been missing since Barry Sanders retired. Bush not only becomes the most experienced runner in Detroit, but also is the most accomplished receiver (outside of Megatron). There is still some depth that looks like it could be a RBBC, but I would not expect to see as much of it in 2013 unless Bush gets dinged. The only exception may be that Mikel Leshoure may retain the goal line duties as he has done well in that capacity, and he may make a solid RB#4 in scoring heavy leagues. Quietly, Joique Bell was the 5th leading receiver (52 catches) and 3rd in receiving yards (485) among all NFL running backs last year despite playing a very limited role, so he has earned some spot duty to keep Bush fresh and reduce his touches a little. This offense should take another step forward this year, so there may be some improved stats in line for the Lions’ backfield in total in 2012, and a healthy Bush can maximize his value in this partial RBBC. Key stat: Joique Bell and Mikel Leshoure combined to catch 86 passes in 2012, and the team as a whole targeted the RB 144 times with passes. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 100 Fantasy Articles Green Bay Packers The team filled in somewhat by committee all year in 2012 using the departed Ryan Grant, Cedric Benson and James Starks, FB John Kuhn... even practice squad guy DuJuan Harris was starting by the postseason! And all were pedestrian at best. The team thought they had filled the bill with veteran Cedric Benson last year but this offseason bit the bullet and drafted two potential feature backs that should be able to carry the run game as rookies. Many thought Eddie Lacy was the best RB in this draft class, and Johnathan Franklin is an underrated performer with a solid history in a big program. While Lacy will go much higher this year in your fantasy drafts and should have the first crack at carries, Franklin will likely be the better draft day value as a much later round selection. A shrewd drafter sitting at the end of a round in a serpentine draft could even take them both and assure himself the Packers' run game with two middle round picks. Lacy should get significantly more touches in this RBBC if all works out as planned for Green Bay, but I have a hunch that come fantasy playoff time Franklin may be the guy you like better on your roster. Key stat: Aaron Rodgers was the team's second leading rusher last year with 259 yards, and the only backfield man to average over 4 YPC (4.8). Houston Texans As the likely #2 pick in many fantasy leagues, it is safe to say that Arian Foster will open the season as the starter in Houston and is not slated for much of a time share, even with a minor calf injury recently. Ben Tate usually sees a lot of garbage time and/or is spelling Foster on occasion, and nearly ended up with a 1000 yard season himself in 2011, so he is more than a capable back. Tate is certainly a must-grab handcuff for those that spend their early pick on Arian Foster, but also makes a solid 7th-8th round pick for any owner looking for RB depth. The Texans' likely dominance will mean that they will see more chances to run out the clock, and Tate could actually get a 1000 yard season even without an injury to Foster. While not truly a RBBC since Foster is definitely "the man" in Houston, there are enough touches and talent here to make two separate RBs worthy of fantasy starts for your team in larger leagues. Key stat: Houston is the only team to run the ball more than 500 times in each of the last two seasons. Indianapolis Colts The backfield has been in flux in Indianapolis for several years now, but this year there is hope for optimism for the first time since the days of Edgerrin James. The recent signing of Ahmad Bradshaw gives the team a bona fide lead back, but his injury history should give the team cause to limit his touches if at all possible. Some have speculated that bruising 3rd year man Delone Carter could serve as a goal line back, but that won’t happen unless he improves his ball security. Last year's leading rusher was rookie Vick Ballard, and his nose for the end zone probably makes him a more likely goal line back if there is one in Indy, as well as a necessary handcuff to Bradshaw and the likely #2 in Indy. Donald Brown has singularly failed to grab a hold of his numerous feature opportunities over the years, and could be a camp casualty with the youth present on the roster. On the whole, this one looks to be about a 65:35 split in the RBBC, with Bradshaw being the best bet for fantasy relevance in 2013 as a solid RB#3. Key stat: Tales of woe - the team did not have a running play longer than 26 yards all season, and Andrew Luck had nearly as many rushing scores (5) as the entire RB corps combined (6). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 101 Fantasy Articles Jacksonville Jaguars Simply put, there is no RBBC in Jacksonville. The Jaguars made Maurice Jones-Drew one of the highest paid RBs in the NFL and know how to use him. A conservative system, an every-down skill set and no real competition for carries makes MJD again one of the safest 3-down back bets in the fantasy world for 2013, even coming off a Lis-Franc injury in 2012. Justin Forsett will spell him as needed, and he would be the guy to step in should the workload begin to wear on the bowling-ballish MoJo. Rookie "offensive weapon" Denard Robinson could get occasional looks and gimmick plays, but likely is only a fantasy factor with an enlarged role if MJD goes down again. Key stat: Aside from his injury-shortened season last year, Jones-Drew has averaged over 12 TDs per season for his seven year career, even though he was not a starter until 2009. Kansas City Chiefs Like the situation in Jacksonville, this one is also not going to be a RBBC, Jamaal Charles is a true workhorse stud despite his size, and Andy Reid has already said he will ride his horse early and often. The fortunate thing for Charles is that he also should see more work in the passing game. But the key for an RBBC consideration is this: will this workload wear him down, or will the team use an RBBC to keep him fresh? I do not think they will use other bodies unless Charles gets dinged or shows signs of slowing, so don't pin your hopes on anyone else getting a lot of work in this fairly high-octane offense. Rookie Knile Davis is the likely handcuff to Charles, but is a late round pick at best and there will be no time share here...unless Charles breaks down from the workload. Key stat: No team has rushed the ball more often that the Kansas City Chiefs over the last three NFL seasons (1543 carries) Miami Dolphins With the departure of leading man Reggie Bush and Pro Bowl LT Jake Long, one could wonder how the running game will fare in 2013. A sexy pick in many summer drafts has been Lamar Miller, who has been going as a solid RB#3 so far...and surely will have the first shot at being the lead horse in this RBBC. The oft-concussed Daniel Thomas is still lurking about and the team has waited for several years for him to step up and take the reins, so don't be surprised if the hook is short in the backfield, or if the team simply rides the hot hand. A dark horse is rookie Mike Gillislee, who may be the best pass blocker among the RBs and this fact alone could earn him at least spot duty in what is looking to be a more pass-heavy offense than in recent years. I suspect that Miller easily will be the best bet for fantasy purposes, but that the sharing of the shrinking pie known as "Dolphins' rushing yards" means that all of these guys will see the ball a little and therefore likely underperform their draft positions. Key stat: When healthy (weeks 3-12) last season, Daniel Thomas was evenly splitting touches with Reggie Bush and outperforming him. Minnesota Vikings Adrian Peterson had always been one of the few every-down backs in the NFL and he dominated the touches in Minnesota for the last few years, but his late-season ACL tear in 2011 rendered him iffy for the season opener, or at least for a full load. And so he simply went out and rushed for 2100 yards. Uhh...yeah. Don't even think about RBBC or handcuffs here, because if Peterson goes down, I don't think you will be satisfied with Gerhart's production as compared to the RB#3 already on your roster. Key stat: After they took off the restrictions and let AD play, his last ten games alone would have made him the NFL's 5th best fantasy RB and still led the NFL in rushing. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 102 Fantasy Articles New England Patriots This unit quietly scores an awful lot of rushing TDs despite the passing game talent they possess, leading the NFL with 25 ground scores last year and finishing second with 523 carries. Part of that was due to the desire to take the risk away by focusing on Tom Brady, but in reality the Pats have run the ball very well in recent years despite their more noteworthy aerial attack. The run game still should be “there for the taking” again in 2013, even with serious questions about the receiving targets. Stevan Ridley has shined more brightly than has Shane Vereen thus far, and he is in line for another huge year as he comes off a quiet 1263-yard, 12-TD rushing campaign. With Danny Woodhead having moved on, Vereen as the better pass catching back could also be a viable spot starter especially in a PPR. Beefy LeGarrette Blount could be the team's most recent reclamation project and could be a designated goal line hammer if he makes the team, although he has not excelled in that role in the past. Key stat: Despite Brady's high tendency to throw the ball in the red zone, the Patriots have finished in the top 7 in rushing TDs every season since 2005 New Orleans Saints This again will be one of the most interesting RBBCs since this high-octane offense could legitimately claim two fantasy starters. Despite all the acclaim that the passing game got in the Superbowl run a few years ago, the rushing attack (6th) actually ranked higher in the NFL that year than did the passing game (7th)! The Saints collapse last season can primarily be attributed to the decline of their unheralded 3-headed monster rushing attack. The desire probably is for youngster Mark Ingram and mighty mite Darren Sproles to share the load with Ingram predominantly carrying the ball between the tackles and Sproles often splitting out wide. However, I would not forget about Pierre Thomas (50 catches in 2011) either who has hung around as a sneaky week-to-week play for several years, and would be fantasy gold if there were an injury to either Sproles or Ingram; he is also the best bet to outperform his late-round draft position. Both Sproles and one of the other backs should both be good enough to merit being in your fantasy lineup week to week, with Ingram/Thomas as a solid RB#3. Sproles in a PPR league still is a solid RB#2 as he could top 80 catches again in 2013 (he led NFL backs in 2011 and 2012); his potential to return a kick for a score should not be forgotten either. Key stat: The Saints were the only team in the NFL not to have a RB fumble the ball in 2012. New York Giants The G-men are very aware of the fact that they won it all riding a four-headed RBBC in 2007, and again in 2011 with three major contributors. But lead dog Ahmad Bradshaw has moved on to Indy, leaving behind only some former RBBC contributors in David Wilson and Andre Brown in the Meadowlands. David Wilson is another speed guy and will be a seamless replacement for him on the field if he learns to protect the ball and his franchise QB; he actually is far more electric than was Bradshaw, so this is a huge step up for the Giants. The "hammer" role will likely fall to Andre Brown, who makes a sneaky mid-round pickup or a decent RB#3 in a TD-heavy scoring system. Brown also proved he can be an every down back as he had several good weeks in relief of an injured Bradshaw in 2012. Wilson should be the starter and certainly will be the better fantasy contributor, but Giants will continue to significantly split the action in an attempt to keep these guys healthy in 2013. Key stat: The Giants improved their YPC by 1.2 and gathered in over 400 additional yards on the same number of carries in 2012, just by replacing Brandon Jacobs with the explosive Wilson in their RBBC. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 103 Fantasy Articles New York Jets Rex Ryan’s team got away from their trend of pounding the rock, finishing in the bottom third of the NFL in both rushing attempts and yards in 2011, and tried to fix that by running the ball a lot in 2012. They tried to hand the reins to a new horse (the plodding third-year man, Shonn Greene) with the result being the most pedestrian 1000 yard season in NFL history. The team went out and got a more explosive runner in New Orleans RBBC man Chris Ivory, who should be the best ball carrier for Gang Green; with the number of rushing attempts on the table in Ryan's preferred offense, he is a player that bears watching, even if splitting time in an RBBC. An ineffective Ivory could also give way to Bilal Powell, who would be the likely heir should Ivory flame out or get hurt. Mike Goodson was supposedly signed to be the #2 here, but I think his recent legal woes may put the kibosh on that plan, and his presence could only muddy the waters further. While Ivory could be a de facto "feature back," I have my doubts about this situation and I think this could devolve into a messy RBBC by season's end. Key stat: The Jets averaged only 3.8 YPC as a team for each of the last two seasons behind an aging offensive line. Oakland Raiders The electric Darren McFadden has been compared to the second coming of Gale Sayers...if McFadden can stay on the field. But oh...that is a huge "IF"! Every fantasy owner has been burned by this guy, so therefore we all go into season drafting as if there is a RBBC in Oakland, although nothing could be further from the truth until McFadden gets hurt. While Run DMc should certainly be a 2nd or 3rd selection in most drafts, his history cannot be forgotten. The sad part is that there is not a clear handcuff to McFadden for the first time in a long while. FB Marcel Reese was the guy that ended up as fantasy gold last year for his 52 catches and 3-4 weeks of solid RB#2 production. Rashad Jennings was signed to be the backup and is a capable starter if needed, but he also is coming off of an injury. If I had to place my bets on drafting a handcuff, I would go with Reece as a solid contributor, or rookie Latavius Murray as a guy with boom-orbust potential in that instance. In either case, you would be drafting any of these guys only to be used if/when McFadden drops. Again. Key stat: Oakland RBs scored the fewest TDs (four) of any team in the NFL last season. Philadelphia Eagles LeSean McCoy was finally given the chance to carry the load in Philly with the departure of longtime fantasy stud Brian Westbrook. And boy did he run with it. McCoy is a fantasy stud and likely will not see his touches curtailed by anything other than another injury. However, the highspeed offense favored by new coach Chip Kelly is actually very run-centered and there should be a TON of running touches available for sharing. The pace of the offense likely means that there will be a need to share touches to keep players fresh at all times on the field. For this reason, I like backups Bryce brown and Felix Jones to each be roster worthy in 12 team leagues, and for Brown to be the primary handcuff and backup. Brown has a fumbling issue, but his productivity in relief of McCoy last season cannot be denied. Assuming everyone is healthy, I expect McCoy to be a solid RB#1 and for Brown to be a decent #3/#4 with spot-start capability. Key stat: For all the talk about Vick's butterfingers, the RBs led the league with 10 lost fumbles. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 104 Fantasy Articles Pittsburgh Steelers The run game devolved into a RBBC last year mostly due to injury as each of the three backs spent some time on the shelf. The team drafted MSU standout Le'Veon Bell and many pundits are assuming that he will win the starting job in Pittsburgh. I am not so sure, and even so I can easily see this one being another RBBC season with no clear-cut talent difference between the three men in camp. Isaac Redman and Jonathan Dwyer are each back to take some carries and each has more experience and more speed than the powerful and plodding Bell. If Bell does get a clear role early, I can see it being as the goal line hammer - a role that has had fertile fantasy ground in recent seasons. I am not so sold on Bell being the lead dog in this RBBC and I would be hesitant to take one in an early fantasy draft...unless you have the capacity and roster space to take all three of them and let camp sort things out. It would not surprise me if one of Dwyer/Redman is released as the team signs a veteran feature back (like McGahee, Benson, Turner, etc.) as camp progresses. Key stat: Redman and Dwyer combined for more fumbles (5) than TDs (4) in 2012. San Diego Chargers The common feeling was that Ryan Matthews would build on his solid finish to his rookie season and would take over as the bell cow in SD, but that is kind of hard when the guy can’t stay off the trainer’s table. As has been joked, he had more broken collarbones in 2012 than he did TDs -never a good sign. Matthews did split a lot of the receiving action with Ronnie Brown last year, and the addition of Danny Woodhead to the backfield means that the receptions will likely be headed his way as he takes on a less-electric "Darren Sproles" role for the Chargers. Woodhead will probably also be the lone back in many passing situations, so the poor Chargers defense could mean that he is on the field a lot. Expectations are low for Matthews, but he should get a lot of the carries if healthy; Woodhead will be the better draft day bargain, especially in PPR leagues where he could also serve as a solid #3 even if Mathews stays on the field. Key stat: The departed Jackie Battle scored three of the team's four rushing TDs in 2012. San Francisco 49ers Gore should be back among the realm of the stud RBs and could have his fantasy value rise higher than his draft position if Colin Kaepernick can continue his development and afford a viable threat in the passing game. Gore is a great runner, top-end receiver and a powerful goal line runner. He will do it all. Watch for backup Kendall Hunter and the explosive LaMichael James to battle it out for the primary backup slot and to be worth a late-round selection as a fantasy handcuff for Gore (but only a slim shot at being fantasy relevant without the inevitable Gore injury). My money is on James getting enough action as a 3rd down back to make him worth your while as a late round addition, especially in PPR leagues. Key stat: Gore very quietly finished in the top 10 in RB fantasy scoring, despite having yet another single-digit TD total. Seattle Seahawks Marshawn Lynch has become one of the true feature backs in the NFL and does not come off the field in any situation. However, there are some interesting things afoot in the Emerald City as Lynch's hard-charging running style makes him susceptible to breakdown. The team has invested in two young backs in recent drafts, and each could easily step in and perform as well as Lynch if given the chance, in my opinion. Neither is worth considering as part of an RBBC, but an injury to the proven Lynch could place the two young bucks in a competition "time share" as they see who can grab a hold of the job. Watch for rookie Christine Michael to possibly unseat Robert ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 105 Fantasy Articles Turbin as the backup, and for that guy to be a must-have handcuff to Lynch in the latter parts of your draft. Key stat: Marshawn Lynch was tied for the league lead with ten 100-yard rushing games in 2012. St. Louis Rams Steven Jackson is gone after eight seasons as the bell cow in St. Louis. And Eric Dickerson and Marshall Faulk are not walking in that door any time soon. This situation is one that should eventually resemble a RBBC as there is no one that really is ready and able to carry the load at RB. The most experience belongs to speedy Darryl Richardson. who most think will be the starter. Isaiah Pead was touted last year as a good all-around runner, but he showed nothing and he will be suspended for week 1, putting him a step behind already. Rookie Zac Stacy is a smaller but more powerful back, and then there is 2nd-year guy Terence Ganaway that is a mauler. The oldest of these guys is 23, so none have experience or any track record, so it will be a crapshoot. The smart money is on the limited experience that Richardson has shown, but he is being drafted much higher than is merited for this situation; the better value may be to roll the dice on Stacy late in the draft, but none of these guys instill confidence as possible fantasy contributors in 2013. Could it be that the best fantasy RB for the 2013 Rams is not yet on the roster? Key stat: Steven Jackson's season average over the last eight seasons (1183 rush yards, 49 receptions) is more than twice as much as the combined career totals of every RB on the Rams' current roster (combined 527 rush yards, 27 rec.) Tampa Bay Buccaneers The arrival of rookie Doug Martin last year was a breath of fresh air atop the fantasy RB rankings as a new feature back came out of the woodwork right from the start. His every-down skill set and apparent durability means that there will be no time share or RBBC in Tampa. Bruising LeGarrette Blount did take some touches away from Martin in 2012, but he is gone and the newly-signed Peyton Hillis offers only slightly more competition for touches in all phases of the game -- and aside from Hillis, no other threats exist on the roster right now with just some other unproven youngsters on the depth chart. There will be no RBBC here that should significantly alter Martin's position in the top 3 of every fantasy draft. Key stat: No one had a higher percentage of his team's total rushing yards than did "The Muscle Hamster" in 2012 (79%) Tennessee Titans Everyone knows that Chris Johnson has freakish speed, and showed he could be an every down back and even run the ball inside the tackles and in the red zone. There is no one currently on the roster that can realistically challenge Johnson for touches anywhere on the field. Yet every season we seem to hear about the team having another big back that will share time and perhaps be the goal line back. This year it is former Jet 1000-yard rusher Shonn Greene and former Jaguar Jalen Parmele - yawn. This is yet another situation where a healthy stud RB will not come off the field because he is too dangerous. With the commitment to the running game in Tennessee, two new interior linemen and a viable threat at both QB and WR for the first time in years, either of these backup guys would be a respectable fantasy starter if Chris Johnson is out of the lineup for any reason; they could even split time evenly if asked to tote the rock fulltime...but neither should see much action in 2013 otherwise. Key stat: Chris Johnson received 27 carries in the red zone in 2012 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 106 Fantasy Articles Washington Redskins That paragraph I wrote for rookie Doug Martin could easily apply to rookie Alfred Morris in Washington. There is no one to compete for carries, and he is playing for a coach that will run the ball a lot. So if there is no RBBC...who is the handcuff? Roy Helu is more talented, but only seems to be able to last a few games before going down with some nagging injury; my money is on the dependable (read: boring) Evan Royster, but I would think that Helu would be a better fantasy performer if called upon to start. Key stat: The Redskins led the NFL with over 2700 rushing yards in 2012, with all but 100 yards coming from rookies. So there you have it – a glimpse at every situation at RB in the NFL for 2013 – many of which may involve the sharing of duties in the backfield to some extent. The last few years have brought many fantasy contributors at RB into the league, and they (along with a few from the 2013 draft) served to add to the logjam at RB in many NFL depth charts. In time many of these players in RBBCs might evolve into feature backs, but at this time there is a load of chaos - and thus a lot more options – for the fantasy owner. Try to take into account all the situations and risks in each city to best assess whether the rumors of a feature back or of a RBBC are more likely to be true or speculation. Remember, anyone can grab the stud feature back in round 1 of their fantasy draft – it takes no style or thought. Where you will really make hay is if one can make some educated guesses on draft day as to which of the guys in a RBBC can have the biggest impact on your lineup. Hopefully this detailed listing of the potential time-share situations in the NFL 2013 will help you make those educated guesses on your draft day. Good luck! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 107 Fantasy Articles Get Out the Handcuffs! July 26, 2013 by: John Cooney In the ever-changing landscape of fantasy football, you have to work and re-work philosophies annually to stay at the top of your game. Years ago drafting a quarterback in the first round was the norm. The game evolved and it became imperative that a fantasy GM target and lock up a “stud” running back, a feature back with any first draft selection. Top tiered running backs were off the board in the first two rounds. The past few campaigns, with the collegiate influence of the spread offense and the installation of 3-5 wide receiver sets, NFL coaches have gone the creative (and practical) route regarding the running back, moving away from the traditional workhorse ball carrier and onto the quick and shifty pass-catching version. Out on the flanks depth and diversity at wide receiver has also benefitted greatly by the move to dynamic aerial assault packages installed by pro coaches. Today, in 2013, the first round of a fantasy draft is wide open and an argument can be made for just about any skill position as a viable number one draft option. Obviously, the one fantasy football stalwart that has experienced decreasing value is the feature running back. The majority of pro organizations now employ a committee approach in the ground game for various reasons. The organizational and performance success of the committee approach in the backfield has had a ripple effect on other positions as well, such as wide receiver and even tight end. Identifying the top performer is hard enough in a committee; setting the order of the reserves is an even cloudier task. The “back-up” running back, or the traditional “hand-cuff” back has become harder to identify since halfbacks now split carries, specializing in down-distance situations and rotating on and off the field for pass-protect duties. The term “starter” in a Sunday lineup carries little weight as to the amount of snaps a back will see in a contest. The same can be said regarding the wide receiver position. Thanks to the importing of the “spread” or “pistol” offense, many teams now sport a 1 and 1A receiver within a 3, 4 or even 5 receiver rotation. There’s also the slot receiver who is often a PPR gem though he may not be much of a yardage or TD threat. And don’t forget the long-balling speedster running 7s and 9s downfield and giving fantasy coaches instant offense and points. The football is truly being shared by many these days. The practice of carrying a particular running back’s “hand cuff” on a fantasy roster, in case of emergency, requires more thought than just grabbing “the next guy in line”. With the plethora of pass packages installed and sets of pass catchers rotating on almost every snap, defining the “guy” who will be the man should the #1 wideout meet with disaster is a matter of study and understanding a team’s offensive philosophy and offensive coordinator’s tendencies, along with the skills of the entire stable of receivers. Heck, even the tight ends should be considered as possible “hand cuffs” for certain WRs. Let’s take an early look at the probable hand cuff situations on each team. There are still a few clear-cut starters with an immediate reserve waiting in the wings, both at running back and wide receiver. But many rosters are set up with deep (more than two) multi-talented players that can make a fantasy football owner proud. Key: (R) = rookie ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 108 Fantasy Articles Buffalo Bills RB Starter: CJ Spiller; Handcuff: Fred Jackson WR Starters: Steve Johnson, TJ Graham ; Handcuff: Robert Woods (R) Buffalo has a new run-first offensive scheme in-place and the backfield roles are reversed from 2012. Spiller is the mercurial playmaker and Fred Jackson assumes the highly qualified reinforcement job. FJax can do all the things Spiller is capable of, but at a full level below in speed and explosiveness. Jackson can surely give fantasy footballers a confident bridge over injured waters should Spiller miss any appreciable time; he brings full service skills. Robert Woods was drafted as a hedge against the usually nicked-up Steve Johnson. Woods comes to the Bills more pro-ready than fellow rooks Da’Rick Rogers and Marquise Goodwin, and has a solid opportunity to actually start opposite Johnson come opening day. Johnson is slated for the slot, which is where Woods would slide to in the event of a Steve Johnson mishap. Miami Dolphins RB Starter: Lamar Miller; Handcuff: Daniel Thomas/Mike Gillislee (R) WR Starter: Mike Wallace/Brian Hartline; Handcuff: Rishard Matthews Some fantasy football experts are waving caution flags in front of the prospects of Lamar Miller gaining the starting gig in Miami. Let’s put that to rest as Miller is well-suited to not only win the Dolphin feature backfield role but excel as the top in it. Three year veteran Daniel Thomas will get first shot at handling Miller touches as his replacement, but rookie Mike Gillislee is as pro-ready as any back in this year’s college draft and is already Thomas’ equal on the field… heck he’s better right now. Gillislee would surely share the workload with Lamar Miller sidelined, and his solid all-around play would be hard to keep off the field. Gillislee is the better long-term ‘cuff for Miller. Mike Wallace and Brian Hartline are pegged as the Miami top wideouts. Miami GM Ireland has done an excellent job revamping a weak receiving corps, signing Wallace while also adding Armon Binns, Brandon Gibson and Marvin McNutt. Rishard Matthews quietly figures into the long-term handcuff here. Matthews goes into camp having already spent a full season working in the Joe Philbin offense and building familiarity with QB Ryan Tannehill. Miami runs a west coast scheme and Matthews is a sharp route runner that fits the WCO. He possesses the ability to play outside, between the hash marks or in the slot, and is a fine after-catch runner. New England Patriots RB Starters: Stevan Ridley; Handcuff: Shane Vereen WR Starter: Danny Amendola; Handcuff: Julian Edelman Shane Vereen has had a sharp rise in draft popularity since the unfortunate events involving TE Aaron Hernandez. Vereen is already viewed as a bonafide TOUCH-15 back, which more than qualifies him as a Ridley handcuff. Vereen is the hands portion of the Patriot backfield, but make no mistake he can take handoffs and be very effective. Stevan Ridley owners MUST make the ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 109 Fantasy Articles effort to handcuff with Vereen. His excellent route running and sure hands will go a long way with a Ridley loss. The offense is a-changin’ in New England and the receiver unit has gone through a major makeover. Danny Amendola is a Wes Welker clone (a bit bigger and faster), but an oft-injured one. The Patriots need to rely on a veteran that knows the program and has the confidence of QB Tom Brady. There are currently 7 new faces lining up at wideout; Brady knows where to find Edelman. He is a fearless pass-catcher that is explosive in space and has the get-away gear to turn in big plays. It would be a seamless transition from Welker to Amendola to Edelman should the situation present itself. New York Jets RB Starter: Chris Ivory; Handcuff: Mike Goodson WR Starter: Santonio Holmes, Stephen Hill; Handcuff: Jeremy Kerley, Clyde Gates New York unloaded plodding running back Shonn Greene this off-season and reloaded by signing former Saints’ reserve Chris Ivory. Ivory is a nice blend of speed and power, and runs with a reckless abandon. That head-on style often sends Ivory to the sidelines with various injuries. His handcuff is sure to see game action, and Mike Goodson has proven willing and able to get the job done. Goodson is a suburb pass receiver out of the backfield and possesses above average speed. In small samplings while in Carolina Goodson showed he can perform at a high level. Like Ivory, Goodson also finds it difficult to stay on the field, often nicked up or out for stretches at a time. But in a limited handcuff type role, Mike Goodson can help fantasy coaches bridge the Ivory gap. The Jets’ wide receiver situation is lacking depth and overall pro-level skills. Holmes is always on the mend and his dedication is quite iffy. Stephen Hill is still has a long way to go toward being a competent set of hands; he is physically gifted but very unpolished. Whether it’s performance or injury related, Clyde Gates and Jeremy Kerley will see plenty of snaps in 2013. Gates is much like Hill in that he is a fast but rough-around-the-edges wideout. He is mostly just a one-trick deep threat, and that fills any Stephen Hill lapses. Kerely is arguably New York’s most complete wide receiver. Kerley is best suited as a slot receiver, but has shown to be efficient in any role the Jets’ coaches have thrust upon him. Kerely is surely NOT a sexy fantasy choice, but will probably be New York’s top receiver even without a starting role. Handcuffing a Jet wideout is a futile expenditure of energy, but in a PPR environment, Kerely is a decent option. Baltimore Ravens RB Starter: Ray Rice; Handcuff: Bernard Pierce WR Starter: Torrey Smith/Jacoby Jones; Handcuff: Tandon Doss, Dennis Pitta (TE) The Ray Rice/ Bernard Pierce duo is one of the most defined handcuff scenarios in the game for 2013. The consistent talk out of Baltimore is that Pierce is going to actually cut in on Rice’s workload by design. The former Temple star is a rugged, downhill rusher with power and a nose for the goal line. Pierce doesn’t offer a whole lot in the passing game, and surely doesn’t come close to matching Rice’s receiving skills, but he is a TD threat inside the 10 yard line. The ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 110 Fantasy Articles Ravens are planning on going more up-tempo this season, and that usually translates to more snaps and more plays on offense. There may be enough footballs going around to elevate Pierce to a FLEX role in fantasy. Regardless, he is a pure handcuff for Ray Rice and a must get for Rice owners. After allowing Anquan Boldin to walk Baltimore did little to fill the vacancy from the outside. Boldin’s move to ‘Frisco opened the full-time door for Jacoby Jones, but Jones has shaky hands and is a poor route runner who has butter-fingered his way OUT of starting chances before. It is time for Tandon Doss, a sure-handed and savvy route runner, to step up and become a viable option for QB Joe Flacco. Doss steps into a heavy snap count should Torrey Smith miss action due to injury time or Jones again fails to impress with expanded snaps. He is best framed to inherit Boldin’s route tree. It is now or never for Tandon Doss, and handcuff in Baltimore’s receiving corps. Dennis Pitta is a creative way of handcuffing in the Ravens wideout situation. If your league combines wide receivers and tight ends as one position, Pitta makes for an excellent ‘cuff for any Baltimore starting pass catcher. Pitta is already slated to pick up much of Boldin’s inside routes and will even lineup outside in some formations. League rules permitting, it makes sense to think outside the box and set up a handcuff with a player most likely to lead a team in targets. Dennis Pitta is a sharp alternative as a Raven wideout handcuff. Cincinnati Bengals RB Starter: Benjarvus Green-Ellis; Handcuff: Giovani Bernard (R) WR Starter: AJ Green; Handcuff: Marvin Jones Cincy’s Benjarvus Green-Ellis sadly doesn’t receive the praise and respect he deserves because he is a throw-back, old time thumper. BJGE gives everything he has on every take of the football. Unfortunately he lacks the flash and dash required of today’s NFL tailbacks. GreenEllis has topped 1000 yards rushing in two of his last three seasons and banged out 30 scores in the process. Problem is he does little in the passing game and he gained those ground yards at just barely 4 a carry. Enter rookie Giovani Bernard, a fleet rusher and smooth pass catcher with an accomplished college resume. OC Jay Gruden has mentioned that Bernard is more than just a change of pace back, able to carry the full bag of mail as a pro. Green-Ellis is still the two-down banging starter for now, but a few more runs with 30 yard potential finishing at four yards by BJGE and Giovani Bernard gets to prove Gruden right or wrong. Bernard is a solid handcuff; clear and clean and ready to show. Marvin Jones showed a little of his potential as a rookie last season. He got his starts when fellow freshman wide receiver WR Mohamed Sanu went down with an injury. Sanu had “won” his starting gig early on when Jones was down for the count. While Sanu is projected as a starter and it would seem he would benefit most by an AJ Green mishap, JNES IS THE Bengal wideout to cuff with the marvelous Green. Sanu can’t come close to running the 9, 7 and 8 routes (deep routes) the way AJ Green does; Jones can. And the fact that he is a youngster shouldn’t carry that much weight with the Bengal brass… AJ Green lit it up as a rook, Sanu was a freshman starter in 2012 as was Jones. If Green is your receiver of color, seek out Marvin Jones and cuff ‘em. Cleveland Browns ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 111 Fantasy Articles RB Starter: Trent Richardson; Handcuff: not on the roster WR Starter: Josh Gordon; Handcuff: Travis Benjamin Trent Richardson gave his fanball owners plenty of practice in handcuffing last season as he battled through a plethora of injuries. Problem in Cleveland is the current stable of backs behind T-Rich are quite unimpressive and hardly ones to count on should Richardson go down. Montario Hardesty always seems to be coming back from injury himself, and Brandon Jackson (also a red-cross wearer) wasn’t all that impressive when healthy. Then there’s Dion Lewis or Chris Ogbonnaya… nuff said! Looking for a ‘cuff for Richardson, seek your answer from another team. As shallow as the Browns’ running back stable appears to be, the wide receiver corps efforts to rival the backfield for lack of depth. It is a young group, led by Josh Gordon (suspended for games 1 and 2) and Greg Little. All eyes are on Travis Benjamin to pick up the deep ball slack for Gordon whiles he serves his 2-gamer. Benjamin is fast but small. Devone Bess is pure slot material, so Benjamin would be the one wideout to utilize as a cuff in Cleveland for WR purposes. With Coach Chudzinski and OC Norv Turner in charge, the football should be heading downfield more often, matching the strengths of QB Brandon Weeded and Benjamin. It’s not pretty, but there is some potential for a big play or two if/when Travis Benjamin is getting regular reps. Pittsburgh Steelers RB Starter: LeVeon Bell (R); Handcuff: Isaac Redman WR Starter: Antonio Brown; Handcuff: Jerricho Cotchery Rookie LeVeon Bell is practically being handed the starter gig in Pittsburgh. Bell is a big back with average speed and decent hands. The closest reserve the Steelers have on the roster that could semi-fill those skills without Bell is holdover Isaac Redman. Redman is a plodding runner that can be a chain-mover as a receiver out of the backfield. However he lacks vision and any sense of elusiveness and would need a high volume of touches to be fantasy relevant. It may be prudent to grab Emmanuel Sanders as Antonio Brown’s handcuff if you can manage it and Sanders falls deep into the draft. However, should that scenario work out, Jerricho Cotchery is next man up in Pittsburgh. Cotchery is a very limited slot receiver with little breakaway ability. Pitt OC Todd Haley’s dink-n-dunk play calling wouldn’t hurt Cotchery if forced into fulltime service. Rookie Markus Wheaton is an option, but he missed all of the off-season programs thanks to an Oregon State late graduating class, and Wheaton is far behind in playbook recognition. In a strict PPR value, Jerricho Cotchery is the Steeler WR handcuff (for now). Houston Texans RB Starter: Arian Foster; Handcuff: Ben Tate (and a heads-up on rookie Dennis Johnson) WR Starter: Andre Johnson; Handcuff: DeAndre Hopkins (R) Here’s an easy ne for fantasy footballers to identify; Ben Tate is THEE guy to grab if Arian foster is on your roster. End of story! Tate has teased in small samplings of his work, and Foster has loads of miles on his wheels. The workhorse back looked “worked” at times last season… ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 112 Fantasy Articles Ben Tate needs to be behind YOUR Arian Foster; make it your mission to nab Tate before other owners “hold you hostage”. For those who like rolling the dice, undrafted rookie tailback Dennis Johnson is an exciting hidden gem. Finally! The Texans took the plunge and drafted a wideout capable of supporting star Andre Johnson as well as potentially become his successor. DeAndre Hopkins is now lining up opposite Andre Johnson as the starter, and he makes for a super handcuff to AJ this season; right now! Houston’s HC Gary Kubiak has talked up Lestar Jean, DeVier Posey and Keshawn Martin. Posey has maturity issues and Martin lacks size and is more of a slot receiver. Hopkins is a polished route runner, sure handed and a redzone demon. AJ just looks like a star on the down-tick, regardless of the 100 catch 2012, and Johnson surely hasn’t been the paragon of health over the years. Indianapolis Colts RB Starter: Ahmad Bradshaw; Handcuff: Vick Ballard Vick Ballard wastes little time getting his pads turned up-field and contributes out of the backfield. He gained valuable starting experience last season, and with the brittle-footed Ahmad Bradshaw the only thing standing between Ballard and 300+ touches, The Indy sophomore back is a solid handcuff for Bradshaw. QB Andrew Luck was quick to mention Ballard’s name when asked what players need to get the ball more. Just sayin’. WR Starter: Reggie Wayne; Handcuff: Darrius Heyward-Bey The savvy veteran Wayne was moved all over the formations last season and his catch total was impressive; his TDs not so much. Indy coaches are intrigued with DHB and his size/speed package. He brings a lot of Pierre Garcon back to the lineup, and has skills that Donnie Avery provided last year but with size. He still has hands issues, but so did Avery last season. Without Wayne on the field the Colts’ coaches need to get playmaking ability jump-started; Darrius Heyward-Bey can bring solid run-after-catch ability, like Garcon, and finally plays with a true NFL star caliber QB in Andrew Luck. Jacksonville Jaguars RB Starter: Maurice Jones-Drew; Handcuff: Justin Forsett WR Starter: Justin Blackmon (suspended), Cecil ShortsIII; Shipley/Denard Robinson (R) Handcuff: Jordan In many ways Justin Forsett can be likened to a poor-man’s Maurice Jones-Drew. Lately, MJD can be compared to a poor man’s MJD, too. Forsett has gotten the job done when called upon both in Houston and Seattle. Banking on any Jacksonville players in 2013 is a very risky proposition. Having to rely on a Jaguar understudy as a fantasy football fallback plan is throwing money into the fire. The Jags passing offense, challenged as it is, starts the year with one of the few weapons on the roster suspended, with Blackmon gone for four games. Cecil Shorts is a fine receiver, a sharp route runner with underrated after-catch ability and sticky hands that excels inside the hash marks but can take to the flanks if called upon. Looking to help out in the slot and as a stand-in at receiver is Former Bengal Jordan Shipley. Shipley has already made a bit of a mark as a pro, ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 113 Fantasy Articles hauling in 52 footballs back in 2010, his rookie campaign. Shipley is not fast, but offers a decent target from the slot (6’-190) and finds open seams in the middle of the field. Ship adds up to a better PPR option should his handcuff status rise to full-time player. WILDCARD: Rookie “athlete” Denard Robinson might actually be the best handcuff for either Jones-Drew or one of the receivers. Robinson is a supremely gifted athlete, having been a starting collegiate QB at Michigan and a dual-threat to run or pass. Robinson is track-star fast and elusive. The Jags are conjuring up creative ways to utilize his abundant athletic ability by not pegging him in a particular position; they like listing Robinson as ATH (athlete). Should MJD, Blackmon or Shorts make their way to the sidelines for extended periods of time, it is a fair bet that new Coach Gus Bradley would want to get the “athlete” Robinson on the field and the football in his hands, any way possible. Eyes on Denard Robinson and his usage in the preseason. Tennessee Titans RB Starter: Chris Johnson; Handcuff: Shonn Greene (and eyes on Darius Reynaud) WR Starter: Kenny Britt; Handcuff: Nate Washington Don’t allow the signing of former NY Jet starting running back Shonn Greene spook you off Chris Johnson (if you have eyes for the moody Titan halfback). The former CJ2K (I hate that!) is ‘the man’ in Tennessee as far as first team snaps and touches. Greene is the anti-change-of-pace back and the occasional goal line crasher. Johnson’s ability to house it from anywhere on the field makes him too valuable on an offense that needs playmakers. However, Greene would be the go-to rusher in a Chris Johnson crisis, and he’d do an OK job. Greene runs behind a line that can run-block, and his between the tackles style fits well. Darius Reynaud is a deep thinker’s option here. Reynaud is a converted college wide receiver from West Virginia that can get after it with speed. Reynaud returned three kicks/punts for TDs last season, and could very well see pass-down snaps if Shonn Greene is suddenly the starting runner in the offense. If forced into regular action, chances are Reynaud wouldn’t need many touches to put up instant-offense fantasy stats and points. Kenny Britt is working to shed his Kenny Britt-le label. The talented (and troubled) wideout has famously struggled to stay on the field, prompting the Titans to invest in a potential playmaker like Kendall Wright. Wright has secured a starting spot opposite Britt, moving veteran Nate Washington to a supporting role. Washington has been somewhat of a playmaker himself, and surely has the chops to handle a full route tree if Britt’s health or behavior comes crashing down again. Nate Washington is first off the bench for the Titans in an emergency, and a fine fantasy option in the handcuff role. Denver Broncos RB Starter: Monte Ball (R); Handcuff: Ronnie Hillman (Knowshon Moreno) WR Starters: Eric Decker/Demaryius Thomas; Handcuff: Wes Welker To start training camp sophomore tailback Ronnie Hillman is listed top of the depth chart. Given time for rookie Monte Ball to show his wares, and Hillman’s lack of ability to pass protect, that situation will change and Hillman will fall to handcuff status before opening day. Hillman is a fast and shifty runner with good pass receiving skills but light on his feet… too light so far. He is ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 114 Fantasy Articles easily knocked off his pins and shows little power. Ball is the stronger runner and should get the first team calls; Hillman offers a stop-gap option for fantasy players. With a Ball injury, Knowshon Moreno would most likely be the long-term option. The problem with Moreno is he cannot remain healthy through an expanded role in the running game. Moreno gives his QB more confidence as he can pass block, catch footballs well enough and run tough. Funny as it looks, Wes Welker is the ultimate handcuff this season. Tall and talented tandem pass catchers Demaryius Thomas and Eric Decker are the top two Manning options and will dominate snaps and targets. However, both have exhibited clear evidence of being a bit fragile in their young careers, and a trip to the trainer’s room by either would catapult Welker to top-5 fantasy receiver status. Welker is likely to be drafted too high to warrant being utilized as a handcuff for Thomas or Decker, but if the Slot Machine drops in drafts, best to move him up a round or two and cover your Bronco wideout butt. Kansas City Chiefs RB Starter: Jamaal Charles; Handcuff: Cyrus Gray/Knile Davis (R) WR Starter: Dwayne Bowe; Handcuff: Donnie Avery The chiefs will be looking hard and long for Jamal Charles backup this training camp. The new regime led by GM Dorsey and Coach Reid selected RB Knile Davis in this year’s draft. Because he is a product of the new staff, Davis will get every chance to rise up the depth charts. However, second year rusher Cyrus Gray actually has the set of skills that fit the coach Reid requirements for running backs. Gray has above average speed, is a very good pass receiver, played in an uptempo offense in college and also runs with good vision and footwork. Neither Davis nor Gray has proven to be overly durable in college, but Gray returned to action quickly and without a loss of performance quality. Davis has yet to show a return to pre-injury form, running tentatively and without conviction. In a camp battle, look for Cyrus Gray to shine in the Coach Reid new WCO-Pistol scheme and become a viable Jamal Charles handcuff for 2013. Dwayne Bowe is the big dawg in the KC receiving pound. The player to grab as a plan-B tool in case of emergency is Donnie Avery. Jon Baldwin might seem to be the logical choice here, given his size similarity to Bowe, but Avery was hand-picked by Coach Reid to come on board and join the club. Coach Reid and GM Dorsey see a value in the former Ram/Colt receiver. Avery is fast but brings inconsistent hands and has a rather extensive injury track record. Last season was a breakout campaign of sorts for Avery, playing with Andrew Luck while sharing the football with Reggie Wayne and TY Hilton. He finds himself in a similar situation at Kansas City. He’d likely lead the team in catches if a Bowe boo-boo happened. Oakland Raiders RB Starter: Darren McFadden; Handcuff: Latavius Murray (R) WR Starter: Denarius Moore; Handcuff: Rod Streater The Raiders needed to find a stand-in or RB Darren McFadden and may have found a rough-cut gem in rookie Latavius Murray. Murray is a taller styled halfback like McFadden (6’3 to DMC’s 6’1). The former Central Florida star is straight-line fast, cashing in his 4- time at a consistent 4.39 clip. Like McFadden, Murray is adept at catching the football out of the backfield and can ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 115 Fantasy Articles run deeper patterns, but is at this best taking a swing or screen and getting north. Yes, ex-Jaguar Rashad Jennings is in the Raider fold but he lacks the potential explosiveness of Murray, who scored 19 TDs last year at UCF and averaged 5.4 a carry for his college career. Don’t let his 6th round draft pedigree get in the way, this is a fine handcuff for the always injured Darren McFadden. Denarius Moore is a lot like Darren McFadden in that he is fast, a playmaker and a frequent flyer on the injury reports. Much is expected of Moore this season, viewed as Oakland’s WR1. A surprise performer for the Raiders last season at wideout was then-rookie Rod Streater. Undrafted in 2012, Streater walked on at Oakland and found his way to 39 receptions and 3 TDs. His 6’2 frame gives probable Raider QB Matt Flynn a visible target, and it is his size and onfield work that prompted the Raider to let another size-receiver walk, Darrius Heyward-Bey. Streater is a solid 4.5 guy but plays fast with the football in his hands. He’s not a pure handscatcher, using his body too often to bring the ball in but seems to pull it off well enough. With a Moore mishap, Rod Streater bolts to an Oakland first look from Flynn, and makes an excellent handcuff. San Diego Chargers RB Starter: Ryan Mathews; Handcuff: Danny Woodhead WR Starters: Danario Alexander; Handcuff: Vincent Brown Disappointing RB Ryan Mathews has a nicked up history and an inconsistent pro record thus far. His understudy stands a good chance of seeing quality time due to injury or performance issues. A common characteristic of the Charger running backs is that they all catch the football. Between Mathews, Ronnie Brown and Danny Woodhead (in NE last season), the current top 3 San Diego backs combined for 128 receptions in 2012. Danny Woodhead was brought in as a free agent by the new coaching staff, led by Mike McCoy. There’s a reason… and Woodhead will be utilized if Mathews fails to impress. Ronnie Brown is still in the mix, but when a new boss brings in his own players, they will play when opportunity appears. One thing you can say about the San Diego top receivers… they are injury prone. Danario Alexander made it through an abbreviated season for him healthy but has 5 knee operations in the bag. Malcom Floyd always ends up with some malady in the season and Vincent Brown is coming back from a 2012 pre-season broken ankle. The Chargers were hasty in placing Brown on season-ending IR last season as he seemed to be ready to go later in the year. Well, he’s ready now. Brown is a sure-fire handcuff for either Alexander or Floyd. While not as big as those two wideouts, Brown does hit the 6’ mark and is a crisp route runner with quality hands. The 2011 3rd round choice is an excellent sleeper selection this year, let alone a solid handcuff. Dallas Cowboys RB Starter: DeMarco Murray; Handcuff: Joseph Randle (R) WR Starter: Dez Bryant; Handcuff; Dwayne Harris Cowboys’ tailback DeMarco Murray and injury report seem to go hand-in-hand. Dating back to his college days, Murray is an injury waiting to happen. Dallas let another injury prone back walk this off-season, Felix Jones and replaced him with 2013-5th round pick Joseph Randle. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 116 Fantasy Articles Randle is a versatile back that can take a handoff or catch out of the backfield. The former Oklahoma State tailback rolled out 1,417 ground yards and 14 touchdowns last season and 1,216 yards and 24 touchdowns in 2011. He surely has a nose for the endzone. Randle started 31 of 39 games in college, and hauled in 108 passes for 917 yards and three touchdowns in three years there. The Dallas rookie is built lean but has added some muscle in prep for the pro game. He’ll need to learn to lower the pads better in the NFL; running upright leads to visits on the trainer’s table, but he is sudden, hits his holes with speed and will break first contact. Owner Jerry Jones has eyes for Randle and he is next man up behind the fragile DeMarco Murray Dallas wideout Dez Bryant has arrived. WR2 Miles Austin also is talented but very fragile. The WR3 carries an important role in the Cowboy passing game, and could be thrust into a bigger role with Austin’s sensitive hamstrings always acting up. Dwayne Harris is a solidly built (5’10205) 6th rounder from the 2011 draft that has a chance to unseat Austin this season as a starter opposite Bryant. While at East Carolina, Harris set the school record for receiving yards and catches in a season (2010- 1,123 receiving yards and 101 receptions). He possesses average wideout speed (4.5x40) but plays fast with the ball in his hands and has a running back mentality, displaying excellent vision and balance. He’s tough to tackle once in the second level of the defense. Already a fine kick and punt returner, Harris makes a terrific Cowboy receiving handcuff given the lack of depth and the fragility of Miles Austin. New York Giants RB Starter: David Wilson; Handcuff: Andre Brown WR Starter: Hakeem Nicks/Victor Cruz; Handcuff: Rueben Randle David Wilson, explosive but inconsistent starter… Andre Brown, goal-liner with above average running back skills. A pure handcuff situation here for the Giant backfield where Andre brown doubles as a TD thief. Brown is a nice blend of size (6-225) and speed (4.37 official 40-time at 2009 Combine) and will run behind one the leagues most underrated o-lines again this season. The former North Carolina tailback was excelling in his share-time work and goal line duties until a broken leg ended the potential double-digit TD campaign. Brown is no stranger to the injury come-back, having battled through a couple of fractured foot events his last year in college. There’s no doubt of his capability in a limited but fantasy productive role as TD back and third down participant. As well as being Wilson’s direct handcuff Andre Brown is expected to see his share of carries, pushing his cuff value up a level in the FLEX tier. Victor Cruz is signed on the dotted line, but still not thrilled with what he “settled” for. Hakeem Nicks wants his share, too. The Giant starting wideouts are set with talent and production, but they are far from a content bunch. Cruz openly suggests he took a home team discounted contract and it doesn’t sit quite right with him. Nicks is famously nicks-ed up often during the course of a schedule. Sitting quietly (for now) behind the scenes is the big talent of Rueben Randle. Randle is a fantasy friendly blend of size, speed and readiness, having played a mature brand of football while at LSU. In a small production sample from last season, Randle turned a mere 19 receptions into 298 yards (15.7 YPR) and three TDs. 12 of those receptions and the 3 TDs came in the 5 games Nicks sat out. Randle was chosen in the 2nd round of last year’s draft with plans of being a hedge against a Cruz contract confrontation and a quality fill-in if/when ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 117 Fantasy Articles Hakeem Nicks meets up with another ailment. Standing 6’3- 210 and running a crisp 4.5x40, Randle is a solid hands catcher and a stone-cold cuff-lock for either New York wideout. Philadelphia Eagles RB Starter: LeSean McCoy; Handcuff: Bryce Brown WR Starters: DeSean Jackson/Jeremy Maclin; Handcuff: Arrelious Benn It could be said that LeSean McCoy and Bryce Brown are RB1 and RB1-A for the Eagles offense and new head coach Chip Kelly. Contrary to popular perception, Coach Kelly is a runfirst play caller… a creative run-first play caller, but still he’s run-first. His up-tempo demands (a snap of the football every 20-24 seconds) translates into more plays from scrimmage, meaning more touches for BOTH Eagle backs. No Doubt McCoy is the lead bird, and the fact that Brown will see a healthy share of the touches anyway makes him a top-3 handcuff for 2013. Bryce Brown is already a solid FLEX choice. Brown is big and extremely fast, but must learn to refrain from bouncing every carry to the flanks. He will… CUFF HIM; CUFF HIM NOW! Coach Kelly has been smitten with the skills and work of former Buccaneer Arrelious Benn. Rarely has Kelly missed an opportunity to mention Benn’s name when shaping up the offense and the passing options. Benn has truly struggled with injury in his short career, Benn is a football player, period. He contributes on offense, in the return game and on special team cover units. On offense, he brings good size (6’1) and blocking ability, with average game speed. Before injury Benn was versatile and effective running reverses, bubble screens as well as getting deep behind secondaries. In Philly, Jeremy Maclin and DeSean Jackson are 1 and 2, but both have dealt with their own health miseries. Listening to Coach Kelly, Arrelious Benn benefits most from time missed by either Jackson or Maclin. In a short window of action, Benn can be fantasy effective. Washington Redskins RB Starter: Alfred Morris; Handcuff: Roy Helu WR Starter: Pierre Garcon; Handcuff: Leonard Hankerson Coach Shanahan finds another RB out of nowhere… same old story. Alfred Morris, projected as a full back at last year’s draft ends up a 6th round, 1600 yard rusher for Coach Shanahan. History shows that Shanny tends to run his backs into oblivion and fearlessly practices “next man up” philosophy to the letter. The Redskin backfield is chocked full of possibilities, but none seem to possess any special qualities… except Roy Helu. Helu is a speed halfback with excellent pass catching ability and a breakaway gear. No other Washington mail carrier can say that. Helu has been missed time with an assortment of woes, but so far has been cleared for duty and has been seen running well and making cuts. If he can make it through training camp in one piece, Roy Helu should out-play his mates and give Coach Shanahan another quality “next man”. Pierre Garcon plays all-out football and it often leads to him nursing some sort of ding. His is coming off a broken foot and shoulder woes from last season, so there is a health watch here. Waiting in the wings and slowly but steadily making progress is Leonard Hankerson. The big wideout from the U has flashed, but needs to learn how to be a pro and practice like one. He is in that renowned third year zone, the season when WRs “get it”. Hankerson is the best physical ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 118 Fantasy Articles wideout on the Washington roster, and his size/speed combo could explode if he see consistent snaps. Eyes on training camp here… he could be a good one, and surely is a fix for a Pierre Garcon trip to the sidelines. Chicago Bears RB Starter: Matt Forte; Handcuff: Michael Bush WR Starter: Brandon Marshall; Handcuff: Earl Bennett Bears RB Matt Forte is anxious to get it going under new head coach Marc Trestman. Trestman is yakking it up hard about Forte’s role in the new offense. It would appear Matt Forte is in for a career high for touches. Better prep for some wear-n-tear on the Bear back by tabbing Michael Bush as his direct handcuff. Bush has made a career out of being a fantasy cuff, first backing up fragile Darren McFadden in Oakland and now chipping in when Forte needs a break, or suffers one. Bush does seem to be losing some of his burst, but he is solid inside the 10 yard line and a capable safety valve receiver. The big, burly Bear back is a perfect stand-in for Matt Forte owners. Bears passer Jay Cutler likes working with players he’s familiar with. In Chicago he has two receivers that he has had a long working relationship with; Brandon Marshall and Earl Bennett. Bennett directly fills in if Marshall is out. Cutler’s college target would jump into the Marshall role and Cutler knows how to find the former Vandy wideout. If you want to continue at least getting the PPR value Marshall brings, then tab Earl Bennett in case of emergency. Marshall runs more of the inside patterns, and Bennett would fit right in if Marshall were to go down. Handcuff Marshall with Earl Bennett. Detroit Lions RB Starter: Reggie Bush; Handcuff: Joique Bell WR Starter: Calvin Johnson; Handcuff: Nate Burleson Word is that Mikel Leshoure isn’t wowing the Lion coaches these days. Leshoure is what he is, a short yardage plodder with some goal line chops. Undrafted Joique Bell surprised everyone, even his Detroit coaches, by excelling is a change-of-pace role and becoming a playmaking pass receiver out of the backfield. Bell is getting the chance to be Reggie Bush’s sidekick, as both possess similar skills; Bell isn’t as fast as Bush, but he can snag the rock with the best of them. In fantasy football terms, Bell has more potential to provide points with less touches; quality production. Joique Bell is suddenly a fantasy “want” and Reggie Bush owners need to make the effort to ring up Bell. No one can really fill the Mega-shoes of Calvin Johnson in Detroit. But in the NFL’s most passhappy offense, a handcuff to the top WR is a must. Gone is deep threat (and mental threat) Titus Young. Returning from injury is veteran Nate Burleson. Burleson fills the short passing lanes well, and a loss of Calvin Johnson would create a huge void in the deep attack. With Young gone and only Ryan Broyles (slot man) the only other WR of quality on the roster, Nate Burleson would get to line up outside and run the Megatron routes. Burleson has QB Matt Stafford’s trust, and Stafford is a quirky passer that needs to feel good about where he is throwing the football ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 119 Fantasy Articles and who he is tossing it to. He has good vibes with Burleson and the targets would be plentiful given the opportunity. Cuff Calvin Johnson with the savvy play of Nate Burleson. Green Bay Packers RB Starter: Eddie Lacy (R), Johnathan Franklin (R); Handcuff: Alex Green WR Starters: Jordy Nelson/Randall Cobb; Handcuff: James Jones Last season I asked the question regarding the Packer running back stable, “Is there such a thing as HCBC; Hand Cuff By Committee”? One again, the answer is … In Green Bay, could be. Even the lead role is foggy at this time. The Pack spent quality draft picks this off-season on top halfbacks Eddie Lacy and Johnathan Franklin. Still on board is 2011 third round pick Alex Green, who is finally back to health after rushing to return from knee surgery. Late season rushing star Dujaun Harris and the failed James Starks are also hanging on. This is a wait and see situation, as someone needs to take the lead and some must go; the backfield is far too crowded at Lambeau. Most likely one of either Lacy or Franklin will win out, and the second place finisher becomes the handcuff. Keep an eye on Alex Green; word is the Pack bosses are shopping him. Green would be an excellent fit is several offenses around the league and at worst would be a sharp looking handcuff to a lead tailback. Green Bay is blessed with three top-flight wide receivers. Randall Cobb and Jordy Nelson continue to be ranked as the starters, with James Jones being a star third wheel. Jones found a way to lead the NFL in TD receptions last season and is a must have handcuff for Cobb OR Nelson owners. No need to get technical here… Aaron Rodgers is the passer and the offense if explosive through the air. James Jones… CUFF ‘EM! Minnesota Vikings RB Starter: Adrian Peterson; Handcuff: Toby Gerhart WR Starter: Greg Jennings; Handcuff: Jarius Wright Calvin Johnson may be Megatron, but Adrian Peterson is just plain Super, man! What the heck was that last season? Anyway, AP’s 2012 heroics may be hard to maintain in 2013, given the heavy workload and the energy spent getting ready for the season. In 2011, when Peterson went down, Toby Gerhart was excellent filling in, especially in the redzone. Gerhart is a clear-cut cuff for Peterson owners. Oh! He’s nowhere near Adrian Peterson as a running back, but he bring sis own qualities that can be quite fantasy friendly. He catches extremely well and gains chunks of yards after the catch. And, he knows where the stripe is. Toby Gerhart… CUFF ‘EM Peterson owners! The Vikings’ top receiver Percy Harvin, is now their ex-receiver. Harvin now flies with the Seahawks. New in town is former Packer star Greg Jennings. Jennings is a savvy vet but an oftinjured one it would be smart of owners who call upon Jennings’ services to “buy” some insurance to CYA. A player that the Minnesota coaches have quietly praised this off-season, which is a complete 180 from last season, has been sophomore wideout Jarius Wright. Wright is an underrated slot receiver from Arkansas, possessing 4.42 x 40 speed. Some felt that drafting the Razorback record-setter gave the Minnesota management some leverage in dealing with Harvin. Now is his chance to payoff. Wright does bring some Harvin-like ability to the field and ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 120 Fantasy Articles fills a void should Greg Jennings again deal with nagging groin and other ailments. Wright is one to lock up in Minnesota. Atlanta Falcons RB Starter: Steven Jackson; Handcuff: Jacquizz Rodgers WR Starters: Julio Jones/Roddy White; Handcuff: Harry Douglas Really? Steven Jackson? This already potent offense just got a shot of pure veteran dedication and warrior attitude. Jackson still has some gas left in the tank for one more hurrah. But the clock is ticking and as far as running backs go, he’s now on borrowed time. The Falcons have had shifty and versatile Jacquizz Rodgers in the nest for a couple of seasons now, and he is well versed in the offense. Rodgers IS Steven Jackson on a smaller (much smaller) scale. He can carry the rock, get to the flanks on screens and be an all-around producer. Rodgers doesn’t possess breakaway speed but in an offense that now forces defenses to spread out and respect wideouts Roddy White, Julio Jones and tight end Tony Gonzalez, all he needs is to hit the open lanes and get what is in front of him, which at times is a lot of open field. Atlanta doesn’t have much depth in the backfield, so Rodgers is the clear handcuff to Steven Jackson. Harry Douglas is a 5th year vet that has had a few shining moments. But Douglas has been a bit inconsistent when opportunity was there. He is a leaner target than Jones or White and has been used mostly on deep routes. The coaches still like Douglas, fell confident with his skills and he has the potential to be a fantasy star-in-relief with a loss of Julio Jones or Roddy White. The offense just plays that way and is almost a perfect machine on paper right now. Harry Douglas is the only name on the Falcon bench to call when cuffing Julio Jones or Roddy White. Do it! Carolina Panthers Starters: DeAngelo Williams/ Jonathan Stewart; Handcuff: DeAngelo Williams/ Jonathan Stewart (Kenyon Barner (R)). Every year it is the same thing; that backs up who in Carolina. Both Jonathan Stewart and DeAngelo Williams mostly cancel each other out in fantasy drafts, it is almost impossible to use one as the handcuff for the other unless an owner makes a concentrated effort to go back-to-back with Williams and Stewart. Currently Stewart is struggling in his rehab of dual ankle surgeries. Still, fanballers value Stewart over Williams in ADP this off-season. Forward thinking is to look down to the RB3 on the Panthers roster, which most likely is rookie tailback Kenyon Barner. Barner is a confident shifty rusher that is built small but runs with conviction. He is an excellent pass receiver and would be a touch magnet is forced into action. There’s no telling how long Stewart will last on the field once he does return, so Williams is a fine cuff if you gamble on Stewart. But a good planner might want to bank of Kenyon Barner making waves and taking advantage of an opportunity, given his pass catching advantage. WR Starter: Steve Smith; Handcuff: Domenik Hixon/ Kealoha Pilares Brandon LaFell looked primed to breakout in 2012, his third year as a pro. However, Brandon La-fell flat in that effort and was more of the same; inconsistent and at times invisible. QB Cam Newton also missed opportunities to get Lafell the football when it was there; poor reads. None of the other Panther receivers inspire or excite fantasy owners to lock up behind rigged Steve Smith. Ted Ginn, David Gettis, Armanti Edwards, Joe Adams? Ok, how about Domenik Hixon? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 121 Fantasy Articles Hixon has flashed for the Giants on occasion, and was a draft day target once of Coach Mike Shanahan in Denver. He’s never shined with a full playbook, failing to grab top jobs before in New York. Burt with another year of seasoning and a new start, Hixon might be a sneaky guff for Smith; a weak one however. If there is adventure in your veins, and Steve Smith is in your roster plans, check on the pre-season exploits of Kealoha Pilares. Pilares was a very productive receiver at the University of Hawaii. Pilares has a running back build and a tough playing style, much like Smith. In 2010, Pilares started all 13 games for the Warriors, finishing 2nd on the team in catches with 88, netting 1306 yards (14.8 YPC) and a team-best 15 TDs. The tough wideout runs a fast 4.4-forty and has experience lining up in the “x” or “Y” spots and even started four games in college at running back. The 5’9-199 receiver is a hard worker, fearless and could mimic Steve Smith in his absence. Kealoha Pilares…not a household name but Just Sayin’. New Orleans Saints RB Starter: Darren Sproles; Handcuff: Pierre Thomas WR Starter: Marques Colston; Handcuff: Lance Moore Darren Sproles is coach Sean Payton’s do-it-all weapon. Sproles’ thrives in the passing game, and his loss would create a huge void in a somewhat specialized position. New Orleans has one player who has his own do-it-all skill set; Pierre Thomas. Thomas is the versatile constant in the Saints’ backfield and will be drafted in the later rounds, making him a perfect handcuff for Sproles owners. Thomas does everything good, not great. But he is effective and has a hound’s nose for the goal line. His handcuff status could blossom into feature role with just one mishap to either Sproles or plodding Mark Ingram, and Pierre Thomas should be a mid-round priority, as a handcuff or a back with FLEX potential. Somehow, even with his solid production, Lance Moore always seems to drop in drafts. Moore is QB Drew Brees’ top one or two redzone targets annually. He is also PPR gold. But unless he is featured in the pre-season, he will again drop far enough in drafts to gain handcuff status for top Saints wideout Marques Colston. In his last four FULL seasons of play (2009 was injury shortened) Moore has 32 TDs and 262 receptions. Currently with an ADP of 9.07 according to fantasyfootballcalculator.com, Moore is a gimme as Marques Colston’s handcuff. DO IT! Tampa Bay Buccaneers RB Starter: Doug Martin; Handcuff: Michael Smith WR Starter: Vincent Jackson; Handcuff: Tiquan Underwood The football “experts” have been touting Miami U RB Mike James, a 6th round selection in 2013, to assume the understudy role directly behind Muscle Hamster, Doug Martin. James is a mudder with little to no breakaway gear. Undaunted, I have been singing the praises of 2nd season tailback from Utah State, Michael Smith. Training camp rolls around and low-n-behold, Smith is now slated to be Doug Martin “next up” guy. Good move, and a good move for fantasy footballers who own Doug Martin to snatch up Michael Smith. Smith aced his Pro-Day 40 time (4.33) and closed out his college career with consecutive 100-yard rushing games. He has fresh legs as he was a second team back at Utah State, subbing for Robert Turbin, a top collegiate rusher now in Seattle. Smith can provide numbers in the passing game, and while not a clean ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 122 Fantasy Articles hands-catcher, he gets the job done and is a run-after-catch threat with big play speed. Not many will be on the prowl for Michael Smith’s services, but Doug Martin guys… take note and cuff ‘em. Vincent Jackson was everything the Bucs hoped he’d be when they inked him away from the Chargers last season. Mike Williams, playing opposite VJax, returned to being a productive fantasy WR2 and QB Josh Freeman, with game warts exposed, still set career highs in passing yards (4065) and TDs (27). Reserve wideout Tiquan Underwood flashed some of what he is capable of producing, hauling in 28 passes and 2 TDs. Underwood has suited up for three different teams (JAX, NE an TB) in four seasons, and last year he reunited with college coach Greg Sciano. The reunion brought positive results as Underwood looked comfortable and made plays. The former Rutgers receiver scorched the 2009 Combine with a stellar 4.31-forty dash and that speed could be a fantasy weapon if Underwood is pressed into full time service. Arizona Cardinals RB Starter: Rashard Mendenhall; Handcuff: Ryan Williams WR Starter: Larry Fitzgerald; Handcuff: Michael Floyd Arizona changed the guard at the coaching level (again), with aggressive Bruce Arians now at the helm. Running backs in Arians offense need to do two things well; run the football and pass protect. Former Steeler Rashard Mendenhall gets the first nod for starting duties, and Ryan Williams would appear to have the inside track to spell Mendenhall when needed. Both backs are returning from severe 2012 injuries, but Coach Arians has talked up both rushers. At the same time, the Cardinals drafted two more running backs; Stepfan Taylor and Andre Ellington. Taylor is a bit of a Mendenhall clone with better receiving skills and Ellington is a smaller, speed back also with pass catching ability. This is a true training camp situation that needs to be sorted out. Williams must prove to be fully healthy, Taylor and Ellington need to display the ability to pass protect. As of now there is no clear handcuff to Rashard Mendenhall. Larry Fitzgerald is still a top-8 wide receiver and should jump higher in his ranking with the arrival of veteran passer Carson Palmer. The passing game, o-line willing, should see a marked improvement over 2012 thanks to Palmer. But another reason for improvement is the added experience for 2012 rookie Michael Floyd. Floyd is a beast of a receiver, measuring 6’3-225 and able to run a consistent 4.4x40. He is being drafted as a lowly 10th rounder in pre-season mocks, and that is gold for Fitzgerald owners. If Floyd is hanging that low in your draft or auction, pull the trigger and hand cuff the potential star to Larry Fitz. St. Louis Rams RB Starter: Isaiah Pead/Daryl Richardson; Handcuff: Zac Stacy (R) WR Starter: Chris Givens; Handcuff: Austin Pettis As of now the Rams backfield is markedly undecided. The early depth charts have Daryl Richardson as the RB1, but that is likely due to Isaiah Pead starting the season with a one-game suspension. Rookie Zac Stacy is receiving love in mock draft, ranking above Pead. Both Pead and Richardson are the sporty fantasy halfbacks and Stacy is the rugged grinder. In fantasy, big ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 123 Fantasy Articles play backs pay off better than steady eddy bulls… the fast guys require less volume to realize results. The loser of the Pead/ Richardson camp battle is the St. Louis handcuff. Mike Quick and Chris Givens are the “exciting” new guys on the block. Austin Pettis is the forgotten 3rd rounder of 2011. Yet Pettis is putting up a gallant effort to secure a starting gig for 2013. Pettis has been written up as clearly the best offensive player in off-season work so far. He brings a solid work ethic, size and inside slot chops to the field. He is also now a familiar target for QB Sam Bradford and in his third NFL season. Quick and Givens will get the early opportunities to start, and any fantasy footballer owning either of those receivers should tag Austin Pettis as a handcuff with the potential to be more than that. San Francisco 49ers RB Starter: Frank Gore; Handcuff: LaMichael James WR Starter: Anquan Boldin; Handcuff: AJ Jenkins Frank Gore is a warhorse; he is also now a very warhorse age 30. Gore missed a lot of OTA work this past off-season, and coach Harbaugh admitted that his veteran runner has taken a lot of NFL punishment. Gore’s understudy previously has been Kendall Hunter, but Hunter suffered an injury last season and is making his way back. 2012 rookie LaMichael James brings much of what Hunter provided, but at a slightly more explosive level of action. James, though small in pro-RB terms, is used to handling full workloads as a runner. While at Oregon James was Coach Chip Kelly’s main running back, often hitting it up through the interior of the line and doing so with courage and at full speed. In addition to his traditional running back skills, James is an excellent receiver. As the 49er offense molds around the move talents of QB Colin Kaepernick, LaMichael James’ portfolio of versatility and speed will be needed more than that of the slowing Gore. Got Gore? Get LaMichael James! Another aging warrior suits up for the ‘Niners; Anquan Boldin. Boldin now becomes defacto WR1 with the probable season-ending Achilles injury to Mike Crabtree. Boldin’s game is close to that of Crabtree’s, running short slants and moving the chains. San Francisco’s receiver unit is a bit thin, and the one player that has truly made the effort to step up is second year man AJ Jenkins. Jenkins is a 2012 first-round pick who basically red-shirted his rookie campaign. However, this off-season Jenkins attached himself to the hip of QB Colin Kaepernick, working on timing, the playbook and route running. The hard work has to pay off for the speedy and talented wideout. Jenkins is a low-risk-high-reward hand cuff to Anquan Boldin. His game is a perfect complement to the power arm of Kaepernick. Seattle Seahawks RB Starter: Marshawn Lynch; Handcuff: Robert Turbin WR Starters: Percy Harvin/Sidney Rice; Handcuff: Golden Tate Robert Turbin, the rookie from Utah State, is a Marshawn Lynch clone. Going 5’10-222, Turbin is chiseled, run tough and can catch out of the backfield. Lynch is now relegated to two-down snaps in the evolving Seahawk offense, and Turbin has been slated to be the passing down/third down backfield occupant. Seattle invested a draft pick on RB Christine Michael, but he lacks the vision and the pass catching skills that Robert Turbin brings. Marshawn Lynch owners need to ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 124 Fantasy Articles make it a point to call out Robert Turbin as a clean handcuff to the rough-n-tumble Seahawk starter. Turbin may even be a slight upgrade, due to his passing game involvement. Seahawk coach Pete Carroll must have a warm spot in his heart for height-challenged receiver. Three of his top four receivers measure 5’11 or 5’10. On Sidney Rice at 6’4 breaks the Seattle run on short wideouts. Percy Harvin, Golden Tate and Doug Baldwin all fit a mold; smaller, fast and run-after-catch skilled. Rice and Harvin come to Seattle via the Minnesota pipeline, both having been teammates there in 2009 and 2010. The ex-Vikings are the proposed starting wide receivers in Seattle, and the set of hands to cuff to either of those pass catchers is Golden Tate. Tate’s game is very similar to Harvin, especially in the various ways he handles the football. Tate still needs to work on his route running and discipline to the playbook, but he is a playmaker for sure, and works well with QB Russell Wilson. Sidney Rice has a rather large injury file and Percy Harvin has battled migraines throughout his pro career. If Rice or Harvin are slotted on your team, make a golden decision and hand cuff one of those playmakers with another… Golden Tate. The Wrap Up: The smart and effective use of “handcuffing” reserve players to starters allows a fantasy football owner to put him or herself in the position to BE lucky. Most feel you cannot control luck but, in some cases, you can create your own advantageous situations. A successful fantasy season requires good drafting, solid research, health of a roster and some pre-planned luck. Smart handcuffing goes a long way in putting fantasy football GMs in fortunate predicaments. As this amazing game evolves, fanballers at times have to be creative and effort to find an unconventional cuff, such as a TE as a link to a starting WR. Circumstances and team environment may mean that in the event of a major injury to a star RB or WR, the “next man up” on the depth chart is not necessarily the team’s long-term solution. A fantasy owner might have to dig down to the third running back on a roster as the true handcuff, such as the case in Tampa Bay with Doug Martin and Michael Smith. It also pays to really know the rules of your league, and plan ahead to utilize all the options your league allows. As training camps open and preseason games take place some cloudy scenarios will clear up (St. Louis, Carolina, Denver), some will be determined due to injury and poor performance, and as always, there will be a few surprises when teams break camp. Handcuff yourself to a successful 2013 season. Some hope for luck… champions prepare to be lucky. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 125 Fantasy Articles Hangin' in the Red Zone 2013 July 26, 2013 by: John Holler Of all the fantasy stats that make a player somebody that owners want to have on their roster is how they perform in the red zone. There are certain players who consistently excel in close and others who become invisible. When it comes to quarterbacks, the difference between a guy like Drew Brees and Mark Sanchez is most evident in the red zone – where Brees is a stonecold killer and Sanchez is a warm turd. There are a lot of factors that go into making star fantasy players. Many of them are obvious. Red zone production isn’t something that gets promoted or widely circulated. It is part of the game within the game and those who excel in the Red Zone are typically those who get paid the 10-figure contracts. What follows is a breakdown of the primary fantasy players and their effectiveness in the red zone. The numbers are pretty self-explanatory, but we provide an analysis at the key fantasy positions – both for what players did in 2012 and what they’ve done over the last three seasons. For the purposes of analysis, a definition of the red zone needs to be provided. For quarterbacks, wide receivers and tight ends and running backs in the receiving game, the red zone is as its name is commonly known – inside the opponent’s 20-yard line. When a quarterback drops to pass inside the 20-yard line, there can be a realistic expectation that the pass could end up being a touchdown. When it comes to running the ball, it’s a different story. Even Adrian Peterson isn’t expected to score when he gets a handoff at the 15-yard line. When it comes to running backs and quarterbacks getting the ball, our definition of the red zone is the 5yard line. When an RB gets a handoff of a QB takes off out of the pocket from the 5-yard line in, there is the realistic assumption that the plan on that play is to get points. So, as you look at the red zone numbers keep in mind that when it comes to passing/receiving, the red zone is the 20yard line. When it comes to rushing, it’s the 5-yard line. A final reminder: just as important as the players who are on the list as those who aren’t. Some players (guys like DeSean Jackson) have proved to be almost meaningless in the red zone. It doesn’t mean he shouldn’t be considered for being drafted, but it also tells you that, if he’s going to score touchdowns, they will almost have to be long distance scores, because he isn’t targeted or isn’t effective when the defenses are packed in the red zone. QUARTERBACKS 2012 PASSING (Minimum 30 attempts) Player-Att-Com-YD-TD-Int Drew Brees 102-66-520-34-0 Matt Ryan 92-59-379-25-2 Peyton Manning 88-52-388-28-2 Matthew Stafford 87-41-309-15-4 Tom Brady 87-52-398-24-1 Eli Manning 84-38-281-18-1 Tony Romo 75-36-272-14-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 126 Fantasy Articles Christian Ponder 75-44-284-18-3 Aaron Rodgers 75-47-350-26-0 Andy Dalton 74-42-296-20-0 Andrew Luck 73-37-15-2 Josh Freeman 72-40-330-21-2 Carson Palmer 70-38-233-14-1 Ben Roethlisberger 66-36-202-18-0 Philip Rivers 65-43-304-18-2 Sam Bradford 64-36-247-13-3 Ryan Fitzpatrick 60-34-270-16-3 Russell Wilson 59-35-261-18-0 Cam Newton 59-22-188-8-2 Joe Flacco 55-26-247-13-3 Matt Schaub 53-28-174-14-2 Brandon Weeden 53-25-226-6-2 Mark Sanchez 48-189-157-10-4 Ryan Tannehill 47-24-184-8-1 Jay Cutler 47-25-189-11-0 Michael Vick 46-21-157-9-2 Robert Griffin III 39-24-111-10-0 Chad Henne 38-19-127-7-2 Colin Kaepernick 32-15-97-5-1 Jake Locker 31-12-90-5-0 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Nobody is even close to Brees in red zone effectiveness and scoring. • Matty Ice is becoming a much better RZ passer. • Stafford was his own worst enemy last year. • Ponder threw as many RZ passes as Rodgers. • Dalton is quietly turning into an elite red zone passer. • More than half of Freeman’s RZ completions went for touchdowns. • Rivers was effective in the red zone, but didn’t get the opportunities. • Wilson was incredibly effective in the red zone. • Newton is awful in the red zone. • Flacco needs to improve in the red zone. • Sanchez is always bad, but at his worst near the goal line. • RG3 wasn’t allowed to throw the ball much in close. • Kaepernick was little more than a dump-off caretaker inside the 20. LAST THREE YEARS PASSING (Minimum 100 attempts) Player-Att-Com-YD-TD-Int Drew Brees 311-196-1,364-86-7 Tom Brady 271-164-1,217-80-4 Matt Ryan 269-154-1,048-66-4 Aaron Rodgers 239-153-1,060-75-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 127 Fantasy Articles Eli Manning 232-118-839-50-9 Philip Rivers 210-117-846-50-6 Matthew Stafford 209-1030789-50-7 Ryan Fitzpatrick 205-112-837-52-8 Josh Freeman 205-120-919-52-6 Mark Sanchez 199-97-718-39-8 Ben Roethlisberger 188-97-661-42-5 Michael Vick 183-96-580-35-7 Sam Bradford 182-86-578-29-8 Carson Palmer 175-93-595-39-7 Peyton Manning 174-101-737-54-2 Matt Schaub 172-93-639-41-4 Joe Flacco 171-76-662-38-4 Tony Romo 170-97-673-41-2 Jay Cutler 151-76-596-35-3 Matt Hasselbeck 141-78-556-27-2 Andy Dalton 141-78-564-35-0 Alex Smith 124-70-440-25-2 Cam Newton 123-50-393-21-5 Kyle Orton 109-50-337-20-1 Chad Henne 109-54-395-21-4 Christian Ponder 103-65-436-26-4 Matt Cassel 103-54-377-28-1 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Brees and Brady are head shoulders the best in the red zone. • Eli Manning blows too many scoring opportunities. • Sanchez sucks. • Roethlisberger doesn’t get as much RZ production as he should. • Bradford has a lot of work to do. • If Peyton Manning completes a RZ pass, it’s just as often a touchdown as not. • Flacco still needs to get better finishing off drives with his arm. • Cutler is surprisingly ineffective in throwing RZ touchdowns. • Dalton has never thrown a red zone interception. • Newton is brutal in the red zone. 2012 RUSHING (Minimum 3 rushing attempts) Player-Att-Yrd-TD Cam Newton 25-14-7 Robert Griffin III 6-14-3 Andrew Luck 6-19-5 Matthew Stafford 6-9-4 Tom Brady 5-6-4 Michael Vick 4-8-1 Ryan Fitzpatrick 4-(-1)-1 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 128 Fantasy Articles Colin Kaepernick 4-(-8)-0 Aaron Rodgers 4-(-2)-0 Joe Flacco 4-(-7)-3 Tim Tebow 4-(-1)-0 Christian Ponder 3-(-6)-1 Andy Dalton 3-3-2 Ryan Tannehill 3-5-2 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Newton is four times as likely to run from the 5-yard line in as anyone. • Luck may be the most effective RZ runner in the league in terms of finishing. • Brady is a sneaky fantasy scorer. • Kaepernick isn’t as elusive in close as one would think. • Dalton is quietly becoming a red zone stud. LAST THREE YEARS RUSHING (Minimum 5 attempts) Player-Att-Yrd-TD Cam Newton 28-44-15 Tom Brady 16-14-8 Michael Vick 13-12-6 Mark Sanchez 10-17-8 Tim Tebow 10-7-5 Aaron Rodgers 10-4-3 Ryan Fitzpatrick 9-(-4)-1 Joe Flacco 9-(-3)-5 Josh Freeman 8-(-1)-3 Matthew Stafford 7-10-5 Andrew Luck 6-19-5 Robert Griffin III 6-14-3 Andy Dalton 5-10-3 Tony Romo 5-2-2 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • In two years, Newton has established himself as the elite RZ quarterback. • Brady pads his stats nicely with short TD runs. • Vick isn’t as dangerous in close as advertised. • Sanchez is a much better red zone runner than passer. • Luck could be the second-best RZ runner among QBs – better than RG3. RUNNING BACKS 2012 RUSHING (Minimum 6 attempts) Player-Att-Yrd-TD Arian Foster 29-42-11 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 129 Fantasy Articles Michael Turner 22-14-7 Stevan Ridley 20-2-8 Shonn Greene 19-23-7 Doug Martin 18-17-5 Adrian Peterson 18-18-6 BenJarvus Green-Ellis 14-10-5 Trent Richardson 12-5-5 Andre Brown 12-10-8 Alfred Morris 12-11-7 Ahmad Bradshaw 12-13-4 Willis McGahee 12-20-4 Frank Gore 11-6-6 Marshawn Lynch 11-15-5 Ray Rice 10-6-3 Jackie Battle 9-8-3 Steven Jackson 9-11-2 Daniel Thomas 9-13-4 Mike Tolbert 8-9-7 Darren McFadden 8-12-1 Matt Forte 8-9-2 LeSean McCoy 8-(-1)-2 LaRod Stephens-Howling 7-10-4 DeAngelo Williams 7-9-1 Michael Bush 7-4-5 Mikel Leshoure 7-7-6 Bryce Brown 7-13-2 Brandon Bolden 7-3-1 Beanie Wells 6-10-3 Chris Johnson 6-(-4)-1 Danny Woodhead 6-8-2 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Foster is the man when Houston gets near the end zone. • Jackson may just more of the same for Atlanta. • Ridley is all-or-nothing in close, not due to a lack of chances. • Greene does most of fantasy damage in close. • Peterson doesn’t dominate in this aspect of his game. • BGE wasn’t the same in Cincinnati. • Brown could be the reason Bradshaw is out of New York. • Morris is a strong finishing off drives more than RG3. • Lynch wasn’t always in Beast Mode by the goal line. • Rice isn’t a finisher in close. • Tolbert and Newton have made Williams and Jonathan Stewart RZ moot. • McFadden struggles near the goal line. • Michael Bush has become Chicago’s goal-line runner of choice. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 130 Fantasy Articles • • • McCoy may have lost his goal-line scores to Bryce Brown. Leshoure will take away any short-yardage TDs from Reggie Bush. Chris Johnson sucks near the goal line. LAST THREE YEARS RUSHING (Minimum 20 attempts) Player-Att-Yrd-TD Michael Turner 76-65-26 Arian Foster 67-92-28 BenJarvus Green-Ellis 49-57-23 Adrian Peterson 47-56-21 Mike Tolbert 44-49-22 Rashard Mendenhall 39-45-17 Frank Gore 39-31-14 Marshawn Lynch 39-35-18 Ray Rice 38-30-14 Michael Bush 37-41-18 LeSean McCoy 35-32-13 Cedric Benson 35-21-10 Shonn Greene 32-38-11 Chris Johnson 31-17-9 Peyton Hillis 29-33-9 Ahmad Bradshaw 28-36-14 Maurice Jones-Drew 28-18-7 Willis McGahee 28-34-8 Beanie Wells 25-32-13 Stevan Ridley 25-8-8 Steven Jackson 24-12-7 Matt Forte 23-16-3 Marion Barber 23-27-7 Thomas Jones 20-24-5 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Turner came up empty on far too many chances in close. • Foster is the new sheriff in town near the goal line. • BGE would have been better off in New England and Ridley isn’t the answer. • Tolbert is a stud near the goal line and kills the other RBs on his team. • Gore gets stuffed far too often in close. • Rice doesn’t get many opportunities and doesn’t produce enough when he does. • CJ2K has to score from long distance. • MJD isn’t the power back that finishes off drives. • Forte is arguably the worst featured back in the 5-yard line in the NFL. RECEIVING 2012 (Minimum 6 targets) Player-Tgt-Rec-Yd-TD Darren Sproles 19-14-87-5 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 131 Fantasy Articles Ronnie Brown 13-11-72-0 Ray Rice 11-5-6-0 Joique Bell 11-6-46-0 Pierre Thomas 10-7-49-1 LeSean McCoy 10-6-35-3 Jason Snelling 9-7-20-1 Arian Foster 9-6-2 Marcel Reece 9-7-46-1 Danny Woodhead 9-5-57-3 Adrian Peterson 7-5-11-1 Vick Ballard 7-5-39-1 Trent Richardson 7-1-10-0 Steven Jackson 7-3-21-0 Matt Forte 7-5-17-1 Jacquizz Rodgers 6-6-22-1 Reggie Bush 6-5-52-2 Alex Green 6-4-10-0 Jamaal Charles 6-4-19-1 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Sproles is the most dangerous RB red zone receiver in the league by far. • The Saints throw a ton of passes to running backs in the red zone. • Brown and Woodhead could make things interesting for Philip Rivers this year. • Between Snelling and Rodgers, Steven Jackson use as a RZ receiver may drop. • Forte is of more use as a receiver than a runner in the red zone. • Keep an eye on Bush and Charles as sneaky red zone receivers. LAST THREE YEARS RECEIVING (Minimum 15 targets) Player-Tgt-Rec-Yd-TD Darren Sproles 48-38-275-12 LeSean McCoy 37-29-109-8 Jason Snelling 28-22-105-3 Arian Foster 27-18-103-4 Ray Rice 24-13-45-2 Ahmad Bradshaw 21-12-81-2 Matt Forte 21-15-60-2 Pierre Thomas 20-15-78-2 Marcel Reece 20-13-81-3 Danny Woodhead 20-11-82-4 Frank Gore 19-12-54-3 Steven Jackson 19-10-62-1 Toby Gerhart 18-15-69-3 Mike Tolbert 18-89-53-2 Reggie Bush 18-15-88-4 Adrian Peterson 16-11-64-3 Maurice Jones-Drew 16-13-85-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 132 Fantasy Articles Ronnie Brown 16-14-93-0 John Kuhn 15-13-63-4 Darren McFadden 15-12-115-4 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Nobody is more of a scoring threat than Sproles. • McCoy lost his effectively as a red zone receiver in 2012. A trend? • Rice gets very little in the way of production after the catch. • Minnesota has two RB receiving targets in the red zone. • Bush is a dangerous receiving threat and that shouldn’t change in Detroit. • When healthy MJD is a dangerous threat with his hands on the ball. • Never underestimate the number of TDs Kuhn steals near the goal line. WIDE RECEIVERS RECEIVING 2012 (Minimum 11 targets) Player-Tgt-Rec-Yd-TD Eric Decker 25-17-164-12 A.J. Green 24-13-94-8 Brandon Marshall 23-13-121-8 Marques Colston 23-17-176-10 Demaryius Thomas 21-9-78-6 Julio Jones 20-11-108-7 Vincent Jackson 20-11-139-6 James Jones 20-14-125-11 Roddy White 20-9-79-4 Larry Fitzgerald 20-8-47-2 Reggie Wayne 19-9-64-4 Victor Cruz 19-10-66-6 Mike Williams 19-8-39-6 Wes Welker 18-14-102-5 Mike Wallace 17-10-62-3 Hakeem Nicks 17-6-59-1 Calvin Johnson 17-6-50-2 Stevie Johnson 17-7-85-3 Jeremy Maclin 17-8-55-3 Brandon Lloyd 16-10-87-2 Lance Moore 15-8-67-4 Denarius Moore 15-9-75-5 Dez Bryant 14-9-51-4 Steve Smith 14-4-34-2 Miles Austin 13-5-54-2 Kendall Wright 13-7-52-3 Sidney Rice 13-7-70-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 133 Fantasy Articles Donnie Avery 13-5-51-3 Percy Harvin 13-8-55-3 Andrew Hawkins 13-9-57-2 Jordy Nelson 12-6-30-4 Cecil Shorts 12-4-20-2 Kenny Britt 12-4-14-3 Golden Tate 12-9-62-4 Danny Amendola 12-8-58-2 Torrey Smith 11-8-108-6 Justin Blackmon 11-6-35-3 Michael Crabtree 11-5-43-5 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Decker emerged as Peyton Manning go-to RZ guy. Will it last? • Marshall caught eight of the 11 RZTDs Jay Cutler threw last year. • Colston is still Brees’ No. 1 target in the red zone. • Julio Jones has surpassed Roddy White as the RZ target of choice. • Vincent Jackson and Mike Williams are a formidable red zone tandem. • Cruz is much more reliable than Nicks for Eli Manning. • Fitzgerald’s 2012 woes were very much reflected in the red zone. • James Jones was the clear-cut No. 1 RZ option for Aaron Rodgers. • Megatron caught almost every pass outside the 20-yard line in 2012. • Maclin is much more of a threat than DeSean Jackson in the red zone. • Torrey Smith could be the best up-and-coming RZ receiver in the league. • The 49ers will miss Crabtree in the red zone. RECEIVING LAST THREE YEARS (Minimum 33 targets) Player-Tgt-Rec-Yd-TD Roddy White 73-35-271-17 Larry Fitzgerald 64-30-188-11 Wes Welker 64-49-398-17 Marques Colston 58-41-391-19 Brandon Marshall 58-25-209-15 Mike Williams 57-24-189-16 Calvin Johnson 57-28-263-19 Stevie Johnson 52-23-218-15 Lance Moore 53-33-248-15 Reggie Wayne 52-24-203-12 Brandon Lloyd 50-23-192-11 Hakeem Nicks 49-25-205-13 Pierre Garcon 46-23-133-8 Miles Austin 45-19-146-10 Greg Jennings 45-29-206-16 Jeremy Maclin 44-27-212-14 James Jones 43-30-224-17 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 134 Fantasy Articles A.J. Green 41-18-132-11 Mike Wallace 40-19-136-7 Percy Harvin 40-23-158-6 Santana Moss 39-19-132-10 Dwayne Bowe 39-16-128-11 Jordy Nelson 37-21-148-12 Jabar Gaffney 37-20-159-6 Dez Bryant 37-24-180-14 Danny Amendola 37-24-137-5 Nate Burleson 36-23-151-9 Anquan Boldin 36-12-102-6 Michael Crabtree 36-16-125-8 Demaryius Thomas 36-16-134-9 Eric Decker 36-22-208-16 Vincent Jackson 34-18-179-11 Malcolm Floyd 34-14-121-9 Steve Smith 34-11-101-5 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • White has a lot of history with Matt Ryan, but Julio Jones in taking over. • Fitzgerald gets too many passes thrown his way for so few touchdowns. • Nobody has scored more RZ touchdowns than Colston. • Marshall is much more dangerous in Chicago than he was in Miami. • The Lions are hoping 2012 was an aberration for Megatron. • Josh Freeman has a growing history with Mike Williams that is noteworthy. • No WR tandem has been targeted more than Colston and Moore. • Jennings could be a nice red zone addition for Minnesota. • Maclin is the only Eagles WR consistently targeted in close. • Green has done more in two years than most top receivers have in three. • Wallace isn’t a scoring threat commensurate with being a No. 1 WR. • Harvin is used in the red zone, but rarely finishes off drives with TDs in close. • When Bowe catches a pass in the RZ, it goes for a TD two-thirds of the time. • Bryant is a more reliable target in the red zone than Austin. • For being such a tough receiver, Boldin doesn’t catch nearly enough passes. • Steve Smith never has been a viable red zone receiver and never will be. • Vincent Jackson is glad he made the move to Tampa Bay. • Why isn’t Andre Johnson showing up on these lists? TIGHT ENDS RECEIVING 2012 (Minimum 10 targets) Player-Tgt-Rec-Yd-TD Heath Miller 20-12-63-7 Jimmy Graham 17-9-82-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 135 Fantasy Articles Rob Gronkowski 17-10-73-8 Kyle Rudolph 17-14-95-9 Tony Gonzalez 17-12-85-8 Martellus Bennett 16-7-48-4 Greg Olsen 14-8-82-3 Jason Witten 14-8-69-3 Joel Dreessen 14-8-27-4 Brandon Myers 14-9-60-4 Marcedes Lewis 14-7-43-4 Anthony Fasano 13-9-58-5 Dennis Pitta 13-8-78-5 Jermaine Gresham 13-9-80-4 Dallas Clark 12-8-68-4 Brandon Pettigrew 12-5-62-3 Owen Daniels 12-3-24-3 Aaron Hernandez 12-7-40-4 Brent Celek 11-6-45-1 Tony Scheffler 11-4-23-1 Jermichael Finley 11-4-38-2 Antonio Gates 11-8-94-6 Scott Chandler 10-6-57-5 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • If Miller isn’t back for the start of the year, Big Ben will suffer in the red zone. • Graham and Gronkowski score when they catch RZ passes. • Wherever you have Rudolph ranked, this could be reason to bump him up. • Gonzo is still a god in the red zone, despite Julio and Roddy being around. • Bennett came up empty too often in New York. • Fasano quietly remains a go-to target in Miami. • Keep an eye on Pitta and an expanding role in the offense. • Pettrigrew should be better in the red zone. • Gates isn’t used as much as he used to be, but he is still money in the RZ. RECEIVING LAST THREE YEARS (Minimum 25 targets) Player-Tgt-Rec-Yd-TD Rob Gronkowski 59-41-344-29 Tony Gonzalez 58-34-259-21 Jimmy Graham 54-31-242-21 Aaron Hernandez 49-28-166-16 Brandon Pettigrew 45-20-195-12 Jason Witten 44-26-165-14 Marcedes Lewis 44-20-133-11 Dustin Keller 42-20-118-11 Brent Celek 42-23-154-7 Antonio Gates 39-27-241-19 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 136 Fantasy Articles Greg Olsen 39-20-173-10 Heath Miller 38-22-171-11 Tony Scheffler 36-15-117-7 Jermaine Gresham 36-24-177-13 Owen Daniels 33-16-121-8 Jermichael Finley 30-16-130-11 Anthony Fasano 30-18-129-11 Joel Dreessen 29-20-114-12 Vernon Davis 26-18-120-11 Dallas Clark 26-15-108-8 Scott Chandler 25-16-149-11 Martellus Bennett 25-11-71-4 Zach Miller 25-15-99-5 Ben Watson 25-12-102-7 WHAT THE NUMBERS TELL US • Gronk has been putting up unprecedented Hall of Fame numbers. • Gonzo and Graham make the NFC South the best TE division in the NFL. • There will be room for some to take the role Hernandez had with the Patriots. • It is hoped that Pettigrew’s 2012 was an aberration like Calvin Johnson’s. • Celek gets targeted in close, but doesn’t seal the deal often enough. • Gates is so money – 70% of his targets get caught and 70% of them go for TDs. • Daniels is far from dominant in the red zone. • Gresham is targeted in the end zone, not out of it. • There’s a reason Bennett is on his third team in three years. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 137 Fantasy Articles Passing Fancy 2013: Strategies for QB-Weighted Leagues July 26, 2013 by: John Cooney Quarterback-weighted leagues… quarterback-weighted leagues. Yellow-dominate bananas. Guitar-playing rock bands. Quarterback-weighted leagues? By nature, aren’t practically all fantasy football leagues quarterback-weighted? Just a thought before delving into the latest theories of working up plans for the prolific passers of 2013. Football in the college ranks and the National Football League have morphed into a league dominated by exciting and diversified aerial schemes. Footballs are sailing to receivers headed on down-field posts (8-route), fades (9-route) and flags (7-route) while mid-range pass catchers and slot demons are slanting (2-route), cutting (out or 5-route) and digging (6-route) across the gridiron. Sporty running backs are heavily involved also, taking down launches on swing passes, bubble screens, rocket and wheel routes. Offensive masterminds are laying out inventive, complex plays combination routes out of spread formations, shotgun, empty backfields and pistol to get as many “hands” into pass patterns as possible. Traditional carry-the-load running backs are no longer the foundation of an offense, giving way to the multi-skilled tailback asked to chip-block, pick up the blitz, run a progressive route-tree and catch the football in widereceiver like manner. And who is in the middle of all this action? The center-piece, the trigger… the quarterback. No skill position on the field handles the football more times, in every conceivable pressurepacked situation than the quarterback. The quarterback is the one player on each team that has the very real potential to explode for more yards from scrimmage, has a hand in the majority of touchdowns scored and is directly responsible for the success or failure of wide receivers, tight ends and now holds more responsibility to the on field prosperity of his backfield mates. Making it all possible for the quarterback to be the weekly performance lightning rod is the NFL’s revamped rules catering to the protection the star passers and the ever-favorable rule tweaks enhancing the receivers ability to haul the ball in. The game has evolved into a wide-open wildwest shoot-out. It is not by chance that quarterbacks most often dominate the scoring in most fantasy leagues. Having rules in place to protect the quarterback more than ever and receivers being treated with velvet gloves, it is an era of let ‘er rip offense. Prior to 2011 only a single pro passer resided as a member of the 5000 passing yard club; Miami’s Dan Marino aired out 5084 in 1984; it stood the challenge of others for 27 years. Since 2008, however, the 5000 mark has been topped 5 times, with 4 coming in just the past two years. Including those 5000 yard throwers, 11 quarterbacks ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 138 Fantasy Articles broke the 4000 barrier last season alone. Dan Marino’s record of passing yards in a season (5084) was broken twice in the same year in 2011. Saints QB Drew Brees has eclipsed 5000 yards passing three times in the last five seasons and took down Marino’s record in 2011 with the now table-setting 5476. Quarterbacks have thrown for 4,500 yards or more in a season 39 times in the league’s history, 22 times in just the past 4 seasons! With passing yards usually brings touchdown passes. 2011 was the first time three quarterbacks surpassed 40-passing TDs in a season. Drew Bress, a 5K yard passer last season, ripped another 43 in the process. Statistically, performances in the passing game are at an all-time high. Fantasy football commissioners and league managers have been altering scoring rules in in an effort to level the scoring field between the QB and the other skill players. Many leagues focus on the basic scoring strategies, with quarterbacks getting three or four points for each passing TD and one point for every 20 or 25 passing yards, while taking a point away for each interception. A scoring menu like this is an attempt to devalue the quarterback position; well-intentioned but mostly futile. With all the machinations put in place by fantasy league bosses and organizers to level the playing field, quarterbacks still end up reigning supreme. There are other fantasy league rule-setters that take a contrary viewpoint and actually recognize the quarterback as the most important player on the field and, much like the NFL, design the rules of their leagues to highlight the play of the passer. Setting a QB-weighted league does not require much creativity or heavy mental lifting. Quarterback-weighted leagues tend to award passers six points for every touchdown instead of three or four. A bonus for hitting 300-yards passing in a game or for longer touchdown passes is often part of the QB-friendly league. Some leagues take to giving the QB a point for every 10 yards passing rather than the more conservative 20-25 yard breakpoint. A PPR league could install these options looking to find ways of bringing some extra value to quarterbacks and thus thrust the passers’ value over running backs and over-valued dink-n-dunk slot receivers. Another wrinkle that is making its way into fantasy football scoring menus is total yards from scrimmage for QBs. With the infusion of dual-threat athletes taking snaps from center, passing yard bonuses and breakpoints are giving way to air miles AND rushing yardage in combined total tally. The NFL changes quickly from season to season, and astute fantasy football commissioners constantly alter there leagues to keep up with the times. Again, a league that caters to QB yards from scrimmage falls into the QB weighted scoring category also. In any scoring format, be it balanced scoring, PPR and obviously QB-weighted leagues, starting quarterbacks in general are going to score more overall points, and specifically more points PER game than most players at other positions just because of sheer volume of chances. The questions to be answered each pre-season as fantasy football owners prep for their drafts and auctions are which passers (if any) rate first round consideration over stud running backs and star wide receivers? What circumstances may have changed that might make it wise to focus on taking an elite passer early, especially in leagues that are most favorable to quarterbacks? Have all the aggressive rules alterations by the NFL to enhance the passing game forced this year’s fanballers to consider a return to the late 1980s-early 1990s when legends like Dan Marino (Drew Brees), Joe Montana (Tom Brady), Randall Cunningham (Cam Newton), Steve Young ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 139 Fantasy Articles (Robert Griffin III) and Warren Moon (Matt Stafford) were having their names called out in fantasy drafts opening rounds? Or, has the infusion of extremely talented, versatile, mobile and pro-ready young signal-callers like Andrew Luck, Colin Kaepernick, Russell Wilson, Ryan Tannehill, RGIII and Newton, joined by the existing star-quality vets like Aaron Rodgers, Matt Ryan, Joe Flacco, Tony Romo and Eli Manning created such a deep pool of viable arms that waiting on a QB is the way to go? The above mentioned changes to the game, the rapid evolution of the running back position into interchangeable (RBBC) pieces that are used as support for the passing game, AND the proliferation of Pistol/Spread 3-4-5 receiver formations have truly altered the value of the early rounds of fantasy football drafts and auctions. If your league awards six points for TD passes and runs, bonuses for yards passing in a game, long passing scores, total yards from scrimmage or any other “extras” for QBs, then you are in a QB-WEIGHTED league. In 2012 it seemed like a great opportunity to add four-to-six quarterback names as solid first round draft options. 2013, just like that, we have a different situation. True top-of-the-list fantasy star players, be it QB, RB, WR or TE are products of the times they play in as much as a result stemming from their talents. The past decade or so we witnessed the stud running back era, with the “feature” RB dominating the first two-to-three rounds of fantasy drafts. But a new era has risen, and we are experiencing the dawn of the stud quarterback period in the NFL and fantasy football. Let’s not bog ourselves down with statistics and sabermetric haze here. Instead, we’ll dive into practical application and old school fantasy football logic. Assume we have identified that we are, indeed, in a QB-Weighted league (6-points for passing TDs, bonus points for passing yards and/or yards from scrimmage, etc.). The obvious objective each week is to score more points than the opposition. To do that in the QB-friendly league, base your team/roster/draft on nailing down one of the true top-tiered QBs early… possibly in the first round. Remember, running backs in today’s game are mostly meant to be interchangeable. NFL coaches have finally figured out that the position is too demanding physically for one player to handle alone, hence the perceived fantasy football evil known as RBBC. There are a few that still separate themselves from the rest of the pack, qualifying as “feature” backs. Adrian Peterson, Doug Martin, Jamal Charles, Arian Foster, Ray Rice, Marshawn Lynch and LeSean McCoy all come to mind as first round talents that are a step above the rest of the ball-carriers in the NFL. But even in that elite group, Charles, Rice and McCoy all work within a passing offense and they have weeks where they are not utilized any better or more than the tailbacks rated under them. From week-to-week you can sub in a potential point-getting ball carrier (use that term lightly) by working your Fantasy Football Mastermind Strength Of Schedule. Let other owners fret and scramble for those top53-4 running backs fantasy experts considered studs. There’s a good chance that those star halfbacks are going to miss some time on the field. Adrian Peterson was a horse last season; can he survive another carry-load like that again? Jamaal Charles has an injury history and he may be injury-prone with the anticipated rise in touches this season. Rice has a rising Bernard Pierce to contend with; Foster a huge carry total in the past 3 seasons… there is great weekly availability risk here. And even at their best it is most likely that none of them will outscore the top 12 passers this season. Prepare on working the following passers into your early-rounds draft plan; Aaron Rodgers (GB), Drew Brees (NO) and Peyton ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 140 Fantasy Articles Manning (DEN). A few advantages of focusing your strategy on drafting one of these elite QBs in round one or two are; 1. Opening opportunity to draft late in the first round to secure your cornerstone (QB). 2. Your cornerstone draft pick WILL lead your team (and possibly your league) in scoring. 3. Your first round pick is most likely to stay on the field and play a full schedule. 4. Flexibility is created and you can ounce on a stud RB that may unexpectedly fall to you late in round one, AND you still can nail down a Rodgers, Brees or Denver’s Manning on the turnaround. Regarding the first three advantages, can you say any of the above about ANY running back you would draft in round one? Will one of the top three RBs still be available for you late in round one? In a QB-weighted league, will a RB or WR ever lead your league in scoring? Are the chances favorable that your top RB will make it through the entire season playing at full speed, or a full slate of games? Sure, wide receivers are likely to play all 16 games and put up great numbers but even the best in the game (Calvin Johnson) have to share the ball with at least two other sets of hands on any given play AND, your stud QB is the one who is getting the ball to any of those superstar receivers anyway. Even with the success of the very best wideouts in the game, one of these quarterbacks is scoring his points at the same time. Another advantage of being able to draft later in the first round, assuming the draft is serpentine, is you still have ample opportunity to select a solid running back or elite wide receiver. You next pick is just around the corner and there is still plenty of value in early round two. It just makes sense in a QB-weighted league; given the offensive environment… draft late, take the quarterback. If a “must have” halfback happens to fall deep into round one (Ray Rice has a surprisingly low round 1 ADP), you are still in position to nab that surprise left on the board and steal a stud QB on the turn early in round two (Peyton Manning, Aaron Rodgers or Drew Brees). These A-list QBs are most capable of lighting up 40 touchdowns and 5000 yards passing. That adds up to two top running backs rushing for 1500 yards and 10 TDs EACH… PLUS two wide receivers hauling in 1000 yards and 10 scores apiece. That is four rounds of draft picks in one player; all this from your most important pick in the draft, a gold-standard quarterback. Sure, there is no guarantee these passers are going to reach the 40/5000 marks this season, but they are likely to be close. If the league you participate in is weighted toward the performance of the QB, then a slight dip in these eye-popping numbers isn’t going to create any sizeable shift in their perceived first round value. The ever-changing National Football League forces fantasy football participants to re-evaluate draft and roster strategy each and every off-season. Heading into the 2012 drafts it looked like 46 quarterbacks warranted first round consideration, thanks to previous dominating exploits and given the perceived thin depth of talent at that position around the league. One season later the quarterback position in the NFL seems as strong and deep as ever. After the three studs in the tier-one level (Rodgers, Brees, P.Manning) there is little separating the next 6-9 passers when we take into account skill, supporting cast, opportunity, offensive schemes and strength of schedule. The quarterback pool is also getting a lift from a few of the bottom-rated passers of 2012 who find themselves in better situations thanks to a change in coaching, uniform, personnel or all of the above. The fading star of Carson Palmer gets a jolt of energy in 2013 as a Cardinal, playing ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 141 Fantasy Articles under former Colts coach Bruce Arians. Arians’ style of play-calling and offensive theory is a clean match for Palmer’s particular style of play. Kansas City’s new dart throwing passer, Alex Smith, was hand-picked by Coach Andy Reid because he not only “fits”, but seems to be ready to blossom as an NFL star QB. The Browns’ Brandon Weeden gets to open it up and use that big arm of his in a Norv Turner down-field focused passing game. Disappointing St. Louis QB Sam Bradford has the best set of speedy playmakers he’s ever had as a pro, and finally has a chance to work the entire field in his air attack. Chicago enigma Jay Cutler gets to perform for the best offensive coach he’s had since his Mike Shanahan days in Denver. Yes gang, the cupboard appears full with fine passing ingredients and fantasy football QB options in 2013. The rising talents are comingling with other throwers who are seeing their stock value fall this year. While Patriots passer Tom Brady is still an elite QB talent, his supporting cast and the offensive philosophy is vastly altered. New England has gutted its receiver corps and seems to be shifting to a run-based offense. Brady’s championships have come with him passing under 4000 yards and Coach Belichick doesn’t forget things that worked in the past. Philly’s Mike Vick not only has been just mediocre at best the past 1.5 seasons, he’s in a true battle for a job with 2nd season man Nick Foles. Joe Flacco has a nice title trophy on his mantle, but he lost his best receiver this off-season (Anquan Boldin) and the Ravens did little to replace the go-to veteran for Flacco. Philip Rivers and Matt Schaub are experiencing the down-side of their careers and their peak years are in the rear-view mirror. What does this mean for those fanballers working in QBfriendly leagues? Quite simply, if you are not hell-bent on having the top three QBs on your roster this season, then even in QB-weighted leagues, wait it out and allow the best available passer come to you while you fortify other positions in your lineup. Tom Brady, Matt Ryan, Cam Newton, Tony Romo, Matt Stafford, Andrew Luck, Eli Manning, Colin Kaepernick, Robert Griffin III all have the right set of tools to produce winning fantasy points. In 2013 there are others that are knocking on that door. Arizona QB Carson Palmer broke the 4000 passing yards mark with a talent-depleted Oakland Raider offense last season. This year he is tossing the rock to the likes of Larry Fitzgerald, Michael Floyd, Andre Roberts and aggressive play-caller Bruce Arians is his coach. Tennessee’s Jake Locker has a rocket arm and great wheels along with the full-time job and a year of experience under his belt. The Titans have receiving weapons, a quality o-line and a new offensive coordinator who is young and looking to make his mark in the league. Tampa Bay’s Josh Freeman battled through inconsistency last season, yet eclipsed 4000 yards through the air and has fine wideouts to throw to. Seattle’s Russell Wilson was allowed to slowly mature as a rookie and began to air it out late in the season. Wilson has an underrated assortment of receivers to work with this season. Though Philip Rivers is in decline, he’ll get a fresh start with a new coaching staff. Rivers did throw for over 4600 yards and 27 TDs the season prior to last; he’s still not that far gone. Sam Bradford, Alex Smith, Ryan Tannehill and Jay Cutler all have much improved situations over last season and should be ready to approach career years in 2013. 2013 should prove to be a banner year for the passing game. The quarterback talent is deep, the systems in place are dynamic and the supporting players are tailored to helping the passer succeed in various and creative ways. The game today is all about big plays and air-dominance. Things happen quickly in the NFL and changing circumstances create opportunity for some and consternation for others. The early-to-mid 1990’s saw quarterbacks drafted regularly in the first round, and it was fun and exciting. Today the game is all about getting off as many plays as ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 142 Fantasy Articles possible on offense and thus, boosting the scoring opportunities for the QB. It’s time to check their scoring menus in your leagues, identify if your leagues are QB-weighted, and then use that passer-friendly program to your best advantage. Prepping for your 2013 season and participating in a QB-weighted fantasy league, lineup Aaron Rodgers, Peyton Manning and Drew Brees for round one or early round two call-outs. Once those elite playmakers are off the board, shift your plans and load up your other skill positions before selecting a passer. 2013 brings the deepest group of arms ever assembled in the pro ranks. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 143 Fantasy Articles Zigging and Zagging Through Your Draft July 26, 2013 by: H.D. Coelho All of us enjoy sports action, or at the very least fantasy sports action. Football, baseball, and basketball are all very popular but personally I also enjoy the pugilistic arts. That’s right, boxing. I partook in the sport in my younger days and was intrigued by the physical chess match taking place in the ring. Every punch has a counter, jab or uppercut so if you can’t dart and dodge, zig and zag, you would not be upright for long. That’s a strategy we could follow in fantasy drafts to some degree. Every season shortly after the NFL draft the fantasy hype machine begins churning out names; players no fantasy player could live without. A shrewd owner learns to zig when others zag, letting others reach for the hype while you snap up the talent that falls to you. Lets look at some overvalued players for this season, and some great values to snap up in their place. Quarterbacks Overvalued- Tom Brady I know the wealth of expertise Brady has at the position, and how he is top 5 every year but the handwriting is clearly on the wall this year in New England. He lost two of his top receiving options with the departure of Wes Welker, Brandon Lloyd and the handcuffed departure of Aaron Hernandez. Then factor in Rob Gronkowski and his iffy health status, as well as newly acquired Danny Amendola and his frequent health hiccups and things look mighty thin in the cupboard in Beantown. Undervalued- Andrew Luck There is no luck required, this kid has tons of talent and football smarts. Reggie Wayne is still there (another undervalued player) and looks for the talented tight ends Coby Fleener and Dwayne Allen to be more active too. The teams also added Darius Heyward-Bey plus incumbent Ty Hilton will get more in the mix. It’s not a stretch for Luck to finish top 5 in 2013. Getting a signal caller like this in round 6 or so will give you time to gobble up talented running backs and wide receivers. Honorable mentions- Matt Ryan, Joe Flacco, Russell Wilson Running Backs Overvalued-David Wilson I must confess, I am a David Wilson owner, but I sure don’t see him as my RB1. Sure, he has tons of talent and always could pull off another 300 yard plus effort like he did last year against the Saints. Then again, he is also a bad fumble or two away from the Coughlin doghouse plus he still is not a natural fit in pass protection. It’s also not a forgone conclusion that Andre Brown may not be the foundation back in this RBBC with some of the speedy Wilson mixed in. That’s a bit risky to justify his ADP of round 2 or 3. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 144 Fantasy Articles Undervalued-Jamaal Charles Everyone was amazed by Adrian Peterson and his performance following a major injury, but lost in the shuffle was Jamaal Charles. Poorly used on a badly coached team, Charles still totaled over 1500 yards. I would be shocked if Andy Reid would not use Charles to his potential both on the ground and in space catching balls out of the backfield. At just 26 years old, he is poised for his best season to date. Honorable mentions-Lamar Miller, Pierre Thomas Wide Receivers Overvalued-Percy Harvin True enough; Harvin is a dynamic playmaker who can be even be effective in the backfield if the opportunity presents itself. Yet the way he makes opposing defenses pay most is catching passes and lots of them, and those come from lots of targets. Where Harvin was the focal point in a thin Minnesota receiving corps, Seattle is much deeper at the position plus it’s a very basic running offense that was last in passing attempts in 2012. Its unlikely that Harvin will get enough targets to justify his WR1 position he is being drafted in. Honorable Mention-Wes Welker Undervalued-Steve Smith The speedy Smith has done nothing for his entire career but catch footballs and lots of them. With a talented quarterback who is sure to get better, Smith is still really the only guy in town at the position. Brandon Lafell and David Gettis don’t scare me. Neither does the additions of Domenik Hixon or special teams ace Ted Ginn Jr. It should be a no brainer that Smith exceeds his average draft spot of the eighth round. Honorable Mention-Antonio Brown, Cecil Shorts There is a lot can be gained by going against the flow and grabbing those player values that fall to us. Of course, we all will be guilty of reaching for a player too early from time to time but that’s a discussion for another time. For now just remember to zig and zag. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 145 Fantasy Articles Magic QB Handcuffs July 26, 2013 by: Chris Rito Do you remember those trick handcuffs you would see advertised on the back cover of comic books when you were a kid? You know...they looked just like a pair of regular ordinary ol' handcuffs, but some amazing magic happened when you knew how to use them properly. They seemed like one plain and simple thing that many would ignore, but they really were so much more in the right hands. In many ways, I think this is a great analogy for drafting your backup fantasy QB, since a very good plan is often to take the ordinary guy as your #2 - a guy that is way more than he seems, but only when you know how to use him properly! Even though many pundits are claiming that this is the deepest set of starting fantasy QBs in recent history, it still could be a very reasonable approach to take a QB early and then wait on a backup until late in the draft. Unlike a WR or RB that will fill multiple starting spots in your lineup , you only have one QB slot in most leagues...and therefore you tend to stick with one guy in your starting lineup all season long (barring injury). But then, the dreaded bye week comes by and you have to play that ordinary Joe and many make the mistake of overvaluing that one week on draft day; many times a fantasy owner gets paranoid and spends a way-too-high draft pick on a backup QB that they actually hope will never see the light of day outside of a single bye week start! To be honest, for most teams and owners, the loss of the starting QB (which is the most predictable of the positions atop the rankings, and the highest scoring) already means that your season has a significant likelihood of turning out considerably poorer than expected. So why worry? In this article, I will take a look at the top three tiers of QBs in the Mastermind rankings (the top eleven passers, as of the start of July) and offer some quick thoughts on the low-rent QBs that would make good partners for each of them on your fantasy roster, based on schedule and recent history. I will mostly avoid using the guys in the 4th tier (Wilson, E.Manning, Dalton, Freeman, Big Ben, Rivers) for several reasons. First of all....your personal rankings could reasonably have several of these guys in YOUR top tiers, or on the draft boards of other owners in your drafts. Therefore, some of them clearly will be drafted as fantasy starters, especially in 12 team leagues. Secondly....none of those guys would be available in the latter third of your draft, as they clearly will be valued enough to be off the grid by round 12 or so. The main focus of this piece is to help you think about a guy you can get REAL late, that will give you that chance at a one-week nuclear score without having to spend a real high draft pick on him. In fact, some of these guys might not even get drafted in several leagues under normal circumstances, and might be available as last round options, depending on league rules and owner tendencies! Aaron Rodgers and Cam Newton (week 4): There are a whole host of intriguing matchups from which to pick in this one, with numerous lower tier QBs facing less-than-stellar defenses. Again, I will focus on the lower-ranked passers ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 146 Fantasy Articles since you likely spent a very high pick on Rodgers and will not be looking for someone to potentially break out and sustain greatness that is competitive. Jake Locker will be at home against as suspect Jets' pass defense and should have a good day; mobile QBs are a little tougher for this team, and they were clearly untalented without Revis to take away half of the field as we saw in 2012. A huge day should be had by Ryan Tannehill who is on the fast track in New Orleans. Everyone throws on the Saints, and they are particularly susceptible to the deep speedsters and the TE. Enter Tannehill and his new toys Mike Wallace and Dustin Keller, and no consistent run game on the horizon with which to bludgeon the Saints. This one could be a track meet. Carson Palmer plays an improved (on paper) Bucs pass defense that was among the worst in league history in 2012, but did add Darrell Revis. Not that you would bench a healthy Newton or Rodgers, but Palmer does have choice matchups also while coming out of a bye in weeks 10 (HOU) and 11 (@JAX) when these two face some of their tougher matchups; does a healthy Palmer trump a gimpy stud QB? Other solid options are Matt Flynn (vs.WAS) and Jay Cutler (@DET) Robert Griffin (week 5) There are not a lot of "wow!" options that really jump out at me in this week, and with the questions surrounding RG3's recovery from late-season knee injury...it might make more sense to take a more solid backup QB (like Eli) rather than a late-round flyer with questionable talents. But if you trust in RG3, then you can't help but like Jay Cutler's hosting of the Saints in what should be a high-scoring affair and some chances to get Marshall and Jeffrey downfield. There are some lesser plays that also spark some interest in me, notably Brandon Weeden (vs. BUF) and Sam Bradford (vs. JAX). Each are playing at home against some lesser competition, and each might be looking for an early season confidence booster by airing it out. Weeden will be trying to reengage suspended WR Josh Gordon and Bradford will still be adjusting to his new receivers in the early season, so each guy could be putting the ball in the air. A far sneakier play would be Alex Smith facing the Titans. While I do not expect this to be any sort of shootout, the Titans have been terrible in defending the TE in recent seasons, and the new Andy Reid offense will surely be able to exploit this. As a late-round gamble, waiting for a backup and settling for Smith would not be a terrible consolation prize. Other options: Matt Flynn (vs. SD) and Michael Vick (@NYG) Matt Ryan (week 6) This is another week without huge options that jump off the page, and this might be another case where I actually recommend taking a low 4th tier guy as your backup. Philp Rivers (vs. IND) has a super fantasy history against the Colts, especially at home and makes the best play as a partner here. While he is not returning back to the Bay area, Alex Smith will see a team he has faced in preseason a lot (vs. OAK). In the regular season, he has only faced the porous Raiders twice, but he has thrown 5 TDs in those two games -- and this year's team may be worse than the ones from those historical matchups. The best low-tier matchup will probably be Brandon Weeden (vs. Detroit). besides facing an unchallenging pass defense, the Browns will be in the third game of a long homestand and will be comfortable, the Lions will be coming off a tough road trip to Lambeau. Other options include Michael Vick (@TB) and Sam Bradford (@ HOU). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 147 Fantasy Articles Drew Brees (week 7) There are more than a few potentially lucrative matchups on the docket this week for the lesser fantasy passers . I kind of like Jay Cutler on the road in Washington - he tends to play a little better on the road without the Windy City boo-birds heckling him. The Skins defense was also atrocious in the air in 2012, and I don't see a great deal of improvement yet this year. Michael Vick is at home against Dallas, and he has a great history against the Cowboys since donning an Eagles' uniform; his QB rating as an Eagle vs. the Cowboys is well north of 100. However, he is a better pairing with a Tier 3 QB that is off this week - e.g., guy that might actually get benched if Vick returns to glory. A real last-round flyer would be whoever wins the starting gig for the Jets who host the Patriots that week, especially if it is Mark Sanchez. New England is notorious for allowing a ton of garbage points in the air to the Jets, and this one should be no different as the Jets should trail early and often. If it is Geno Smith, however, I would think that The Hoodie will find a way to befuddle the rookie a bit more. Other solid options: Ryan Tannehill (vs. BUF) Andrew Luck (week 8) This is a tough week, and only partially because there are so many good fantasy teams off this week at the same time. I am not as sold on Luck being as big a fantasy force in 2013 as are many, so the fact that there are no great matchups among the late-round backups makes me want to consider drafting a backup quicker than most and selecting from the 4th tier. I actually think that Tony Romo is a good match for Luck and they might need to be drafted in consecutive rounds in rounds 7-10 somewhere to make sure they get together on your roster. Romo also has a dream matchup (@DET) in Luck's bye week even if the youngster pans out. The other three guys that have the most choice matchups are all guys that I think will have great potential for garbage time while trailing heavily in their respective games. I am fairly sure that rookie E.J.Manuel (@ NO) will be in the lineup by week 8, and will get a host of garbage yards against the Saints on the road. Ditto for Christian Ponder (vs. GB) who will not have the luxury of feeding AD if behind by three scores. The more solid of the three garbage men this week would be Ryan Tannehill (@ NE) who should also have some other good weeks along the way and would be a more solid option to couple with his fellow sophomore Luck. Peyton Manning, Colin Kaepernick and Matt Stafford (week 9) Wow - there will be a lot of fantasy owners with stud QBs sitting on the bench this week, so you will be in a race with several owners to secure the right backup for your roster. In addition, middle tier guys like Eli and Palmer are off this week also, and even another potential lastrounder like Henne/Gabbert is off the grid. Yikes! Fortunately, the entire middle tier of QBs has good matchups, so there yet will be a lot of options available for you. One low-end matchup that trips my trigger is Alex Smith (@ BUF); like I described earlier for Smith in week 5, Buffalo has traditionally been terrible against the TE so he could have a big week due to the specific defensive scheme in this matchup. One player to surely avoid is Jay Cutler (@ GB) even though he is coming off a bye, because his history in Lambeau is downright butt-ugly with high sack and INT totals and he has been beaten up. But I really do like starting a guy in the late national game, especially if it has the possibility of being a high-scoring matchup...and Matt Schaub (vs. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 148 Fantasy Articles IND) on Sunday night with both teams coming off byes and likely battling for the division lead? Take the Schaubster here and put him in your pocket as the best option for this week. Tom Brady (week 10) With a guy that will never get benched by a fantasy GM and rarely ever has missed a game, you are definitely looking for a one week fix here. Fortunately, there are a wealth of solid options, including some that can be had well into the latest rounds of the draft. Also, there are a lot of matchups of geographically close opponents, so travel may not be a big factor to make road warriors more attractive. One could think that Jay Cutler (vs. DET) would be a great pairing here, but watch out! Despite having two cracks a year against the pathetic Lions pass defense, Cutler has only had one big game against them, and it was a garbage time game in week 17 of 2009. Ryan Tannehill (@ TB) is probably a better bet playing not too far from home and against a poorer secondary even with Revis. Revis will likely shadow speedy Mike Wallace, but Tampa got crushed by the TE in 2012, and Tannehill also has a new toy at that position to exploit. I also like Sam Bradford (@ IND) against a revamped but as of this writing unproven secondary. Since I think the game could be somewhat higher scoring for the Colts, Bradford might also be in catch-up mode. Some deep round guys that could pay dividends for a one-week fix might be Jake Locker (vs. JAX) or Christian Ponder (vs. WAS), who each will have the chance to exploit burnable secondaries while having advantages in the WR-CB matchups. Tony Romo (week 11) As much as I think Tony Romo is unfairly criticized by the fans and media, I have to admit that I would be nervous going into a season with him as my starter. So, I would look for a bye week partner that has some potential to be more than a stop-gap bye week dude. Because of this, I might consider Carson Palmer (@JAX) as the best option. Palmer also has some good matchups when Romo has some tough ones, so this could be a platoon if you like. Jake Locker (@ IND) also has a chance to have a big week; he has performed well in the past against Indy, and Britt and Washington each have solid histories there as well. There are two scrubs that will be coming off of byes, and also have choice matchups, starting with Brandon Weeden (@ CIN). While Cinci has a solid defense, the CIN/CLE games have been track meets in recent years, so it is possible. Also, the Jets come off a bye and go into Buffalo...and since the Jets have five really tough games before the bye, it would not surprise me if this were the start of Geno Smith's starting career with two weeks to prepare and the jets sporting at least a five-game losing streak. I would also think about a one-week option of the Raiders QB in garbage time in Houston, but your guess is as good as mine who that will be right now. Whoever it is will likely be on the waiver wire and available if you need someone that week. As you prepare your roster and make your draft strategy, the concept of backups is just one thing to consider. One must decide if the preferred strategy is one of getting two good-to-great passers and covering your butt in case of injury, or one of loading up at the other positions and picking a QB#2 for just one week. If you feel comfortable with this second option....you just have to take this article into the draft with you and then you can eschew the backup QB position until round 12 or later, improving your overall roster! But no matter what you do, it is important to see how ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 149 Fantasy Articles the players on your roster mesh together to create something that is far more magical than the mere sum of the parts. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 150 Fantasy Articles Player Percentage: Who's on the Field & Who Isn't? July 26, 2013 by: John Holler There are many factors that fantasy owners use to rate players, but one that is rarely used – primarily because most fans don’t have access to it – is the player percentage. The PP numbers list the number of plays that a given player is on the field in the course of a game. Some of the numbers can be shocking – a wide receiver may only be on the field half as often as a teammate, but has as many or more catches. That either means his coach or his quarterback has so much confidence in that player that he gets targeted when he’s on the field. But, it could also be a situation where the player on the field so much gets used so rarely. The PP numbers can tell a fantasy owner willing to do his homework a lot about the use of key fantasy players. Would you have rather have a featured back who is on the field 75 percent of the time or one that is on the field 50 percent of the time? Even if their numbers are comparable in terms of carries and yards, the simple fact of the matter is that you don’t score fantasy points from the bench. Why are we so down on the Carolina backfield? See the playtime percentages of the Panther running backs. When healthy, it would appear the Panthers were much more willing to give the ball to Jonathan Stewart in terms of PP numbers, but DeAngelo Williams and Mike Tolbert were typically on the field so much that it negated much of Stewart’s effectiveness. The level to which you analyze these numbers is up to you. You can learn a lot about a player and coaching staff by looking at the final few games for a team that had already been eliminated from playoff contention. Did his playing drop when the games were meaningless? Was a team taking a look at younger players to see what they have to offer for 2013? As you make your draft list check out these numbers and see where the numbers speak loudly. Who will Percy Harvin take time away from in the Seattle offense. Will Steven Jackson be a good fit in Atlanta? Both will certainly be upgrades over what their new teams had last year, but will they fill the need they were brought into accomplish? Before you finalize you list, spend the time to examine the play percentage numbers because they may tell the story behind the story as to why some fantasy players continue to be consistent and dominant while others are much more hit and miss. AFC EAST BUFFALO BILLS Week 1 – (60 plays) Ryan Fitzpatrick (60/100), C.J. Spiller (42/70), Fred Jackson (15/25), Tashard Choice (7/12), Stevie Johnson (58/97), Donald Jones (57/95), David Nelson (28/47), Ruvell Martin (15/25), Scott Chandler (55/92), Lee. Smith (16/27) Week 2 – (57 plays) Fitzpatrick (51/89), Spiller (38/67), Choice (14/25), Johnson (50/88), Jones (50/88), T.J. Graham (29/51), Brad Smith (11/19), Chandler (54/95), L. Smith (14/25). Week 3 – (72 plays) Fitzpatrick (72/100), Choice (54/75), Spiller (13/18), Johnny White (5/7), Corey McIntyre (10/14), Johnson (69/96), Jones (69/96), Graham (39/54), B. Smith (23/32), Chandler (53/74), L. Smith (25/35). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 151 Fantasy Articles Week 4 – (69 plays) Fitzpatrick (69/100), Jackson (34/49), Spiller (31/45), Choice (3/4), White (1/1), Dorin Dickerson (19/28), McIntyre (3/4), Johnson (69/100), Graham (58/84), Jones (51/74), B. Smith (26/38), Chandler (45/65), L. Smith (5/7). Week 5 – (46 plays) Fitzpatrick (44/96), Tyler Thigpen (2/4), Spiller (25/54), Jackson (21/46), McIntyre (1/2), Johnson (46/100), Jones (45/98), Graham (38/83), B. Smith (7/15), Chandler (42/91), L. Smith (5/11). Week 6 – (69 plays) Fitzpatrick (69/100), Jackson (40/58), Spiller (30/43), Choice (1/1), McIntyre (15/22), Johnson (68/99), Jones (60/87), Graham (54/78), B. Smith (4/6), Chandler (58/84), L. Smith (14/20) Week 7 – (61 plays) Fitzpatrick (61/100), Jackson (37/61), Spiller (29/48) McIntyre (10/16), Johnson (61/100), Jones (57/93), Graham (48/79), B. Smith (7/11), Chandler (48/79), L. Smith (8/13) Week 8 – BYE WEEK Week 9 – (57 plays) Fitzpatrick (57/100), Jackson (35/61), Spiller (26/46), Dickerson (7/12), McIntyre (4/7), Jones (52/91), Johnson (46/81), Graham (33/58), Martin (11/19), B. Smith (7/12), Chandler (55/96), L. Smith (9/16). Week 10 – (77 plays) Fitzpatrick (77/100), Jackson (43/56), Spiller (36/47), Dickerson (4/5), McIntyre (3/4), Johnson (75/97), Jones (74/96), Graham (45/58), B. Smith (20/26), Chandler (64/83), L. Smith (19/25). Week 11 – (67 plays) Fitzpatrick (67/100), Spiller (50/75), Choice (17/25), McIntyre (6/9), Dickerson (4/6), Jones (65/97), Johnson (61/91), Graham (51/76), B. Smith (4/6), Chandler (59/88), L. Smith (14/21). Week 12 – (60 plays) Fitzpatrick (60/100), Jackson (32/53), Spiller (29/48), McIntyre (8/13), Dickerson (2/3), Johnson (57/95), Jones (48/80), Graham (30/50), Martin (5/8), B. Smith (5/8), Chandler (53/88), L. Smith (27/45) Week 13 – (65 plays) Fitzpatrick (65/100), Jackson (45/69), Spiller (24/37), Choice (1/2), McIntyre (7/11), T. Graham (53/82), Johnson (42/65), B. Smith (36/55), Martin (24/37), Marcus Easley (4/6), Chandler (56/86), L. Smith (31/48). Week 14 – (58 plays) Fitzpatrick (58/100), Spiller (31/53), Jackson (27/47), Choice (1/2), McIntyre (12/21), Johnson (56/97), Jones (42/72), Graham (41/71), B. Smith (23/40), Chandler (50/86), L. Smith (23/40) Week 15 – (67 plays) Fitzpatrick (61/91), Thigpen (6/9), Spiller (55/82), Choice (12/18), Dickerson (6/9), Graham (64/96), Johnson (61/91), B. Smith (51/76), Martin (14/21), Chandler (55/82), L. Smith (17/25). Week 16 – (68 plays) Fitzpatrick (68/100), Spiller (64/94), Choice (4/6), Dickerson (48/71), Johnson (68/100), Graham (61/90), B. Smith (56/82), Martin (15/22), L. Smith (22/32), Chandler (2/3). Week 17 – (58 plays) Fitzpatrick (58/100), Spiller (48/83), Choice (10/17), McIntyre (10/17), Johnson (53/91), Graham (52/90), B. Smith (51/88), Martin (23/40), L. Smith (37/64), MIAMI DOLPHINS Week 1 – (62 plays) Ryan Tannehill (62/100), Reggie Bush (47/76), Daniel Thomas (14/23), Davone Bess (54/87), Brian Hartline (37/60), Anthony Armstrong (34/55), Legedu Naanee (27/44), Anthony Fasano (53/85), Charles Clay (36/58). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 152 Fantasy Articles Week 2 – (75 plays) Tannehill (75/100), Bush (52/69), Lamar Miller (23/31), Jorvorskie Lane (48/64), Bess (63/84), Hartline (59/79), Naanee (39/52), Marlon Moore (6/8), Fasano (60/80), Clay (14/19), Jeron Mastrud (11/15). Week 3 – (83 plays) Tannehill (83/100), Bush (17/20), Thomas (49/59), Miller (17/20), Lane (20/24), Hartline (75/90), Bess (73/88), Armstrong (27/33), Naanee (18/22), Fasano (73/88), Clay (36/43), Mastrud (10/12). Week 4 – (77 plays) Tannehill (77/100), Bush (46/60), Thomas (22/29), Miller (8/10), Lane (35/45), Bess (67/87), Hartline (67/87), Naanee (37/48), Armstrong (6/8), Fasano (63/82), Clay (21/27), Mastrud (12/16). Week 5 – (66 plays) Tannehill (66/100), Bush (39/59), Thomas (27/41), Lane (36/55), Hartline (58/88), Bess (54/82), Moore (19/29), Armstrong (1/2), Fasano (64/97), Clay (21/32), Mastrud (6/9). Week 6 – (54 plays) Tannehill (54/100), Bush (50/93), Miller (4/7), Lane (21/39), Bess (50/93), Hartline (50/93), Moore (28/52), Armstrong (1/2), Fasano (49/91), Clay (12/22), Mastrud (4/7). Week 7 – BYE WEEK Week 8 – (61 plays) Matt Moore (50/82), Tannehill (11/18), Thomas (41/67), Bush (20/33), Lane (22/36), Hartline (50/82), Bess (49/80), Marlon Moore (13/21), Jabar Gaffney (11/18), Fasano (59/97), Clay (29/48), Mastrud (9/15). Week 9 – (63 plays) Tannehill (63/100), Thomas (33/52), Bush (28/44), Miller (2/3), Lane (12/19), Bess (55/87), Hartline (54/86), Gaffney (27/43), Marlon Moore (9/14), Fasano (60/95), Clay (34/54), Mastrud (1/2) Week 10 – (60 plays) Tannehill (55/92), Matt Moore (5/8), D. Thomas (29/48), Bush (17/28), Miller (14/23), Marcus Thigpen (2/3), Lane (9/15), Bess (52/87), Gaffney (52/87), Hartline (50/83), Marlon Moore (10/17), Fasano (43/72), Clay (22/37) Week 11 – (58 plays) Tannehill (58/100), Thomas (32/55), Bush (26/45), Lane (17/29), Bess (55/95), Hartline (55/95), Rishard Matthews (21/36), Marlon Moore (15/26), Fasano (54/93), Clay (15/26). Week 12 – (60 plays) Tannehill (60/100), Bush (31/52), Thomas (29/48), Lane (15/25), Hartline (54/90), Bess (53/88), Matthews (22/37), Marlon Moore (6/10), Fasano (50/83), Clay (37/62) Week 13 – (62 plays) Tannehill (62/100), Bush (34/55), Thomas (27/44), Thigpen (1/2), Lane (8/13), Bess (59/95), Hartline (56/90), Matthews (26/42), Marlon Moore (17/27), Fasano (51/82), Clay (31/50) Week 14 – (61 plays) Tannehill (61/100), Bush (43/70), Thomas (13/21), Miller (7/11), Lane (8/13), Hartline (57/93), Bess (56/92), Matthews (28/46), Moore (19/31), Fasano (58/95), Clay (16/26). Week 15 – (71 plays) Tannehill (71/100), Bush (46/65), Thigpen (27/38), Miller (18/25), Thomas (7/10), Lane (27/38), Hartline (58/82), Moore (37/52), Matthews (28/39), Binns (10/14), Fasano (64/90), Mastrud (24/34), Clay (9/13). Week 16 – (64 plays) Tannehill (64/100), Bush (41/64), L. Miller (26/41), Lane (16/25), Hartline (60/94), Matthews (47/73), Binns (37/58), Moore (14/22), Fasano (58/91), Mastrud (12/19), Michael Egnew (8/12). Week 17 – (59 plays) Tannehill (59/100), Bush (36/61), Miller (24/41), Lane (7/12), Hartline (54/92), Binns (49/83), Moore (3/5), Fasano (41/69), Egnew (17/29), Mastrud (5/8). NEW ENGLAND PATRIOTS ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 153 Fantasy Articles Week 1 – (67 plays) Tom Brady (67/100), Stevan Ridley (40/60), Danny Woodhead (14/21), Brandon Bolden (6/9), Lex Hilliard (5/7), Brandon Lloyd (57/85), Wes Welker (42/63), Julien Edelman (23/34), Matthew Slater (2/3), Rob Gronkowski (66/99), Aaron Hernandez (66/99), Michael Hoomanawanui (12/18). Week 2 – (80 plays) Brady (80/100), Ridley (43/54), Woodhead (37/46), Hilliard (4/5), Lloyd (80/100), Edelman (73/91), Welker (62/78), Gronkowski (79/99), Hernandez (3/4), Hoomanawanui (19/24). Week 3 – (82 plays) Brady (82/100), Woodhead (52/63), Ridley (25/30), Bolden (5/6), Welker (73/89), Lloyd (65/79), Deion Branch (43/52), Edelman (37/45), Slater (2/2), Gronkowski (82/100), Hoomanawanui (17/21), Daniel Fells (5/6), Kellen Winslow (4/5). Week 4 – (77 plays) Brady (77/100), Ridley (34/44), Bolden (26/34), Woodhead (10/13), Shane Vereen (8/10), Lloyd (76/99), Welker (74/96), Gronkowski (68/88), Fells (45/58), Hoomanawanui (7/9). Week 5 – (94 plays) Brady (94/100), Ridley (42/45), Bolden (25/27), Woodhead (19/20), Vereen (7/7), Lloyd (88/94), Welker (84/89), Branch (61/65), Slater (3/3), Gronkowski (94/100), Fells (38/40), Week 6 – (86 plays) Brady (86/100), Ridley (35/41), Woodhead (29/34), Bolden (12/14), Slater (1/1), Lloyd (81/94), Welker (76/88), Slater (2/2), Gronkowski (69/80), Hernandez (38/44), Fells (18/21). Week 7 – (79 plays) Brady (79/100), Woodhead (31/39), Ridley (31/39), Vereen (17/22), Lloyd (68/86), Welker (63/80), Branch (25/32), Edelman (7/9), Gronkowski (76/96), Hernandez (56/71), Fells (18/23), Hoomanawanui (3/4). Week 8 – (71 plays) Brady (61/86), Ryan Mallett (10/14), Ridley (29/41), Vereen (22/34), Woodhead (20/28), Lloyd (53/75), Welker (48/68), Branch (47/66), Edelman (24/34), Slater (4/6), Gronkowski (54/76), Fells (25/35), Hoomamawanui (18/25), Week 9 – BYE WEEK Week 10 – (72 plays) Brady (72/100), Ridley (41/57), Woodhead (16/22), Vereen (15/21), Welker (64/89), Lloyd (57/79), Branch (56/78), Gronkowski (70/97), Visanthe Shiancoe (9/12), Hoomanawanui (9/12), Fells (3/4). Week 11 – (61 plays) Brady (58/95), Mallet (3/5), Ridley (32/52), Vereen (19/31), Woodhead (11/18), Welker (57/93), Edelman (52/85), Lloyd (34/56), Greg Salas (6/10), Slater 93/5), Gronkowski (50/82), Shiancoe (26/43), Hoomanawanui (15/25). Week 12 – (68 plays) Brady (65/96), Mallett (3/4), Ridley (42/62), Vereen (16/24), Woodhead (11/16), Welker (61/90), Lloyd (60/88), Edelman (14/21), Slater (8/12), Fells (57/84), Hernandez (55/81), Hoomanawanui (5/7). Week 13 – (81 plays) Brady (81/100), Ridley (40/49), Woodhead (27/33), Vereen (14/17), Welker (77/95), Lloyd (60/74), Edelman (50/62), Slater (1/1), Hernandez (81/100), Fells (46/57), Hoomanawanui (6/7). Week 14 – (76 plays) Brady (68/89), Mallet (8/11), Ridley (31/41), Vereen (23/30), Woodhead (17/22), Bolden (6/8)Welker (66/87), Lloyd (66/87), Stallworth (20/26), Slater (14/18), Hernandez (68/89), Hoomanawanui (46/61), Fells (12/16), Shiancoe (11/14). Week 15 – (94 plays) Brady (94/100), Woodhead (75/80), Ridley (18/19), Vereen (202), Lloyd (93/99), Welker (87/93), Branch (53/56), Hernandez (94/100), Hoomanawanui (39/41), Fells (8/9). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 154 Fantasy Articles Week 16 – (73 plays) Brady (73/100), Ridley (35/48), Woodhead (24/33), Bolden Vereen (3/4) Lloyd (71/97), Welker (69/95), Branch (34/47), Aiken (3/4), Hernandez Hoomanawanui (49/67), Fells (9/12). Week 17 – (77 plays) Brady (77/100), Ridley (31/40), Woodhead (27/35), Vereen Bolden (6/8), Welker (72/94), Branch (59/77), Lloyd (31/40), Slater (3/4), Hernandez Hoomanawanui (45/58), Gronkowski (24/31), Fells (23/30). (12/16), (56/77), (14/18), (48/62), NEW YORK JETS Week 1 – (65 plays) Mark Sanchez (59/91), Tim Tebow (9/14), Shonn Greene (44/68), Bilal Powell (19/29), Joe McKnight (3/5), John Connor (29/45), Santonio Holmes (43/66), Stephen Hill (32/49), Chaz Schilens (31/48), Jeremy Kerley (22/34), Dustin Keller (29/45), Jeff Cumberland (28/43), Konrad Reuland (22/34). Week 2 – (57 plays) Sanchez (54/95), Tebow (3/5), Powell (32/56), Greene (24/42), McKnight (1/2), Connor (15/26), Holmes (49/86), S. Hill (40/70), Kerley (24/42), Schilens (6/11), Clyde Gates (6/11), Cumberland (41/72), Reuland (25/44), Dedrick Epps (6/11). Week 3 – (82 plays) Sanchez (79/96), Tebow (12/15), Greene (50/61), Powell (36/44), McKnight (3/4), Holmes (59/72), Schilens (40/49), Kerley (30/37), S. Hill (30/37), Gates (10/12), Reuland (47/57), Cumberland (40/49), Epps (23/28). Week 4 – (53 plays) Sanchez (50/94), Tebow (7/13), Powell (32/60), Greene (18/34), Connor (6/11), Schilens (49/92), Holmes (37/70), Kerley (29/55), Gates (13/25), Patrick Turner (8/15), Cumberland (40/75), Reuland (15/28), Epps (4/8). Week 5 – (57 plays) Sanchez (53/93), Tebow (7/12), Powell (25/44), Greene (24/42), Lex Hilliard (15/26), McKnight (9/16), Schilens (52/91), Kerley (44/77), S. Hill (21/37), Gates (9/16), Cumberland (50/88), Reuland (17/30) Week 6 – (64 plays) Sanchez (60/94), Tebow (6/9), Greene (42/66), Hilliard (22/34), Powell (14/22), McKnight (7/11), Schilens (51/80), Kerley (40/62), S. Hill (18/28), Josh Hill (13/20), Antonio Cromartie (1/2), Keller (48/75), Cumberland (36/56), Reuland (4/6) Week 7 – (82 plays) Sanchez (81/99), Tebow (5/6), Greene (51/62), Hilliard (37/45), McKnight (10/12), Jonathan Grimes (4/5), S. Hill (66/80), Kerley (62/76), Schilens (33/40), J. Hill (12/15), Keller (75/91), Reuland (30/37), Cumberland (9/11). Week 8 – (82 plays) Sanchez (82/100), Tebow (5/6), Greene (65/79), Hilliard (64/78), Grimes (7/9), Schilens (35/43), Gates (34/41), Keller (78/95), Reuland (16/20), Hayden Smith (1/1). Week 9 – BYE WEEK Week 10 – (52 plays) Sanchez (45/87), Tebow (8/15), Greene (36/69), Hilliard (19/37), Powell (11/21), S. Hill (33/63), Kerley (28/54), Gates (26/50), Schilens (17/33), J. Hill (2/4), Keller (44/85), Cumberland (23/44), Reuland (7/13). Week 11 – (65 plays) Sanchez (62/95), Tebow (3/5), Hilliard (31/48), Powell (28/43), Greene (26/40), McKnight (7/11), Gates (47/72), Schilens (37/57), S. Hill (23/45), Kerley (19/29), Keller (44/68), Cumberland (33/51), Reuland (10/15). Week 12 – (70 plays) Sanchez (70/100), Powell (36/51), Greene (31/44), Hilliard (13/19), McKnight (3/4), S. Hill (45/64), Kerley (43/61), Schilens (38/54), Gates (29/41), Keller (61/87), Cumberland (28/40), Reuland (12/17). Week 13 – (77 plays) Sanchez (44/57), Greg McElroy (32/42), Greene (37/48), Powell (33/43), Hilliard (25/32), McKnight (4/5), Kerley (50/65), S. Hill (49/64), Schilens (39/51), Cumberland (51/66), Reuland (46/60), Keller (27/35). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 155 Fantasy Articles Week 14 – (64 plays) Sanchez (64/100), Powell (29/45), Greene (29/45), Hilliard (17/27), Schilens (47/73), Kerley (46/72), Gilyard (20/31), Hill (12/19), Cumberland (47/73), Reuland (41/64), Smith (10/16). Week 15 – (68 plays) Sanchez (61/90), Tebow (7/10), Greene (32/47), Powell (28/41), Hilliard (16/24), McKnight (8/12), Kerley (54/79), Braylon Edwards (41/60), Gilyard (23/34), Gates (16/24), Schilens (10/15), Cumberland (62/91), Reuland (36/53). Week 16 – (61 plays) Greg McElroy (58/95), Powell (31/51), Greene (30/49), Hilliard (17/28), McKnight (1/2), Kerley (50/82), Edwards (45/74), Gates (26/43), Schilens (20/33), Jordan White (3/5), Cumberland (49/80), Reuland (21/34), Smith (3/5). Week 17 – (75 plays) Sanchez (74/99), Tebow (1/1), Powell (43/57), Hilliard (31/41), Greene (29/39), McKnight (1/1), Kerley (57/76), Edwards (57/76), White (27/36), Gates (23/31), Cumberland (56/75), Reuland (31/41), Smith (3/4). AFC NORTH BALTIMORE RAVENS Week 1 – (61 plays) Joe Flacco (52/85), Ray Rice (42/69), Bernard Pierce (12/20), Anthony Allen (6/10), Vontae Leach (22/36), Torrey Smith (50/82), Anquan Boldin (47/77), Jacoby Jones (27/44), Deonte Thompson (9/15), Tandon Doss (8/13), Dennis Pitta (43/70), Ed Dickson (38/62). Week 2 – (69 plays) Flacco (69/100), Rice (62/90), Pierce (7/1), Leach (16/23), Boldin (65/94), Smith (65/94), Jones (27/39), Doss (10/14), Pitta (50/72), Dickson (40/58). Week 3 – (72 plays) Flacco (72/100), Rice (56/78), Pierce (15/21), Leach (34/47), Smith (70/97), Boldin (65/90), Jones (30/42), Doss (8/11), Pitta (42/58), Dickson (39/54). Week 4 – (82 plays) Flacco (82/100), Tyrod Taylor (1/1), Rice (71/87), Pierce (10/12), Leach (32/39), Boldin (80/98), Smith (67/82), Jones (34/41), Doss (16/20), Pitta (57/70), Dickson (40/49). Week 5 – (56 plays) Flacco (56/100), Taylor (1/2), Rice (48/86), Pierce (6/11), Allen (1/2), Leach (30/54), Smith (56/100), Boldin (50/89), Jones (17/30), Doss (5/9), Dickson (37/66), Pitta (29/52). Week 6 – (51 plays) Flacco (51/100), Rice (45/88), Pierce (5/10), Leach (22/43), Smith (45/88), Boldin (44/86), Jones (18/35), Doss (3/6), Dickson (32/63), Pitta (30/59), Billy Bajema (6/12) Week 7 – (61 plays) Flacco (61/100), Rice (53/87), Pierce (4/7), Allen (1/2), Leach (14/23), Smith (61/100), Boldin (60/98), Jones (20/33), Doss (18/30), Pitta (43/70), Dickson (31/51). Week 8 – BYE WEEK Week 9 – (66 plays) Flacco (66/100), Taylor (1/2), Rice (53/80), Pierce (12/18), Leach (43/65), Smith (65/98), Boldin (47/71), Jones (22/33), Doss (8/12), Dickson (42/64), Pitta (33/50). Week 10 – (64 plays) Flacco (58/91), Taylor (6/9), Rice (40/62), Pierce (19/30), Leach (35/55), Smith (50/78), Boldin (42/66), Doss (26/41), Jones (22/34), Dickson (45/70), Pitta (32/50) Week 11 – (60 plays) Flacco (60/100), Rice (50/83), Pierce (10/17), Leach (36/60), Smith (59/98), Boldin (53/88), Jones (14/23), Doss (11/18), Dickson (60/100), Bajema (6/10), Pitta (1/2). Week 12 – (93 plays) Flacco (93/100), Rice (79/85), Pierce (14/15), Leach (31/33), Boldin (87/94), Smith (85/91), Jones (46/49), Doss (22/24), Pitta (81/87), Dickson (11/12), Bajema (8/9). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 156 Fantasy Articles Week 13 – (61 plays) Flacco (61/100), Rice (47/77), Pierce (14/23), Leach (41/67), Smith (59/97), Boldin (56/92), Jones (10/16), Doss (8/13), Pitta (35/57), Bajema (32/52). Week 14 – (60 plays) Flacco (60/100), Rice (43/72), Pierce (17/28), Leach (39/65), Smith (60/100), Boldin (58/97), Jones (12/20), Doss (9/15), Pitta (44/73), Bajema (18/30). Week 15 – (65 plays) Flacco (65/100), Rice (55/85), Pierce (6/9), Allen (4/6), Leach (11/17), Boldin (64/98), Jones (38/58), Smith (36/55), Doss (31/48), David Reed (14/22), Pitta (65/100), Bajema (1/2) Week 16 – (85 plays) Flacco (80/94), Taylor (5/6), Rice (58/68), Pierce (22/26), Allen (5/6), Leach (48/56), Smith (75/88), Boldin (59/69), Jones (40/47), LaQuan Williams (5/6), Reed (2/2), Dickson (48/56), Pitta (43/51), Bajema (15/18). Week 17 – (85 plays) Taylor (69/81), Flacco (16/19), Pierce (45/53), Allen (31/36), Rice (9/11), Leach (2/2), Thompson (76/89), Reed (69/81), Jones (49/58), Smith (16/19), Dickson (75/88), Bajema (41/48), Pitta (11/13). CINCINNATI BENGALS Week 1 – (70 plays) Andy Dalton (65/93), Bruce Gradkowski (5/7), BenJarvus Green-Ellis (52/74), Brian Leonard (14/20), Cedric Peerman (4/6), Chris Pressley (18/26), A.J. Green (62/89), Armon Binns (54/77), Andrew Hawkins (35/50), Brandon Tate (15/21), Mohamed Sanu (5/7), Jermaine Gresham (64/91), Orson Charles (11/16). Week 2 – (66 plays) Dalton (66/100), Green-Ellis (51/77), Leonard (10/15), Peerman (2/3), Pressley (15/23), Green (63/95), Binns (46/70), Hawkins (32/48), Tate (14/21), Marvin Jones (12/18), Gresham (65/98), Charles (15/23) Week 3 – (60 plays) Dalton (60/100), Green-Ellis (38/63), Leonard (10/17), Bernard Scott (9/15), Pressley (11/18), Green (59/98), Binns (50/83), Hawkins (30/50), Tate (6/10), Sanu (4/7), Gresham (58/97), Charles (21/35). Week 4 – (65 plays) Dalton (65/100), Green-Ellis (54/83), Leonard (6/9), Peerman (1/2), Pressley (20/31), Green (48/74), Binns (40/62), Hawkins (32/49), Tate (13/20), Jones (11/17), Sanu (6/9), Gresham (56/86), Charles (22/34). Week 5 – (68 plays) Dalton (68/100), Green-Ellis (30/44), Leonard (21/31), Scott (11/16), Pressley (8/12), Green (67/99), Binns (53/78), Hawkins (44/65), Tate (17/25), Sanu (3/4), Gresham (68/100), Charles (14/21). Week 6 – (71 plays) Dalton (71/100), Peerman (33/46), Green-Ellis (32/45), Leonard (5/7), Pressley (10/14), Green (71/100), Hawkins (51/72), Binns (40/56), Jones (15/21), Tate (13/18), Gresham (69/97), Charles (14/20) Week 7 – (50 plays) Dalton (50/100), Green Ellis (34/68), Peerman (4/8), Pressley (14/28), A. Green (49/98), Ryan Whalen (33/66), Hawkins (20/40), Sanu (18/36), Tate (9/18), Gresham (44/88), Charles (9/18). Week 8 – BYE WEEK Week 9 – (76 plays) Dalton (76/100), Green-Ellis (42/55), Leonard (29/38), Pressley (4/5), Green (76/100), Tate (65/86), Hawkins (57/75), Sanu (12/16), Binns (6/8), Gresham (75/99), Charles (14/18). Week 10 – (59 plays) Dalton (59/100), Green-Ellis (35/59), Leonard (11/19), Peerman (9/15), Pressley (15/25), Green (55/93), Sanu (36/61), Hawkins (24/41), Tate (21/36), Whalen (4/7), Gresham (58/98), Charles (26/44) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 157 Fantasy Articles Week 11 – (71 plays) Dalton (71/100), Green-Ellis (48/68), Peerman (8/11), Leonard (6/8), Pressley (10/14), Green (63/89), Sanu (63/89), Tate (34/48), Whalen (15/21), Binns (11/15), Gresham (66/93), Charles (21/30). Week 12 – (68 plays) Dalton (68/100), Green-Ellis (43/63), Leonard (13/19), Peerman (11/16), Pressley (24/35), Green (59/87), Sanu (57/84), Tate (21/31), Jones (9/13), Whalen (4/6), Gresham (68/100), Charles (24/35). Week 13 – (76 plays) Dalton (76/100), Green-Ellis (53/70), Leonard (12/16), Peerman (5/7), Pressley (13/17), Green (75/99), Jones (67/88), Hawkins (55/72), Whalen (7/9), Gresham (76/100), Charles (9/12). Week 14 – (62 plays) Dalton (62/100), Green-Ellis (42/68), Leonard (17/27), Pressley (17/27) Green (61/98), Jones (57/92), Hawkins (42/68), Whalen (4/6), Tate (4/6), Gresham (61/98), Charles (5/8). Week 15 – (78 plays) Dalton (78/100), Green-Ellis (52/67), Leonard (18/23), Daniel Herron (9/12), Pressley (5/6), Jones (65/83), Green (62/79), Hawkins (39/50), Tate (15/19), Whalen (10/13), Gresham (77/99), Charles (31/40). Week 16 – (65 plays) Dalton (65/100), Green-Ellis (46/71), Leonard (7/11), Conner (9/14), Green (63/97), Jones (60/92), Hawkins (34/52), Whalen (15/23), Tate (1/2), Gresham (62/95), Charles (25/38). Week 17 – (51 plays) Dalton (26/51), Gradkowski (25/49), Leonard (27/53), Peerman (17/33), Herron (6/12), Conner (15/29), Jones (48/94), Green (26/51), Hawkins (23/45), Tate (23/45), Whalen (3/6), Gresham (35/69), Charles (31/61). CLEVELAND BROWNS Week 1 – (61 plays) Brandon Weeden (61/100), Trent Richardson (42/69), Brandon Jackson (19/31), Mohamed Massaquoi (52/85), Greg Little (49/80), Josh Gordon (43/70), Travis Benjamin (22/36), Joshua Cribbs (1/2), Alex Smith (28/46), Ben Watson (24/39) Week 2 – (65 plays) Weeden (65/100), Richardson (46/71), Chris Ogbonnaya (20/31), Massaquoi (57/88), Little (55/85), Gordon (34/52), Benjamin (18/28), Cribbs (4/6), Watson (54/83), Smith (17/26). Week 3 – (63 plays) Weeden (63/100), Richardson (48/76), Ogbonnaya (20/32), Owen Marecic (9/14), Little (61/97), Benjamin (39/62), Gordon (37/59), Massaquoi (29/46), Cribbs (2/3), Watson (61/97), Justin Cameron (20/32). Week 4 – (71 plays) Weeden (71/100), Richardson (48/68), Ogbonnaya (25/35), Marecic (18/25), Little (67/94), Benjamin (45/63), Jordan Norwood (37/52), Gordon (30/42), Cribbs (6/8), Watson (51/72), Cameron (26/37). Week 5 – (58 plays) Weeden (58/100), Richardson (49/84), Ogbonnaya (11/19), Montario Hardesty (1/2), Marecic (14/24), Little (53/91), Gordon (50/86), Norwood (39/67), Cribbs (8/14), Watson (47/81), Cameron (17/29). Week 6 – (65 plays) Weeden (65/100), Hardesty (30/46), Richardson (27/42), Ogbonnaya (9/14), Marecic (23/35), Little (59/91), Gordon (50/77), Josh Cooper (21/32), Cribbs (9/14), Watson (57/88), Cameron (31/48), Smith (3/5) Week 7 – (60 plays) Weeden (60/100), Hardesty (24/40), Ogbonnaya (21/35), Richardson (16/27), Marecic (13/22), Gordon (56/93), Little (54/90), Cooper (25/42), Benjamin (12/20), Cribbs (6/10), Watson (42/70), Cameron (28/47). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 158 Fantasy Articles Week 8 – (63 plays) Weeden (63/100), Richardson (50/79), Ogbonnaya (10/16), Hardesty (4/6), Gordon (59/84), Little (58/92), Cooper (14/22), Cribbs (6/10), Benjamin (4/6), Watson (60/95), Cameron (28/44), Smith (22/35) Week 9 – (70 plays) Weeden (70/100), Richardson (64/91), Ogbonnaya (7/10), Gordon (65/93), Little (55/79), Benjamin (21/30), Massaquoi (19/27), Cribbs (3/4), Watson (62/89), Smith (28/40), Cameron (26/37). Week 10 – BYE WEEK Week 11 – (70 plays) Weeden (70/100), Richardson (62/89), Hardesty (6/9), Ogbonnaya (3/4), Gordon (67/96), Massaquoi (16/23), Benjamin (10/14), Cooper (8/11), Cribbs (2/3), Watson (63/90), Cameron (25/36), Smith (24/34). Week 12 – (67 plays) Weeden (61/91), Colt McCoy (6/9), Richardson (65/97), Hardesty (2/3), Gordon (61/91), Little (55/82), Massaquoi (19/28), Benjamin (18/27), Cribbs (2/3), Watson (58/87), Cameron (27/40), Smith (24/36). Week 13 – (68 plays) Weeden (68/100), Richardson (56/82), Hardesty (12/18), Gordon (63/93), Little (56/82), Massaquoi (21/31), Benjamin (17/25), Watson (60/88), Cameron (32/47), Smith (23/34). Week 14 – (70 plays) Weeden (65/93), McCoy (5/7), Richardson (49/70), Hardesty (19/27), Gordon (57/81), Little (56/80), Massaquoi (20/29), Benjamin (5/7), Cribbs (4/6), Watson (60/86), Smith (37/53), Cameron (36/51), Week 15 – (53 plays) Weeden (53/100), Richardson (37/70), Hardesty (11/21), Ogbonnaya (3/6), Gordon (52/98), Little (45/85), Massaquoi (19/36), Benjamin (9/17), Cribbs (3/6), Watson (45/85), Cameron (22/42), Smith (18/34). Week 16 – (64 plays) Weeden (36/56), McCoy (28/44), Richardson (43/67), Hardesty (14/22), Brad Smelley (10/16), Ogbonnaya (7/11), Marecic (1/2), Little (62/97), Gordon (61/95), Benjamin (40/62), Cooper (4/6), Cribbs (2/3), Watson (60/94), Smith (16/25). Week 17 – (63 plays) Thaddeus Lewis (62/98), Josh Johnson (1/2), Hardesty (35/56), Ogbonnaya (16/25), Smelley (16/25), Brandon Jackson (12/19), Little (58/92), Benjamin (38/60), Gordon (30/48), Cooper (14/22), Cribbs (3/5), Watson (61/97), Smith (31/49). PITTSBURGH STEELERS Week 1 – (76 plays) Ben Roethlisberger (76/100), Jonathan Dwyer (39/51), Isaac Redman (22/29), Chris Rainey (10/13), Baron Batch (10/13), Andre Brown (68/89), Mike Wallace (65/86), Emmanuel Sanders (55/72), Heath Miller (75/99) Week 2 – (64 plays) Roethlisberger (64/100), Redman (24/38), Dwyer (22/34), B. Batch (10/16), Rainey (9/14), Will Johnson (23/36), Brown (39/61), Sanders (38/59), Wallace (38/59), Jericho Cotchery (10/16), Miller (64/100), Leonard Pope (27/42), David Paulson (15/23). Week 3 – (73 plays) Roethlisberger (73/100), Redman (29/40), B. Batch (27/37), Rainey (9/12), Dwyer (8/11), Johnson (16/22), Wallace (65/89), Brown (63/86), Sanders (52/71), Cotchery (5/7), Miller (73/100), Pope (12/16), Paulson (5/7). Week 4 – BYE WEEK Week 5 – (73 plays) Roethlisberger (73/100), Redman (34/47), Rashard Mendenhall (22/30), Rainey (18/25), Johnson (27/37), Wallace (62/85), Brown (60/82), Sanders (47/64), Cotchery (9/12), H. Miller (73/100), Paulson (18/25), Pope (1/1). Week 6 – (64 plays) Roethlisberger (64/100), Charlie Batch (25/39), Redman (17/27), Mendenhall (16/25), Rainey (4/6), Johnson (24/38), Brown (50/78), Wallace (50/78), Sanders (43/67), Cotchery (10/16), Miller (64/100), Paulson (14/22) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 159 Fantasy Articles Week 7 – (73 plays) Roethlisberger (73/100), Dwyer (46/63), Rainey (19/26), B. Batch (8/11), Johnson (21/29), Wallace (59/81), Brown (57/78), Sanders (47/64), Cotchery (15/21), Miller (73/100), Paulson (18/25), Pope (1/1) Week 8 – (61 plays) Roethlisberger (61/100), Dwyer (38/62), B. Batch (11/18), Rainey (11/18), Johnson (22/36), Wallace (49/80), Sanders (43/70), Brown (42/69), Cotchery (3/5), Miller (61/100), Paulson (21/34), Pope (4/7). Week 9 – (70 plays) Roethlisberger (70/100), Redman (53/76), Rainey (11/16), B. Batch (3/4), Johnson (32/46), Sanders (55/79), Wallace (54/77), Cotchery (42/60), Brown (10/14), Miller (66/94), Paulson (21/30), Pope (2/3) Week 10 – (65 plays) Roethlisberger (33/51), Byron Leftwich (32/49), Dwyer (40/62), Redman (23/35), Rainey (2/3), Johnson (30/46), Wallace (65/100), Sanders (47/72), Cotchery (35/54), Miller (62/95), Paulson (20/31), Pope (1/2). Week 11 – (72 plays) Leftwich (72/100), Dwyer (33/46), Mendenhall (29/40), Redman (5/7), B. Batch (3/4), Rainey (2/3), Johnson (32/44), Sanders (64/89), Wallace (59/82), Cotchery (39/54), David Gilreath (3/4), Miller (72/100), Paulson (18/25), Pope (1/1). Week 12 – (63 plays) C. Batch (63/100), Dwyer (19/30), Rainey (18/29), Mendenhall (8/13), Redman (5/8), Johnson (32/51), Wallace (58/92), Sanders (53/84), Gilreath (21/33), Plaxico Burress (11/17), Miller (63/100), Paulson (26/41), Pope (1/2). Week 13 – (66 plays) C. Batch (66/100), Dwyer (40/61), Redman (22/33), Rainey (2/3), Johnson (28/42), Brown (51/77), Sanders (48/73), Wallace (41/62), Burress (1/2), Miller (66/100), Paulson (28/42), Pope (3/5). Week 14 – (65 plays) Roethisberger (65/100), Dwyer (23/35), Rainey (21/32), Redman (17/26), Johnson (9/14), Brown (61/94), Wallace (61/94), Sanders (41/63), Cotchery (12/18), Burress (7/11), Miller (65/100), Paulson (8/12). Week 15 – (61 plays) Roethlisberger (61/100), Dwyer (24/39), Redman (20/33), Rainey (14/23), Johnson (13/21), Wallace (58/95), Brown (55/90), Cotchery (29/48), Sanders (11/18), Miller (59/97), Paulson (21/34), Pope (1/2). Week 16 – (64 plays) Roethlisberger (64/100), Dwyer (23/36), Redman (22/34), Mendenhall (16/25), Rainey (3/5), Johnson (24/38), Brown (54/84), Wallace (51/80), Sanders (31/48), Cotchery (14/22), Miller (59/92), Paulson (23/36), Week 17 – (57 plays) Roethlisberger (57/100), Dwyer (25/44), Redman (16/28), Mendenhall (13/23), Rainey (3/5), Sanders (47/82), Brown (44/77), Cotchery (29/51), Burress (15/26), Ryan Clark (2/3), Paulson (54/95), Pope (12/21). AFC SOUTH HOUSTON TEXANS Week 1 – (69 plays) Matt Schaub (69/100), Arian Foster (49/71), Ben Tate (21/30), James Casey (51/74), Andre Johnson (54/78), Kevin Walter (48/70), Keshawn Martin (10/14), Lester Jean (10/14), Owen Daniels (59/86), Garrett Graham (42/61). Week 2 – (85 plays) Schaub (85/100), Foster (55/65), Tate (22/26), Forsett (8/9), Casey (47/55), Johnson (61/72), Walter (54/64), K. Martin (35/41), Jean (23/27), Daniels (62/73), Graham (47/55). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 160 Fantasy Articles Week 3 – (68 plays) Schaub (67/99), T.J. Yates (1/1), Foster (53/78), Tate (15/22), Casey (37/54), Johnson (54/79), Walter (47/69), Martin (21/31), Jean (13/19), Daniels (62/91), Graham (38/56) Week 4 – (60 plays) Schaub (60/100), Foster (46/77), Tate (12/20), Justin Forsett (2/3), Casey (33/55), Tyler Clutts (2/3), Johnson (45/75), Walter (39/65), Martin (22/37), DeVier Posey (14/23), Daniels (49/82), Graham (33/55). Week 5 – (66 plays) Schaub (66/100), Foster (55/83), Forsett (11/17), Casey (36/55), Johnson (57/86), Walter (4/67), Martin (18/27), Posey (8/12), Daniels (61/92), Graham (40/61). Week 6 – (71 plays) Schaub (62/87), Yates (9/13), Foster (45/63), Forsett (16/23), Tate (6/8), Casey (22/31), Clutts (3/4), Johnson (57/80), Walter (51/72), Martin (35/49), Jean (13/18), Posey (9/13), Daniels (57/80), Graham (38/54) Week 7 – (80 plays) Schaub (80/100), Foster (56/70), Tate (16/20), Forsett (7/9), Casey (30/38), Clutts (6/8), Johnson (69/86), Walter (56/70), Martin (21/26), Posey (14/18), Jean (10/12), Daniels (59/74), Graham (53/66). Week 8 – BYE WEEK Week 9 – (64 plays) Schaub (64/100), Foster (46/72), Forsett (10/16), Casey (48/75), Johnson (60/94), Walter (57/89), Martin (13/20), Jean (3/5), Daniels (44/69), Graham (39/61). Week 10 – (63 plays) Schaub (63/100), Foster (57/90), Forsett (6/10), Casey (46/73), Clutts (5/8), Johnson (59/94), Walter (53/84), Martin (7/11), Jean (6/10), Posey (5/8), Graham (56/89). Week 11 – (94 plays) Schaub (94/100), Foster (65/69), Forsett (16/17), Casey (38/40), Clutts (1/1), Johnson (87/93), Walter (81/86), Jean (29/31), Martin (23/24), Daniels (77/82), Graham (47/50). Week 12 – (79 plays) Schaub (79/100), Foster (64/81), Forsett (14/18), Casey (47/59), Johnson (71/90), Walter (62/78), Martin (21/27), Jean (16/20), Graham (54/68), Daniels (44/56), Week 13 – (73 plays) Schaub (73/100), Foster (46/63), Forsett (18/25), Tate (5/7), Casey (54/74), Johnson (70/96), Walter (63/86), Martin (19/26), Jean (9/12), Daniels (66/90), Graham (15/21). Week 14 – (69 plays) Schaub (59/86), Yates (10/14), Foster (42/61), Tate (19/28), Casey (50/72), Clutts (7/10), Johnson (55/80), Walter (45/65), Jean (26/38), Martin (17/25), Posey (14/20), Daniels (59/86), Week 15 – (69 plays) Schaub (69/100), Foster (61/88), Tate (8/12), Casey (24/35), Johnson (69/100), Walter (38/55), Posey (35/51), Jean (12/17), Martin (1/1), Daniels (56/81), Graham (41/59). Week 16 – (56 plays) Schaub (53/95), Yates (3/5), Foster (31/55), Tate (17/30), Forsett (7/12), Casey (13/23), Johnson (49/88), Walter (43/77), Posey (28/50), Jean (4/7), Daniels (51/91), Graham (35/62). Week 17 – (62 plays) Schaub (62/100), Foster (60/97), Tate (2/3), Casey (24/39), Johnson (59/95), Walter (38/61), Posey (33/53), Jean (2/3), Martin (1/2), Daniels (58/94), Graham (33/53). INDIANAPOLIS COLTS Week 1 – (66 plays) Andrew Luck (66/100), Donald Brown (28/42), Mewelde Moore (19/29), Vick Ballard (11/17), Reggie Wayne (60/91), Donnie Avery (66/100), Kris Adams (43/65), LaVon Brazill (8/12), Coby Fleener (54/82), Dwayne Allen (36/55) Week 2 – (67 plays) Luck (67/100), Brown (32/48), Ballard (14/21), Moore (13/19), Wayne (61/91), Avery (62/93), K. Adams (39/58), Fleener (50/75), Allen (47/70), D. Jones (8/12). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 161 Fantasy Articles Week 3 – (80 plays) Luck (80/100), D. Brown (41/51), Moore (21/26), Ballard (10/12), Wayne (70/88), Avery (78/98), T.Y. Hilton (39/49), Austin Collie (14/18), Adams (12/15), Allen (59/74), Fleener (43/54), Dominique Jones (13/16). Week 4 – BYE WEEK Week 5 – (96 plays) Luck (96/100), Brown (68/71), Ballard (22/23), Delone Carter (1/1), Avery (94/98), Wayne (90/94), Hilton (73/76), Brazill (12/12), Palmer (2/2), D. Allen (57/59), Fleener (53/55), D. Jones (7/7) Week 6 – (71 plays) Luck (71/100), M. Moore (29/41), Ballard (29/41), D. Carter (6/8), Wayne (69/97), Avery (67/94), Hilton (51/72), Brazill (14/20), Nathan Palmer (6/8), Allen (35/49), Fleener (35/49) Week 7 – (72 plays) Luck (72/100), Ballard (40/56), Carter (19/26), Moore (11/15), Wayne (72/100), Avery (59/82), Hilton (44/61), Brazill (7/10), Allen (57/79), Fleener (35/49), Weslye Saunders (12/17). Week 8 – (76 plays) Luck (76/100), Ballard (32/42), Brown (29/38), Moore (12/16), Carter (2/3), Avery (71/93), Wayne (68/89), Hilton (50/66), Brazill (8/11), Allen (63/83), Fleener (18/24), Saunders (15/20) Week 9 – (80 plays) Luck (80/100), Ballard (54/68), Carter (15/19), Robert Hughes (6/8), Brown (3/4), Wayne (78/98), Hilton (57/71), Avery (50/62), Brazill (26/32), Allen (73/91), Saunders (29/36). Week 10 – (67 plays) Luck (67/100), Ballard (33/49), Brown (28/42), Hughes (7/10), Carter (3/4), Wayne (51/76), Avery (50/75), Hilton (30/45), Brazill (17/25), Allen (66/99), Saunders (33/49) Week 11 – (78 plays) Luck (78/100), Ballard (46/59), Brown (19/24), Carter (9/12), Hughes (4/5), Wayne (73/94), Hilton (56/72), Brazill (41/53), Avery (34/44), Palmer (8/10), Allen (70/90), Saunders (20/26), Kyle Miller (3/4). Week 12 – (73 plays) Luck (73/100), Ballard (38/52), Brown (27/37), Hughes (6/8), Avery (71/97), Wayne (64/88), Hilton (39/53), Brazill (15/21), Allen (69/95), Saunders (29/40). Week 13 – (77 plays) Luck (77/100), Ballard (42/55), Brown (24/31), Wayne (77/100), Avery (76/99), Hilton (68/88), Brazill (18/23), Allen (56/73), Fleener (23/30), Saunders (1/1). Week 14 – (70 plays) Luck (70/100), Ballard (47/67), Carter (9/13), Hughes (5/7), Avery (64/91), Wayne (59/84), Hilton (46/66), Brazill (14/20), Allen (58/83), Fleener (32/46), Saunders (14/20). Week 15 – (61 plays) Luck (61/100), Ballard (47/77), Moore (12/20), Wayne (60/98), Avery (60/98), Hilton (34/56), Brazill (6/10), Allen (48/79), Fleener (35/57), Saunders (2/3). Week 16 – (67 plays) Luck (67/100), Ballard (58/87), Moore (5/7), Avery (63/94), Wayne (62/93), Hilton (47/70), Brazill (13/19), Allen (53/79), Fleener (28/42), Saunders (6/9). Week 17 – (68 plays) Luck (68/100), Ballard (57/84), Moore (6/9), Wayne (65/96), Avery (60/88), Hilton (30/44), Brazill (7/10), Allen (58/85), Fleener (45/66), Saunders (9/13). JACKSONVILLE JAGUARS Week 1 – (79 plays) Blaine Gabbert (79/100), Maurice Jones-Drew (48/61), Greg Jones (34/43), Rashad Jennings (18/23), Jalen Parmele (3/4), Justin Blackmon (75/95), Laurent Robinson (74/94), Mike Thomas (42/53), Cecil Shorts (14/18), Marcedes Lewis (53/67) Week 2 – (43 plays) Gabbert (38/88), Chad Henne (5/12), Jones-Drew (39/91), Jones (13/30), Montell Owens (6/14), Robinson (38/88), Blackmon (36/84), Thomas (20/47), Shorts (10/23), Lewis (38/88), Zach Potter (15/35). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 162 Fantasy Articles Week 3 – (60 plays) Gabbert (60/100), Jones-Drew (58/97), Parmele (3/5), Jones (27/45), Owens (9/15), Blackmon (48/80), L. Robinson (5/8), Kevin Elliott (41/68), Shorts (20/33), Thomas (15/25), Lewis (54/90), Potter (20/33). Week 4 – (60 plays) Gabbert (60/100), Jones-Drew (44/73), Jennings (19/32), Parmele (1/2), Jones (24/40), Blackmon (52/87), Thomas (29/48), Shorts (27/45), Elliott (25/42), Lewis (34/57), Potter (15/25), Maurice Stovall (3/5) Week 5 – (58 plays) Gabbert (58/100), Jones-Drew (49/84), Jennings (10/17), Parmele (2/3), Jones (10/17), Owens (2/3), Blackmon (55/95), Thomas (46/79), Elliott (34/59), Shorts (15/26), Lewis (48/83), Potter (12/21), Stovall (2/3). Week 6 – BYE WEEK Week 7 – (64 plays) Henne (36/56), Gabbert (27/42), Jennings (62/97), Parmele (8/12), JonesDrew (2/3), Jones (18/28), Shorts (62/97), Blackmon (50/78), Thomas (30/47), Elliott (11/17), Lewis (52/81), Potter (17/27), Stovall (9/14). Week 8 – (77 plays) Gabbert (77/100), Jennings (72/94), Parmele (7/9), Jones (14/18), Shorts (74/96), Blackmon (71/92), Thomas (51/66), Elliott (11/14), Michael Spurlock (4/5), Lewis (65/84), Potter (10/13), Stovall (3/4). Week 9 – (62 plays) Gabbert (62/100), Jennings (40/65), Parmele (26/42), Will Ta’ufo’ou (8/13), Shorts (60/97), Blackmon (58/94), Robinson (45/73), Spurlock (17/27), Lewis (47/76), Potter (7/11). Week 10 – (70 plays) Gabbert (50/71), Henne (20/29), Jennings (40/57), Parmele (27/39), Tu’ufo’ou (3/4), Owens (6/9), Blackmon (69/99), Shorts (69/99), Robinson (57/81), Spurlock (32/46), Lewis (41/59), Potter (3/4), Stovall (1/1) Week 11 – (66 plays) Henne (61/92), Gabbert (5/8), Parmele (61/92), Ta’ufo’ou (18/27), Jennings (7/11), Shorts (63/95), Blackmon (52/79), Robinson (19/29), Spurlock (15/23), Lewis (57/86), Potter (20/30), Stovall (1/2) Week 12 – (64 plays) Henne (64/10), Jennings (47/73), Tu’ufo’ou (16/25), Parmele (16/25), Owens (5/8), Shorts (56/88), Blackmon (55/86), Spurlock (23/36), Jordan Shipley (8/12), Elliott (7/11), Lewis (57/89), Potter (15/23), Stovall (2/3) Week 13 – (72 plays) Henne (72/100), Jennings (16/22), Richard Murphy (6/8), Owens (54/75), Jones (14/19), Blackmon (66/92), Shorts (54/75), Shipley (44/61), Elliott (30/42), Quan Cosby (1/1), Lewis (57/79), Potter (13/18), Stovall (1/1). Week 14 – (72 plays) Henne (72/100), Murphy (10/14), Todman (7/10), Owens (49/68), Jones (27/38), Blackmon (72/100), Elliott (56/78), Shipley (40/56), Clemons (18/25), Lewis (53/74), Potter (16/22). Week 15 – (63 plays) Henne (63/100), Murphy (12/19), Ta’ufo’ou (3/5), Owens (44/70), Jones (25/40), Shorts (63/100), Blackmon (57/90), Shipley (37/59), Clemons (11/17), Lewis (48/76), Potter (7/11). Week 16 – (79 plays) Henne (79/100), Murphy (25/32), Owens (45/57), Jones (16/20), Blackmon (75/95), Shorts (69/87), Shipley (62/78), Clemons (18/23), Mike Brown (6/8), Lewis (64/81), Potter (8/10), Isaiah Stanback (6/8). Week 17 – (74 plays) Henne (74/100), Keith Toston (49/66), Murphy (16/22), Jones (17/23), Blackmon (74/100), Clemons (67/91), Brown (7/9), Jerell Jackson (4/5), Lewis (64/86), Potter (5/7), Stanback (3/4). TENNESSEE TITANS ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 163 Fantasy Articles Week 1 – (65 plays) Jake Locker (50/77), Matt Hasselbeck (15/23), Chris Johnson (48/74), Darius Reynaud (18/28), Jamie Harper (4/6), Quinn Johnson (10/15), Kendall Wright (52/80), Damian Williams (50/77), Nate Washington (45/69), Lavelle Hawkins (19/29), Jared Cook (60/92), Craig Stevens (11/17), Taylor Thompson (8/12). Week 2 – (42 plays) Locker (42/100), C. Johnson (41/98), Reynaud (1/2), Q. Johnson (3/7), Williams (39/93), Wright (34/81), Washington (22/52), Kenny Britt (19/45), Cook (35/83), Stevens (14/33), Thompson (2/5). Week 3 – (63 plays) Locker (63/100), C. Johnson (50/79), Reynaud (7/11), Harper (1/2), Q. Johnson (12/19), Washington (58/92), Wright (47/75), Britt (37/59), Williams (29/46), Cook (18/29), Stevens (49/78), Thompson (7/7). Week 4 – (62 plays) Hasselbeck (55/89), Locker (7/11), C. Johnson (49/79), Javon Ringer (9/15), Reynaud (3/5), Washington (58/94), Wright (53/85), Williams (42/68), Hawkins (8/13), Stevens (39/63), Cook (24/39), Thompson (18/29). Week 5 – (71 plays) Hasselbeck (63/89), Rusty Smith (7/10), C. Johnson (48/68), Ringer (15/21), Reynaud (7/10), Q. Johnson (11/15), Washington (67/94), Williams (47/66), Wright (47/66), Britt (28/39), Cook (43/61), Stevens (25/35), Thompson (15/21). Week 6 – (71 plays) Hasselbeck (71/100), C. Johnson (62/87), Reynaud (5/7), Harper (3/4), Q. Johnson (23/32), Washington (55/77), Britt (45/63), Wright (31/44), Williams (26/37), Cook (44/62), Thompson (15/21). Week 7 – (64 plays) Hasselbeck (64/100), C. Johnson (44/69), Harper (10/16), Reynaud (9/14), Q. Johnson (24/38), Washington (51/80), Britt (44/69), Wright (30/47), Williams (19/30), Stevens (40/62), Cook (31/48), Thompson (18/28). Week 8 – (59 plays) Hasselbeck (59/100), C. Johnson (51/86), Harper (4/7), Reynaud (2/3), Q. Johnson (25/42), Washington (43/73), Britt (38/64), Wright (30/51), Williams (17/29), Hawkins (2/3), Stevens (42/71), Cook (25/42), Thompson (16/27) Week 9 – (57 plays) Hasselbeck (57/100), C. Johnson (52/91), Reynaud (3/5), Harper (2/4), Q. Johnson (16/28), Washington (45/79), Britt (43/75), Wright (27/47), Williams (24/42), Cook (35/61), Stevens (28/49), Thompson (10/18). Week 10 – (61 plays) Locker (50/82), Hasselbeck (11/18), C. Johnson (49/80), Reynaud (10/16), Harper (2/3), Q. Johnson (24/39), Washington (42/69), Britt (33/54), Williams (27/44), Wright (25/41), Stevens (46/75), Thompson (24/39), Cook (23/38). Week 11 – BYE WEEK Week 12 – (71 plays) Locker (71/100), C. Johnson (53/75), Reynaud (16/23), Q. Johnson (17/24), Washington (57/80), Britt (54/76), Wright (39/55), Williams (25/35), Cook (46/65), Stevens (37/52), Thompson (11/15). Week 13 – (75 plays) Locker (75/100), C. Johnson (72/96), Reynaud (3/4), Q. Johnson (4/5), Washington (68/91), Britt (66/88), Wright (54/72), Williams (14/19), Cook (64/85), Stevens (21/28), Thompson (9/12). Week 14 – (65 plays) Locker (65/100), C. Johnson (62/95), Reynaud (2/3), Harper (1/2), Q. Johnson (19/29), Washington (57/88), Britt (52/80), Wright (37/57), Michael Preston (12/18), Stevens (45/69), Cook (23/35), Thompson (15/23). Week 15 – (59 plays) Locker (59/100), C. Johnson (58/98), Harper (1/2), Q. Johnson (21/36), Britt (52/88), Washington (44/75), Wright (22/37), Preston (15/25), Hawkins (4/7), Stevens (59/100), Thompson (19/32). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 164 Fantasy Articles Week 16 – (59 plays) Locker (59/100), C. Johnson (37/63), Harper (22/37), Q. Johnson (12/20), Britt (54/92), Washington (47/80), Williams (22/37), Preston (19/32), Hawkins (12/20), Stevens (49/83), Thompson (21/36). Week 17 – (54 plays) Locker (54/100), C. Johnson (39/72), Collin Mooney (10/19), Reynaud (4/7), Q. Johnson (23/43), Britt (35/65), Washington (31/57), Wright (30/56), Preston (15/28), Hawkins (6/11), Thompson (53/98), Brandon Barden (23/43). AFC WEST DENVER BRONCOS Week 1 – (58 plays) Peyton Manning (58/100), Willis McGahee (40/69), Knowshon Moreno (16/28), Lance Ball (2/3), Demaryius Thomas (54/93), Eric Decker (53/91), Brandon Stokley (15/26), Matthew Willis (4/7), Joel Dreessen (50/86), Jacob Tamme (48/83). Week 2 – (73 plays) Manning (73/100), McGahee (49/63), Ball (13/18), Moreno (11/15), Thomas (73/100), Decker (70/96), Stokley (59/81), Willis (7/10), Dreessen (57/78), Tamme (25/34). Week 3 – (81 plays) Manning (81/100), Ball (41/51), McGahee (28/35), Ronnie Hillman (12/15), Chris Gronkowski (5/6), Decker (78/96), Thomas (78/96), Stokley (51/63), Willis (5/6), Tamme (56/69), Dreessen (50/62). Week 4 – (80 plays) Manning (79/99), Brock Osweiler (1/1), McGahee (36/45), Ball (22/28), Hillman (21/26), Gronkowski (5/6), Decker (75/94), Thomas (74/92), Stokley (35/44), Andre Caldwell (30/38), Dreessen (58/72), Tamme (43/54), Julius Thomas (1/1). Week 5 – (67 plays) Manning (67/100), McGahee (42/63), Ball (9/13), Hillman (5/7), Gronkowski (4/6), Decker (64/96), Thomas (60/90), Stokley (51/76), Willis (11/16), Caldwell (1/1), Dreessen (43/64), Tamme (43/64), Virgil Green (1/1). Week 6 – (56 plays) Manning (56/100), McGahee (46/82), Hillman (9/16), Ball (1/2), Gronkowski (3/5), Thomas (54/96), Decker (51/91), Stokley (32/57), Willis (4/7), Dreessen (39/70), Tamme (36/64), Green (5/9) Week 7 – BYE WEEK Week 8 – (74 plays) Manning (71/96), Osweiler (3/4), McGahee (43/58), Hillman (27/36), Ball (3/4), Gronkowski (4/5), Decker (68/92), Thomas (62/84), Stokley (26/35), Willis (10/14), Dreessen (67/91), Green (34/46), Tamme (25/34). Week 9 – (63 plays) Manning (63/100), McGahee (50/79), Hillman (13/21), Ball (1/2), Gronkowski (2/3), Thomas (58/92), Decker (56/89), Stokley (34/54), Willis (12/19), Dreessen (47/75), Tamme (28/44), Green (13/21). Week 10 – (64 plays) Manning (64/100), McGahee (43/67), Hillman (18/28), Gronkowski (2/3), Decker (63/98), Thomas (60/94), Stokley (47/73), Willis (7/11), Trindon Holliday (3/5), Dreessen (46/72), Tamme (21/33), Green (10/16). Week 11 – (70 plays) Manning (70/100), Hillman (32/46), Ball (21/30), McGahee (14/20), Gronkowski (1/1), Decker (67/96), Thomas (65/93), Stokley (58/83), Willis (13/19), Dreessen (48/69), Tamme (26/37), Green (5/7). Week 12 – (64 plays) Manning (64/100), Moreno (55/86), Hillman (7/11), Ball (1/2), Decker (63/98), Thomas (62/97), Stokley (52/81), Willis (10/16), Holliday (2/3), Dreessen (43/67), Tamme (23/36), V. Green (1/2). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 165 Fantasy Articles Week 13 – (75 plays) Manning (75/100), Moreno (63/84), Hillman (9/12), Ball (3/4), Gronkowski (3/4), Thomas (70/93), Decker (67/89), Willis (22/29), Dreessen (68/91), Tamme (56/75), Green (8/11). Week 14 – (84 plays) Manning (84/100), Moreno (67/80), Hillman (15/18), Ball (1/1), Gronkowski (4/5), Decker (79/94), Thomas (62/74), Stokley (30/36), Willis (27/32), Caldwell (27/32), Holliday (1/1), Dreessen (59/70), Tamme (29/35), Green (14/17). Week 15 – (77 plays) Manning (74/96), Osweiler (3/4), Moreno (42/55), Hillman (22/29), Hester (16/21), Thomas (70/91), Decker (68/88), Stokley (26/34), Willis (13/17), Holliday (1/1), Dreessen (68/88), Green (43/56), Tamme (11/14). Week 16 – (82 plays) Manning (75/91), Osweiler (7/9), Moreno (58/71), Hillman (13/16), Decker (73/89), Thomas (66/80), Stokley (58/71), Willis (28/34), Dreessen (60/73), Tamme (27/33), Green (10/12). Week 17 – (78 plays) Manning (59/76), Osweiler (19/24), Ball (26/33), Moreno (26/33), Hillman (6/8), Hester (24/31), Mitch Unrein (3/4), Decker (55/71), Thomas (53/68), Willis (26/33), Stokley (23/29), Caldwell (17/22), Dreessen (62/79), Tamme (34/44), Green (32/41). KANSAS CITY CHIEFS Week 1 – (69 plays) Matt Cassel (69/100), Jamaal Charles (29/42), Shaun Draughn (22/32), Peyton Hillis (19/28), Dwayne Bowe (60/87), Dexter McCluster (57/83), Steve Breaston (52/75), Jon Baldwin (22/32), Tony Moeaki (45/65), Kevin Boss (32/46) Week 2 – (73 plays) Cassel (73/100), Charles (20/27), Hillis (32/44), Draughn (26/36), Bowe (71/97), Breaston (40/55), McCluster (32/44), Terrance Copper (4/5), Moeaki (66/90), Boss (17/23), Jake O’Connell (9/12). Week 3 – (94 plays) Cassel (94/100), Charles (66/70), Nate Eachus (32/34), Draughn (22/23), Hillis (9/10), Bowe (89/95), Baldwin (59/63), Breaston (47/50), McCluster (23/24), Copper (8/9), Moeaki (93/99), Steve Maneri (22/23). Week 4 – (72 plays) Cassel (72/100), Charles (42/58), Draughn (23/32), Eachus (17/24), Cyrus Gray (10/14), Bowe (68/94), Baldwin (54/75), McCluster (46/64), Breaston (14/19), Copper (3/4), Moeaki (63/88), Maneri (20/28). Week 5 – (71 plays) Cassel (62/87), Brady Quinn (9/13), Charles (40/56), Draughn (24/34), Cyrus Gray (8/11), Eachus (4/6), Bowe (69/97), McCluster (31/44), Breaston (6/8), Copper (2/3), Moeaki (66/93), Maneri (51/72). Week 6 – (69 plays) Quinn (69/100), Draughn (32/46), Eachus (28/41), Charles (28/41), Bowe (61/88), Baldwin (42/61), McCluster (37/54), Copper (8/12), Breaston (4/6), Moeaki (65/94), Maneri (38/55) Week 7 – BYE WEEK Week 8 – (62 plays) Cassel (51/82), Quinn (11/18), Charles (32/52), Draughn (18/29), Hillis (13/21), Eachus (5/8), Bowe (61/98), McCluster (47/76), Baldwin (23/37), Breaston (23/37), Copper (5/8), Moeaki (61/98), O’Connell (14/23) Week 9 – (62 plays) Cassel (62/100), Charles (28/45), Hillis (28/45), Draughn (6/10), Bowe (54/87), McCluster (48/77), Baldwin (20/32), Breaston (15/24), Copper (14/23), Moeaki (60/97), Maneri (20/32), O’Connell (10/16). Week 10 – (64 plays) Cassel (64/100), Charles (43/67), Hillis (21/33), Eachus (18/28), Bowe (62/97), Baldwin (36/56), McCluster (29/45), Copper (13/20), Devon Wylie (6/9), Moeaki (63/98), Maneri (29/45) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 166 Fantasy Articles Week 11 – (61 plays) Cassel (31/51), Quinn (30/49), Charles (41/67), Draughn (14/23), Eachus (6/10), Hillis (6/10), McCluster (49/80), Breaston (45/74), Copper (33/54), Bowe (23/38), Wylie (18/30), Moeaki (60/98), Maneri (10/16). Week 12 – (61 plays) Quinn (61/100), Charles (44/72), Hillis (10/16), Eachus (9/15), Draughn (8/13), Bowe (60/98), Baldwin (26/43), McCluster (20/33), Copper (19/31), Jamar Newsome (14/23), Moeaki (61/100), Maneri (34/56). Week 13 – (69 plays) Quinn (69/100), Charles (43/62), Patrick DiMarco (38/55), Hillis (21/30), Cray (4/6), Bowe (53/77), Newsome (25/36), McCluster (21/30), Baldwin (20/29), Copper (6/9), Moeaki (68/99), Maneri (42/61). Week 14 – (54 plays) Quinn (54/100), Charles (33/61), Draughn (12/22), DiMarco (11/20), Hillis (8/15), Newsome (33/61), Copper (32/59), McCluster (32/59), Baldwin (29/54), Bowe (8/15), Moeaki (52/96), Maneri (20/37). Week 15 – (49 plays) Quinn (49/100), Charles (31/63), Draughn (12/24), Hillis (6/12), DiMarco (4/8), Baldwin (47/96), Newsome (39/80), McCluster (36/73), Wylie (7/14), Moeaki (48/98), Maneri (15/31). Week 16 – (72 plays) Quinn (72/100), DiMarco (50/96), Charles (38/53), Hillis (30/42), Draughn (4/6), Newsome (45/62), Baldwin (40/56), McCluster (37/51), Wylie (29/40), Copper (2/3), Maneri (72/100), Week 17 – (50 plays) Quinn (50/100), Charles (19/38), DiMarco (17/34), Draughn (16/32), Gray (8/16), Hillis (7/14), Newsome (35/70), Baldwin (32/64), McCluster (29/58), Wylie (18/36), Breaston (10/20), Moeaki (36/72), Maneri (23/46). OAKLAND RAIDERS Week 1 – (72 plays) Carson Palmer (72/100), Darren McFadden (68/94), Mike Goodson (3/4), Taiwan Jones (1/1), Marcel Reece (38/53), Owen Schmitt (8/11), Darrius Heyward-Bey (66/92), Rod Streater (71/99), Derek Hagan (25/35), Juron Criner (2/3), Brandon Myers (68/94), Richard Gordon (7/10), David Ausberry (3/4). Week 2 – (65 plays) Palmer (65/100), McFadden (48/74), Goodson (17/26), Reece (27/42), Schmitt (9/14), Heyward-Bey (48/74), Streater (40/62), Denarius Moore (40/62), Hagan (19/29), Myers (49/75), Gordon (22/34), Ausberry (6/9). Week 3 – (57 plays) Palmer (57/100), McFadden (54/95), Goodson (3/5), Reece (37/65), Schmitt (2/4), Moore (47/82), Heyward-Bey (27/47), Hagan (25/44), Streater (19/33), Myers (47/82), Gordon (14/25), Ausberry (10/18). Week 4 – (57 plays) Palmer (57/100), McFadden (36/63), Goodson (19/33), Reece (29/51), Schmitt (4/7), Hagan (48/84), Moore (45/79), Streater (26/46), Criner (14/25), Myers (53/93), Ausberry (11/19). Week 5 – BYE WEEK Week 6 – (73 plays) Palmer (73/100), McFadden (61/84), Goodson (12/16), Reece (39/53), Schmitt (3/4), Heyward-Bey (50/68), Moore (48/66), Streater (33/45), Hagan (22/30), Criner (9/12), Myers (73/100), Ausberry (15/21) Week 7 – (78 plays) Palmer (78/100), McFadden (71/91), Goodson (7/9), Reece (43/55), Schmitt (3/4), Moore (64/82), Heyward-Bey (61/78), Streater (36/46), Hagan (10/13), Criner (9/12), Myers (78/100), Ausberry (8/10). Week 8 – (63 plays) Palmer (63/100), McFadden (57/90), Goodson (6/10), Reece (38/60), Schmitt (1/2), Heyward-Bey (53/84), Moore (51/81), Streater (32/51), Hagan (4/6), Criner (1/2), Myers (63/100), Gordon (5/8), Ausberry (4/6). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 167 Fantasy Articles Week 9 – (81 plays) Palmer (81/100), Goodson (33/41), McFadden (18/22), Jones (5/6), Reece (59/73), Schmitt (1/1), Moore (70/86), Heyward-Bey (65/80), Streater (45/56), Hagan (14/17), Criner (6/7), Myers (81/100), Gordon (6/7), Ausberry (2/2). Week 10 – (75 plays) Palmer (69/92), Matt Leinart (6/8), Jeremy Stewart (14/19), Jones (6/8), Reece (58/77), Schmitt (13/17), Moore (63/84), Heyward-Bey (62/83), Streater (45/60), Hagan (23/31), Criner (15/20), Myers (56/75), Ausberry (12/16), Gordon (8/11). Week 11 – (73 plays) Palmer (73/100), Stewart (10/14), Jones (6/8), Reece (63/86), Schmitt (20/27), D. Moore (57/78), Heyward-Bey (50/68), Hagan (34/47), Streater (27/37), Criner (15/21), Myers (68/93), Gordon (3/4), Ausberry (2/3). Week 12 – (61 plays) Palmer (61/100), Stewart (21/34), Reece (49/80), Schmitt (8/13), Heyward-Bey (56/92), Moore (56/92), Criner (40/66), Streater (5/8), Myers (59/97) Ausberry (3/5). Week 13 – (73 plays) Palmer (73/100), Stewart (21/29), Reece (70/96), Schmitt (13/18), Heyward-Bey (58/79), Moore (46/63), Streater (37/51), Criner (33/45), Hagan (10/14), Myers (70/96), Ausberry (2/3). Week 14 – (51 plays) Palmer (51/100), McFadden (30/59), Reece (24/47), Schmitt (4/8), Moore (45/88), Streater (40/78), Criner (13/25), Myers (48/94), Ausberry (1/2), Gordon (1/2). Week 15 – (77 plays) Palmer (74/96), Terrelle Pryor (3/4), McFadden (46/60), Goodson (29/38), Jamize Olawale (4/5), Reece (30/39), Moore (62/81), Heyward-Bey (58/75), Streater (40/52), Criner (8/10), Myers (77/100), Ausberry (11/14), Gordon (1/1). Week 16 – (62 plays) Leinart (54/87), Palmer (8/13), Pryor (3/5), McFadden (48/77), Goodson (11/18), Olawale (4/6), Reece (30/48), Heyward-Bey (49/79), Moore (48/77), Streater (41/66), Hagan (9/15), Myers (57/92), Gordon (5/8), Ausberry (3/5). Week 17 – (64 plays) Pryor (64/100), McFadden (56/88), Olawale (4/6), Goodson (4/6), Reece (24/38), Heyward-Bey (56/88), Moore (53/83), Streater (46/72), Hagan (7/11), Myers (62/97), Ausberry (5/8), Gordon (3/5). SAN DIEGO CHARGERS Week 1 – (56 plays) Philip Rivers (56/100), Curtis Brinkley (30/54), Ronnie Brown (26/46), Le’Ron McClain (25/45), Malcom Floyd (49/88), Robert Meachem (36/64), Eddie Royal (22/39), Antonio Gates (52/93), Randy McMichael (30/54), Dante Rosario (9/16). Week 2 – (81 plays) Rivers (81/100), Brinkley (41/51), Brown (25/31), Jackie Battle (15/19), McClain (43/53), Floyd (63/78), Meachem (59/73), Royal (24/30), Michael Spurlock (4/5), Richard Goodman (2/3), McMichael (67/83), Rosario (53/65), Ladarius Green (4/5). Week 3 – (56 plays) Rivers (56/100), Ryan Mathews (43/77), Brinkley (7/12), Battle (6/11), McClain (11/20), Floyd (53/95), Meachem (43/77), Royal (26/46), Spurlock (2/4), Goodman (1/2), Gates (46/82), McMichael (27/48), Rosario (15/27). Week 4 – (63 plays) Rivers (63/100), Mathews (21/33), Battle (27/43), Brown (14/22), McClain (27/43), Floyd (57/90), Meachem (47/75), Royal (16/25), Goodman (1/2), Gates (54/86), McMichael (33/52), Rosario (16/25). Week 5 – (69 plays) Rivers (69/100), Brown (33/48), Mathews (28/41), Battle (8/12), McClain (16/23), Floyd (65/94), Meachem (54/78), Royal (36/52), Gates (66/96), McMichael (32/46), Rosario (7/10). Week 6 – (75 plays) Rivers (75/100), Mathews (41/55), Brown (32/43), Battle (2/3), McClain (19/25), Floyd (72/96), Meachem (68/91), Royal (27/36), Goodman (4/5), Gates (69/82), McMichael (33/44), Rosario (8/11) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 168 Fantasy Articles Week 7 – BYE WEEK Week 8 – (69 plays) Rivers (69/100), Mathews (39/57), Brown (27/39), Battle (3/4), McClain (26/38), Floyd (67/97), Meachem (45/65), Danario Alexander (1/1), Gates (69/100), McMichael (39/57), Rosario (29/42). Week 9 – (48 plays) Rivers (48/100), Mathews (25/52), Brown (15/31), Battle (8/17), McClain (20/42), Floyd (41/85), Alexander (34/71), Seyi Ajirotutu (19/40), Gates (42/88), Rosario (17/35), McMichael (17/35). Week 10 – (66 plays) Rivers (66/100), Mathews (36/55), Brown (29/44), Battle (1/2), McClain (16/24), Alexander (59/89), Floyd (58/88), Royal (24/36), Meachem (8/12), Gates (56/85), McMichael (30/45), Rosario (13/20). Week 11 – (69 plays) Rivers (69/100), Mathews (31/45), Brown (30/43), Battle (8/12), McClain (14/20), Floyd (68/99), Alexander (63/91), Meachem (11/16), Royal (4/6), Gates (66/96), Green (26/38), McMichael (23/33). Week 12 – (68 plays) Rivers (68/100), Mathews (41/60), Brown (23/34), Battle (4/6), McClain (21/31), Floyd (67/99), Alexander (64/94), Ajirotutu (22/32), Meachem (2/3), Gates (66/97), McMichael (26/38), Green (4/6). Week 13 – (67 plays) Rivers (67/100), Brown (34/51), Mathews (33/49), McClain (16/24), Floyd (66/99), Alexander (63/94), Ajirotutu (31/46), Meachem (2/3), Gates (65/97), McMichael (23/34), Green (2/3). Week 14 – (79 plays) Rivers (79/100), Mathews (48/61), Brown (29/37), Battle (2/3), McClain (28/35), Floyd (74/94), Alexander (54/68), Spurlock (30/38), Meachem (7/9), Gates (77/97), McMichael (36/46), Rosario (10/13). Week 15 – (47 plays) Rivers (47/100), Brinkley (21/45), Mathews (17/36), Battle (9/19), McClain (8/17), Floyd (46/98), Alexander (45/96), Spurlock (31/66), Meachem (1/2), Gates (40/85), McMichael (12/26), Rosario (5/11). Week 16 – (61 plays) Rivers (61/100), Battle (33/54), Brown (24/39), Brinkley (4/7), McClain (23/38), Alexander (51/84), Royal (50/82), Spurlock (20/33), Meachem (11/18), Gates (53/87), McMichael (32/52), Rosario (4/7). Week 17 – (51 plays) Rivers (51/100), Battle (33/65), Brown (14/27), Brinkley (4/8), McClain (20/39), Alexander (45/88), Royal (44/86), Spurlock (19/37), Meachem (6/12), Gates (39/76), McMichael (27/53), Rosario (4/8). NFC EAST DALLAS COWBOYS Week 1 – (61 plays) Tony Romo (61/100), DeMarco Murray (47/77), Felix Jones (10/16), Miles Austin (52/85), Dez Bryant (51/84), Kevin Ogletree (28/46), Jason Witten (48/79), John Phillips (10/16). Week 2 – (57 plays) Romo (57/100), Murray (39/68), Jones (18/32), Lawrence Vickers (16/28), Bryant (51/89), Austin (47/82), Ogletree (37/65), Witten (50/88), Phillips (21/37). Week 3 – (68 plays) Romo (68/100), Murray (56/82), Jones (11/16), Vickers (19/28), Bryant (62/91), Austin (49/72), Olgetree (40/59), Dwayne Harris (7/10), Witten (68/100), Phillips (26/38). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 169 Fantasy Articles Week 4 – (70 plays) Romo (59/84), Kyle Orton (11/16), Murray (47/67), Phillip Tanner (11/16), Jones (9/13), Vickers (11/16), Bryant (68/97), Austin (49/70), Ogletree (49/70), Cole Beasley (13/19), Andre Holmes (8/11), Harris (6/9), Witten (70/100), Phillips (10/14). Week 5 – BYE WEEK Week 6 – (89 plays) Romo (89/100), Jones (49/55), Murray (22/35), Tanner (16/18), Lance Dunbar (2/2), James Hanna (11/12), Austin (83/93), Bryant (72/81), Ogletree (35/39), Harris (1/1), Witten (89/100), Week 7 – (68 plays) Romo (68/100), Tanner (35/51), Jones (33/49), Vickers (19/28), Austin (62/91), Bryant (48/71), Ogletree (25/37), Harris (7/10), Witten (68/100), Phillips (33/49), Hanna (6/9). Week 8 – (86 plays) Romo (86/100), Jones (62/72), Tanner (23/27), Vickers (12/14), Austin (79/92), Bryant (74/86), Ogletree (50/58), Harris (4/5), Witten (86/100), Phillips (33/38), Hanna (2/2). Week 9 – (57 plays) Romo (57/100), Jones (34/60), Dunbar (12/21), Tanner (2/4), Vickers (18/32), Austin (53/93), Bryant (47/82), Ogletree (21/37), Harris (15/26), Beasley (2/4), Witten (57/100), Phillips (16/28), Hanna (6/11) Week 10 – (54 plays) Romo (54/100), Jones (33/61), Dunbar (10/19), Tanner (1/2), Vickers (27/50), Austin (49/91), Bryant (44/81), Ogletree (24/44), Beasley (4/7), Harris (3/6), Witten (54/100), Phillips (18/33), Hanna (1/2). Week 11 – (90 plays) Romo (90/100), Jones (46/51), Dunbar (37/41), Vickers (20/22), Austin (86/96), Bryant (74/82), Ogletree (30/33), Harris (26/29), Beasley (21/23), Witten (90/100), Phillips (11/12), Hanna (8/9). Week 12 – (77 plays) Romo (77/100), Jones (35/45), Dunbar (27/35), Vickers (15/19), Bryant (74/96), Harris (68/88), Beasley (61/79), Austin (10/13), Holmes (8/10), Witten (77/100), Phillips (8/10), Hanna (2/3). Week 13 – (65 plays) Romo (65/100), Murray (37/57), Jones (16/25), Dunbar (1/2), Vickers (35/54), Bryant (54/83), Austin (44/68), Ogletree (21/32), D. Harris (11/17), Beasley (4/6), Witten (65/100), Phillips (26/40), Hanna (5/8). Week 14 – (72 plays) Romo (72/100), Murray (63/88), Jones (4/8), Dunbar (1/1), Vickers (21/29), Austin (67/93), Bryant (57/79), Harris (35/49), Ogletree (13/18), Witten (72/100), Phillips (15/21), Hanna (11/15). Week 15 – (67 plays) Romo (67/100), Murray (55/82), Jones (5/7), Dunbar (1/1), Vickers (14/21), Austin (57/85), Bryant (49/73), Ogletree (23/34), Harris (16/24), Beasley (5/7), Witten (66/99), Phillips (24/36), Hanna (17/25). Week 16 – (57 plays) Romo (57/100), Murray (50/88), Jones (7/12), Vikcers (8/14)Austin (55/96), Bryant (49/86), Ogletree (24/42), Harris (18/32), Witten (57/100), Phillips (9/16), Hanna (8/14). NEW YORK GIANTS Week 1 – (55 plays) Eli Manning (55/100), Ahmad Bradshaw (52/95), David Wilson (3/5), Hakeem Nicks (53/96), Victor Cruz (50/91), Rueben Randle (2/4), Ramses Barden (1/2), Martellus Bennett (53/96), Bear Pascoe (11/20) Week 2 – (81 plays) Manning (81/100), Andre Brown (52/64), Bradshaw (14/17), Wilson (6/7), Harry Hynoski (28/35), Nicks (77/95), Cruz (76/94), Barden (45/56), Domenik Hixon (5/6), Randle (3/4), Bennett (80/99), Pascoe (17/21). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 170 Fantasy Articles Week 3 – (69 plays) Manning (60/87), David Carr (9/13), Brown (54/78), Wilson (4/6), Hynoski (31/45), Cruz (61/88), Barden (63/91), Randle (27/39), Jerrel Jernigan (4/6), Bennett (59/86), Pascoe (31/45). Week 4 – (68 plays) Manning (68/100), Bradshaw (58/85), Brown (9/13), Wilson (1/1), Hynoski (21/31), Cruz (65/96), Hixon (62/91), Barden (43/63), Randle (4/6), Bennett (63/93), Pascoe (14/21). Week 5 – (75 plays) Manning (75/100), Bradshaw (71/95), Wilson (2/3), Hynoski (42/56), Hixon (67/89), Cruz (64/85), Randle (38/51), Jernigan (3/4), Bennett (52/69), Pascoe (32/43), Adrien Robinson (1/1). Week 6 – (65 plays) Manning (65/100), Bradshaw (55/85), Wilson (7/11), Hynoski (32/49), Cruz (60/92), Nicks (52/80), Hixon (22/34), Barden (3/5), Bennett (57/88), Pascoe (24/37). Week 7 – (63 plays) Manning (63/100), Bradshaw (48/76), Brown (16/25), Nicks (59/94), Cruz (57/90), Hixon (32/51), Barden (2/3), Bennett (58/92), Pascoe (14/22). Week 8 – (61 plays) Manning (60/98), Bradshaw (48/79), Brown (9/15), Wilson (2/3), Hynoski (25/41), Nicks (58/95), Cruz (53/87), Hixon (22/36), Randle (9/15), Barden (5/8), Bennett (53/87), Pascoe (10/16). Week 9 – (51 plays) Manning (51/100), Bradshaw (37/73), Brown (14/27), Hynoski (25/49), Nicks (48/94), Cruz (45/88), Hixon (18/35), Randle (7/14), Bennett (49/96), Beckum (7/14). Week 10 – (73 plays) Manning (73/100), Brown (44/60), Bradshaw (23/32), Wilson (2/3), Hynoski (12/16), Cruz (71/97), Nicks (71/97), Barden (39/53), Randle (19/26), Hixon (4/5), Bennett (65/89), Travis Beckum (10/14), Pascoe (2/3). Week 11 – BYE WEEK Week 12 – (65 plays) Manning (65/100), Bradshaw (29/45), Brown (24/37), Wilson (12/18), Hynoski (36/55), Cruz (58/89), Nicks (56/86), Randle (20/31), Jernigan (3/5), Barden (1/2), Bennett (57/88), Pascoe (21/32), Beckum (5/8). Week 13 – (66 plays) Manning (66/100), Bradshaw (54/82), Wilson (7/11), Gregg Lumpkin (3/5), Hynoski (27/41), Cruz (58/88), Nicks (57/86), Randle (41/62), Jernigan (6/9), Barden (2/3), Bennett (61/92), Pascoe (9/14). Week 14 – (69 plays) Manning (69/100), Bradshaw (38/55), Wilson (21/30), Lumpkin (5/7), Hynoski (36/52), Nicks (56/81), Cruz (53/77), Hixon (43/62), Barden (4/6), Jernigan (2/4), Randle (1/1), Bennett (68/99), Pascoe (17/25). Week 15 – (48 plays) Manning (48/100), Wilson (27/56), Lumpkin (19/40), Ryan Torain (1/2), Hynoski (14/29), Nicks (46/96), Cruz (43/90), Hixon (33/69), Randle (2/4), Jernigan (1/2), Bennett (45/94), Pascoe (8/17), Beckum (1/2). Week 16 – (48 plays) Manning (48/100), Bradshaw (35/73), Wilson (4/8), Lumpkin (3/6), Hynoski (16/33), Cruz (40/83), Nicks (35/73), Hixon (34/71), Randle (16/33), Jernigan (3/6), Bennett (47/98), Pascoe (7/15). Week 17 – (63 plays) Manning (57/90), Carr (6/10), Bradshaw (36/57), Wilson (27/43), Lumpkin (1/2), Hynoski (38/60), Randle (55/87), Cruz (48/76), Jernigan (4/6), Nicks (1/2), Bennett (61/97), Pascoe (25/40). PHILADELPHIA EAGLES Week 1 – (94 plays) Michael Vick (94/100), LeSean McCoy (80/85), Bryce Brown (8/9), DeSean Jackson (90/96), Jeremy Maclin (78/83), Jason Avant (62/66), Brent Celek (88/94), Clay Harbor (34/36). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 171 Fantasy Articles Week 2 – (79 plays) Vick (79/100), McCoy (68/86), Brown (8/10), Stanley Havili (17/22), Jackson (71/90), Maclin (43/54), Avant (55/70), Damaris Johnson (21/27), Celek (75/95), Harbor (36/46). Week 3 – (64 plays) Vick (64/100), McCoy (51/80), Brown (10/16), Havili (12/19), Jackson (63/98), Johnson (56/88), Avant (56/88), Mardy Gilyard (6/9), Celek (54/84), Harbor (11/17). Week 4 – (69 plays) Vick (69/100), McCoy (52/75), Brown (14/20), Havili (28/41), Maclin (64/93), Jackson (64/93), Avant (33/48), Johnson (5/7), Celek (63/91), Harbor (19/28) Week 5 – (57 plays) Vick (57/100), McCoy (46/81), Brown (4/7), Dion Lewis (3/5), Havili (21/37), Maclin (53/93), Jackson (49/86), Avant (29/51), Johnson (4/7), Celek (54/95), Harbor (22/39). Week 6 – (82 plays) Vick (82/100), McCoy (62/75), Brown (16/20), Havili (24/29), Jackson (78/95), Maclin (79/96), Avant (51/62), Riley Cooper (10/12), Celek (70/85), Harbor (20/24) Week 7 – BYE WEEK Week 8 – (63 plays) Vick (63/100), McCoy (54/86), Brown (8/13), Havili (14/22), Maclin (62/98), Jackson (49/78), Avant (46/73), Cooper (18/29), Celek (54/86), Harbor (9/14). Week 9 – (79 plays) Vick (79/100), McCoy (64/81), Brown (11/14), Havili (18/23), Jackson (77/97), Maclin (77/97), Avant (44/56), Cooper (6/8), Celek (73/92), Harbor (25/32) Week 10 – (78 plays) Nick Foles (58/74), Vick (20/26), McCoy (63/81), Brown (12/15), Havili (15/19), Jackson (75/96), Maclin (73/94), Cooper (44/56), Avant (12/15), Johnson (11/14), Celek (68/87), Harbor (17/22) Week 11 – (75 plays) Foles (75/100), McCoy (54/72), Brown (20/27), Havili (9/12), Maclin (72/96), Jackson (71/95), Cooper (53/71), Johnson (14/19), Celek (56/75), Harbor (26/35). Week 12 – (50 plays) Foles (50/100), Brown (41/82), Lewis (8/16), Havili (12/24), Maclin (49/98), Johnson (40/80), Cooper (36/72), Celek (43/86), Harbor (9/18) Week 13 – (63 plays) Foles (63/100), Brown (56/89), Lewis (5/8), Havili (5/8), Cooper (62/98), Maclin (61/97), Avant (51/81), Johnson (5/8), Celek (55/87), Harbor (15/24). Week 14 – (76 plays) Foles (76/100), Brown (50/66), Lewis (26/34), Havili (11/14), Maclin (75/99), Avant (71/93), Cooper (71/93), Johnson (19/25), McNutt (5/7), Harbor (51/67), Celek (1/1). Week 15 – (56 plays) Foles (56/100), Brown (49/88), S. Lewis (5/9), Havili (11/20), Maclin (52/93), Cooper (55/98), Avant (38/68), Johnson (9/16), McNutt (1/2), Harbor (46/82), Emil Igwenagu (13/23). Week 16 – (76 plays) Foles (76/100), McCoy (64/84), Brown (10/13), Lewis (3/4), Maclin (75/99), Cooper (73/96), Avant (59/78), Johnson (16/21), McNutt (3/4), Celek (60/79), Igwenagu (12/16), Moore (5/7). Week 17 – (66 plays) Vick (60/91), Trent Edwards (6/9), McCoy (37/56), Brown (17/26), Lewis (10/15), Havili (14/21), Cooper (59/89), Avant (49/74), Johnson (18/27), McNutt (5/8), Celek (48/73), Igwenagu (10/15). WASHINGTON REDSKINS Week 1 – (75 plays) Robert Griffin III (75/100), Alfred Morris (53/71), Roy Helu (19/25), Evan Royster (3/4), Aldrick Robinson (65/87), Josh Morgan (56/75), Santana Moss (38/51), Leonard Hankerson 9/12, Pierre Garcon (8/11), Brandon Banks (2/3), Fred Davis (75/100), Niles Paul (19/25), Logan Paulsen (9/12). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 172 Fantasy Articles Week 2 – (60 plays) Griffin (60/100), Morris (31/52), Royster (15/25), Helu (6/10), Darrel Young (11/18), Morgan (48/80), Moss (36/60), Hankerson (31/52), Dezmon Briscoe (11/18), Banks (1/2), Davis (60/100), Paul (20/33), Paulsen (1/2). Week 3 – (76 plays) Griffin (76/100), Morris (37/49), Helu (19/25), Royster (19/25), Young (11/14), Hankerson (59/78), Morgan (57/75), Moss (40/53), Banks (18/24), Briscoe (15/20), Robinson (15/20), Davis (73/96), Paul (12/16), Paulsen (5/7). Week 4 – (73 plays) Griffin (73/100), Morris (49/67), Royster (15/21), Young (25/34), Hankerson (65/89), Garcon (49/67), Moss (35/48), Morgan (30/41), Banks (2/3), Davis (72/99), Paulsen (12/16), Paul (11/15). Week 5 – (49 plays) Griffin (36/73), Kirk Cousins (13/27), Morris (41/84), Royster (6/12), Ryan Grant (1/2), Young (15/31), Morgan (39/80), Garcon (39/80), Moss (19/39), Robinson (10/20), Hankerson (9/18), Davis (49/100), Paulsen (12/24), Paul (5/10). Week 6 – (58 plays) Griffin (58/100), Morris (49/84), Royster (8/14), Young (11/19), Hankerson (47/81), Morgan (35/60), Moss (18/31), Banks (18/31), ARobinson (9/16), Briscoe (4/7), Davis (58/100), Paul (17/29), Paulsen (16/28) Week 7 – (70 plays) Griffin (70/100), Morris (52/74), Royster (17/24), Young (40/57), Hankerson (68/97), Morgan (38/54), Moss (17/24), Robinson (3/.4), Briscoe (1/1), Paulsen (60/86), Davis (16/23). Week 8 – (59 plays) Griffin (59/100), Morris (41/69), Royster (17/29), Young (16/27), Hankerson (46/78), Morgan (42/71), Moss (25/42), Robinson (14/24), Briscoe (10/17), Paulsen (56/95), Chris Cooley (19/32), Paul (9/15). Week 9 – (81 plays) Griffin (81/100), Morris (40/49), Royster (38/47), Young (22/27), Morgan (70/86), Hankerson (44/54), Moss (40/49), Robinson (34/42), Briscoe (6/7), Banks (4/5), Paulsen (78/96), Paul (19/23), Cooley (10/12). Week 10 – BYE WEEK Week 11 – (53 plays) Griffin (53/100), Morris (48/91), Royster (2/4), Young (16/30), Morgan (35/66), Hankerson (34/64), Moss (22/42), Garcon (21/40), Robinson (9/17), Banks (4/8), Paulsen (51/96), Paul (14/26), Cooley (9/17). Week 12 – (63 plays) Griffin (63/100), Morris (50/79), Royster (9/140, Young (22/35), Morgan (41/65), Hankerson (35/56), Moss (32/51), Garcon (29/46), Banks (9/14), Robinson (9/14), Paulsen (63/100), Paul (13/21), Cooley (3/5). Week 13 – (54 plays) Griffin (54/100), Morris (47/87), Royster (7/13), Young (26/48), Hankerson (35/65), Morgan (33/61), Garcon (31/57), Moss (15/28), Robinson (4/7), Paulson (54/100), Paul (13/24), Cooley (5/9). Week 14 – (72 plays) Griffin (65/90), Cousins (7/10), Morris (49/68), Royster (22/31), Young (24/33), Garcon (61/85), Morgan (47/65), Moss (37/51), Hankerson (25/35), Robinson (8/11), Paulson (70/97), Cooley (12/17), Paul (5/7). Week 15 – (75 plays) Cousins (75/100), Morris (54/72), Royster (21/28), Young (25/33), Garcon (56/75), Morgan (43/57), Hankerson (41/55), Moss (35/47), Robinson (3/4), Paulsen (74/99), Cooley (18/24), Paul (5/7). Week 16 – (53 plays) Griffin (53/100), Morris (41/77), Royster (10/19), Young (17/32), Morgan (47/89), Garcon (47/89), Moss (20/38), Hankerson (10/19), Robinson (3/6), Paulsen (52/98), Paul (11/21), Cooley (7/13). Week 17 – (62 plays) Griffin (62/100), Morris (45/73), Royster (17/27), Young (23/37), Garcon (54/87), Morgan (48/77), Moss (25/40), Hankerson (15/24), Robinson (3/5), Paulsen (62/100), Paul (13/21), Cooley (5/8). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 173 Fantasy Articles NFC NORTH CHICAGO BEARS Week 1 – (76 plays) Jay Cutler (76/100), Matt Forte (55/72), Michael Bush (25/33), Brandon Marshall (70/92), Alshon Jeffery (41/54), Devin Hester (32/42), Earl Bennett (20/26), Kellen Davis (74/97), Matt Spaeth (31/41), Kyle Adams (9/12) Week 2 – (60 plays) Cutler (60/100), Bush (31/52), Forte (22/37), Armando Allen (7/12), Marshall (60/100), Bennett (40/67), Jeffery (37/62), Hester (20/33), Davis (60/100), Spaeth (11/18). Week 3 – (69 plays) Cutler (69/100), Bush (39/57), Kahlil Bell (27/39), Allen (3/4), Evan Rodriguez (5/7), Marshall (63/91), Jeffery (51/74), Bennett (31/45), Hester (11/16), Davis (66/96), Spaeth (31/45), Adams (10/14). Week 4 – (55 plays) Cutler (55/100), Forte (30/55), Bush (22/40), Bell (3/5), Marshall (52/95), Jeffery (41/75), Dane Sanzenbacher (17/31), Hester (8/15), Eric Weems (1/2), Davis (54/98), Spaeth (33/60), Adams (10/18). Week 5 – (75 plays) Cutler (70/93), Jason Campbell (5/7), Forte (53/71), Bush (17/23), Allen (5/7), Marshall (65/87), Jeffery (44/59), Sanzenbacher (32/43), Hester (25/33), Weems (3/4), Davis (73/97), Spaeth (44/59), Adams (14/19). Week 6 – BYE WEEK Week 7 – (72 plays) Cutler (67/93), Campbell (5/7), Forte (51/71), Bush (24/33), Marshall (70/97), Hester (59/82), Bennett (38/53), Weems (1/1), Charles Tillman (1/1), Davis (71/99), Spaeth (31/43), Adams (13/18) Week 8 – (55 plays) Cutler (55/100), Forte (50/91), Bush (5/9), Marshall (53/96), Hester (40/73), Bennett (37/67), Weems (3/5), Davis (55/100), Spaeth (24/44), Adams (8/15). Week 9 – (69 plays) Cutler (56/81), Campbell (13/19), Forte (35/51), Bush (21/30), Allen (13/19), Rodriguez (16/23), Marshall (56/81), Bennett (41/59), Hester (33/48), Weems (15/22), Davis (69/100), Spaeth (34/49), Adams (7/10). Week 10 – (59 plays) Campbell (33/56), Cutler (26/44), Forte (51/86), Bush (8/14), Rodriguez (10/17), Marshall (56/95), Bennett (47/80), Hester (27/46), Davis (54/92), Spaeth (32/54), Adams (8/14). Week 11 – (59 plays) Campbell (59/100), Forte (47/80), Bush (10/17), Allen (2/3), Rodriguez (16/27), Marshall (54/92), Bennett (42/71), Jeffery (26/44), Hester (19/32), Weems (5/8), Davis (54/92), Spaeth (9/15), Adams (5/8). Week 12 – (73 plays) Cutler (73/100), Forte (41/56), Bush (31/42), Allen (3/4), Rodriguez (24/33), Marshall (68/93), Bennett (52/71), Weems (27/37), Hester (8/11), Davis (67/92), Spaeth (36/49), Adams (2/3). Week 13 – (61 plays) Cutler (61/100), Forte (48/79), Bush (13/21), Rodriguez (32/52), Marshall (55/90), Weems (36/59), Bennett (18/30), Sanzenbacher (16/26), Davis (55/90), Spaeth (26/43), Adams (4/7). Week 14 – (78 plays) Cutler (67/86), Forte (72/92), Allen (4/5), Bush (2/3), Rodriguez (9/12), Marshall (74/95), Jeffery (57/73), Hester (54/69), Weems (21/27), Davis (49/63), Adams (20/37), Spaeth (19/24). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 174 Fantasy Articles Week 15 – (54 plays) Cutler (54/100), Forte (51/94), Allen (3/6), Rodriguez (23/43), Marshall (51/94), Jeffery (43/80), Hester (21/39), Weems (6/11), Davis (39/72), Spaeth (17/31), Adams (14/24). Week 16 – (61 plays) Cutler (61/100), Forte (30/49), Bell (22/36), Allen (9/15), Rodriguez (25/41), Marshall (55/90), Jeffery (38/62), Bennett (27/44), Weems (4/7), Tillman (2/3), Hester (1/2), Davis (52/85), Spaeth (27/44), Adams (13/21). Week 17 – (69 plays) Cutler (69/100), Forte (56/81), Bell (12/17), Rodriguez (20/29), Marshall (66/96), Jeffery (53/77), Bennett (24/35), Weems (5/7), Tillman (3/4), Hester (3/4), Davis (63/91), Adams (22/32), Spaeth (14/20). DETROIT LIONS Week 1 – (67 plays) Matthew Stafford (67/100), Kevin Smith (49/73), Stefan Logan (5/7), Keiland Williams (3/4), Calvin Johnson (67/100), Nate Burleson (53/79), Titus Young (38/57), Brandon Pettigrew (67/100), Tony Scheffler (43/64), Will Heller (8/12). Week 2 – (64 plays) Stafford (64/100), Smith (35/55), Joique Bell (20/31), Logan (1/2), Johnson (64/100), Burleson (57/89), Young (40/62), Pettigrew (60/94), Scheffler (35/55), Heller (7/11). Week 3 – (96 plays) Stafford (77/80), Shaun Hill (19/20), Mikel Leshoure (60/62), Bell (22/23), Smith (5/5), Logan (2/2), Johnson (96/100), Young (89/93), Burleson (86/90), Ryan Broyles (17/18), Kassim Osgood (1/1) Pettigrew (93/97), Heller (7/7). Week 4 – (78 plays) Stafford (78/100), Leshoure (34/44), Bell (27/35), Williams (14/18), Johnson (70/90), Burleson (77/99), Young (67/86), Broyles (3/4), Pettigrew (70/90), Scheffler (17/22), Heller (6/8). Week 5 – BYE WEEK. Week 6 – (78 plays) Stafford (78/100), Leshoure (47/60), Bell (17/22), Williams (11/14), Johnson (77/99), Burleson (62/79), Young (54/69), Broyles (9/12), Pettigrew (38/49), Heller (27/35), Scheffler (26/33) Week 7 – (68 plays) Stafford (68/100), Leshoure (38/56), Bell (29/43), Johnson (68/100), Young (57/84), Broyles (35/51), Burleson (21/31), Pettigrew (52/76), Scheffler (20/29), Heller (9/13) Week 8 – (73 plays) Stafford (73/100), Leshoure (30/41), Bell (28/38), Smith (12/16), Johnson (68/93), Young (67/92), Broyles (34/47), Brian Robiske (3/4), Osgood (1/1), Pettigrew (67/92), Scheffler (38/52), Heller (7/10) Week 9 – (71 plays) Stafford (71/100), Leshoure (32/45), Bell (27/38), Smith (11/15), Young (60/85), Johnson (59/83), Broyles (29/41), Mike Thomas (14/20), Osgood (2/3), Pettigrew (43/61), Heller (35/49), Scheffler (10/14). Week 10 – (63 plays) Stafford (63/100), Leshoure (36/57), Bell (26/41), Smith (1/2), Johnson (61/97), Young (63/100), Broyles (32/51), Thomas (6/10), Pettigrew (37/59), Scheffler (17/27), Heller (15/24). Week 11 – (72 plays) Stafford (72/100), Leshoure (39/54), Smith (19/26), Bell (10/14), C. Johnson (71/99), Young (68/94), Broyles (31/43), Thomas (4/6), Pettigrew (62/86), Scheffler (38/53), Heller (10/14). Week 12 – (89 plays) Stafford (89/100), Leshoure (34/38), Smith (26/29), Bell (18/20), Johnson (87/98), Broyles (80/90), Thomas (58/65), Robiske (3/3), Pettigrew (89/100), Scheffler (35/39), Heller (15/17). Week 13 – (77 plays) Stafford (77/100), Leshoure (43/56), Bell (21/27), Smith (13/17), Logan (4/5), Johnson (76/99), Thomas (70/91), Broyles (8/10), Osgood (1/1), Pettigrew (60/78), Scheffler (41/53), Heller (32/42) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 175 Fantasy Articles Week 14 – (84 plays) Stafford (84/100), Bell (43/51), Leshoure (31/37), Smith (7/8), Johnson (81/96), Durham (78/93), Thomas (17/20), Robiske (5/6), Heller (64/76), Scheffler (61/73), Pettigrew (16/19). Week 15 – (77 plays) Stafford (77/100), Bell (33/43), Leshoure (31/40), Smith (9/12), Logan (5/6), Shaun Chapas (2/3), Johnson (70/91), Durham (49/64), Robiskie (34/44), Thomas (18/23), Heller (62/81), Scheffler (52/68). Week 16 – (78 plays) Stafford (78/100), Bell (42/54), Leshoure (28/36), Chapas (9/12), Logan (5/6), Smith (3/4), Johnson (75/96), Durham (49/63), Robiske (30/38), Thomas (22/28), Scheffler (49/63). Week 17 – (64 plays) Stafford (64/100), Leshoure (46/72), Bell (18/28), Chapas (3/5), Logan (1/2), Johnson (61/95), Durham (42/66), Robiske (25/39), Thomas (14/22), Heller (41/64), Scheffler (40/62), Pettigrew (15/23). GREEN BAY PACKERS Week 1 – (68 plays) Aaron Rodgers (68/100), Cedric Benson (25/37), Jon Kuhn (13/19), Jordy Nelson (65/96), Greg Jennings (63/93), James Jones (58/85), Randall Cobb (35/51), Donald Driver (3/4), Jermichael Finley (58/85), Tom Crabtree (14/21). Week 2 – (68 plays) Rodgers (68/100), Benson (48/71), Kuhn (31/46), Nelson (66/97), Jones (54/79), Cobb (20/29), Driver (12/18), Finley (55/81), Crabtree (27/40), D.J. Williams (20/29). Week 3 – (75 plays) Rodgers (75/100), Benson (51/68), Kuhn (45/60), Jennings (54/72), Nelson (54/72), Jones (49/65), Cobb (9/12), Driver (4/5), Finley (55/73), Williams (36/48), Ryan Taylor (18/24). Week 4 – (70 plays) Rodgers (69/99), Graham Harrell (1/1), Benson (59/84), Kuhn (16/23), Nelson (63/90), Jennings (13/19), Jones (62/89), Cobb (33/47), Driver (18/26), Finley (53/76), Crabtree (24/34), Taylor (9/13). Week 5 – (67 plays) Rodgers (67/100), Alex Green (27/40), Benson (16/24), Kuhn (21/31), Jones (64/96), Nelson (62/93), Cobb (44/66), Driver (8/12), Finley (33/49), Crabtree (30/45), Williams (22/33), Taylor (8/12). Week 6 – (73 plays) Rodgers (66/90), Harrell (7/10), Green (51/70), James Starks (8/11), Kuhn (27/37), Jones (62/85), Nelson (60/82), Cobb (44/60), Driver (16/22), Jarrett Boykin (10/14), Crabtree (46/63), Finley (24/33), Taylor (13/18) Week 7 – (68 plays) Rodgers (68/100), Green (46/68), Kuhn (23/34), Jones (65/96), Nelson (57/84), Cobb (50/74), Driver (11/16), Boykin (5/7), Finley (41/60), Crabtree (29/43), Williams (7/10), Taylor (6/9). Week 8 – (67 plays) Rodgers (67/100), Green (52/76), Starks (7/10), Jones (66/97), Cobb (59/87), Driver (23/34), Boykin (22/32), Crabtree (37/54), Finley (36/53), Williams (25/37), Taylor (7/10). Week 9 – (71 plays) Rodgers (71/100), Green (41/58), Starks (23/32), Jones (71/100), Cobb (57/80), Driver (24/34), Boykin (23/32), Nelson (13/18), Finley (35/49), Crabtree (32/45), Taylor (20/28), Williams (16/23). Week 10 – BYE WEEK Week 11 – (64 plays) Rodgers (64/100), Starks (44/69), Green (6/9), Kuhn (16/25), Jones (63/98), Nelson (53/83), Cobb (47/73), Driver (17/27), Finley (35/55), Crabtree (23/36), Williams (14/22), Taylor (2/3). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 176 Fantasy Articles Week 12 – (61 plays) Rodgers (52/85), Harrell (9/15), Green (25/41), Starks (16/26), Jones (57/93), Nelson (54/89), Cobb (38/62), Driver (7/11), Finley (35/57), Crabtree (23/38), Williams (15/25), Taylor (3/5). Week 13 – (81 plays) Rodgers (81/100), Green (28/35), Starks (27/33), Kuhn (41/51), Jones (80/99), Cobb (59/73), Jennings (53/65), Nelson (11/14), Boykin (4/5), Finley (49/60), Crabtree (33/41), Williams (14/17), Taylor (6/7). Week 14 – (53 plays) Rodgers (53/100), Green (32/60), Harris (7/13), Grant (2/4), Jones (50/94), Jennings (46/87), Cobb (41/77), Boykins (5/9), Driver (3/6), Finley (26/49), Williams (13/25), Crabtree (13/25), Taylor (2/4). Week 15 – (74 plays) Rodgers (74/100), Green (34/46), Grant (14/19), Harris (7/9), Kuhn (21/42), Jones (68/92), Jennings (64/86), Cobb (57/77), Boykin (4/5), Finley (58/78), Taylor (14/19), Crabtree (12/16). Week 16 – (78 plays) Rodgers (63/81), Harrell (15/19), Grant (41/53), Harris (19/24), Kuhn (32/41), Jones (68/87), Jennings (64/82), Cobb (41/53), Boykin (9/12), Driver (4/5), Jeremy Ross (1/1), Finley (47/60), Williams (44/56), Taylor (12/15). Week 17 – (64 plays) Rodgers (64/100), Harris (35/55), Grant (5/8), Kuhn (28/44), Jones (63/98), Jenning (62/97), Nelson (37/58), Boykin (8/12), Ross (1/2), Finley (49/77), Crabtree (20/31), Williams (11/17), Taylor (1/2). MINNESOTA VIKINGS Week 1 – (59 plays) Christian Ponder (59/100), Adrian Peterson (32/54), Toby Gerhart (20/34), Jerome Felton (32/54), Percy Harvin (47/80), Michael Jenkins (47/80), Devin Aromashodu (25/42), Stephen Burton (11/19), Kyle Rudolph (59/100), John Carlson (18/31) Week 2 – (70 plays) Ponder (70/100), Peterson (43/61), Gerhart (25/36), Felton (25/36), Harvin (54/77), Jenkins (64/91), Burton (12/17), Rudolph (70/100), Carlson (18/26), Rhett Ellison (8/11). Week 3 – (79 plays) Ponder (79/100), Peterson (49/62), Gerhart (23/29), Felton (38/48), Matt Asiata (4/5), Harvin (53/67), Jenkins (64/81), Aromashodu (39/49), Burton (10/13), Rudolph (67/85), Carlson (29/37), Ellison (19/24). Week 4 – (58 plays) Ponder (58/100), Peterson (46/79), Gerhart (10/17), Felton (22/38), Asiata (2/3), Jerome Simpson (48/83), Harvin (44/76), Jenkins (32/55), Aromashodu (5/9), Rudolph (58/100), Carlson (13/22), Ellison (10/17). Week 5 – (69 plays) Ponder (66/96), Joe Webb (3/4), Peterson (44/64), Gerhart (22/32), Asiata (3/4), Felton (17/25), Harvin (45/65), Aromashodu (40/58), Jenkins (39/57), Simpson (24/35), Burton (15/22), Rudolph (53/77), Ellison (22/32), Carlson (21/30). Week 6 – (84 plays) Ponder (84/100), Peterson (70/83), Gerhart (14/17), Felton (22/26), Jenkins (73/87), Harvin (64/76), Aromashodu (50/60), Burton (12/14), Rudolph (84/100), Carlson (17/20), Ellison (14/17) Week 7 – (52 plays) Ponder (52/100), Peterson (41/79), Gerhart (11/21), Felton (24/46), Simpson (38/73), Harvin (31/60), Jenkins (21/40), Burton (15/29), Aromashodu (2/4), Rudolph (49/94), Ellison (15/29), Carlson (13/25). Week 8 – (60 plays) Ponder (60/100), Peterson (47/78), Gerhart (13/22), Felton (12/20), Simpson (60/100), Harvin (48/80), Jenkins (39/65), Burton (13/22), Rudolph (57/95), Ellison (12/20) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 177 Fantasy Articles Week 9 – (54 plays) Ponder (54/100), Peterson (41/76), Gerhart (13/24), Asiata (3/6), Felton (17/31), Jenkins (36/67), Simpson (35/65), Harvin (34/63), Aromashodu (12/22), Rudolph (54/100), Ellison (13/24), Allen Reisner (8/15). Week 10 – (70 plays) Ponder (70/100), Peterson (61/87), Gerhart (9/13), Felton (27/39), Jenkins (46/66), Simpson (40/57), Jarius Wright (30/43), Burton (20/29), Aromashodu (13/19), Rudolph (68/97), Ellison (24/34), Carlson (12/17). Week 11 – BYE WEEK Week 12 – (66 plays) Ponder (66/100), Peterson (59/89), Gerhart (7/11), Felton (14/21), Jenkins (41/62), Wright (41/62), Simpson (29/44), Aromashodu (26/39), Burton (14/21), Rudolph (48/73), Carlson (27/41), Ellison (24/36). Week 13 – (55 plays) Ponder (55/100), Peterson (45/82), Gerhart (10/18), Felton (27/49), Jenkins (41/75), Simpson (39/71), Wright (27/49), Burton (12/22), Aromashodu (11/20), Rudolph (47/85), Ellison (8/15), Carlson (8/15). Week 14 – (57 plays) Ponder (57/100), Peterson (44/77), Gerhart (13/23), Asiata (3/5), Felton (26/46), Jenkins (30/53), Wright (23/40), Aromashodu (23/40), Burton (16/28), Simpson (16/28), Rudolph (50/88), Carlson (18/32), Ellison (23/40), Week 15 – (59 plays) Ponder (59/100), Peterson (40/68), Gerhart (19/32), Asiata (2/3), Felton (27/46), Simpson (34/58), Jenkins (33/56), Wright (23/39), Burton (17/29), Aromashodu (10/17), Rudolph (55/93), Carlson (19/32), Ellison (16/27). Week 16 – (74 plays) Ponder (74/100), Peterson (51/69), Gerhart (20/27), Asiata (3/4), Felton (33/45), Jenkins (52/70), Simpson (51/69), Aromashodu (24/32), Wright (23/31), Rudolph (70/95), Carlson (25/34), Ellison (18/24). Week 17 – (69 plays) Ponder (69/100), Peterson (58/84), Gerhart (11/16), Felton (33/48), Jenkins (48/70), Simpson (39/57), Wright (39/57), Aromashodu (26/38), Rudolph (62/90), Ellison (18/26), Carlson (11/16). NFC SOUTH ATLANTA FALCONS Week 1 – (55 plays) Matt Ryan (55/100), Michael Turner (26/47), Jacquizz Rodgers (25/45), Lousaka Polite (16/29), Roddy White (53/96), Julio Jones (50/91), Harry Douglas (28/51), Tony Gonzalez (49/89), Michael Palmer (16/29). Week 2 – (67 plays) Ryan (67/100), Turner (43/64), Rodgers (24/36), Jason Snelling (12/18), Polite (17/25), White (59/88), Jones (48/72), Douglas (39/58), Gonzalez (64/96), Palmer (21/31). Week 3 – (72 plays) Ryan (69/96), Luke McCown (3/4), Rodgers (34/47), Turner (32/44), Snelling (21/29), Polite (13/18), White (67/93), Douglas (48/67), Jones (38/53), Drew Davis (13/18), Kevin Cone (3/4), Gonzalez (66/92), Palmer (6/8). Week 4 – (70 plays) Ryan (70/100), Turner (37/53), Rodgers (30/43), Snelling (20/29), White (67/96), Jones (60/86), Douglas (42/60), D. Davis (1/1), Gonzalez (64/91), Tommy Gallarda (11/16) Week 5 – (82 plays) Ryan (81/98), McCown (1/1), Turner (46/55), Rodgers (33/40), Snelling (23/28), White (77/93), Jones (67/81), Douglas (39/47), Davis (4/5), Cone (1/1), Gonzalez (67/81), Gallarda (20/24). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 178 Fantasy Articles Week 6 – (55 plays) Ryan (55/100), Turner (28/51), Rodgers (21/38), Snelling (7/13), Polite (8/15), White (53/96), Jones (50/91), Douglas (37/67), Davis (1/2), Gonzalez (54/98), Gallarda (8/15) Week 7 – BYE WEEK Week 8 – (75 plays) Ryan (75/100), Turner (36/48), Rodgers (29/39), Snelling (17/23), Polite (23/31), White (69/92), Jones (60/80), Davis (46/61), Cone (7/9), Gonzalez (67/89), Gallarda (21/28) Week 9 – (67 plays) Ryan (67/100), Turner (35/52), Rodgers (26/39), Snelling (11/16), Polite (20/30), White (66/99), Jones (61/91), Douglas (34/51), Davis (1/1), Gonzalez (62/93), Palmer (11/16), Gallarda (6/9). Week 10 – (73 plays) Ryan (73/100), Turner (33/45), Rodgers (30/41), Snelling (11/15), Antone Smith (4/5), Mike Cox (17/23), White (67/92), Jones (45/62), Douglas (41/56), Davis (14/19), Gonzalez (70/96), Palmer (22/30), Gallarda (2/3). Week 11 – (73 plays) Ryan (73/100), Rodgers (34/47), Turner (33/45), Snelling (18/25), Cox (21/29), White (69/95), Jones (35/48), Douglas (53/73), Davis (14/19), Gonzalez (65/89), Palmer (10/26), Chase Coffman (1/1) Week 12 – (60 plays) Ryan (60/100), Rodgers (31/52), Turner (23/38), Snelling (12/20), Cox (14/23), White (60/100), Jones (51/85), Douglas (40/67), Gonzalez (54/90), Palmer (13/22), Coffman (1/2). Week 13 – (58 plays) Ryan (58/100), Rodgers (31/53), Turner (20/34), Snelling (11/19), Cox (22/38), White (58/100), Jones (46/79), Douglas (24/41), Davis (1/2), Gonzalez (56/97), Palmer (11/19), Coffman (1/2). Week 14 – (65 plays) Ryan (65/100), Rodgers (30/46), Turner (20/31), Snelling (15/23), Smith (1/2), Cox (9/14), White (61/94), Jones (61/94), Douglas (50/77), Davis (5/8), Cone (1/2), Gonzalez (62/95), Palmer (5/8) Week 15 – (68 plays) Ryan (61/90), McCown (7/10), Rodgers (31/46), Snelling (21/31), Turner (21/31), Smith (1/1), Cox (22/32), Jones (56/82), White (50/74), Douglas (32/47), Davis (19/28), Cone (3/4), Gonzalez (53/76), Palmer (17/25). Week 16 – (56 plays) Ryan (56/100), Turner (29/52), Rodgers (21/38), Snelling (6/11), Cox (23/41), White (49/88), Jones (46/82), Douglas (30/54), Davis (6/11), Cone (1/2), Gonzalez (54/96), Palmer (11/20). Week 17 – (63 plays) Ryan (63/100), Rodgers (35/56), Snelling (20/32), Turner (13/31), Cox (9/14), White (62/98), Jones (61/97), Douglas (48/76), Davis (1/2), Gonzalez (57/90), Palmer (6/10), Coffman (1/2). CAROLINA PANTHERS Week 1 – (50 plays) Cam Newton (50/100), DeAngelo Williams (21/42), Mike Tolbert (32/64), Steve Smith (45/90), Brandon LaFell (50/100), Louis Murphy (37/74), Kealoha Pilares (3/6) Greg Olsen (48/96), Ben Hartsock (8/16). Week 2 – (63 plays) Newton (63/100), Williams (25/40), Jonathan Stewart (23/37), Tolbert (18/29), S. Smith (58/92), LaFell (60/95), Murphy (42/67), Pilares (5/8), Olsen (63/100), Gary Barnidge (17/27) Week 3 – (58 plays) Newton (54/93), Derek Anderson (4/7), Williams (30/52), Tolbert (35/60), S. Smith (55/95), LaFell (56/97), Murphy (40/69), Pilares (2/3), Armanti Edwards (2/3), Olsen (54/93), Barnidge (9/16), Hartsock (5/9). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 179 Fantasy Articles Week 4 – (64 plays) Newton (64/100), Tolbert (34/53), Williams (25/39), Stewart (21/33), S. Smith (61/95), LaFell (61/95), Murphy (34/53), Edwards (2/3), Pilares (1/2), Olsen (64/100), Hartsock (12/19), Barnidge (5/8). Week 5 – (55 plays) Newton (55/100), Stewart (27/49), Williams (20/36), Tolbert (17/31), Richie Brockel (1/2), S. Smith (51/93), LaFell (51/93), Murphy (35/64), Edwards (2/4), Pilares (1/2), Olsen (55/100), Hartsock (9/16), Barnidge (5/9) Week 6 – BYE WEEK Week 7 – (62 plays) Newton (62/100), Stewart (55/89), Williams (5/8), Tolbert (15/24), S. Smith (61/98), LaFell (59/95), Murphy (41/66), Edwards (2/3), Olsen (62/100), Hartsock (7/11), Barnidge (2/3). Week 8 – (82 plays) Newton (82/100), Stewart (53/65), Williams (14/17), Tolbert (33/40), S. Smith (81/99), LaFell (69/84), Murphy (45/55), Pilares (4/5), Edwards (1/1), Olsen (82/100), Hartsock (15/18), Barnidge (13/16). Week 9 – (54 plays) Newton (54/100), Stewart (30/56), Williams (18/33), Tolbert (12/22), Brockel (5/9), S. Smith (53/98), Murphy (46/85), Pilares (17/31), Edwards (8/15), Olsen (54/100), Hartsock (19/35), Barnidge (7/13). Week 10 – (70 plays) Newton (70/100), Stewart (34/49), Williams (23/33), Tolbert (22/31), LaFell (70/100), S. Smith (54/77), Edwards (16/23), David Gettis (12/17), Murphy (34/49), Olsen (62/89), Barnidge (16/23), Hartsock (7/10) Week 11 – (67 plays) Newton (67/100), Stewart (43/64), Williams (15/22), Tolbert (19/28), LaFell (62/93), S. Smith (61/91), Murphy (48/72), Edwards (4/6), Olsen (67/100), Hartsock (9/13), Barnidge (7/10). Week 12 – (67 plays) Newton (67/100), Williams (33/49), Stewart (26/39), Tolbert (26/39), Brockel (2/3), S. Smith (62/93) LaFell (58/87), Murphy (30/45), Edwards (8/12), Joe Adams (2/3), Olsen (63/94), Hartsock (19/23), Barnidge (5/7). Week 13 – (51 plays) Newton (51/100), Williams (31/61), Tolbert (23/45), Brockel (4/8), S. Smith (50/98), Murphy (32/63), LaFell (25/49), Edwards (24/47), Adams (3/6), Olsen (51/100), Hartsock (8/16), Barnidge (3/6). Week 14 – (70 plays) Newton (70/100), Williams (42/60), Armond Smith (2/3)Tolbert (36/51), Brockel (9/13), Murphy (67/96), S. Smith (59/84), Edwards (33/47), Adams (3/4), Gettis (3/4), Olsen (68/97), Hartsock (14/20), Barnidge (13/19). Week 15 – (77 plays) Newton (77/100), Williams (41/53), A. Smith (3/4), Tolbert (45/58), Murphy (57/74), S. Smith (56/73), LaFell (23/30), Edwards (14/18), Adams (13/17), Olsen (77/100), Hartsock (28/36), Barnidge (8/10). Week 16 – (63 plays) Newton (63/100), Williams (29/46), Smith (3/5), Tolbert (37/59), LaFell (53/84), S. Smith (52/83), Murphy (42/67), Edwards (2/3), Adams (1/2), Olsen (60/95), Hartsock (17/27), Barnidge (14/22). Week 17 – (76 plays) Newton (71/93), Anderson (5/7), Williams (46/61), Tolbert (41/54), Brockel (22/29), LaFell (59/78), S. Smith (51/67), Murphy (37/49), Edwards (6/8), Olsen (76/100), Hartsock (26/34), Barnidge (10/13). NEW ORLEANS SAINTS Week 1 – (72 plays) Drew Brees (72/100), Darren Sproles (48/67), Pierre Thomas (15/21), Mark Ingram (9/12), Jed Collins (18/25), Marques Colston (57/79), Lance Moore (53/74), Josh Morgan (40/56), Devery Henderson (32/44), Jimmy Graham (57/79), Daniel Graham (16/22), David Thomas (15/21) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 180 Fantasy Articles Week 2 – (78 plays) Brees (78/100), Sproles (36/46), P. Thomas (32/41), Ingram (21/27), Collins (29/37), Moore (56/72), Colston (54/69), Courtney Roby (15/19), Greg Camarillo (3/4), J. Graham (53/68), D. Thomas (22/28), D. Graham (22/28). Week 3 – (60 plays) Brees (60/100), P. Thomas (26/43), Sproles (25/42), Ingram (12/20), Collins (16/27), Henderson (51/85), Moore (49/82), Colston (34/57), Roby (7/12), Camarillo (7/12), J. Graham (36/60), D. Graham (19/32), D. Thomas (19/30). Week 4 – (78 plays) Brees (78/100), Sproles (41/53), P. Thomas (30/38), Ingram (13/17), Collins (12/15), Colston (64/82), Henderson (53/68), Moore (50/64), Morgan (11/14), Roby (10/13), J. Graham (58/74), D. Thomas (35/45), D. Graham (13/17). Week 5 – (72 plays) Brees (72/100), Sproles (34/47), P. Thomas (32/44), Ingram (14/19), Collins (17/24), Colston (58/81), Henderson (52/72), Camarillo (33/46), Morgan (17/24), Roby (11/15), J. Graham (37/51), D. Thomas (37/51), D. Graham (17/24). Week 6 – BYE WEEK Week 7 – (64 plays) Brees (64/100), P. Thomas (33/52), Sproles (27/42), Ingram (12/19), Travaris Cadet (1/2), Colston (57/89), Moore (44/69), Henderson (41/64), Roby (12/19), Morgan (10/16), D. Thomas (39/61), D. Graham (17/27). Week 8 – (61 plays) Brees (61/100), Sproles (34/56), P. Thomas (25/41), Ingram (6/10), Cadet (5/8), Collins (17/28), Colston (57/93), Henderson (51/84), Moore (40/66), Roby (5/8), Graham (40/66), D. Thomas (14/23), Week 9 – (56 plays) Brees (56/100), P. Thomas (21/38), Ingram (18/32), Chris Ivory (13/23), Cadet (6/11), Collins (24/43), Colston (44/79), Henderson (38/68), Moore (24/43), Morgan (19/34), J. Graham (37/66), D. Thomas (19/34) Week 10 – (62 plays) Brees (62/100), P. Thomas (27/44), Ingram (24/39), Ivory (10/16), Cadet (6/10), Collins (23/37), Henderson (43/69), Colston (41/66), Moore (27/44), Morgan (25/40), J. Graham (34/55), D. Thomas (23/37) Week 11 – (57 plays) Brees (49/86), Chase Daniel (8/14), P. Thomas (22/39), Ivory (17/30), Ingram (16/28), Cadet (5/9), Collins (29/51), Colston (35/61), Henderson (32/56), Moore (26/46), Morgan (18/32), J. Graham (32/56), D. Thomas (25/44), Week 12 – (70 plays) Brees (70/100), Sproles (29/41), Ingram (18/26), P. Thomas 14/20), Ivory (11/16), Collins (27/39), Henderson (48/69), Colston (43/61), Moore (40/57), Morgan (30/43), J. Graham (49/70), D. Thomas (20/29), Week 13 – (77 plays) Brees (77/100), Sproles (35/45), P. Thomas (28/36), Ingram (10/13), Ivory (8/10), Collins (27/35), Colston (66/86), Henderson (55/71), Moore (46/60), Morgan (24/31), J. Graham (57/74), Michael Higgins (15/19) Week 14 – (72 plays) Brees (72/100), Sproles (30/42), P. Thomas (26/36), Ingram (20/28), Collins (21/29), Colston (54/75), Henderson (45/62), Morgan (40/56), Moore (29/40), J. Graham (56/78), D. Thomas (25/35). Week 15 – (70 plays) Brees (65/93), Sproles (28/40), Ingram (23/33), P. Thomas (21/30), Collins (22/31), Henderson (51/73), Colston (48/69), Moore (38/54), Morgan (35/50), J. Graham (49/70), D. Thomas (21/30) Week 16 – (95 plays) Brees (95/100), Sproles (37/39), P. Thomas (33/35), Ingram (30/32), Colston (69/73), Henderson (68/72), Moore (44/46), Morgan (42/44), D. Thomas (55/58), J. Graham (53/56), Higgins (6/6) Week 17 – (64 plays) Brees (64/100), Sproles (4062, Ingram (20/31), Ivory (8/12), Collins (15/23), Colston (50-78), Moore (42/66), Henderson (42/66), Morgan (26/41), J. Graham (47/73), D. Thomas (14/22). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 181 Fantasy Articles TAMPA BAY BUCCANEERS Week 1 – (65 plays) Josh Freeman (65/100), Doug Martin (50/77), D.J. Ware (10/15), LaGarrette Blount (6/9), Erik Lorig (40/62), Vincent Jackson (63/97), Mike Williams (50/77), Preston Parker (20/31), Luke Stocker (47/72), Dallas Clark (32/49). Week 2 – (52 plays) Freeman (52/100), Martin (44/85), Ware (8/15), Blount (1/2), Lorig (16/31), Jackson (49/94), Williams (45/87), Parker (15/29), Sammie Stroughter (12/23), Arrelious Benn (3/6), Clark (39/75), Stocker (27/52). Week 3 – (60 plays) Freeman (60/100), Martin (46/77), Ware (10/17), Blount (5/8), Lorig (21/35), Jackson (58/97), Williams (53/88), Benn (29/48), Tiquan Underwood (6/10), Clark (38/63), Stocker (26/43), Danny Noble (2/3). Week 4 – (60 plays) Freeman (60/100), Martin (43/72), Blount (12/20), Ware (8/13), Lorig (12/20), Jackson (57/95), Williams (56/93), Underwood (26/43), Benn (20/33), Clark (33/55), Stocker (32/53). Week 5 – BYE WEEK Week 6 – (53 plays) Freeman (53/100), Martin (27/51), Blount (18/34), D. Ware (8/15), Lorig (29/55), Williams (50/94), Jackson (49/92), Underwood (17/32), Stocker (33/62), Clark (29/55). Week 7 – (73 plays) Freeman (73/100), Martin (56/77), Blount (10/14), Ware (7/10), Jackson (68/93), Williams (66/90), Underwood (43/59), Benn (4/5), Clark (44/60), Stocker (34/47), Nate Byham (10/14). Week 8 – (79 plays) Freeman (79/100), Martin (54/68), Blount (14/18), Ware (11/14), Lorig (41/52), V. Jackson (70/89), M. Williams (64/81), Underwood (37/47), Benn (7/9), R. Barber (2/3), Stocker (41/52), D. Clark (39/49), Byham (15/19). Week 9 – (65 plays) Freeman (65/100), Martin (53/82), Ware (7/11), Blount (6/9), Lorig (35/54), Jackson (61/94), Williams (52/80), Underwood (31/48), Benn (3/5), Clark (30/46), Byham (27/42), Stocker (19/29). Week 10 – (43 plays) Freeman (43/100), Martin (38/88), Ware (4/9), Blount (1/2), Lorig (27/63), Jackson (39/91), Williams (37/86), Underwood (11/26), Chris Owusu (3/7), Clark (24/56), Byham (23/53), Stocker (8/19). Week 11 – (80 plays) Freeman (80/100), Martin (68/85), Ware (12/15), Lorig (33/41), Jackson (74/92), Williams (67/84), Underwood (34/42), Benn (7/9), Clark (50/62), Stocker (45/56), Byham (10/12). Week 12 – (57 plays) Freeman (57/100), Martin (45/79), Ware (9/16), Blount (3/5), Lorig (27/47), Jackson (51/89), Williams (47/82), Underwood (29/51), Owusu (1/2), Stocker (36/63), Clark (25/44), Byham (7/12). Week 13 – (67 plays) Freeman (67/100), Martin (56/84), Ware (11/16), Lorig (21/31), Jackson (66/99), Williams (59/88), Underwood (45/67), Owusu (1/1), Clark (39/58), Stocker (31/46), Byham (6/9) Week 14 – (72 plays) Freeman (72/100), Martin (61/85), Ware (9/12), Blount (1/1), Lorig (33/46), Jackson (67/93), Williams (61/85), Underwood (33/46), Owusu (7/10), Stocker (44/61), Clark (32/44), Byham (10/14) Week 15 – (74 plays) Freeman (62/84), Dan Orlovsky (12/16), Martin (46/62), Ware (16/22), Blount (13/18), Lorig (15/20) Underwood (60/81), Jackson (60/81), Williams (59/80), Owusu (12/16), Clark (47/64), Stocker (28/38), Byham (14/19). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 182 Fantasy Articles Week 16 – (81 plays) Freeman (81/100), Martin (70/86), Ware (8/10), Blount (2/2), Lorig (20/25), Jackson (79/98), Williams (77/95), Underwood (36/44), Parrish (16/20), Clark (46/57), Stocker (42/52), Byham (7/9). Week 17 – (xx plays) Freeman (68/100), Martin (62/91), Ware (6/9), Lorig (31/46), Jackson (65/96), Williams (53/78), Underwood (37/54), David Douglas (6/9), Stocker (46/68), Clark (21/31), Byham (13/19), NFC WEST ARIZONA CARDINALS Week 1 – (62 plays) John Skelton (50/81), Kevin Kolb (12/19), Beanie Wells (13/21), LaRod Stephens-Howling (20/32), Ryan Williams (20/32), Larry Fitzgerald (59/95), Andre Roberts (51/82), Early Doucet (30/48), Michael Floyd (17/27), Todd Heap (46/74), Jeff King (29/47), Rob Housler (6/10). Week 2 – (63 plays) Kolb (61/97), Wells (24/38), Williams (22/35), LaRod Stephens-Howling (13/21), Anthony Sherman (21/33), Fitzgerald (62/98), Roberts (54/86), Doucet (27/43), Floyd (5/8), Heap (54/86), King (28/44), Housler (23/37). Week 3 – (62 plays) Kolb (61/98), Williams (22/35), Stephens-Howling (21/34), Wells (14/23), Sherman (10/16), Fitzgerald (56/90), Roberts (46/74), Floyd (35/56), Doucet (23/37), Housler (48/77), King (33/53). Week 4 – (72 plays) Kolb (72/100), William Powell (34/47), Williams (33/46), Sherman (12/17), Fitzgerald (72/100), Roberts (68/94), Doucet (46/64), Floyd (31/43), Housler (43/60), King (20/28) Week 5 – (81 plays) Kolb (81/100), Williams (43/53), Powell (12/15), Alfonso Smith (10/12), Sherman (22/27), Fitzgerald (80/99), Roberts (77/95), Doucet (54/67), Floyd (32/40), Housler (49/60), King (24/30) Week 6 – (74 plays) Kolb (62/84), Skelton (12/16), Stephens-Howling (39/53), Powell (26/35), Smith (2/3), Reagan Maui’a (20/27), Fitzgerald (74/100), Roberts (58/78), Floyd (36/49), Doucet (34/46), Housler (41/55), King (40/54) Week 7 – (71 plays) Skelton (71/100), Stephens-Howling (54/76), Powell (8/11), Maui’a (19/27), Fitzgerald (71/100), Roberts (53/75), Doucet (36/51), Floyd (28/39), Housler (50/70), King (36/51) Week 8 – (68 plays) Skelton (68/100), Stephens-Howling (29/43), Smith (1/1), Sherman (27/40), Maui’a (6/9), Fitzgerald (67/99), Roberts (65/96), Doucet (46/68), Floyd (43/63), Patrick Peterson (1/1), Housler (37/54), J. King (18/26). Week 9 – (66 plays) Skelton (66/100), Stephens-Howling (51/77), Powell (3/5), Sherman (21/32), Fitzgerald (64/97), Roberts (55/83), Floyd (39/59), Doucet (19/29), Housler (49/74), J. King (27/41), Jim Dray (1/2). Week 10 – BYE WEEK Week 11 – (58 plays) Ryan Lindley (43/74), Skelton (15/26), Stephens-Howling (46/79), Powell (6/10), Sherman (23/40), Fitzgerald (58/100), Roberts (50/86), Doucet (28/48), Floyd (15/26), Housler (40/69), King (24/41). Week 12 – (79 plays) Lindley (79/100), Powell (39/49), Wells (30/38), Stephens-Howling (6/8), Sherman (21/27), Fitzgerald (76/96), Roberts (66/84), Floyd (53/67), LaRon Byrd (3/4), Housler (66/84), King (33/42), Dray (2/3). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 183 Fantasy Articles Week 13 – (54 plays) Lindley (54/100), Wells (23/43), Powell (19/35), Stephens-Howling (10/19), Sherman (11/20), Fitzgerald (54/100), Floyd (51/94), Doucet (31/57), Housler (48/89), King (23/43). Week 14 – (59 plays) Skelton (33/56), Lindley (26/44), Powell (35/59), Wells (13/22), Stephens-Howling (8/14), Sherman (14/24), Fitzgerald (59/100), Roberts (44/75), Floyd (38/64), Doucet (13/22), Housler (47/80), King (23/39). Week 15 – (54 plays) Lindley (53/98), Wells (25/46), Powell (20/37), Stephens-Howling (8/15), Sherman (18/33), Fitzgerald (49/91), Roberts (37/69), Floyd (35/65), Byrd (3/6), Housler (38/70), King (30/56), Dray (7/13). Week 16 – (74 plays) Lindley (48/65), Brian Hoyer (26/35), Powell (32/43), Stephens-Howling (29/39), Wells (8/11), Sherman (15/20), Fitzgerald (74/100), Roberts (68/92), Floyd (51/69), Byrd (5/7), Patrick Peterson (1/1), King (4/59), Housler (32/43), Dray (7/9). Week 17 – (55 plays) Hoyer (55/100), Powell (50/91), Stephens-Howling (4/7), Fitzgerald (55/100), Floyd (46/84), Roberts (46/84), Peterson (1/1), King (34/62), Sperry (22/40), Dray (17/31). ST. LOUIS RAMS Week 1 – (57 plays) Sam Bradford (57/100), Steven Jackson (54/95), Daryl Richardson (2/4), Isaiah Pead (1/2), Danny Amendola (51/89), Brandon Gibson (45/79), Steve Smith (23/40), Chris Givens (17/30), Brian Quick (3/5), Lance Kendricks (41/72), Matthew Mulligan (17/32). Week 2 – (68 plays) Bradford (68/100), Richardson (42/62), Jackson (25/37), Pead (2/3), Brit Miller (13/19), Amendola (54/79), Gibson (49/72), Smith (34/50), Givens (18/26), Quick (3/4), Kendricks (60/88), Mulligan (32/47), Mike McNeill (5/7). Week 3 – (58 plays) Bradford (58/100), Jackson (37/64), Richardson (19/33), Pead (3/5), Miller (5/9), Amendola (53/91), Gibson (42/72), Givens (12/21), Austin Pettis (11/19), Kendricks (50/86), Mulligan (17/29), McNeill (11/19). Week 4 – (61 plays) Bradford (61/100), Jackson (47/77), Richardson (13/21), Miller (16/26), Amendola (45/74), Givens (42/69), Gibson (36/59), Quick (14/23), Pettis (7/11), Kendricks (55/90), Mulligan (26/43), McNeill (4/7). Week 5 – (56 plays) Bradford (56/100), Jackson (36/64), Richardson (20/36), Pead (1/2), Miller (16/29), Amendola (17/30), Givens (44/79), Gibson (35/62), Pettis (18/32), Quick (12/21), Kendricks (47/84), Mulligan (28/50), McNeill (6/11) Week 6 – (73 plays) Bradford (73/100), Jackson (45/62), Richardson (28/38), Pead (2/3), Givens (61/84), Gibson (47/64), Smith (27/37), Pettis (22/30), Quick (17/23), Kendricks (62/85), Mulligan (25/34), McNeill (8/11). Week 7 – (60 plays) Bradford (60/100), Jackson (33/55), Richardson (23/38), Pead (3/5), Miller (3/5), Gibson (43/72), Givens (38/63), Smith (31/52), Pettis (29/48), Quick (10/17), Kendricks (56/93), Mulligan (21/35), McNeill (10/17). Week 8 – (59 plays) Bradford (52/88), Kellen Clemens (7/12), Jackson (28/47), Richardson (23/39), Pead (8/14), Terrance Ganaway (5/8), Miller (13/22), Pettis (43/73), Givens (32/54), Gibson (31/53), Quick (23/39), Smith (9/15), Kendricks (38/64), Mulligan (26/44), McNeill (16/27). Week 9 – BYE WEEK Week 10 – (84 plays) Bradford (84/100), Jackson (68/81), Richardson (11/13), Pead (5/6), B. Miller (10/12), Amendola (72/86), Gibson (72/86), Pettis (45/54), Smith (14/17), Quick (7/8), Kendricks (67/80), Mulligan (35/42), McNeill (9/11). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 184 Fantasy Articles Week 11 – (68 plays) Bradford (68/100), Jackson (36/53), Richardson (31/46), Pead (1/1), Amendola (56/82), Gibson (51/75), Givens (36/53), Pettis (24/35), Quick (14/21), Kendricks (46/68), Mulligan (24/35), McNeill (20/29), Cory Harkey (1/1) Week 12 – (58 plays) Bradford (57/98), Clemens (1/2), Jackson (41/71), Richardson (17/29), Pead (1/2), Givens (49/84), Gibson (43/74), Pettis (26/45), Amendola (8/14), Quick (7/12), Kendricks (45/78), Mulligan (33/57), McNeill (13/22), Harkey (5/9), Week 13 – (73 plays) Bradford (73/100), Jackson (58/79), Richardson (10/14), Pead (3/4), Givens (66/90), Gibson (66/90), Pettis (48/66), Quick (11/15), Smith (5/7), Kendricks (59/81), Mulligan (25/34), McNeill (11/15), Harkey (1/1). Week 14 – (69 plays) Bradford (69/100), Jackson (62/90), Richardson (7/10), Pead (1/1), Givens (66/96), Gibson (56/81), Pettis (38/55), Quick (15/22), Smith (1/1), Kendricks (59/86), Mulligan (27/39), Harkey (9/13). Week 15 – (81 plays) Bradford (81/100), Jackson (41/51), Richardson (40/49), Gibson (64/79), Amendola (61/75), Givens (50/62), Pettis (40/49), Quick (26/32), Kendricks (58/72), Mulligan (14/17), Harkey (11/14). Week 16 – (55 plays) Bradford (55/100), Jackson (45/82), Richardson (10/18), Pead (1/2), Amendola (40/73), Givens (35/64), Gibson (30/55), Quick (14/25), Pettis (9/16), Kendricks (49/89), Mulligan (30/55), McNeill (11/20). Week 17 – (64 plays) Bradford (64/100), Jackson (51/80), Pead (8/12), Richardson (5/8), Gibson (53/83), Givens (49/77), Amendola (46/72), Pettis (14/22), Quick (6/9), Kendricks (53/83), Mulligan (22/34), McNeill (13/20). SAN FRANCISCO 49ERS Week 1 – (66 plays) Alex Smith (65/98), Colin Kaepernick (1/2), Frank Gore (49/74), Kendall Hunter (15/23), Michael Crabtree (45/68), Mario Manningham (29/44), Randy Moss (21/32), Keiland Williams (16/24), Vernon Davis (64/97), Delanie Walker (33/50). Week 2 – (62 plays) Smith (62/100), Gore (44/71), Hunter (18/29), Bruce Miller (24/39), Crabtree (44/71), Manningham (37/60), Williams (22/35), Moss (16/26), Davis (54/87), Walker (34/55). Week 3 – (58 plays) Smith (58/100), Gore (46/79), Hunter (11/19), Miller (13/22), Crabtree (50/86), Manningham (31/53), Williams (24/41), Moss (21/36), Davis (58/100), Walker (24/41). Week 4 – (72 plays) Smith (61/85), Gore (47/65), Hunter (18/25), Miller (29/40), Crabtree (40/56), Manningham (32/44), Williams (22/31), Moss (21/31), Davis (61/85), Walker (41/57), Garrett Celek (14/19) Week 5 – (67 plays) Smith (53/79), Kaepernick (19/28), Gore (41/61), Hunter (21/31), Anthony Dixon (6/9), Miller (16/24), Manningham (32/48), Crabtree (29/43), Williams (20/30), Moss (18/27), Ted Ginn Jr. (12/18), Davis (56/84), Walker (38/57), Celek (14/21). Week 6 – (61 plays) Smith (45/74), Kaepernick (16/26), Gore (44/72), Hunter (17/28), Miller (11/18) Crabtree (49/80), Manningham (41/67), Williams (34/56), Moss (17/28), Ginn (1/2), Davis (61/100), Walker (21/34), Celek (4/7). Week 7 – (58 plays) Smith (57/98), Kaepernick (1/2), Gore (37/64), Hunter (21/36), Miller (33/57), Crabtree (39/67), Williams (30/52), Moss (24/41), Ginn (1/2), Davis (58/100), Walker (40/69), Celek (1/2) Week 8 – (54 plays) Smith (54/100), Gore (33/61), Hunter (19/35), Miller (30/56), Crabtree (30/56), Manningham (24/44), Moss (20/37), Williams (16/30), Ginn (7/13), Davis (54/100), Walker (35/65), Celek (2/4). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 185 Fantasy Articles Week 9 – BYE WEEK Week 10 – (66 plays) Kaepernick (43/65), Smith (23/35), Gore (54/82), Hunter (11/17), Miller (27/41), Crabtree (50/76), Manningham (38/58), Williams (30/45), Moss (24/36), Ginn (2/3), Davis (66/100), Walker (27/41). Week 11 – (55 plays) Kaepernick (55/100), Gore (39/71), Hunter (11/20), Dixon (4/7), Miller (25/45), Crabtree (26/47), Manningham (23/42), Williams (22/40), Moss (13/24), Ginn (3/5), Davis (48/87), Walker (34/62), Celek (8/15) Week 12 – (60 plays) Kaepernick (60/100), Gore (48/80), Hunter (8/13), Dixon (2/3), Brandon Jacobs (2/3), Miller (37/62), Crabtree (35/58), Moss (25/42), Manningham (24/40), Williams (10/17), Davis (60/100), Walker (31/52), Celek (5/8). Week 13 – (76 plays) Kaepernick (76/100), Gore (66/87), Jacobs (8/11), Miller (46/61), Crabtree (47/62), Moss (31/41), Manningham (27/36), Ginn (14/18), Davis (76/100), Walker (39/51), Celek (3/4). Week 14 – (57 plays) Kaepernick (57/100), Gore (39/68), James (15/26), Dixon (3/5), Miller (29/51), Crabtree (43/75), Moss (29/51), A.J. Jenkins (8/14), Ginn (4/7), Davis (57/100), Celek (3/5). Week 15 – (68 plays) Kaepernick (68/100), Gore (53/78), James (13/19), Dixon (3/4), Miller (37/54), Moss (47/69), Crabtree (43/63), Jenkins (8/12), Ginn (5/7), Davis (67/99), Walker (48/71), Celek (9/13). Week 16 – (57 plays) Kaepernick (57/100), Gore (40/70), James (14/25), Dixon (4/7), Miller (20/35), Crabtree (50/88), Moss (42/74), Manningham (24/42), Walker (44/77), Celek (29/51), Davis (17/30). Week 17 – (67 plays) Kaepernick (61/91), Gore (48/72), James (14/21), Dixon (3/4), Miller (36/54), Crabtree (54/81), Moss (36/54), Jenkins (19/28), Ginn (7/10), Davis (60/90), Walker (41/61), Celek (11/16). SEATTLE SEAHAWKS Week 1 – (75 plays) Russell Wilson (75/100), Marshawn Lynch (59/79), Robert Turbin (8/11), Leon Washington (6/8), Michael Robinson (16/21), Sidney Rice (66/88), Braylon Edwards (59/79), Doug Baldwin (50/67), Ben Obamanu (9/12), Charly Martin (8/11), Zach Miller (67/89), Anthony McCoy (26/35) Week 2 – (64 plays) Wilson (64/100), Lynch (43/67), Turbin (11/17), Washington (7/11), Robinson (26/41), Golden Tate (33/52), Rice (33/52), Obomanu (27/42), Baldwin (18/28), Edwards (9/14), McCoy (47/73), Miller (45/70), Evan Moore (21/33). Week 3 – (56 plays) Wilson (56/100), Lynch (48/86), Turbin (2/4), Washington (1/2), Robinson (19/34), Tate (46/82), Rice (44/79), Martin (30/54), Obomanu (12/21), Edwards (4/7), Miller (37/66), McCoy (18/32), Moore (17/30). Week 4 – (61 plays) Wilson (61/100), Lynch (44/72), Turbin (10/16), Robinson (22/36), Rice (50/82), Tate (45/74), Baldwin (24/39), Obomanu (20/33), Edwards (5/8), Miller (48/79), McCoy (31/51), Moore (3/5). Week 5 – (65 plays) Wilson (64/98), Lynch (50/77), Turbin (12/18), Robinson (31/48), Rice (45/69), Tate (41/63), Obamanu (22/34), Baldwin (16/25), Edwards (10/15), Miller (59/91), McCoy (27/42), Moore (8/12). Week 6 – (57 plays) Wilson (57/100), Lynch (38/67), Turbin (12/21), Washington (4/7), Robinson (15/26), Rice (49/86), Tate (47/82), Baldwin (21/37), Obomanu (13/23), Edwards (5/9), Miller (53/93), McCoy (20/35), Moore (8/14) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 186 Fantasy Articles Week 7 – (56 plays) Wilson (56/100), Lynch (38/68), Turbin (11/20), Washington (4/7), Robinson (25/45), Rice (43/77), Tate (34/61), Obomanu (27/48), Edwards (12/21), Baldwin (8/14), Miller (48/86), McCoy (22/39), Moore (8/14). Week 8 – (56 plays) Wilson (56/100), Lynch (35/62), Turbin (13/23), Washington (2/4), Tate (49/88), Rice (48/86), Martin (25/45), Obomanu (14/25), Miller (55/98), McCoy (22/39), Moore (2/4). Week 9 – (75 plays) Wilson (75/100), Lynch (50/67), Turbin (20/27), Robinson (28/37), Tate (69/92), Rice (64/85), Baldwin (32/43), Martin (14/19), Jermaine Kearse (3/4), Miller (63/84), McCoy (29/39), Moore (3/4) Week 10 – (72 plays) Wilson (72/100), Lynch (44/61), Turbin (20/28), Washington (6/8), Robinson (21/29), Rice (50/69), Tate (50/69), Baldwin (30/42), Edwards (22/31), Kearse (11/15), Miller (68/94), McCoy (37/51), Moore (1/10). Week 11 – BYE WEEK Week 12 – (57 plays) Wilson (57/100), Lynch (41/72), Turbin (15/26), Robinson (11/19), Rice (48/84), Tate (47/82), Baldwin (18/32), Edwards (9/16), Kearse (5/9), Miller (53/93), McCoy (32/56), Moore (6/11). Week 13 – (71 plays) Wilson (71/100), Lynch (47/66), Turbin (12/17), Washington (5/7), Robinson (13/18), Rice (68/96), Tate (67/94), Baldwin (36/51), Edwards (14/20), Miller (67/94), McCoy (25/35), Moore (1/1). Week 14 – (69 plays) Wilson (39/57), Flynn (30/43), Turbin (29/42), Lynch (21/30), Washington (15/22), Robinson (28/41), Baldwin (49/71), Tate (48/70), Rice (44/64), Kearse (21/30), McCoy (41/59), Miller (33/48), Moore (16/23). Week 15 – (58 plays) Wilson (54/93), Flynn (4/7), Lynch (25/43), Turbin (22/38), Washington (6/10), Robinson (17/29), Tate (45/78), Baldwin (38/66), Rice (38/66), Kearse (16/28), Miller (48/83), McCoy (31/53), Moore (4/7). Week 16 – (65 plays) Wilson (62/95), Flynn (3/5), Lynch (47/72), Turbin (17/26), Robinson (22/34), Baldwin (53/82), Tate (49/75), Rice (25/38), Kearse (17/26), Deon Butler (7/11), Miller (51/78), McCoy (30/46), Sean McGrath (7/11). Week 17 – (60 plays) Wilson (60/100), Lynch (45/75), Turbin (10/17), Robinson (10/17), Rice (50/83), Tate (47/78), Baldwin (41/68), Kearse (4/7), Miller (58/97), McCoy (25/42), McGrath (1/2). ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 187 2013 Sleeper Preview Fantasy Impact: Pass-Catching RBs July 26, 2013 by: John Cooney Fantasy football titles are won by maximizing the assets of a roster, squeezing out every ounce of point production available. Some luck is involved and planning is a must in order to set up lucky opportunities. One way to creatively uncover hidden fantasy points is by expanding the utilization potential of the players occupying roster space; can’t score without the football inhand. Quarterbacks need to be dropping back and tossing the rock, receivers have to be targeted and running backs require regular handoffs. In today’s gridiron philosophies of offense pass attempts are rising and pass receptions are trending upward while the number of weekly handoffs to tailbacks continues a downward projection. The one-dimensional “feature” back that plodded along relying mainly on grounding out production by carrying the ball twenty-plus times a game has transformed into a more swift and well-rounded athlete that “touches” the football through various means. Handoffs and quick pitches to the flanks still serve as the baseline of tailback utilization, but in today’s up-tempo offenses running backs that run routes, can get down-field, catch the football and create in space are key weapons. Pass-catching running backs are now the ‘feature’ backs. In fantasy football circles, route-running, pass-catching backs are starting lineup gold as well as roster liquidity. The gradual rise to prominence by the sporty good-hands tailbacks has altered fantasy owners’ draft planning and targeting in the past couple of seasons. The growing importance of the versatile ball carrier that can double as a receiver in today’s game adds a jolt of excitement, depth and flexibility on fantasy football rosters as well as on the real sidelines. Pro coaches utilize their primary and secondary backs in more creative and unique designs. The game has evolved into a passing one, and those Mastermind offensive architects of the NFL have made it a point to “feature” the running back position as key contributors in their overland attack schemes. Like the traditional ground-bound backs of the recent past, there are different pass-catching backs excelling in many roles, displaying various degrees of talent, style, purpose and performance. These backfield pros are third-down options, the safety valve, security blanket, space makers and mismatch-makers for quarterbacks. Pass-catching running backs fall into three performance categories: Play-makers, Chain-movers and Safety valve. Playmakers are explosive backs that can ‘take it to the house’ on any given snap, striking fear in the opposing defense. Simply put, the Play-makers are a coach’s weapon and other than quarterback, they are the weapon of choice for fanballers. Speed, elusiveness, consistent use of hands in catching the football and the ability to run sharp, fluid routes at mid-range and deeper make up the profile of this explosive instant offense point getter. In the NFL, the playmaking tailback has become a top red-zone touch target. Red-zone touches are fantasy football gold. Chain-movers tend to be wellrounded ball carriers that possess modest skills, reliable hands, responsible pass-blocking ability and a nose for the ‘sticks’. Chain-movers often are adequate in speed and moves, and can be quite effective should they be pressed into full-time duty. They bring depth as fantasy value with the spot-start during bye weeks or an advantageous matchup. Safety valve types might be called a quarterbacks last resort. They may not have the greatest skill set, yet they ‘compile’ aboveaverage reception totals. These backs are the dump-off; the last read a QB makes when all else in ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 188 2013 Sleeper Preview the pass route tree has broken down. These mostly stay-at-home rushers often possess limited speed or escapability, and hardly create extra yards after the catch. Their numbers often don’t equate to making a difference in fantasy football contests on a weekly basis. Here is a breakdown of the pass-catching running backs readying for action in 2013 and their various methods of expected deployment. THE PLAYMAKERS: The A-List Jamal Charles, Chiefs LeSean McCoy, Eagles Ray Rice, Ravens Darren Sproles, Saints CJ Spiller, Bills Doug Martin, Buccaneers Reggie Bush, Lions Darren McFadden, Raiders Matt Forte, Bears The B-List: Shane Vereen, Patriots Isaiah Pead, Rams DeMarco Murray, Cowboys Chris Johnson, Titans Arian Foster, Texans Adrian Peterson, Vikings Lamar Miller, Dolphins David Wilson, Giants Daryl Richardson, Rams Jamaal Charles, Chiefs Jamaal Charles is giddy over his prospects for success in 2013. Former Eagle boss Andy Reid now calls the plays for the Kansas City offense and Charles now gets to perform under the best offensive minds he’s ever played for as a pro. Coach Reid’s famed hybrid West Coast schemes is getting a bit of a make-over this season with the help of former Nevada University Pistol offense innovator Chris Ault. The new aggressive, up-tempo playbook utilizes a fast, versatile running back that can line up all over the field and be a force in the passing game. Jamal Charles fits the profile to the letter. The KC Comet is a consistent hands-catcher and aggressively smooth route runner. It is well known that Coach Reid had molded his former Philly tailbacks Brian Westbrook and LeSean McCoy into high-scoring, dangerous fantasy football producers. McCoy has averaged 5.4 targets and 4.3 catches a game over the last three seasons, tallying 180 catches and eight receiving TDs in that span. One can understand Charles’ excitement about suiting up for the 2013 slate. Set to soar in Coach Reid’s new West Coast Pistol (WCP), Jamal Charles LeSean “Shady” McCoy, Eagles ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 189 2013 Sleeper Preview 2012 was considered by most a down season for Philly’s LeSean McCoy. Injuries (concussion) slowed the multi-threat tailback, forcing four missed games and prior to the season former Eagle coach Andy Reid vowed to cut back on McCoy’s workload. Yet through physical ailments and Coach Reid’s hollow “promise” of work reduction, McCoy tallied up an average of 21.2 touches per game last season, down from his 21.4 touch average in 2011; that hardly qualifies as a reduction. In fact, McCoy’s target average per game rose from 4.6 a contest to 5.6 per; OUTSTANDING! Enter 2013 and the dawn of the Chip Kelly era in the City of Brotherly Love. Coach Kelly is widely known for his creative use of running backs, and he gets a dynamo to work with in LeSean McCoy. McCoy is a fine pass receiver who brings down most targets his way, even though he does not usually get his hands extended far from his body when pulling the football in. McCoy mostly cradles the rock as it arrives rather than pluck it, but is rarely late with his hands. With the ball in-hand, the Eagle halfback is a shifty, shady runner that gains big chunks of yards leading to those beautiful added fantasy “points after catch” (PAC?- hey, new terminology!). The Philly rusher is quite adept at setting up the screen, getting north in a hurry, following his blocks and then exploding into daylight. McCoy showcases keen cut-back and direction changing ability, often forcing several would-be tacklers to miss, but tends to get a bit sloppy with his full-speed footwork, forcing a loss of balance in his re-direct. The good news here is that loss of balance usually comes 10-15 yards upfield, and your FFB points are already in the bag. Philadelphia’s LeSean McCoy is set for a big season in Coach Kelly’s innovative scheme. His volume of receptions may take a bit of a hit in 2013, but the big plays and subsequent touchdowns are on the rise. Ray Rice, Ravens Baltimore’s PPR machine continues to be the go-to guy in the Raven offense that rarely leaves the field. Rice is a playmaking pass catcher that is a must-have in fantasy football. Possessing game-breaking ability and ample opportunity, Rice is likely to see his receiving totals hit career highs in 2013. Baltimore coaches are talking up Rice stand-in Bernard Pierce in the off-season, extolling his aggressive running style and promising more game action. While that scenario may play out it will hardly limit Ray Rice’s fantasy value. The Ravens lost QB Joe Flacco’s best receiver to free agency, Anquan Boldin, leaving Rice as Flacco’s most reliable pass-receiving target this season. Rice’s catch total dropped by fifteen (76 to 61) in 2012 and his targets also saw a noteworthy decrease (104 to 83). However, don’t underestimate the void left by Boldin’s departure. The Ravens top three wideouts (Torrey Smith, Jacoby Jones and Tommy Streeter) are mostly field-stretchers that are seldom utilized between the hash-marks. TE Dennis Pitta assumes that role, but Boldin’s 112 targets need to relocate somewhere… hello Ray Rice! His three-year catch average is 66.7 and the multi-threat back is sure to blow by that average in 2013. His rushing attempts have actually declined the past three seasons (308-291-257), and that trend may continue this season. However, Ravens Coach Harbaugh knows where his offenses bread is buttered, and getting the football into Ray Rice’s hands is a must. Rice has breakaway ability, is an excellent route runner and a red zone demon. Rice is a blue-chip top-three overall draft choice who is currently being selected later in the first round of mock drafts… a fantasy football steal if ever there was one. Darren Sproles, Saints The New Orleans mighty mite was once again instant offense in 2012 and the year-long suspension of HC Sean Payton had little effect on Sproles’ stat lines. In-fact, stand-in head coach ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 190 2013 Sleeper Preview Pete Carmichael out-did Coach Payton’s aggressive style last season. On the surface Sproles 2012 reception total (75) appears to be a down-tick from his 2011 work. However, the diminutive sparkplug missed three contests and his catch rate, played out over sixteen games, measures a lofty and would-be career high (92). A Sproles value fantasy coaches often gloss over is his ability to cross the goal line. Last season the Saints pass-catcher supreme totaled eight scores (1 rushing- 7 receiving), and has tallied up seventeen TDs over the past two seasons (3 ground- 14 air). OUTSTANDING! Another fact many fail to realize is the number of yards from scrimmage Sproles creates; he has amassed 2224 total offensive yards over the past two seasons. There will be some concerns about his age (30) and years of pro service (8), but Sproles doesn’t carry the usual abusive mileage of bigger running backs. Plug-n-play with confidence. Coach Payton returns in 2013 and has made it known that the Saints will run the football more. Fear not Sproles fans, as that only means more touches/carries for the speedy tailback. Darren Sproles is set for another outstanding season, and is PPR gold for fantasy football crazies. CJ Spiller, Bills Big things began to happen in 2012 for Spiller. Before last season Spiller was tossed around the offense from RB, to WR, back to RB and the results were underwhelming. Once allowed to remain as a backfield constant the light came on. Spiller displayed the game-breaking speed and explosive pass-catching ability, closing out the year with 43 receptions and an outstanding 10.7 YPR. A prime TOUCH 15 back this season, Spiller will see his heaviest workload as a pro and his catch total in new head coach Doug Marrone’s up-tempo/run-first offense should soar. The “run-first” tag won’t affect the former Clemson star. The fact that the Bills will likely have shortpassing Kevin Kolb or rookie EJ Manuel at QB only improves Spiller’s reception potential for the upcoming season. Another factor that raises Spiller’s pass receiving fantasy value in 2013 is the mostly green wide receiver stable Buffalo has assembled. The Bills will likely field three rookies (Robert Woods, Da’Rick Rogers and Marquis Goodwin) this season and a second season “vet” (TJ Graham); Steve Johnson is the only quality veteran WR. CJ Spiller’s game-breaking speed and ability to line up anywhere in formation, including outside, means opportunity and mismatches in abundance. 50-plus catches can be expected for the Buffalo playmaker in 2013, with an outstanding yards-per-reception average as a FFB bonus. Doug Martin, Buccaneers HC Greg Schiano likes Doug Martin… a lot! Martin displayed all-around football skills in his rookie campaign, utilized as a pass receiver, a dependable and tough runner and a rock on pass protect. Doug Martin never comes off the field. Schiano traded back into the first round of the 2012 draft specifically to select Doug Martin and the player met and exceeded his first-round expectations. The Tampa Bay tailback snagged 49 passes last season, for a solid 9.6 YPR while also rushing for 1454 yards (4.6 YPC). Martin is not blessed with great long-speed, however he has a quick burst and will not be tackled on first contact. The offense is centered around the tailback known as “Muscle Hamster”, and his use in the passing game should increase in 2013. Coach Schiano will look to preserve his star attraction by cutting back on the over 300 carries, shifting Martin in space and reducing the wear-n-tear. Another factor that should bolster Doug Martin’s receiving potential is the Buccaneers iffy tight end situation. Dallas Clark was not brought back, leaving Luke Stocker and Tom Crabtree taking most of the TE snaps. Neither has proven to be target magnets and Martin will most likely be running some of the mid-range lanes Dallas Clark patrolled last season. Opportunity continues to grow for Doug Martin, both as a ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 191 2013 Sleeper Preview runner and a receiver. The Ray Rice clone (but a better blocker) never leaves the field and is an integral part of the Buccaneer passing game. His good hands and clean route running have earned the confidence of his coaches and quarterback, and fantasy owners can be just as confident with Doug Martin rubber-stamped in a starting lineup weekly. Reggie Bush, Dolphins Here’s a stat many football followers may not realize; in 2012 Lion running backs were targeted 137 times. Reserve tailback Joique Bell saw 69 of those pass intentions and hauled in 52 passes. That is impressive for a part-time player. Plodding Mikel Leshoure had 48 tosses his way, snagging 34 of those. Joique Bell is no Reggie Bush when it comes to physical skills, and that is not a knock on Bell. Mikel Leshoure is not even close to Bush’s game. A couple of seasons ago the Lions had an offensive plan in place that expected to feature the playmaking talents of Jahvid Best. Best’s concussion woes threw a wrench into those plans, but now Reggie Bush is in Detroit to revive the Best-inspired playbook. In his two seasons at Miami, finally as a fulltime tailback, Bush compiled 2671 yards from scrimmage, including 588 receiving. The former Dolphin added 15 total TDs (3 receiving) and 78 catches and played a 16 game slate for the first time since his rookie year. Reggie Bush seems to be a darn good “running” back. He is still a top-shelf receiver and route-runner. Though his catch total dropped a bit in 2012 (43 to 35), Bush raised his YPR from 6.9 to 8.3, scoring two receiving TDs in the process. In Miami Bush was expected to run more inside lanes and while he met the challenge well-enough, that is not his game. Getting to the flanks and creating mismatches is the Reggie Bush way, and the Lions offense is planning on utilizing the still-fleet running back as such. Detroit has Leshoure on board to handle the tough yards situations, so Bush should be fresher and available for more explosive opportunities. It is no secret that the Lions put the football in the air more than any team in the NFL and that suits Bush just fine. Remember, 137 Lion RB targets in 2012; Reggie Bush now is the point man in that part of the Detroit playbook. Bush took down 35 balls last season and he could double that number in 2013. Darren McFadden, Raiders Darren McFadden is a playmaking, pass catching tailback that has A-List skills, but his lack of ability to stay on the field flips his value to the B-side. Health and opportunity are the biggest keys to quality production for McFadden and his potential fantasy owners. McFadden can be a top 3 fantasy running back if he found a way to keep off the sidelines with various maladies. McFadden is explosive but recently he’s his forays into the o-line have lacked conviction and confidence. The Raiders are changing the offensive scheme (again) moving back to a powerbased theme. A change at QB also is in effect, with Carson Palmer moving on and Doug Flynn the likely starter. Flynn is short on arm-strength and will be a check down, short range passer, and that brings McFadden fully into the offensive spotlight as a pass receiver. Blessed with good hands and breakaway speed, DMC still is one of the best playmaking, pass-catching running backs in the NFL. He is quite comfortable lining up outside at WR, and his size (6’2-210) qualifies as a legit “big” WR. Playing inured in most of his twelve appearances on the field last year, McFadden’s YPR dropped to a career low 6.1 after averaging over 10 a catch the past three seasons. Despite his limited health and an ill-fitting offensive scheme, the Raider tailback tallied 42 receptions (3.5 per game). If he wasn’t the centerpiece of the offense before, he surely is now. McFadden’s surrounding talent in the skill positions is paper thin and it is obvious new OC Greg Olsen is counting heavily on DMC’s performance. If the oft-injured back stays clean, he will be ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 192 2013 Sleeper Preview one of fantasy football’s top backs as well as a top five pass receiving threat. Health-willing, the explosive Darren McFadden will provide fanballers with top quality fantasy results and with his game-breaking ability DMC may not need an inordinate number of touches to get the job done. Darren McFadden proclaims he is “prove it” mode for 2013; might be just the right time to hop in the DMC wagon. Matt Forte, Bears Marc Trestman is in as the Bears new head coach, and he will have a heavy influence in the play-calling for 2013. Trestman is thought to be an offensive innovator with an affinitive eye for Matt Forte’s skills. “I just got done looking at all his catches from 2010,” said Trestman. “He was on the line of scrimmage, he was running out of the backfield, he is great in space. He has a skill set that goes full spectrum of what you want out of a running back. … You can make all the different kinds of throws to him.” That says about all you need to know about Forte’s potential workload in 2013. Running backs with Forte’s size (6’1-220) usually are utilized as secure chain-movers, gaining the tough yards and providing pass protection. While he is a noted willing blocker, Forte breaks the big-back mold by finding ways down-field and creating big plays. His 2012 numbers were down from his norm, but that happens in a stale Mike Tice written playbook. Tice rolled in promising an aggressive plan, but that never took hold. Forte is a running back that works well on deep routes and that rarely happened last season. With Coach Trestman calling the shots, the 2013 promise is a return to getting Matt Forte heavily involved in the passing game, in creative formations and mismatches. The Chicago tailback isn’t as flashy as KC’s Jamaal Charles or shifty like Philly’s LeSean McCoy, but he does possess sure hands, excellent route execution, above average speed and the coaching staff’s attention. Coach Trestman also is set on having QB Jay Cutler getting the football out of his hands in quicker fashion, which should lead to more targets headed Forte’s way. Like all running backs, health is a bit of a concern, but for 2013, the call is get all you can from Matt Forte and if a full slate of games is met, this excellent pass catcher will bring top-shelf fantasy production. Shane Vereen, Patriots Shane Vereen looks like one of those talents that is in the right place at the right time. These are exciting times in New England, some for the wrong reasons (Aaron Hernandez). The Patriots are fearlessly undergoing a wholesale change in the pass-receiving corps and at the same time juggling a very unsettled tight end situation. Gone via free agency is long-time Tom Brady fave Wes Welker from his slot position, versatile RB Danny Woodhead headed to sunny San Diego, deep threat wideout Brandon Lloyd was not brought back, Rob Gronkowski continues major injury woes and Aaron Hernandez was released. While the receiving situation looks grim in New England, ever resilient Coach Bill Belichick hasn’t uttered a single word of concern or worry. No coach in the game today practices the “next man up” philosophy better than wild Bill. Who was Wes Welker before coming to the Pats? Woodhead converted from a NY Jets camp wideout to a solid pass-catching running back. Gronkowski? A good college player but no one expected the numbers he’s put up as Patriot. Hernandez gained league and fantasy football attention by being re-created as a multi-faceted TE-WR-RB-FB weapon from the tight end alignment. Adding up the 2012 pass reception totals of those key ex-Patriots (including Gronkowski due to his unstable health situation), New England has to find a place for 354 Tom Brady completions. THREE-HUNDRED AND FIFTY FOUR RECEPTIONS NOW NEED A HOME IN NEW ENGLAND! Coach Belichick plans ahead, and usually has a well-defined timeline of when a ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 193 2013 Sleeper Preview plan is to be implements. Shane Vereen’s time is now. Vereen is another of those California Golden Bear (Marshawn Lynch, Jahvid Best, Justin Forsett) tailbacks that can do it all, aggressively as well as skillfully. The third-season tailback is an excellent route runner that can line up outside and mimic wide receiver moves and hands. A consistent hands-catcher, Vereen possesses legit 4.49 by 40 speed, is just as fast with the ball in his hands and refuses to give up on a play. What is most impressive is his vision and ability to see open lanes, consistently hit his cut-back opportunities and use that keen vision in getting open in pass routes. Vereen hit the football spotlight during last season’s playoffs, logging 124 yards from scrimmage (83 receiving) and scoring three TDs (2 receiving) in the divisional tilt versus Houston. This off-season Coach Belichick’s 2011 2nd rounder has been lining up in the hybrid formations created for the departed Hernandez. The obvious variation this season is where Hernandez was a TE with some rushing skills, Shane Vereen is a tailback with elite football catching mitts. Right place at the right time… just the way Coach Belichick planned it. Isaiah Pead, Rams NFL GMs and head coaches don’t burn second round draft picks on players without big plans in mind. Players coming into the pros with that kind of draft day pedigree are afforded every chance to show what they can do. This is the situation St. Louis’ 2012 second round draft pick Isaiah Pead finds himself in. The Rams’ second year running back has the most important variable any player needs to breakout in the NFL… opportunity. Pead already owns the necessary skills to become a fantasy star; top-end speed (4.39 x 40), excellent vision, consistent good hands away from his body at reception, confidence in route running and a burning competitive edge in his makeup. Pead was the lead back at University of Cincinnati but was not burdened by heavy carry totals (237 his personal high) and brings fresh and energized legs to the pro ranks. St. Louis allowed aging warrior Steven Jackson and his 172 targets over the last three seasons walk via free agency, opening the doors for the fast and furious rusher. Fellow 2012 rookie Daryl Richardson saw much more quality action than Pead last season and will compete for touches. However, while Richardson made a case for his own chances to start in 2013, he clearly wore down as the season progressed. Isaiah Pead is sudden, hard to knock off his feet, an excellent receiver and has superior long-speed. QB Sam Bradford has shown a great propensity to check down to his backs over his young career, and with a healthy dose of snaps Isaiah Pead is set for a breakout season as a TOUCH-15 back as well as a game-breaking 35-45 catch tailback. Comparing favorably to the Chiefs’ Jamaal Charles in explosiveness and utilization, Pead has had experience in various receiving formations including lining up as a slot receiver and out wide. He shows very good hands, uses them to haul the ball in rather than body the ball and adjusts well to the ball in the air. The Rams sophomore back is a quick “catch-n-go” receiver, in that he snaps the ball quickly out of the air and turns upfield without hesitation. With his explosiveness that leads to added fantasy football points. The 2nd year back is fiery competitive, outwardly expressing his emotions and excitement for the game and his own work. As a rookie Isaiah Pead didn’t see much action, netting just 10 total carries, but for a solid 5.4 a pop (54 yards). His running in that small sample was just as he showcased University of Cincinnati; decisive, tough, fast and a “get north in a hurry” mind-set. No doubt Isaiah Pead will have to earn his playing time in 2013. He begins the season with a one-game suspension, but Coach Fisher was already aware of that fact and has publically stated the suspension will have no bearing on Pead’s chances to win the starting gig. St. Louis drafted Isaiah Pead with a plan in mind. Steven Jackson was allowed to sign elsewhere and the offense has been redesigned for ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 194 2013 Sleeper Preview speed and up-tempo action with a quick-hitting passing attack. Isaiah Pead is speed, up-tempo action and fits in the passing scheme of the 2013 Rams. DeMarco Murray, Cowboys If only this gifted Dallas ball carrier could find a way to stay on the field of play! DeMarco Murray is a fast (4.41x40) tailback with soft hands, excellent receiving technique and natural route running vision. Murray tallied up 157 college receptions in his Kansas St. career, with a spectacular 71 in his final season. The former K-Stater burst onto the NFL scene in weeks 7 and 8 of the 2011 season, exploding for 327 yards rushing in his first two starts and went on to haul in 20 passes over the next four games. Make no mistake, his spectacular introduction to the league in 2011was no fluke; Murray is a playmaker. Though he has a bit of an injury history the Cowboy tailback runs effortlessly and is capable of producing top ten scrimmage numbers if he can stay on the field. In his first two seasons the Cowboy back has missed nine games (3 in 2011, 6 last season). The Dallas offense is a pass-first scheme, and Murray’s utilization is key both as a runner and receiver. Now comfortable in the Cowboy playbook, the third year rising star has 60plus catch potential with the breakaway skills to create special NFL Network cutaway moments. With a fast and fluid style, Murray is more of a glider than a fast-twitch runner, tending to roll into his cuts and breaks, similar to the way former Colt great Edgerrin James got it done. After returning from his foot injury last season, Murray closed out the 2012 campaign by hauling in four catches in four of his last five games. He is most effective between the twenties, but struggles to find the endzone with any consistency, run or receiving. Heading into 2013, like most running backs, Murray needs to stay healthy and available. He has A-List skills and huge upside and there is ample opportunity by playing in Dallas’ pass-happy offense. ALA Darren McFadden, DeMarco Murray is a dynamite fantasy weapon coming out of the backfield and makes for an explosive dual-threat RB2 in fantasy football lineups. Chris Johnson, Titans Last season the Titan offense was supposed to feature a more aggressive air attack… NEVER HAPPENED! Deposed OC Chris Palmer bored the heck out of his players and fanballers with his stale, unimaginative play-calling. Palmer… OUT! QB coach Dowell Loggains has the job and the young playcaller is expected to open it up. That should get the fleet Chris Johnson back into being a big play threat and more involved in the passing attack. Johnson has been a headache for his virtual coaches and on field bosses the past couple of seasons, taking plays off and looking for the big hitter rather than taking what is blocked. His “want” in the passing game has also waned as he has been slow to get into his routes and at times indifferent sliding out to the flats after making his blitz reads. However, fanballers need to remember the electric skill set the Titan tailback possesses. Johnson is still as fast as ever and is a sharp pass receiver with very good hands and technique. While he does have great speed and is a home-run threat in space, Johnson is more of a traditional running back that rarely lines up outside and wide. He is most effective as a receiver darting to the flanks, taking the football in stride as he turns up-field and then exploding to daylight. He is consistent in getting his hands out from his body, leading to clean catches and displaying confidence in handling the football. What Chris Johnson needs most is more opportunity in the air attack. Last season the Titan back saw just 49 targets, down by 30 from 2011; in the previous three seasons CJ averaged 50 receptions a season. That is unacceptable and OC Loggains understands that fact. As crisp a route runner as Johnson is, and sporting breakaway speed, the fleet back disappoints in his ability to get to the endzone after the ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 195 2013 Sleeper Preview catch; he has just one TD catch in the last three seasons (over 137 receptions). Better use of Johnson’s speed and hands in the redzone could change that along with a full season of play by big-armed passer Jake Locker. Locker’s ability to go long and create defensive shifts with his mobility may also shake Chris Johnson loose for big plays after the catch. Again, key is Johnson’s commitment to not giving up on plays and working to find open lanes when Locker is on the run. Attitude and intensity is the call for Chris Johnson to turn his excellent pass catching skills into fantasy friendly production in 2013 Arian Foster, Texans Arian Foster knows his way to the endzone, running or receiving. The Houston workhorse has scored six TD catching the football over the past three seasons. A little alarming is his huge touch-log (1114 over three campaigns) and the three-season decline in receptions (66-53-40). Still, Foster is a playmaker who methodically churns out yards from scrimmage and hits the stripe consistently. He is not built on speed and finesse, but the former Volunteer of Tennessee ‘earns’ big plays by shedding tacklers and then finding that extra gear once in the clear. Foster runs smoothly and sports soft hands. Many of his catches are of the short, dump-off variety in which the 230 pounder can turn up field and break off big gains. Coach Gary Kubiak traditionally targets his running backs heavily in the passing game. That will follow in 2013. Even with a talented understudy like Ben Tate getting some touches, Arian Foster will grab 45 50 balls and once again pile up yards-from-scrimmage for his fantasy owners. Adrian Peterson, Vikings 2000 yard rushers usually don’t have the time or energy to get involved in an offenses passing game. Adrian Peterson somehow worked his way into Minnesota’s air attack by pulling down forty Christian Ponder tosses last season. AP’s 51 targets were the second highest of his career, which is quite an accomplishment considering he also carried the football 348 times, again second most in his pro career. Peterson is not a true pass-catching back in the sense of being able to run crisp routes or demonstrate clean hands technique, however when a tailback of his powerfully explosive skill set is tracking down 40 passes in a season, he needs to be included as a playmaker. Peterson’s recent history suggests he isn’t much of a game-breaker as a receiver, but again, a runner with his potential to explode over, through or past defenders in space on any touch qualifies the Viking rusher as a fantasy football difference maker. AP has scored at least one receiving TD in the past three campaigns. Many fanballers wouldn’t slot the NFL’s rushing king as a pass-catching running back, but his expansion in the Viking air attack is there for all to see and has to be addressed. After the incredible workload Peterson experienced in 2012, it wouldn’t be too big of a stretch to project his carries to drop some while his receptions grow; a bit of a preservation move by Viking coaches. Lamar Miller, Dolphins Lamar Miller is one of the new guys on the pass-catcher block. Miller is set to go the full-service route as he takes over for departed multi-purpose Reggie Bush. Miller is a tailback on the come and ready to stake a claim as a fantasy football star this season. The second year pro is a fast and persevering runner who never gives up on a play. Miami’s new backfield weapon is a good route runner, patient in setting up the screen and uses his hands well to snap the ball out of the air; he is an attractive snap-n-go receiver. Possessing excellent field vision and running instincts, Miller sees and follows his blocking well and gets to his breakaway gear in a hurry when the open lane ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 196 2013 Sleeper Preview appears. Last season as a rookie Miller rarely saw passing down-n-distance snaps due to a lack of effective pass protection recognition and the fact that Reggie Bush is one the NFL’s best receiving backs. Miller has attacked his pass blocking deficiencies with a passion this off-season and his coaches have taken note. Bush, of course, if now in Detroit. Miami has revamped the offense to suit young QB Ryan Tannehill, an effort not only to create more big plays but also to protect the franchise’s investment in their star passer. Miller is sure to be a big part of the protection project by making himself available on quick flares, shuttles and screens. Once the ball is in his hands, it’s go time. A 50-plus catch season isn’t out of reason for Lamar Miller in 2013 and with his surprising power and mature approach the results will be rewarding for fantasy owners. David Wilson, Giants David Wilson is getting a whole lot of fantasy football love in the off-season. NY Giant backfield staple Ahmad Bradshaw now wears a horseshoe on his helmet and Wilson has been handed the starting gig. The sophomore rusher has explosive speed and the Giants use their backs often in screen packages and check-down progressions. While Wilson’s physical attributes are impressive, particularly his speed, he displays an immature feel for the running game and his pass receiving technique needs work. New York’s new workhorse is impatient with the football in his hands, often racing past his blocking or changing direction at the first sign of traffic. Wilson won’t shy away from contact, but his lack of vision and anxiousness forces him to abandon plays before the blocking takes shape. This is not the best way to run screens in the NFL as successful backs most often allow the play to flow and evolve in front of them. As a pass-catcher the second year running back lets the ball into his body far too often, creating a few balls to bounce off shoulder pads or slip through arms. He is also a bit sloppy with the football in-hand as his early fumbling issues have been well documented. So why is David Wilson on the playmakers list? As immature as his game is, Wilson is a big-play threat at any time in the game, anywhere on the field. The volatile ball carrier can have a negative run or pass play one snap and hit a home run the next. With that kind of game-breaking potential he will be involved in the passing game and has to be included in any talk of pass-catching backs with playmaking ability. Wilson will have to clean up his pass protection and his ball security, but the Giants committed to Wilson once they allowed Ahmad Bradshaw to walk. David Wilson is not a thing of beauty in his technique, but he is some kind of dangerous with the ball in his hands. Daryl Richardson, Rams As a freshman with the Rams in 2012, Daryl Richardson did well for himself and his pro future. The younger brother of former Bengals RB Bernard Scott and current Jets WR Clyde Gates runs with effective speed (4.46x40), some suddenness and has good hands as a receiver. Richardson is stronger than he appears, particularly strong in his leg drive. The Abilene Christian product rocked a 40.5 vertical leap and an 11’03 broad jump at his pro day… OUTSTANDING! Though his measureables are impressive and he grades well in leg strength, Richardson runs with a lack of power to break through tackles. He does display good wiggle and will make defenders miss, but tends to slow down in making his moves, cutting away his speed advantages. In many ways he has a lot of his older brother Bernard Scott in his game in that at times Richardson will dance behind the line, but he tends to run with a more aggressive attitude than Scott. He also follows his blockers better when he does stick his foot in the ground, sets up his pass-routes well and will use his hands consistently as a receiver. Richardson needs to work on his pass-protect and is a ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 197 2013 Sleeper Preview true liability right now. However he is a fast, multi-skilled running back who can fill a role as a solid third-down option. Former Rams’ halfback Steven Jackson has moved on to Atlanta, but standing in Richardson’s path to a bigger role in the St. Louis offense is fellow sophomore Isaiah Pead. The Rams didn’t burn a 2012 second round pick on Pead to turn him into a change of pace option, and in the NFL the pedigree draft pick gets the bulk of the opportunities. Daryl Richardson can get the job done if forced into a bigger role in the passing game. He has the skills to be effective and the offense compliments Richardson’s skills. He gets on the playmaker list due to his talent and his 50-catch potential should Pead become incapacitated or a non-factor due to poor performance. Daryl Richardson has the ability, but opportunity is not quite there yet. THE CHAIN-MOVERS Steven Jackson, Falcons Maurice Jones-Drew, Jaguars Ryan Mathews, Chargers Trent Richardson, Browns Mike Goodson, Jets Freddy Jackson, Bills Pierre Thomas, Saints Marcel Reese, Raiders Toby Gerhart, Vikings Ahmad Bradshaw/ Vick Ballard, Colts Jonathan Stewart, Panthers Steven Jackson, Falcons Atlanta Falcon RB Steven Jackson… that just sounds too strange. The longtime Rams rusher now calls Atlanta his home and works in the most dynamic offense of his career. The hope is that the workhorse running back has enough tread on his wheels to get the job done. SJax goes into the 2013 season at 30-years of age, a scary number for NFL feature backs. The double whammy on Jackson is the heavy mileage and abuse he’s absorbed; 2,395 carries, the most of any active back. The 2nd gear is burnt out and his days as a playmaker out of the backfield are past. However, Jackson still brings PPR value in a revamped role that will put up fantasy points and touches a-plenty. He’s not as spry as before but don’t tell him his game is slowing. The Falcons no doubt will use Jackson as an every down back, and utilize him even on early downs as a passing option. There is every reason to believe that the veteran runner will improve on his 38 receptions of last year, and in the process find more room to rumble after the catch. A potent passing game that forces defenses to attend to playmakers Julio Jones, Roddy White and TEsupreme Tony Gonzalez should provide Jackson with ample running room, especially underneath routes. While SJax no longer has the burners to break off big plays, his volume and the natural open space he should find in Atlanta translates into quality yards from scrimmage. Keep in mind that along with his chain moving exploits Jackson should be a goal line demon; plodding Michael Turner scored 60 rushing TDs over the past five seasons as a Falcon. Steven Jackson is set up for that one big last fantasy football hurrah, complete with 40-plus catches and double digit scores. Maurice Jones-Drew, Jaguars ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 198 2013 Sleeper Preview MJD is at a crossroads as far as running backs are concerned. He has logged a lot of tough miles on those legs of his, he’s battled the injury bug the past two seasons and his 28 years of age is more advanced than it appears on paper. The wear-n-tear of being an NFL workhorse tailback has caught up. Once a playmaking pass-catching back, Jones-Drew is fading to the chain-moving type. Foot injuries and a possible weight issue are putting the brakes on MJD’s ability to break off big runs and yards after his catches. If he can make a return to form this season MJD will see many a “save me” dump off from skittish QB Blaine Gabbert. The PPR value is there, but fantasy footballers have to wonder how much MJD will be able to do with the ball in his hands after sitting out 12 games in 2012 and the weight of heavy usage on him. Early on in 2013 MJD will likely be sluggish as he plays his way into shape. If he makes it through the first half in good shape, fanballers should expect an uptick in his performance. Still, his receiving quality won’t be that of big plays and long scores, but his PPR value should see an up-tick as Gabbert’s security blanket. Maurice Jones-Drew isn’t the same player fantasy owners have come to know, and his 2013 value has defined ceilings… dink-n-dunk days are here. Ryan Mathews, Chargers Ryan Mathews had the look of a franchise RB in 2011, breaking the 1000 yard barrier, averaging 4.9 a run and grabbing 50 passes. Then 2012 rolled around and despite proclamations from thencoach Norv Turner that Mathews would lead the NFL in rushing, the bottom drops out and the perceived playmaking tailback stumbles his way to 3.8 YPC, just 6.5 YPR (down from 9.1 YPR in ’11) and 1 rushing TD… ICK! His big play ability of 2011 evaporated, especially catching the football as Mathews rarely shook loose for extra yardage after a catch. Injuries, a concern dating back to his college days, limited the Charger tailback to 12 games. The hope for 2013 is that Ryan Mathews little injury file doesn’t open again. Like most backs, he tends to get nicked up, and he’ll need to learn to play through. San Diego is going through an offensive revamping, from the line to the skill positions. In 2012 deep threat WR Vincent Jackson flew the SD coop and TD thief Mike Tolbert moved on to Carolina. Now a new head coach is in place and the San Diego brass re-stocked the backfield by adding a proven pass-catching running back in Danny Woodhead. Woodhead will surely cut into Mathews touch count, and so far has been a stand-out in off-season practices. There are whispers that Ryan Mathews hasn’t learned how to be a pro and his dedication to the game is less than desired. Mathews has the talent and ability to be a break away back in the passing game, but has yet learned how to compete at a high level in the NFL, and thus his playmaking skills fail to materialize. To this point in a still young career, Ryan Mathews is a flashy chain-mover as a receiver. Trent Richardson, Browns They may be hell on cleats in college, but not so hot in the NFL; I’m talking about Alabama running backs. Lots of praise and attention are heaped on the running back prospects coming out of ‘Bama the past few years, but they haven’t exactly lit the pro ranks on fire. Any of these names excite you; Ahmaad Galloway, Shaud Williams, Ken Darby, Terry Grant, Glen Coffee, Mark Ingram? Trent Richardson? The Browns 2012 prized rookie toughed out an injury plagued campaign, rushing for over 900 yards and hauling in 51 passes. But his YPC was an anemic 3.6 and his YPR rolled out to a mediocre 7.2. Richardson looks like a poor man’s Ladainian Tomlinson at first glance, but lacks the daylight darting speed and elusiveness as well as the route running savvy LT showcased for many years. The 51 catches of a season ago may be Richardson’s best in his career and a lower reception tally can be expected for 2013. The ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 199 2013 Sleeper Preview Browns’ bellcow is effective on screens, but is slow to get out to the flats on flares and too rigid getting downfield and open. Because he is one of Cleveland’s best weapons Trent Richardson is involved in the passing game. However, his ability to do anything extraordinary as a pass receiving running back is capped. Mike Goodson, New York Jets Oakland let Michael Goodson walk after one season and the New York Jets got the former A&M Aggie to sign on for 2013. Goodson should share duties with the down-hill running Chris Ivory, with Goodson being the receiving specialist. Goodson was a solid reserve for the Panthers back in 2010, hauling in 40 passes that season. The Raiders saw his value as a hedge for the oftinjured Darren McFadden but Goodson himself has battled injuries in his pro career. The Jet runner possesses potential play-making talents (speed and good hands) but has a few issues in 2013 that will hold him in the chain-moving category. For one, he now plays in a talentchallenged offense, particularly at QB. Another speed bump for Goodson is his own injury history; he often plays hurt which negates his playmaking ability. New York also has a competent if less spectacular pass receiving back in Bilal Powell, who will challenge for the same role Goodson intends to fill. Mike Goodson has flashed, but projecting more than modest performance results in 2013 would be a reach and not the way to stock a winning fantasy roster. Fred Jackson, Bills In 2011, before his untimely injury, Fred Jackson was arguably the best fantasy RB in the game. AS a rusher he was scintillating, with a 5.5 YPC and six-100 yard games in the ten he played. FJax also lit it up through the air by snagging 39 footballs at a YPR of 11.3. OUTSTANDING! Jackson’s pass catching ability is top-shelf, and his lighter workload is sure to translate into a fresher performer for the year. The reduced workload is due to his advanced age (32), growing brittleness and the emergence of the spectacular CJ Spiller. Jackson has had his moment in the sun and now he is quality reserve stock. Probably a half step slower after injury and age, and playing now in a run-first offense, FJax slides down from playmaker to chain-mover. Spiller now gets to run the prime big-play routes as he is a superb pass catcher. Spiller owners would be smart to stash away Freddy Jackson as Spiller’s workload and exposure to the abuse of NFL defenders increases. Jackson could still provide solid FFB production in an extended string of games. Pierre Thomas, Saints Pierre Thomas is a back with a nose for the end zone and a never-quit running style. Thomas is a supreme screen receiving tailback who sets up his blocks perfectly and is quick with his catch-ngo technique. He knows his role and plays it to max effort when called upon. Thomas is a ‘tweener hanging between play-maker and chain-mover. The Saints gamer is an opportunist type back that makes each touch count and has the ability to break for extra yards after catch. However, he rarely turns those extra yards into long scores, often caught from behind on long runs or receptions. Lucky Pierre’s value grows in the redone, which is a common occurrence in New Orleans. He is just as likely to be a target inside the 20 as reception magnet Darren Sproles Look for the no-nonsense RB to see a bit of an up-tick in carries as Coach Payton promises to get the run game going in 2013. He still figures in the passing game and brings all-around skills to that part of the Saints offense. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 200 2013 Sleeper Preview Marcel Reece, Raiders Reece is a converted WR who has packed on the pounds and worked out of mostly the fullback spot as a pro. Being a former wideout Reece sees open seams well and can uncharacteristically get downfield consistently. He has solid hands and speed that catches would-be cover defenders off guard. At 6’3, the speedy fullback also provides a good target for the Raider QBs. His skill set and past exploits suggest the Oakland pass-catching fullback should be ranked among the playmakers. In the past three seasons Reece has loaded up 104 receptions for a 10.9 YPR and six touchdowns; OUTSTANDING! However 2013 brings a change at QB for the Raiders and the big arm of Carson Palmer has been traded in for the close range caliber arm of Doug Flynn. Reece is more likely to be catching the football closer to the line of scrimmage this season, and defenses will have a better opportunity to keep Reece in front of them this season, limiting Reece to a chain moving option. Toby Gerhart, Vikings Toby Gerhart is a sneaky good receiving back who is nimble inside the 20. Before Adrian Peterson began walking on water in his 2012 return from IR-ville Gerhart rushed for over 500 yards (4.9 YPC), snagged 23 passes and scored 3 times as AP’s stand-in. The former Stanford star is a solid mid-range route runner and screen set-up man with a confident set of hands. Gerhart has fantasy value as a pass-catching hand-cuff to Peterson. Ahmad Bradshaw/ Vick Ballard, Colts Though these two Indianapolis running backs differ in build Ahmad Bradshaw and Vick Ballard sport similar playing styles. In the past few seasons Bradshaw has added to his fantasy value by becoming a solid contributor in the passing game. He isn’t one to haul down 50-plus balls but is quite effective in the red zone. Bradshaw is familiar working in a muddled backfield and chances are he needs to be a share time running back due to his numerous foot ailments. Ahmad Bradshaw will rarely take one to the house, but his hands and savvy as a screen receiver bring chain-moving confidence to the Colt play calling. Vick Ballard is a bigger tailback but has the same rugged style of game as Bradshaw. Ballard has workhorse capability, quick, effective footwork and sure hands. Where Bradshaw has some tough miles on his brittle wheels, Ballard is fresh and raring to go. Ballard is a no-frills performer, but every once in a while he can provide an ESPN moment, like his acrobatic, twisting launch to the goal line flag last season that captured the fancy of football fans everywhere. The two Indy backs should split the 2013 tailback touches, with Vick Ballard being the up-side choice. Jonathan Stewart, Panthers Jonathan Stewart is now a and effective pass receiver out of the Carolina backfield (glass-ankles permitting). Stewart’s 2012 season was once again marred with various ailments, but in 2011 the Panther running back hauled in 47 footballs and moved into the ranks of pass catching backs. In 2013, as he efforts to work his way back from double ankle surgery, Stewart will be counted on to supply chain-moving receptions via screens, short-shuttle tosses and quick dump-offs. Prior to the many lower-body issues Stewart might have been considered playmaking material, but the seemingly never-ending medical interruptions has capped his ability to consistently hit the big gainers. Still Stewart possesses considerable running talent and he is likely to produce attractive fantasy points even with a reduction in the catch column. He is still young (26) and his volume ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 201 2013 Sleeper Preview of past work/touches is not a burden. The Carolina tailback isn’t a smooth route runner and rarely is called to run creative patterns. THE SAFETY VALVE Frank Gore, 49ers Frank Gore is still a warrior back but his 50 catch, big-play days are over. LaMichael James and a returning to health Kendall Hunter now get the play-making calls for ‘Frisco as Coach Harbaugh wants more dynamic results out of his pass-catching backs. While the 49er lead back is still a productive runner, his current receiving role is to maintain a drive or two and protect now-franchise QB Colin Kaepernick. Mike Tolbert, Panthers The Carolina bull-rusher is also a superb pass receiver. Tolbert won’t be heading down-field much in his target opportunities, but he knows how to make himself available to his QB in pressure situations, staying close to the line of scrimmage as a safety outlet. The burly back has an ailing (again) Jonathan Stewart and a dependable DeAngelo Williams in front of him, limiting his chances. Tolbert does figure in on passing downs and key short-yardage situation, especially near the goal line. KEEP AN EYE ON: Jacquizz Rodgers, Falcons (Chain-mover) Rodgers is small (5’5”-195), but powerfully built. Caught 142 passes during his Oregon St. career, including a 78 catch season in 2009. He’s been able to improve his pass protection which will help him see the field more often. LaMichael James, 49ers (Playmaker) An all-purpose type running back now playing in a power blocking scheme with a growing readoption influence in San Francisco . James is a playmaking back with excellent hands and fine route running chops. The SF tailback has keen vision, runs decisively and is a tough out once into the second level of the defense. He is a perfect fit in the move offense led by Colin Kaepernick. Daniel Thomas, Dolphins (Chainmover) Thomas possesses solid pass catching skills but disappoints with the ball in-hand. He’s a bigger back, measuring around 230, but has nimble feet and reliable hands. Though big Thomas fails to run with power or speed; a chain-mover more than a playmaker in the passing game. Alex Green, Packers (Playmaker) Sometime ya’ gotta’ call ‘em like you see ‘em. The Packers were high on Green as he made his return from his early 2011 injury. However Green rushed his way back and was never at 100% in 2012. He is an excellent all-around running back, a willing pass blocker and gets into his pass routes quickly. Sporting good hands and good route running, able hit a 2nd gear and beat defenders if fully healthy. Green has playmaker ability and if he is let go by the Pack his new destination could open the doors to a new FFB star. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 202 2013 Sleeper Preview Bryce Brown, Eagles (Playmaker) Bryce Brown plays behind LeSean McCoy, and that may cap his 2013chances to showcase. However, in a Chip Kelly offense the snap count is fast and plentiful, and the running backs are used extensively. Brown is a physical beast that ran a 4.37 at his pro day. Rated over Trent Richardson coming out of high school, Brown can do all things on the field in a dynamic way. He’s raw and has yet to figure out how to gain yards after the catch as a pro. But Brown bears keeping an eye on… he’s a talent. Ronnie Hillman, Broncos (Playmaker) Compared to Marshall Faulk, Hillman needs to learn to get his shoulders squared up field and go. Too much of a dancer so far to make NFL defenders miss. Has good receiving skills, but needs to learn to run his routes cleaner and must pick up his pass-protect skills a full notch before being trusted with a more meaningful workload. Cyrus Gray, Chiefs (talented Chain-mover) Cyrus Gray may be lost in the Chiefs running back depth charts but his skills fit Coach Reid’s requirements well. Gray catches well out of the backfield and has enough vision to follow blocks. He is a solid hands-catcher and has shifty feet. Could be a camp surprise and a 2013 outta-nowhere star if the injury bug ravages KC again. THE FRESHMEN (rookie ball-hawking backs and the category they will likely fall into) Giovani Bernard, Bengals (Playmaker) A well-rounded tailback that can quickly elevate to a feature back role as a freshman. Fast, pure hands catcher and solid route runner, with a QB that needs a short range playmaker handy. LeVeon Bell, Steelers (Chain-mover) The Steeler rookie rusher is big (6’1-plus) and logged a lot of miles at Michigan State last season. Bell is a confident short-range pass catcher that adds some after-the-catch ability, but lacks the over-drive to break away for big scores. Bell was a consistent performer in the Spartan passing game; catching the football is not new to Bell. Mike Gillislee, Dolphins (Chain-mover) Gillislee may be the most pro-ready rookie halfback in the 2013 crop. Gillislee is a confident receiver, a stand-up pass protector and a better-than-average runner. The Miami newcomer isn’t a burner but runs with conviction and focus. Think Joseph Addai without that extra gear. Could make Dolphin disappointment Daniel Thomas expendable. Johnathan Franklin, Packers (Playmaker) Franklin has multi-dimensional skills and uses them all well. He is not great in any one area, but is solid enough to play three downs if opportunity presents itself. The Packer rookie needs to improve in his pass blocking to see more pro snaps, and that can lead to disappointment for those fanballers who reach here. Eddie Lacy, Packers (Chain-mover) ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 203 2013 Sleeper Preview Eddie Lacy gets the first shot at taking first team snaps and is a competent pass catcher. He’ll have to figure out the speed of NFL defenses and likely will at best just get what is blocked in year one. Though a big, tough ‘Bama back who gets tough yards, Lacy possesses some nifty feet and is effective getting outside on screens and swings. He can develop into a playmaker as the game slows down for him. For now, he’s an up-side chain-mover. Closing Notes: Running backs that possess the ability and the opportunity to get into pass patterns outside or upfield or space provide fantasy football owners a chance for creative point accumulation. Those pass catching backs that bring speed and elusiveness to the field are lethal weapons as they not only create additional points but can do it in a hurry. Explosive receiving halfbacks can change the outcome of a fantasy football contest on a single swing pass, screen set up, shuttle toss or an opportune wheel route. The beauty of “play making” backs is that they do not need a higher volume of carries or an abundance of touches to turn an FFB loss into an improbable, comefrom-behind fantasy victory. Home run hitters like Jamal Charles, CJ Spiller, Chris Johnson, Reggie Bush, David Wilson and Darren Sproles have the game-breaking speed, shiftiness and wide receiver-like skills to blast a blasé six carries for eighteen yards into seven TOUCHES, 93 yards and a touchdown on a single target. In today’s up-tempo NFL, pass-catching playmakers out of the backfield are FFB gold. Those tailbacks and a scattered few fullbacks that are valued as CHAIN-MOVERS should not be overlooked in fantasy drafts. Most of these ball carriers are very worthy of inclusion in NFL passing schemes; often they lack the track-star speed of the playmakers. They also all come up short in another most important category for FFB success; opportunity. Skill players need the football to be standout fantasy producers. Chain-moving backs tend to see third-down snaps, or take the field in specific down-n-distance situations. These understated performers also are usually adept in pass protection, often held out of patterns to pick up blitzing linebackers or kamikaze defensive backs. But given the snaps and quality action tailbacks such as Ahmad Bradshaw, Vick Ballard, Pierre Thomas, Fred Jackson and Toby Gerhart could make their fantasy football owners look like geniuses in a playoff stretch run. They are not flashy but they know how to get the job done and with volume, the results are fantasy-effective. Opportunity is key as well as speed, hands and route-running ability. The rosters of NFL teams are littered with potential game breakers in 2013. Fresh legs are ready to hit the spotlight (Isaiah Pead, Shane Vereen, Lamar Miller, David Wilson) and the opportunity is there. In the everchanging world of pro football, success comes to those who stay informed, recognize key trends, act and adapt promptly, daring to win rather than playing it safe. Pass-catching running backs come in many packages and championship fantasy football coaches will be utilizing these multidimensional weapons on the way to a prosperous season. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 204 2013 Sleeper Preview 2013 Mastermind Sleepers (by Michael Nazarek) Everyone knows about Aaron Rodgers, Adrian Peterson, and Calvin Johnson. The top 50 players taken in most fantasy drafts will likely be the same group of players. What separates the men from the boys is knowing who will produce when they are not expected to produce. To this end, I will supply you with sleeper lists of players at each of the key fantasy positions. Consider each and weigh them against your league competition. I will list sleepers in three distinct categories… obvious, darkhorses, and long-shots. I have also offered my “deep sleeper” at each position. Note: The official projected statistics for these players were not posted, as they may change with each guide update. The following LONGSHOT SLEEPER was posted on these pages early in AUGUST of 2011. It just goes to show you that sometimes these players pan out in a HUGE way… Victor Cruz (New York Giants) – With WR Steve Smith signed in Philadelphia, who will fill the #3 WR job for the Giants? Cruz appears as one of the possibilities, that is, provided he blows up in the preseason like he did last year (6-145-3 against the Jets). Remember that one-handed catch on that long 64-yard TD against the Jets? Anyway, I’ve added him here until someone else rises to the occasion proving me wrong. He certainly is a long-shot, but one that might pay off down the road. Yeah, I’d say he paid off. And I drafted him myself in the 2011 FFWebMasters 14-team experts league in the final round of my draft. He was a big reason why I made the playoffs. On to this year’s lists… QUARTERBACKS The Obvious Russell Wilson (Seattle) - Wilson came on in a big way late in his rookie season, nearly pulling the upset over the Falcons in the playoffs. He'll only get better with experience, as well as new target WR Percy Harvin. A healthy WR Sidney Rice also helps, and despite the fact the Seahawks remain dedicated to the run, Wilson will have plenty of opportunities to showcase his abilities, both in the passing game and via his quick feet. Eli Manning (New York Giants) - It's interesting how one season can change for two talented QBs. This time last year, Eli's brother Peyton was listed here coming off multiple neck surgeries, and we all know how that trurned out. Now, it's Eli's turn. Why is he listed here? Due to inconsistent play, injuries at wideout, a change at TE, and WR Victor Cruz's contract situation, Manning is no longer consider a solid fantasy starter. But he has the talent to reclaim that role. Provided the Giants get on the same page (WRs & TE), Cruz re-signs, and WR Hakeem Nicks stays healthy, Manning should exceed expectations in 2013. Andy Dalton (Cincinnati) - Dalton has already shown he can produce big numbers, but he has yet to do it consistently. In addition, only WR A.J. Green has stepped up his play enough to ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 205 2013 Sleeper Preview make Dalton a better player. WR Mohamed Sanu flashed, but is returning from injury, while the team drafted talented rookie TE Tyler Eifert. Perhaps, if Sanu and Eifert develop quickly, and TE Jermaine Gresham loses his case of the dropsies, the Bengals passing game will raise Dalton into the top 10 fantasy QBs. Then again, perhaps not. That is what makes Dalton a sleeper. The Darkhorse Sam Bradford (St. Louis) – I've listed Bradford here the past two summers and I’m sticking with him for one more season. Why? His talent has never been in question, and he did rebound last season to become a top 20 QB, but that is far from where he needs to be in order to become a solid fantasy starter. WR Danny Amendola is gone, but the Rams added talented TE Jared Cook to the receiving corps. They also need WR Chris Givens to continue to develop and for WR Brian Quick to actually break into the starting lineup. These are fairly big IFs, and that is what keeps Bradford a darkhorse sleeper at best in 2013. Carson Palmer (Arizona) – Believe it or not, despite the fact the Raiders won just 4 games in 2012, Palmer still threw for 4018 yards and 22 scores, and yet he just missed the top 15 fantasy QBs. In Arzona, Palmer will be targeting uber-STUD WR Larry Fitzgerald. This fact alone makes Palmer a darkhorse sleeper, but second-year WR Michael Floyd is showing promise and WR Andre Roberts and TE Rob Housler are also decent targets. Bottom Line: If you draft a top 5 fantasy QB, you should feel comfortable in waiting until the latter rounds of your draft to take Palmer as your backup. Ryan Tannehill (Miami) - Tannehill threw more picks (13) than TDs (12) in 2012, but that should change in 2013. The addition of big-playmaker WR Mike Wallace and veteran WR Brandon Gibson along with TE Dustin Keller makes Tannehill a great pick for a breakout player. The question here is just how big a breakout will he make? The answer is big enough to be listed here as a darkhorse fantasy sleeper... The Long-Shot Matt Flynn (Oakland) – Flynn had a big game in place of a resting QB Aaron Rodgers in Green Bay late in 2011 and signed a nice deal with the Seahawks in free agency. Unfortunately, QB Russell Wilson pushed him aside early in camp and he rode the pine, only to be traded to the Raiders this off-season. With QB Caron Palmer in Arizona, th way is paved for Flynn to step into the starting role. Granted, his experience is limited and his receiving targets aren't much outside of WR Denarius Moore. Still, there is hope in Oakland that Flynn can develop quickly into an effective NFL starting QB. And that makes him a long-short fantasy sleeper. Jake Locker (Tennessee) - As much as I see the red flags here, the Titans are standing behind Locker as their starter. His should is said to be 100% healthy and WR Kenny Britt knows he's in a contract year and is healthy himself. WR Kendall Wright is maturing quickly, and WR Nate Washington remains on the team, at least at the time of this writing in late June. All this makes Locker a long-shot fantasy sleeper, just be aware he could also flop and be replaced as the starter before mid-season. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 206 2013 Sleeper Preview Brandon Weeden (Cleveland) - Last year's deep sleeper QB is now a long-shot sleeper, as Weeden is on shaky ground as the team's starter despite showing some potential as the starter last year. But this is all about winning, something the Brown continued to fail at in most games last year. WR Josh Gordon is rapidly growing into a star, while WR Greg Little is finally showing more consistency in his play. The team is raving about new starting TE Jordan Cameron, so Weeden has enough quality targets to get the job done, the only question is will he? The Deep-Sleeper Chad Henne (Jacksonville) - Henne replaced an injured QB Blaine Gabbert in the latter part of last year and brought spark to the Jaguars passing game. But this off-season, the Jaguars are still standing behind Gabbert as their starter. I firmly believe he's not he answer, which will lead to Henne getting another chance to start. He may not be Peyton Manning, but he's much better than Gabbert and he's my deep fantasy sleeper at the QB position in 2013. RUNNING BACKS The Obvious Demarco Murray (Dallas) - Yes, Murray has had multiple injury issues in recent years, but he's expected to be fully healthy by season's start and he is the workhorse back the Cowboys need and want him to be. Should he stay healthy, he will outpace his current ADP of 30 (middle of the third round), making him an obvious fantasy sleeper. Steven Jackson (Atlanta) - S-Jax is no longer a St. Louis Ram, and that is a good thing for his fantasy fans. As an Atlanta Falcon, he'll see many more goal opportunities to produce. And while he's getting older, he can still carry the load and catch plenty of passes, something RB Michael Turner didn't do much of with the Falcons. Bottom Line: Many owners think Jackson is washed up, but I don't. Waiting and grabbing him if he slides to you as a #3 RB is just crazy, but I've seen it happen! Heck, even as a #2, he's not bad. David Wilson (New York Giants) - Wilson was certainly over-hyped last season, and when he fumbled in week #1, he was barely seen again until late in the season. But RB Ahmad Bradshaw is gone and RB Andre Brown isn't expected to carry a full workload, meaning Wilson could start or see most of the pass-catching action on the field. If he learns to block better this summer and doesn't fumble, he could take over the starting job sooner than later, making him an obvious fantasy sleeper due to his talent and speed. Lamar Miller (Miami) - Adios RB Reggie Bush, leaving Miller as the lead dog for the Dolphins ground game. Yes, RB Daniel Thomas is still on the roster, but most don't see him as a real threat to Miller. Miller is talented and should earn the starting job this summer, making him a nice fantasy sleeper and solid #3 fantasy RB option during your draft. The Darkhorse ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 207 2013 Sleeper Preview Daryl Richardson (St. Louis) - Richardson slowly pushed RB Steven Jackson aside for much of 2012, and now that S-Jax is gone, the starting job appears his to lose. Although Richardson didn't make a big splash last year, he did produce enough likely get first crack to earn the starting job this summer. All he has to do is beat out RB Isaiah Pead, a player suspended for the first game of the year already. Best of all, he's getting no respect in fantasy drafts, as you can wait until round #9 or later to take a chance and draft Richardson as your #3 or #4 fantasy RB. Montee Ball ® (Denver) - The hype machine is starting to go into overdrive already for Ball, but let's see how he looks in camp before annointing him the new starter. He'll have to beat out both RB Ronnie Hillman and RB Willis McGahee to take that job, but he certainly has the pedigree and talent to do it. And if he does, he'll come at a bargain as a 7th round draft pick in 12-team leagues (as of late June). Rashard Mendenhall (Arizona) - The Cardinals said goodbye to RB Beanie Wells this offseason and RB Ryan Williams is still not 100% coming off a serious shoulder injury. With Mendenhall basically 100% coming 1.5 years off knee surgery, he is the odds on favorite to win the starting job. And that makes him a nice #3 fantasy RB option for owners who choose to wait in their fantasy draft, as well as a solid darkhorse sleeper. Mark Ingram (New Orleans) – As a big Bama fan, I know this kid well. And I know all the injuries he's gone through have robbed him of his speed and power. Well, guess what? He's finally 100% healthy and ready to produce. Best of all, the Saints plan to give him more playing time, especially in short yardage and goal line situations. Despite the presence of RB Darren Sproles, I can see Ingram pushing 800 rushing yards with 6+ scores. And that makes him a solid darkhorse fantasy sleeper on a high-powered offensive scoring team. The Long-Shot LeVeon Bell ® (Pittsburgh) - Bell is a talented rookie, one whom finds himself on a team without a lead back. RB Rashard Mendenhall is gone, and both RB Jonathan Dywer and RB Isaac Redman have been very inconsistent in their play. That leaves the door open for Bell to grab the starting job, provided he earns it this summer. If he does, he could make a great longshot fantasy sleeper in the middle rounds of most fantasy drafts. Chris Ivory (New York Jets) - RB Shonn Greene is gone. RB Mike Goodson was signed, but he's in all sorts of legal trouble, and doesn't seem to have the talent that Ivory has, a player the Jets acquired via trade from the Saints this off-season. The only catch here seems to be the injury prone history that Ivory had with the Saints. If he can stay healthy, he should easily win the starting job and made a decent impact for fantasy owners taking him in the middle rounds of their draft as a longshot fantasy sleeper. Jonathan Franklin ® (Green Bay) - Franklin was drafted just a few rounds after the Packers grabbed RB Eddie Lacy in the draft back in April. Most believe Lacy wins the job, and we agree. That said, there is a chance that Franklin steals it from him this summer. And if Lacy wins the job, but stumbles out of the gate, Franklin will get his chance to shine. And that is all it takes to be a longshot fantasy sleeper in 2013... opportunity. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 208 2013 Sleeper Preview The Deep-Sleeper LaMichael James (San Francisco) - James didn't get much of a chance to play his rookie year in 2012. That will change in 2013, but RB Frank Gore remains the solid starter. RB Kendall Hunter is coming off a serious torn Achilles injury, but should be ready to play week #1. Still, the 49ers will get James more involved (as a pass-catcher at the very least), and if Gore goes down and Hunter struggles to get his speed back, James could vault to a starting role sooner than one might think. That makes him a very interesting deep sleeper at the RB position. WIDE RECEIVERS The Obvious Randall Cobb (Green Bay) - Last summer, Cobb was one of my lonshot sleepers and he overperformed. This summer, he's one of the obvious sleepers, only because he'll be competing for targets from a corps group of WR Jordy Nelson, WR James Jones, and TE Jermichael Finley. No doubting that Cobb will perform well when he gets his chances, but the real question is how much they will feature him. Dwayne Bowe (Kansas City) - Bowe was pretty much worthless the last half of last year, and was thought to be gone. Then HC Andy Reid was hired and the Chiefs re-signed Bowe. They also acquired QB Alex Smith, a game manager that can make the big plays now and then. And Bowe will be the recipient of most of those big plays. His current ADP is middle of the 4th round, so grabbing him as your #2 fantasy WR is a wise move to make, as the situation dictates he will rebound provided he stays healthy. Mike Williams (Tampa Bay) - Did you know that Williams has scored at least 9 times in two of the past three seasons? He may not be the primary target in Tampa, but he plays well as the #2 WR, seeing less corner coverage. And he makes big catches for scores! Oh, and did I mention his ADP is the 8th round? That is crazy! You can wait until the 8th or 9th round like I did in the FF Index Magazine Mock Draft to take Williams as your #4 fantasy WR! That is great obvious sleeper value! DeSean Jackson (Philadelphia) - It's been a slow decline for Jackson statistically since 2009, as he finished with just two scores in 2012. That should change in 2013, as new HC Chip Kelly wants to showcase Jackson's talents, meaning to get him the football more. Jackson is more than ready to show he's worth the big money they gave him last off-season, as he knows if he doesn't produce in 2013, they can ditch him without consequence next off-season. The Darkhorse T.Y. Hilton (Indianapolis) - Hilton caught just 50 passes as a rookie, but he made several big plays and scored seven times. WR Donnie Avery is gone, but the team did sign WR Darrius Heyward-Bey as the new starter opposite WR Reggie Wayne. But that doesn't mean Hilton's role ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 209 2013 Sleeper Preview won't grow, as he continues to develop. Bottom Line: Wayne is getting older, so don't be surprised if Hilton takes over as the big playmaker for this high-powered passing offense. That makes him one great darkhorse fantasy sleeper! Emmanuel Sanders (Pittsburgh) - Sanders is in prime position to increase his production replacing departe WR Mike Wallace opposite WR Antonio Brown as a starter in 2013. The Steelers re-signed him after the Patriots signed him to an offer sheet. He has every reason to be motivated, as he'll be an unrestricted free-agent come 2014. He's quick, has solid hands, and can make plays. He may drop the occasional pass, but his upside is just too good to ignore, making him a solid darkhorse fantasy sleeper in 2013. Chris Givens (St. Louis) - As a rookie, Givens caught just 42 passes and scroed three times, but he is seemingly the most veteran receiver to return after the departure of WR Danny Amendola and WR Brandon Gibson via free agency. He was mostly a one-trick pony with fly pattern scores, but the Rams are training him to be more diverse in 2013 as one of the lead starting receivers. QB Sam Bradford is talented enough to make Givens into a solid #3 fantasy provided both stay healthy and Givens progresses well with his development. Vincent Brown (San Diego) - Brown broke onto the scene with a big game and score against the Raiders in the middle of the 2011 season. Unfdortunately, a broken ankle sidelined him for all of 2012, but he's healthy again and is sharing first team reps in OTAs with WR Malcome Floyd opposite WR Danario Alexander. There is no question when healthy, Browns can produce when called upon. The question is whether he can stay healthy and whether the Chargers give him a real chance to start and produce. I think he gets that chance and will get the job done. The Long-Shot Jacoby Jones (Baltimore) - Jones is the primed to start opposite WR Torrey Smith with WR Anquan Boldin now a 49ers. He had his chances in Houston and struggled, but did make some big plays down the stretch as a Ravens in the playoffs last year. If he can become more consistent in his play and more more big plays, he could become a solid longshot sleeper for fantasy owners in need later this summer. Mohamed Sanu (Cincinnati) - While catching just 16 passes his rookie season, Sanu managed to score four times. Unfortunately, a foot injury sidelined him late last year, stunting his development a bit. Thus far, he's on track for a full recovery and should start opposite WR A.J. Green for a young and upcoming offensive team. He has solid chemistry with QB Andy Dalton, something that might actually make him a bit better than a longshot fantasy sleeper, but he fits in rather nicely right now in this group. Robert Woods ® (Buffalo) - As John Holler says... "Woods has excellent first-step burst off the line…Has excellent, natural athleticism…Very strong in his cuts and can create separation…Dangerous in the red zone and always fights for the ball…Consistently highpoints the ball…Has good toughness and gains every yard he can on most receptions…Has a solid second gear and can set up defensive backs." Most importnatly of all, WR David Nelson and WR Donald Jones are gone, giving Woods the immediate chance to step into a starting job opposite ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 210 2013 Sleeper Preview WR Stevie Johnson. The only worry here is whether QB Kevin Kolb or QB E.J. Manuel start and play consistently well enough to get Woods the ball so he can make enough plays to be a longshot fantasy sleeper who actually produces. Ryan Broyles (Detroit) - Broyles is a second-year receiver rehabbing from a torn ACL. He made some noise as the #2 WR before getting hurt and plays for a team with a high powered passing game. If he can return to health fairly fast, he could regain the #2 starting WR job by mid-season, if not sooner. His talent certainly makes him a decent sleeper and his longshot status comes strictly from his torn ACL rehab. At this time, WR Nate Burleson is the #2 WR, but the Lions have been looking for a better option at the position for a few seasons now... The Deep-Sleeper A.J. Jenkins (San Francisco) - As a rookie last year, Jenkisn made no impact at all. He was a big disappointment, but this year could be different. WR Michael Crabtree (torn Achilles) will miss most, if not all, of the 2013 season, giving Jenkins a chance to seize the moment and earn the starting job opposite WR Anquan Boldin. The 49ers spent a high draft pick on him, so they are rooting for his success. Only time will tell if he steps up his play and wins the job, but he certainly makes for an interesting deep sleeper at the WR position. TIGHT ENDS The Obvious Jared Cook (St. Louis) - Cook has so much talent, yet the Titans wasted most of it. No more. Cook signed with the Rams this offseason, a team that lost it's top two wideouts. HC Jeff Fisher promises to use Cook as an integral part of the passing game. As a result, Cook is an obvious solid fantasy sleeper for 2013. Just be aware that QB Sam Bradford will be making an adjustment towards targeting a TE often if this is truly the case. That is why Cook is no sure bet to succeed this season. Fred Davis (Washington) - Davis is coming off a torn Achilles tendon, an injury that occurred just as he was starting to develop some chemistry with RGIII. He's expected to be healthy by week #1, but questions persist about his ability to play well at a high level so soon. Factor in RGIII's own serious knee injury and you have an obvious sleeper, but one that can be had in the latter parts of a fantasy draft. Personally, I draft him as my #3 TE, one with great potential, but also one that can be cut at any time should the stars not align right for a productive season. Brandon Myers (New York Giants) - Myers broke out in a big way as a Raider last year, only to leave via free agency to sign as the Giants new pass-catching TE. That's good and bad. With TE Martellus Bennett in Chicago, Myers is expected to start and see a fair amount of targets, but he must develop chemistry quickly with QB Eli Manning, much the way Bennett did last summer. That is not a given, but considering the Giants' situation at wideout, Manning is likey to spend plenty of time throwing to Myers this summer. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 211 2013 Sleeper Preview Martellus Bennett (Chicago) - Speaking of Bennett, he's now the starter at TE for the Bears, making him an interesting sleeper pick. That said, the Bears havn't made good use of their TE in the passing game for several seasons now since before TE Greg Olsen was traded. It stands to reason that Bennett will make an impact though, due to the lack of depth at the receiving position for the Bears. The Darkhorse Dustin Keller (Miami) - Keller ditched the Jets for a one-year prove it deal from the Dolphins this off-season. He joins WR Mike Wallace and WR Brandon Gibson as newbies in the Dolphins receiving corps. He is very motivated to earn a long-term deal with the team, but must develop chemistry as well as a significant role in Miami's offense this summer if he's to make a big impact. That's what makes him an interesting darkhorse fantasy sleeper. Jake Ballard (New England) - TE Rob Gronkowski (forearm/back surgery) may or may not be ready to play come week #1 and TE Aaron Hernandez (arrested for murder) was released, leaving a now healthy Ballard as the expected starter. Now, that is not to say he's got the talent of Hernandez to play wideout, but he proved he can make plays when he was healthy as a Giant in 2011 playing the pass-catching TE role. That fact clearly makes him a darkhorse fantasy sleeper, since QB Tom Brady needs all the talented and healthy targets he can get! Zach Miller (Seattle) - After seasons of disappointing results since he left Oakland, Miller finally found his groove late last year, scoring well in the playoffs. But 2013 is a new season and the Seahawks acquired WR Percy Harvin. With WR Sidney Rice and WR Golden Tate still on board, are there enough footballs to go around to make Miller fantasy worthy? Good question. That is why he's at best a darkhorse fantasy sleeper! Jordan Cameron (Cleveland) - Adios TE Ben Watson. The Browns are looking to the future, making Cameron their new starting TE. That sounds promising, but Cameron has been injury prone in his initial seasons in the league. In fact, he nursed groin pulls this offseason. And then there's QB Brandon Weeden, the player whom wil be targeting Cameron. He's not exactly QB Peytron Manning. That said, the team wants Cameron to succeed, so when healthy, he'll get his chances. The Long-Shot Delanie Walker (Tennessee) - Exit TE Jared Cook. Enter TE Delanie Walker. Walker is a sleeper for one big reason, he's expected to start on a team that promises to target him early and often. That said, they failed to do that with Cook last year. Yes, it's a new day and new playbook, so we shall see if Walker can produce coming out of the shadows of TE Vernon Davis in San Francisco. Coby Fleener (Indianapolis) – Fleener disappointed last season despite having played with QB Andrew Luck in collage. However, word is that the Colts know they used Fleener too much as a blocker and promise to get him more targets in 2013. But just how much more with TE Dwayne ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 212 2013 Sleeper Preview Allen also on the roster? That's the issue here. It's all talk until we see it on the field, keeping Fleener just an interesting longshot fantasy sleeper at best. Luke Stoker (Tampa Bay) - Exit TE Dallas Clark. That meansa that primary blocking tight end Stoker gets another chance to ber a psas-catch as well. QB Josh Freeman likes to target his TE, and that's the only real reason why Stoker is listed here. That and the fact that this category is rather limited in 2013. If you draft Stocker, you best be in a 16+ team TE-required league and take him at the very end of it. The Deep-Sleeper David Ausberry (Oakland) - TE Brandon Myers didn't re-sign, so Ausberry gets first crack to fill the void. Too bad QB Carson Palmer is also gone, meaning Ausberry will have to click quickly with QB Matt Flynn if he's to make any kind of impact at the position in the passing game. But, hey! It's not like Myers was a household name this time last summer! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 213 2013 Creeper Preview 2013 Mastermind Creepers (by Michael Nazarek) Were you one of those fantasy owners who drafted Eli Manning, Darren McFadden, Dwayne Bowe, or Antonio Gates last year? Unfortunately, these players were some of the many disappointments due to injuries or other unfortunate circumstances. Just because they didn’t perform last year, doesn’t mean they will fail again in 2013, but I want to make sure to point out some of the warning signs which may cause certain players to produce poor fantasy numbers this year. I remind everyone that the players on the forthcoming list may produce good fantasy numbers this coming season, but I recommend you think twice before drafting them for your team this year. Let the buyer beware! QUARTERBACKS Phillip Rivers (San Diego) - Don't get me wrong here, Rivers is still a talented QB, but something is definitely off with his production since the team chose not to re-sign WR Vincent Jackson. TE Antonio Gates is getting old before our eyes and with the exception of a healthy WR Vincent Brown and rookie WR Keenan Allen, the Chargers haven't really improved their recieving corps. Let's just say Rivers will have his moments, but the says of him dominating fantasy stats are likely over. That is why I don't care for him and I don't see him as anything more than a decent fantay backup. He is an obvious creeper from a starting standpoint at QB, and he topped 20 fantasy points in a game last year only four times. Matt Schaub (Houston) – Schaub is like Rivers in the fact that he also only topped 20 fantasy points just four times in 2012, but he plays in control and is a winner. Unfortunately, the Texans run more than they pass, so Schaub will often pile up 150 passing yards and one score by halftime only to end the game with 180 passing yards and that one score because RB Arian Foster has scored twice in the second half. I don't see the formula changing much in 2013, keeping Schaub a creeper once again this summer. Joe Flacco (Baltimore) – Flacco is much like Schaub, but has a bit more highs and lows. Last season, he ranked 14th in most performance scoring leagues that don't favor the QB. He'll produce a 30-point game, only to follow it up with 8- and 12-point games. And without WR Anquan Boldin to target, his abilty to create the big play takes a major hit. At best, he's a decent fantasy backup,m and nowhere near a fantasy starter in 2013. Something tells me RB Ray Rice will get the majority of the scores in the red zone this coming season for the team. The Deep-Creeper Tim Tebow (New England) – You knew this was coming right? The easy call would have been QB Mark Sanchez in New York, but that is the obvious choice. Tebow signed to battle for the #3 QB position in New England. Despite that obvious fact, some fantasy football players still cried to me saying he was an actual upgrade over a fading QB Tom Brady! Are they crazy? You bet they are! I got one word for anyone thinking about drafting Tebow this summer. AVOID. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 214 2013 Creeper Preview RUNNING BACKS Darren McFadden (Oakland) - OVERRATED. Last summer, I was all over Run-DMC as a fantasy sleeper pick. I learned my lesson quick. After another struggling performance along with four more missed games, I'm officially done with Mr. DMC. Yes, the Raiders have new coaches and they have changed their blocking scheme again and plan to feature McFadden heavily. We've all heard this before. Yes, he'll have a few moments, but considering his true talent, he should be a top 10 RB, but he averaged only 13 points in PPR leagues last year, good only for the #22 position among RBs. That simply isn't good enough and we ALWAYS misses at least 3-4 games per season! All I have to say here is if he slides to you in your draft and you are in position to take him as your #2 RB, think long and hard about what I have said. And don't be shocked when you have to bench him due to injury fro several games once again in 2013. Jonathan Stewart (Carolina) - Stewart was supposed to be the new starter for the Panthers early last season, then he saw less touches than RB DeAngelo Williams and got injured. HC Ron Rivera survived (barely) the offseason and now he's preaching that Stewart will start. Well... he's still not 100% healthy, Williams took a paycut to stick around and RB Mike Tolbert is still there, waiting to steal goal touches. Bottom Line: There are too many risks here to like Stewart, even as your #3 fantasy RB. The entire situation creeps me out! After owning Stewart on a few teams last year, I'll take a pass on him entirely in 2013. Fred Jackson (Buffalo) - I remember just a few short years ago, Jackson was a solid sleeper. But times have changed. RB C.J. Spiller has taken over making the big plays, while Jackson has suffered various injuries. As a result, Spiller is the new starter and workhorse back, while the Bills plan to use Jackson to spell Spiller to keep him fresh. This is NOT a timeshare situation. Jackson has become the handcuff for Spiller fantasy owners, meaning Jackson's fantasy value is no longer one of a solid (or even decent) fantasy starter, but one of a depth player as well as insurance. Word of warning, don't over-estimate his value. You'll regret it. Pierre Thomas (New Orleans) - It appeared that Thomas was set up to start and see a significant role in the Saints offense last year when RB Darren Sproles suffered a hand injury. But that didn't pan out. Instead, he languished for long periods of time on the sidelines. Well, RB Chris Ivory has been traded to the New York Jets, but RB Mark Ingram is finally healthy, ready to take more playing time away from Thomas. That said, Thomas did see first unit reps on OTAs and mincamps this offseason. Of course, Sproles remains the big threat out of the backfield, while playing time between Thomas and Ingram is really a mystery. Bottom Line: Ingram is too talented and young to sit the sidelines while Thomas plays. Look for more of a RBBC between the two, while Ingram gets most of the goal touches. That makes Thomas a creeper in my book. The Deep-Creeper Ryan Williams (Arizona) - Williams has suffered season-ending injuries the past two years that have cut his seasons short. Even though RB Beanie Wells is gone, don't expect Williams to start or even make a big impact in the team's running game in 2013. Why? RB Rashard Mendenhall was signed and installed as the clear starting RB. In addition, Williams admitted that he waqs ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 215 2013 Creeper Preview scared all last year to carry the football. Williams was coming off a torn patella tendon. "I was trying to protect my leg instead of trying to protect the football," he said. "It's a scary sight being a running back and being scared to run the ball. That's something that no running back should feel." Williams averaged a pathetic 2.8 yards per carry before his season-ending shoulder injury in Week #5. The Cardinals coaches firmly back Mendenhall, while Williams will have to prove he deserves any opportunities he gets on the field of play this summer. WIDE RECEIVERS Miles Austin (Dallas) - OVERRATED. Some fantasy football players still think Austin is the team's #1 WR. Think again. The emergence of WR Dez Bryant and the reliability of TE Jason Witten make Austin no better than the #3 option in the passing game. As a result of this development along with various hamstring injuries, Austin managed just barely four catches for 58 yards receiving over the past two seasons. Yes, he'll still make the occasional big play, but more often than not, austin disappoints for fantasy owners. There's no reason to believe this trend won't continue, making him an overrated fantasy creeper in most fantasy leagues this summer. Denarius Moore (Oakland) - There is really no doubting the talent of Moore, but the environment he finds himself in is the real problem here. The fact that QB Carson Palmer is now in Arizona is the real issue. During the team's recent minicamp, the media reported that the QB play by the Raiders was the poorest in many years. QB Matt Flynn has a lot to live up to based upon a few games playing in Green Bay. If he doesn't step it up and show everyone he's ready, the other QBs in Oakland appear nowhere ready to play in live action. As a result, Moore is likely to languish away, lucky to see the type of production WR Larry Fitzgerald experienced in Arizona last season. And that is certainly not a good thing! Malcom Floyd (San Diego) - 2010: 700+ yards and six scores. 2011: 800+ yards and five scores. 2012: 800+ yards and five scores. Sound familar? No matter whether Floyd is seen as a starter, or not, all he generates is about 800 receiving yards and 5-6 scores. He's never topped 856 receiving yards on his career. Worst of all, he's only played in all 16 games in a season ONCE during his career. He's an injury prone slick receiver whom produces a big game here and there, but has never been a consistent #1 WR even when the team needed him to be one last year after WR Vincent Jackson left and WR Vincent Brown got hurt. Instead, WR Danario Alexander became the real threat. Bottom Line: Don't fall for this perennial fantasy tease. He comes with too many risks to trust as anything other than a #5 fantasy WR. Stephen Hill (New York Jets) - Hill had a big game to begin his rookie season with two scores, then pretty much disappeared in 2012, scoring just once while being limited to 11 games due to various injuries. That said, the Jets chose not to upgrade their WR corps due to salary cap issues. WR Santonio Holmes (foot) is still not healthy, meaning Hill will be looked upon as a serious contributor to keep the passing game going in the immediate future. Unfortunately, Hill is have issues with his surgically-repaired knee. And when he's practiced, he's suffered through a lot of drops on the field of play. This is not a formula for fantasy success. He's raw, hurting, and unpredictable. This is THE formula for a fantasy creeper if I ever saw one! ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 216 2013 Creeper Preview Santana Moss (Washington) - Moss has always been a fairly reliable deep threat. That is, when he's healthy and seeing a lot of targets. That was the case when WR Pierre Garcon couldn't play last season due to a toe injury. However, once Garcon was healthy enough to play, Moss became pretty much an afterthought. It also doesn't help that Moss is now 34 years old. If you think Moss will come anywhere close to the eight touchdowns he scored last year with a healthy Garcon on the field, you are crazy. RGIII may or may not be ready to play come week #1, but it's probably a foregone conclusion that this is Moss' final year as a Redskin, that is, provded he makes the final cut. And don't be surprised if he doesn't! The Deep-Creeper Brandon Gibson (Miami) - Gibson was inconsistent as the #2 starting WR for the Rams, and he was not re-signed, but ended up taking a deal with the Miami Dolphins this offseason. Thus far, he disappointed during OTAs and minicamps, as he's been forced to learn the slot receiving position for the team. He dropped several passes and is having trouble with the routes. WR Armon Binns outplayed him to date. The Dolphins gave Gibson a fairly big contract, so it's unlikely he'll be cut, but this is certainly not looking good for Gibson to make much of an impact in 2013, as WR Mike Wallace, WR Brian Hartline and TE Dustin Keller figure to get most of the targets. I say take a pass on Gibson this summer, as there are plenty of better options to be had in the latter rounds of a fantasy draft at WR. TIGHT ENDS Antonio Gates (San Diego) - OVERRATED. Gosh, I hate to admit this, but despite being one of my favorite TEs in recent memories, Gates just doesn't seem to have it in terms of being a consistent producer any more. Despite recent reports of Gates looking "fit and quick", we heard this type of thing last summer too. In 2012, Gates caught more than three short passes in a game just five times. More often than not, Gates disappeared in the offense without WR Vincent Jackson instead of becoming a focal point. He's declined in recieving yards in each of the past three years, a signal he's getting long-in-the-tooth. At 33 years old, this could be his final season as a starting TE for the Chargers, so draft him with caution. Heath Miller (Pittsburgh) - When healthy, Miller can be a dominant TE, but that is the issue here. He suffered a torn ACL later last season, an injury that he's nowhere near recovered from. Miller is not A.P. He's a tough, but slow, receiver, a guy who needs his health in order to be productive. The Steelers admit it's unlikely that he begins the season healthy, which could lead to a stint on the in-season PUP list, causing him to miss the first six games of the year. That would be devastating to any fantasy team that drafts him this summer. Unless we get radically positive news regarding his injury, it's just best to stay away from him in your draft. Brent Celek (Philadelphia) - Despite catching 57 passes in 2012, Celek scored just ONCE. In PPR leagues, he topped 10.5 fantasy points just TWICE. He missed one game due to injury and scored under 10 points 12 times. His role in the new HC Chip Kelly system is very much in doubt. QB Mike Vick likes Celek, but he's no lock to start and doesn't call the plays. Bottom ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 217 2013 Creeper Preview Line: The days of Celek scoring 8 times in a season (2009) are likely over, making him more creeper than sleeper. Just not getting a good vibe here, as the word AVOID comes flooding to the forefront. Scott Chandler (Buffalo) - Chandler scored four times in his first four games in 2012, but ended the season with just two more scores. The bad news here is that QB Ryan Fitzpatrick is no more. Veteran QB Kevin Kolb will battle rookie QB E.J. Manuel to start, making Chandler's role in the offense a question mark. And badder news is the fact that Chandler tore his ACL last December. The latest update on his condition has him ready to go by week #1, but that is no lock to happen. Only time will tell, but a player coming off a torn ACL with a new starting QB has more questions than answers if you draft him this summer. The Deep-Creeper Jacob Tamme (Denver) - Tamme is a talent, but he didn't catch the eye of QB Peyton Manning in 2012 the way he did when they both were Colts. He caught 55 passes last season, but only for 555 yards and just two scores. Guess what? The addition of WR Wes Welker to the receiving corps makes it more likely that Tamme's numbers will go down even farther. The feel-good story from 2010 in Indianapolis is just a pipe dream in Denver. It's simply best to avoid this deep creeper! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 218 2013 Rookie Preview The Rookie Class of 2013 as of 7/26/2013 (by John Holler) When it comes to ranking rookies, the biggest issues are whether a fantasy owner is looking for just this year or long term. For example, at tight end, Tyler Eifert and Travis Kelce may well make the most immediate impact, but given that Dallas, Atlanta, Washington and Philadelphia all drafted tight ends to eventually replace tight ends that have been critical parts of their respective offenses. In the end, the replacement tight ends may not have as much short-term value, but their long-term value could be off the charts. These are our final rankings of the Class of 2013. With the changes that have been made to rosters since the draft, these are where we place them for this season with keeper rankings listed at the end of their profile. QUARTERBACKS 1. Geno Smith, New York Jets – David Garrard is already out of the way, so all that leaves between Smith and a starting job is Mark Sanchez – an overpaid, underachieving QB who is at a crossroads. (KEEPER RANKING: 1). 2. E.J. Manuel, Buffalo – Kevin Kolb isn’t a long-term answer. The Bills spoke volumes when they stunned the NFL and took him with the 16th pick when most projected Manuel as still being available when Buffalo was set to pick early in the second round. The Bills already jettisoned Tarvaris Jackson after giving him $500,000 in March. Kolb, you’re next. (KEEPER RANKING: 3). 3. Mike Glennon, Tampa Bay – A tall quarterback with upside, Glennon remains well behind starter Josh Freeman. But, Greg Schiano isn’t the type of coach who accepts mediocrity. As such, Glennon may get the call sooner than later. (KEEPER RANKING: 5). 4. Matt Barkley, Philadelphia – A USC-trained QB comes from a pro-style college offense to a college-style pro offense with the Eagles. When the dust settles, he could be the man, but, as things stand right now, he’s behind both Michael Vick and Nick Foles. (KEEPER RANKING: 2). 5. Landry Jones, Pittsburgh – A player who fits in the Steelers system and isn’t an AARP member. Given the beatings Big Ben takes, it may be sooner than later that Steelers fans discover whether or not Jones can get the job done. (KEEPER RANKING: 4). 6. Tyler Wilson, Oakland – Given how quickly the Raiders go through quarterbacks, nothing is guaranteed. Matt Flynn will be given every opportunity to crash and burn. Terrelle Pryor’s inability to learn the offense will eventually reduce him to be little more than a Wildcat changeof-pace option. Wilson won’t be there any time soon, but he can do a lot to help his stock. (KEEPER RANKING: 7). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 219 2013 Rookie Preview 7. Ryan Nassib, New York Giants – Eli is an ironman so it likely won’t be any time soon. But, he will immediately become trade bait for a team in need and, if Manning gets hurt, Nassib will likely jump past David Carr in the pecking order. (KEEPER RANKING: 6). OTHERS TO WATCH: B.J. Daniels (San Francisco), Brad Sorenson (San Diego), Sean Renfree (Atlanta), Zac Dysert (Denver), RUNNING BACKS 1. Eddie Lacy, Green Bay – The Packers running game has been a mess for years. They took a chance on passing on Lacy in the first round, but, when he was still there in the second round, they jumped. He has the ability to be a star for years in the Green Bay offense so sorely lacking in RB talent. His big red flag is injuries, but that’s a risk with all players. (KEEPER RANKING: 2). 2. Montee Ball, Denver – When the Broncos got rid of Willis McGahee, it spoke volumes to what they think Ball can bring to the table this year. He has all the makings of the kind of guy John Fox has historically liked in a running back and could be the centerpiece of the offense that doesn’t include Peyton Manning. (KEEPER RANKING: 1). 3. Le’Veon Bell, Pittsburgh – He’s in a crowded backfield on a team that shows loyalty to veterans. However, he is a prototype back for the system the Steelers run, which will get him in the lineup. Once he does, it will only go up from there. (KEEPER RANKING: 3). 4. Giovani Bernard, Cincinnati – Unless BGE puts on his big boy pants, he’s going to start losing touches in a hurry. (KEEPER RANKING: 6). 5. Zac Stacy, St. Louis – He is the one player who gets a significant bump from us because of opportunity. Steven Jackson has dominated the RB scene in St. Louis for a decade and the void is enormous. Stacy’s speed is going to get noticed. He’s our sleeper pick of this group. (KEEPER RANKING: 9). 6. Latavius Murray, Oakland – He is likely going to be a guy most fans don’t know too much about until they see his preseason stat lines. Given Run DMC’s penchant for injury, he could find his way into a lineup quicker than most. (KEEPER RANKING: 10). 7. Knile Davis, Kansas City – Davis has been injured almost his entire college career, but he is so explosive he reminds many of new teammate Jamaal Charles. If JC gets dinged, he becomes the next man up. (KEEPER RANKING: 5). 8. Chris Thompson, Washington – It’s Mike Shanahan, people. That’s why we had Alfred Morris where we did last year. Likely? No. Possible. Damn skippy. (KEEPER RANKING: 15). 9. Mike Gillislie, Miami – The Dolphins are looking to be more wide open in their offense, but, if they can have a skilled everyman in the backfield who can run, catch passes and block, he could find his way through the depth chart in a hurry. (KEEPER RANKING: 7). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 220 2013 Rookie Preview 10. Christine Michael, Seattle – He is a hard-nosed runner, but sitting behind Marshawn Lynch and Robert Turbin isn’t conducive to early success. (KEEPER RANKING: 11). 11. Andre Ellington, Arizona – You can’t teach speed and the new coaching staff in Arizona may get enamored quickly with him. They didn’t cause the mess the Cardinals running game has become. They did draft Ellington. (KEEPER RANKING: 14). 12. Johnathan Franklin, Green Bay – You can’t measure heart. Green Bay has a history of getting the most out of players disrespected on draft day – Brett Favre, Aaron Rodgers, Donald Driver, Antonio Freeman, Jordy Nelson, etc. Franklin is as hard-nosed a one-cut runner as there is. He may never be a featured back, but he will make a difference. (KEEPER RANKING: 12). 13. Marcus Lattimore, San Francisco – Injuries will keep him likely out the entire season. He has no value to one-year fantasy owners, but, if you can carry guys over, he’s a must grab on potential greatness. (KEEPER RANKING: 4). 14. Joseph Randle, Dallas – The Cowboys running game has struggled for years with injuries – from Marion Barber to Felix Jones to DeMarco Murray. Randle needs to catch a break, but he is a third-down blocking/receiving back who could make big strides in a hurry if Murray is again sidelined. (KEEPER RANKING: 8). 15. Kerwynn Williams, Indianapolis – Vick Ballard isn’t a fluid receiver, Delone Carter is a power back one-trick pony and Donald Brown is likely out the door. With his skill set, he could make headway into forcing his way on the field. (KEEPER RANKING: 13). OTHERS TO WATCH: Kenjon Barner (Carolina), Rex Burkhead (Cincinnati), Spencer Ware (Seattle), Stepfan Taylor (Arizona), Michael Cox (New York Giants), Jawan Jamison (Washington), Mike James (Tampa Bay). WIDE RECEIVERS 1. Tavon Austin, St. Louis – The next Percy Harvin is the mantra being used. If he comes close to Harvin’s impact on the NFL game, he will be a star for the next decade. (KEEPER RANKING: 1). 2. DeAndre Hopkins, Houston – He was drafted to be the “other guy” next to Andre Johnson. He will enter as the best No. 2 option the Texans have had in years and, considering Andre 3000’s age, he could be the No. 1 guy as early as 2014 or 2015. (KEEPER RANKING: 3). 3. Cordarrelle Patterson, Minnesota – He is raw, but so immensely talented that Minnesota traded back into the first round for a third pick to take the raw, but game-changing Tennessee receiver. He’s rated this high for a reason – as much his long-term value as his short-term. (KEEPER RANKING: 2). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 221 2013 Rookie Preview 4. Justin Hunter, Tennessee – The Titans have tripled down in the draft to bolster the receiver corps with Kenny Britt, Kendall Wright and now Hunter. In an ideal world, all three co-exist, but, once Britt implodes (again), Hunter will move into his role as a No. 1 threat. (KEEPER RANKING: 5). 5. Robert Woods, Buffalo – Stevie Johnson is the man in Buffalo, but Woods may be the most NFL-ready receiver in the league this year. (KEEPER RANKING: 4). 6. Keenan Allen, San Diego – Malcom Floyd is ideally a No. 3 receiver, not a No. 2. Danario Alexander was a street free agent in October. Things change quickly in San Diego. (KEEPER RANKING: 7). 7. Aaron Dobson, New England – The Patriots are at a crossroads of their passing game without Wes Welker, Brandon Lloyd and Aaron Hernandez. There isn’t a job anywhere safe and those who stand out will get on the field. Dobson has that ability with his size and long arms to carve out one of those spots. (KEEPER RANKING: 8). 8. Markus Wheaton, Pittsburgh – Speed kills and Wheaton fits exactly into the type of role Mike Wallace had early in his Steelers career. Guys like this often end up getting paid…but other teams (Santonio Holmes, Nate Washington, Wallace, etc.). (KEEPER RANKING: 6). 9. Josh Boyce, New England – See No. 7, except visualize a replacement for Lloyd. (KEEPER RANKING: 9). 10. Marquise Goodwin, Buffalo – Eventually will be the anticipated sidekick for Woods, but is at best a No. 3 guy now – if not further down the early depth chart. (KEEPER RANKING: 15). 11. Quinton Patton, San Francisco – With Michael Crabtree hurt and Randy Moss gone, there is plenty of room for young players to make an impact. Who was Colin Kaepernick a year ago at this time? (KEEPER RANKING: 14). 12. Denard Robinson, Jacksonville – A converted college QB, he will be the Tim Tebow the Jags ownership envisioned. What that gets him will play out over the next couple of years. (KEEPER RANKING: 13). 13. Kenny Stills, New Orleans – Any times the Saints coaching staff identifies something in a receiver they like, there’s something to be said for that and makes him a player worth monitoring in the preseason. (KEEPER RANKING: 11). 14. Steadman Bailey, St. Louis – He may end up being the running buddy for Tavon Austin and would be rated higher if we had any faith that Sam Bradford could be anything more than a caretaker type of QB. (KEEPER RANKING: 12). 15. Terrance Williams, Dallas – With Dez Bryant, Miles Austin and Kevin Ogletree already signed and in the fold, using a third round pick here speaks to how much the Cowboys think of him. (KEEPER RANKING: 10). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 222 2013 Rookie Preview OTHERS TO WATCH: Ace Sanders (Jacksonville), Chris Harper (Seattle), Tavarres King (Denver), Ryan Swope (Arizona), Cobi Hamilton (Cincinnati), Alan Bonner (Houston), Corey Fuller (Detroit), Justin Brown (Pittsburgh). TIGHT ENDS 1. Tyler Eifert, Cincinnati – It seemed a strange choice when the Bengals took him with Jermaine Gresham under contract. Obviously, they see him as a big-play receiver who will be a big part of their offense, simply because they had bigger needs as the favorite in the AFC North. (KEEPER RANKING: 1). 2. Zach Ertz, Philadelphia – Brent Celek isn’t getting any younger and Chip Kelly has big plans for Ertz. He inherited Celek. (KEEPER RANKING: 2). 3. Travis Kelce, Kansas City – Tony Moeaki may have been a palate-cleansing replacement for Tony Gonzalez, but The Walrus (Andy Reid) wants more. Koo-koo-ka-joob. (KEEPER RANKING: 4). 4. Gavin Esobar, Dallas – Jason Witten has been a stud for a long time. A long, long time. Escobar may have been taken higher than a lot of scouts had, but Dallas has a vision for the future post-Witten and clearly he would appear to be at the front of the line. (KEEPER RANKING: 6). 5. Jordan Reed, Washington – Chris Cooley is gone and Fred Davis is no guarantee. Shanahan gets to mold a guy in his own image. (KEEPER RANKING: 7). 6. Dion Sims, Miami – Dustin Keller got the headlines. Sims will get the gravy. (KEEPER RANKING: 3). 7. Levin Toilolo, Atlanta – He will carry Tony Gonzalez’s pads after every practice in 2013. In 2014? That’s another story. (KEEPER RANKING: 5). 8. Luke Willson, Seattle – He’s not the Wilson with the funky nose right? Pete Carroll has his reasons. (KEEPER RANKING: 9). 9. Vance McDonald, San Francisco – The loss of Delanie Walker may not seem big, but it is. (KEEPER RANKING: 8). OTHERS TO WATCH: D.C. Jefferson (Arizona), Nick Kasa (Oakland), Ryan Griffin (Houston), Michael Williams (Detroit), Chris Gragg (Buffalo), Mychal Rivera (Oakland). KICKERS 1. Caleb Sturgis, Detroit – He has to beat out Dan Carpenter, which won’t be a gimme. He may end up in the NFL, but not necessarily with the Dolphins. (KEEPER RANKING: 1A). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 223 2013 Rookie Preview 2. Dustin Hopkins, Buffalo – If Buffalo had better scoring prospects, he would be rated No. 1A. But, Rian Lindell won’t give up his job without a fight. A fifth-round pick used on a kicker is usually a good sign, but who wants Buffalo’s kicker in 2013? It doesn’t matter if it’s Lindell of Dustin Hoffman. (KEEPER RANKING: 1B). RE-DRAFTER ROOKIE RANKINGS FOR 2013 1. Tavon Austin 2. Eddie Lacy 3. Montee Ball 4. DeAndre Hopkins 5. Geno Smith 6. Cordarrelle Patterson 7. E.J. Manuel 8. Justin Hunter 9. Le’Veon Bell 10. Robert Woods 11. Giovani Bernard 12. Zac Stacy 13. Tyler Eifert 14. Keenan Allen 15. Aaron Dobson 16. Markus Wheaton 17. Latavius Murray 18. Zach Ertrz 19. Knile Davis 20. Josh Boyce 21. Mike Glennon 22. Chris Thompson 23. Travis Kelce 24. Marquise Goodwin 25. Mike Gillislie 26. Matt Barkley 27. Christine Michael 28. Andre Ellington 29. Johnathan Franklin 30. Denard Robison 31. Kenny Stills 32. Steadman Bailey 33. Landry Jones 34. Terrance Williams 35. Ace Sanders 36. Gavin Escobar 37. Marcus Lattimore 38. Joseph Randle 39. Kerwynn Williams ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 224 2013 Rookie Preview 40. Jordan Reed 41. Dion Sims 42. Caleb Sturgis 43. Chris Harper 44. Kenjon Barner 45. Rex Burkhead 46. Dustin Hopkins 47. Levin Toilolo 48. Tavarres King 49. Tyler Wilson 50. Ryan Nassib DYNASTY/KEEPER RANKINGS 1. Tavon Austin 2. Montee Ball 3. Eddie Lacy 4. Geno Smith 5. Cordarrelle Patterson 6. Le’Veon Bell 7. DeAndre Hopkins 8. Robert Woods 9. Justin Hunter 10. Markus Wheaton 11. Marcus Lattimore 12. Matt Barkley 13. E.J. Manuel 14. Landry Jones 15. Knile Davis 16. Giovani Bernard 17. Keenan Allen 18. Aaron Dobson 19. Tyler Eifert 20. Mike Gillislie 21. Mike Glennon 22. Joseph Randle 23. Zach Ertz 24. Dion Sims 25. Josh Boyce 26. Travis Kelce 27. Zac Stacy 28. Terrance Williams 29. Levin Toilolo 30. Gavin Escobar 31. Latavius Murrary 32. Christine Michael 33. Ryan Nassib ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 225 2013 Rookie Preview 34. Johnathan Franklin 35. Kenny Stills 36. Steadman Bailey 37. Kerwynn Williams 38. Andre Ellington 39. Denard Robinson 40. Quinton Patton 41. Jordan Reed 42. Marquis Goodwin 43. Ace Sanders 44. Tyler Wilson 45. Caleb Sturgis 46. Vance McDonald 47. Dustin Hopkins 48. Chris Thompson 49. Chris Harper 50. Luke Willson ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 226 2013 Offensive Line Preview The Big Uglies of 2013 (Offensive Lines Preview) (by John Cooney) Those Big, Beautiful Big Uglies. Each and every offensive play in the long history of this grand and glorious game began with the snap of the football from an offensive lineman. The first clash of will and muscle around the game’s gridirons originates in the trenches. The front lines, composed of tackles, guards and centers, fire the first shots in anger each week. It is the job of the offensive lines to set the tone for their respective clubs, establish a base-line of demarcation, invade the turf occupied by the opposition and impose the will of their unit over the defenders lining up directly across from them. Winning football games begins with dominance of the line of scrimmage, and winning on the virtual fields of play in fantasy football also begins with the o-lines. Those darlings of the ditches, the blocks of granite, the big, burly bullies on the front lines we affectionately call the Big Uglies, are essential to the success of the fantasy football skill position stars. Pro and college coaches sporting a championship trophy understand that their title prosperity comes compliments of strong skill position play and a dominating offensive line. Quarterback get the glory but those who understand the game, real or fantasy, make no quarrel or quandary about the value of the big boys upfront who lay a rock-solid foundation for victory. Astute GMs and owners go the extra mile and breakdown not just the sleek and sexy skill players like quarterbacks, receivers and tailbacks, but also get to know those down and dirty “hogs” of the offensive lines… the Big Uglies! Without the bully-boys up front providing Aaron Rodgers, Joe Flacco, Tom Brady and other pro passers the time to chuck it often, chuck it deep the fleet-footed pass-catchers are not hauling in highlight-making scores for you. Those new-fangled sporty and shifty ball carriers of today are not one-cutting, side-stepping or toe-tapping their way for big gains of turf unless those loveable ‘blocks of granite’ are steamrolling wide open roads to daylight. That Jimmy Graham guy in New Orleans can do what he does thanks to a strong group of blockers, allowing the Saintly tight end to get out into his route tree in the passing game. Needy pass protecting units often require help from the tight end, capping a talented pair of hands. A solid offensive line has a positive ripple effect on the fantasy players with tangible stat lines. Knowing each team’s o-line capabilities and situation is more important to a fantasy title run than most realize. Fantasy draft decisions are made due to various facts and factors. The quality (or lack of) of the offensive line should be worked into the equation. If you find yourself in a fix on draft day, undecided on two running backs of similar skills, circumstances and strength of schedule, it might be a good idea to know which back has the better blocking unit. In-season, starting lineups are influenced by the performance of the grunts on the line of scrimmage. Even player trades can be decided with some basis of the play of the o-lines involved. Preparing for the 2013 season, let’s get a handle on the state-of-the-lines of all 32 teams and indentify the Big Uglies that will be doing the dirty work for the glamour boys of the game. It’s ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 227 2013 Offensive Line Preview early and situations change, just as on-field personnel will. Good research doesn’t happen without a starting point; a baseline evaluation. This breakdown is an excellent ‘starting point’. In fine Fantasy Football Mastermind form, I rank the o-lines with a uniquely detailed yet simple process. Each individual line position/player on every NFL team was researched according to 2012 performances in both pass protection and run-blocking efficiency, as tabulated by Pro Football Focus. Starting left tackles (LT) were ranked individually best-to-worst, 1-36. Left guards (LG) 1-39, centers (C) 1-69, right guards (RG) 1-42 and then right tackles (RT) 1-43. Every o-lineman was individually evaluated for their success (or lack of) in the passing game and ground attack. Changes to personnel were taken into account, such as Louis Vasquez’ performance as a Charger in 2012 and translating to his potential in Denver in this season. Rookie starters’ potential positive or negative influence and “fit” are considered and evaluated in regards to the effect on a line’s continuity. In addition to my own evaluations and stat research efforts, reports and scouting data by offensive line experts were included in the final staging of the line ranks. The final result is a deep and comprehensive study of past performance and potential performance for 2013. This is a Mastermind process I created that takes the research down to each individual lineman on every team, at each position, in both aspects of their games, pass and run blocking. Not all blocking schemes are the same…as we all know. In our Mastermind breakdown of the o-lines the probable scheme of blocking philosophy is identified as well as the coach or coaches installing the weekly protection plans and teaching the techniques. The predominant blocking schemes used in today’s NFL are the Zone and Man, more specifically Stretch/Zone (ZBS) and Man/Power (MBS). Each has a direct effect on the running back performing behind these lines, as well as the type of running back required. How is this relevant in fantasy football? Simple; a straight-ahead, less-shifty halfback like Benjarvus Green-Ellis doesn’t “fit” a stretch/zone scheme as well as Jamal Charles or Arian Foster. ZONE BLOCKING (ZBS)-STRETCH/ZONE BLOCKING: The zone blocking (ZBS) scheme and stretch/zone is fast becoming the scheme of choice in today’s game. Spread offenses tend to install a ZBS version in the playbook. With the spread offense being the HOT offensive philosophy in college these days, more pro teams are becoming quite comfortable using zone blocking than ever before. Both the skill position players and the linemen coming out of college are verse in the ZBS, thus they can hit the ground running once drafted. ZBS also is a great weapon to neutralize and combat the size and speed of NFL defenders. Typically, smaller, quicker linemen are drafted for ZBS. Lateral quickness is extremely important, as is the ability to engage, get off blocks, and get onto second level defenders. In a zone-based offense, a single running back is set looking for two “reads”; DART, an inside zone read or STRETCH, outside zone. There is no specific point of attack, like a designated “hole” or “seal”. Inside zone sets up double team or tandem blocks and stretch zone blocking ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 228 2013 Offensive Line Preview works as named, stretching and stressing the defense to the outside. The scheme calls for the tandem to block an area, not a specific defensive lineman of linebacker. On inside zone, there will be double teams whereas on outside zone play there will be no double teams except on the edge. With all the Big Uglies moving in a direction as a unit, the defensive team scrapes and surges to the play side. As the play flows to one side, one of the o-linemen in the tandem blocks breaks off in search for the now-famous second-level block, creating those just-as-famous cutback lanes. In ZBS, or “one cut” scheme, the running backs must allow the play to develop, recognizing when and where a lane opens on play side or the “cutback”. The ball carrier needs patience, “feel” or vision, great explosion and balance to hit the lane and get to the second level. This is the common "one-cut" scheme you often hear mentioned with ZBS running backs. The ball carrier attacks the furthest play side gap or run through a cutback lane. In today’s NFL spread teams using shotgun will work the ZBS or Zone-Read Option, by demanding the QB read an unblocked defender on the backside of the zone, keep the ball on that edge if an advantageous lane opens there. Zone pass protection takes on Gap tendencies as each lineman fills a gap on one side of him and blocks the defender breaking through the gap. If the lineman has no one to block, he shifts attention quickly to his line mate next to him and helps out while maintaining his primary gap responsibility. A simple type of Zone Pass Pro is the "Step In" protection that you'll see in a lot of two- back offenses. Here the o-linemen each jump into their respective inside gaps and lock on a defender and the RBs and/or TEs man the gaps on the outside. MAN BLOCKING (MBS)-MAN/POWER: Man blocking schemes are old-time, man-on-man football. The object is to drive the defense back and create one specific hole, using double teams and extra blockers at a point of attack on the line. Offensive linemen are specifically locked on a particular defensive player to combat. Man blocking schemes usually require specific responsibilities and rules on every snap. A numbering system is set in Man Blocking plans, designated for the various defensive alignments they will see. Most often you see the team’s center making blocking calls as the defensive front is pointed out. The other o-linemen then identify their “man” or assignment. For an o-line unit that has not had much time together (in this day and age of free agency), Man blocking can be mistake-prone and confusing. Because of this, Man blocking schemes are not as prevalent as in the past. It is still used, however, by about half the teams in the NFL. "Man" pass protection, or BOB (Big On Big) is when the offensive linemen drives the defensive linemen directly across from them. A disengaged linemen reads the LB close in and the fullback or halfback will take care of any blitzing LBs or secondary personnel. The backs can also support on a double team or chip block against troublesome pass rushers. BOB is often an effective scheme, but zone blitzes have created missed assignments as a defender can neutralize an o-lineman by faking a pass rush, stops and drops off allowing another rusher to attack the gap vacated behind that lineman. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 229 2013 Offensive Line Preview NOTE: "Gap" Blocking is a third system that uses ideas from both Zone and Man. Teams that like to trap and pull on running plays will employ Gap schemes at times. In a nutshell, a lineman will take on a defender in the direct gap on either side of him. Versions of Gap is used in pass blocking often. In today’s NFL there are pass protection schemes that are hybrids of Man and Zone blocking. Teams will playbook zone blocking on one side, and go man on the other. There are plenty of variations, but the basics are Zone and Man. Also, in the ever-evolving NFL coaches are experimenting and looking to create confusing “looks” by installing and utilizing aspects of all blocking schemes. The Pittsburgh Steelers are one such example, using a Man/Power scheme inside and to the tackles, but shift to a Zone/Stretch on play calls to the outside. Now that the schemes are highlighted, let’s get to the business of ranking the offensive line for 2013, and identifying each unit’s blocking scheme and o-line coach. NOTE: Italicized players are new arrivals for 2013. 1. San Francisco 49ers Offensive Line – Mike Solari - MBS-Man/Power Offensive Line – Tim Drevno Pass Rank Run Rank LT 13 1 LG 17 2 C 48 8 RG 16 1 RT 11 1 LT: Joe Staley LG: Mike Iupati C: Jonathan Goodwin RG: Alex Boone RT: Anthony Davis San Francisco’s rugged and nasty front five is plain, old-fashioned good at what they do. They are mean, they are physical, they are big and they focused. The Niners return the unit intact to bulldoze their 2013 opposition. Three of the five starters rank as the NFL’s best run-blockers while the other two road-graders wreck opposing run-stoppers as top nine ground bangers. Coach Harbaugh plans to take full advantage of the rocket-armed and super-mobile Colin Kaepernick at quarterback, and this blocking unit, though stout and rather large, is athletic enough to execute a “move” offense. By sheer numbers alone this is a superior run-blocking unit and an above average pass protection group. Continuity is firm with all five starters from last season. RB Frank Gore, even at his relative advanced “age”, can excel once again behind this wall of nastiness, as well as a maturing playmaker as LaMichael James. Bar-none, this is the NFL’s premier front five, working in the perfect power scheme for optimum success. A unit this complete can allow fantasy footballers to ignore Strength Of Schedule concerns for Frisco skill ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 230 2013 Offensive Line Preview players. On the ground this is the NFL’s best drive blocking group and a stellar pass protection unit. There is depth that bolsters the front line talent. No need to over-analyze the 49ers o-line… they are really good! 2. Denver Broncos Offensive Line – Dave Magazu - MBS-Man/Power (some ZBS) Offensive Line Consultant – Alex Gibbs Pass Rank Run Rank LT 4 17 LG 13 11 C 14 25 RG 6 26 RT 2 16 LT: Ryan Clady LG: Zane Beadles C: J.D. Walton RG: Louis Vasquez RT: Orlando Franklin The Broncos bring back all five offensive line starters from 2012. However, RG Chris Kuper is likely to be relegated to reserve status, if he makes the team at all after injury. Kuper is replaced as a starter with the signing of Louis Vasquez. Vasquez is imposing inside at 6’5-335, and is a dominating pass blocker. Denver’s o-line is geared to their QB, Peyton Manning, providing solid pass protection. They are greatly assisted by Manning’s keen sense of timing, pocket awareness and unmatched command of the offense. The run blocking is not quite on a par with the pass pro. The strength of the line on the ground lies in the left side efforts of Ryan Clady and Zane Beadles. Last season the Broncs ran mostly Man/Power schemes, but with legendary ZBS coach Alex Gibbs on board as a consultant/assistant, there will be more zone influence. Coach Magazu is still calling the o-line shots here, but Gibbs is sure to instill and install some facets of the Stretch/Zone; like other teams a mix of schemes is being concocted. This solid unit is ready to grade among the elite o-lines in the league right now. They play with urgency and there is a full understanding that the time is now to go for it all. 3. New England Patriots Assistant Head Coach/Offensive Line – Dante Scarnecchia - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Pass Rank Run Rank LT 21 5 LG 19 7 C 66 1 RG 17 14 RT 6 9 LT: Nate Solder LG: Logan Mankins C: Ryan Wendell RG: Marcus Cannon RT: Sebastian Vollmer ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 231 2013 Offensive Line Preview Quietly Coach Belichick has revamped New England’s front five without missing a beat. Suddenly the Pats boast a talented and young group of blockers ready to gel. Tackles Solder and Vollmer are studs, with Vollmer excelling in all areas of attack and protection. Solder tends to allow too many sacks, but is top-shelf on the ground. RG Marcus Cannon looks about ready to take over for veteran Dan Connolly and center Ryan Wendell is the best run-blocking pivot man in the league; he does get fooled far too often in blitz reads however. QB Tom Brady’s savvy work in the pocket masks some of the pass protection weaknesses of this unit, but improvement is evident. The Pats rank 4 of their 5 linemen in the top 10 run blockers; OUTSTANDING! On the ground Patriot rushers can get the job done regardless of the defense in front of them. There are whispers of Coach Belichick shifting to a heavier commitment to the ground game while still utilizing spread concepts and the up-tempo pace; a snap of the ball every 24 seconds is the goal. The Patriot front five is up to the task physically and mentally; it is a fit and smart group. 4. Cleveland Browns Offensive Line – George Warhop – MBS-Man/Power Offensive Line – Mike Sullivan Pass Rank Run Rank LT 2 24 LG 24 4 C 9 6 RG 22 32 RT 3 34 LT: Joe Thomas LG: John Greco C: Alex Mack RG: Shawn Lauvao RT: Mitchell Schwartz Cleveland’s offensive line is a rough and rugged unit on the up-swing. LT Joe Thomas runs among the elite at his position and probable new starting LG John Greco will make Thomas’ job a bit easier. Greco is a tough run blocker who forms a solid interior core with center Alex Mack, one of the NFL’s best. RB Trent Richardson’s poor 3.5 YPC is attributed not only to a myriad of injuries, but also the less-than-stellar work on the ground by Thomas, RG Shawn Lauvao and RT Mitchell Schwartz. Any Browns’ RB rushing to the right will be challenged to find open lanes behind Lauvao and Swartz. However, Schwartz and fellow tackle Thomas are super in pass protection, which will be key in the new, vertical offense installed by OC Norv Turner this season. Mack is excellent sliding left or right in blitz reads, assisting his interior partners Greco and Lauvao, both of whom tend to struggle when not firing forward. If Lauvao can improve close to the level of the rest of his linemates, the Browns blocking unit will be a true difference maker; it is already a solid gang of five as it is. Last season the Browns were in full transition with a new head coach (Rod Chudzinski), rookies at QB, RB and WR. The term “raw” was used far too often describing key components of the offense and this season “raw” could very well warm up to “sizzle”. The team has a great start beginning on the o-line. 5. New Orleans Saints Offensive Line – Bret Ingalls - ZBS-Stretch/Zone ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 232 2013 Offensive Line Preview Offensive Assistant/Offensive Line – Frank Smith Pass Rank Run Rank LT 20 22 LG 5 6 C 7 7 RG 2 15 RT 19 27 LT: Charles Brown LG: Ben Grubbs C: Brian De La Puente RG: Jahri Evans RT: Zach Strief The Saints get an old friend back but with a new outlook. Coach Payton is back from his yearlong suspension and he plans on moving the running game higher on the play-calling food chain. Coach has a fine foundation to achieve that goal with an outstanding o-line. The weak link has been at LT, where the talented but oft-injured Charles Brown resides. He’ll be challenged in 2013 by rookie LT Terron Armstead. Brown can play at a high level if healthy, but that has not been the case since being a 2nd rounder in 2010. He has already missed some OTA time due to injury. The Saints could make due with Armstead learning on the job thanks to the skillful and sharp decision-making of QB Drew Brees. Brees usually has clear sight-lines directly in front of him as guards Grubbs and Evans along with center surprise DeLaPuente are excellent pass protectors. The trio of interior blockers is also active and effective run blockers. New Orleans is one of the best screen teams and guard Evans is tops in getting to the flanks and leading Darren Sproles or Pierre Thomas to daylight. On the outside-right, tackle Streif is improving but more is needed in all aspects of his game. The Saints’ well-balanced wall of protection is equally adept in pass pro and run blocking. In 2013, Coach Payton is stressing the run game. New Orleans is very strong up the middle which bodes well for between-the-tackles rusher Mark Ingram, a tough, no-nonsense tailback who is at his best busting it up the gut. The now departed Chris Ivory also exceled hitting the inside lanes for the Saints; expect Ingram to have “that” year as this quality young offensive line gels into one of the league’s best. 6. New York Giants Offensive Line – Pat Flaherty - MBS-Man/Power Assistant Offensive Line – Lunda Wells Pass Rank Run Rank LT 11 3 LG 25 21 C 69 9 RG 19 4 RT 19 25 LT: Will Beatty LG: Justin Pugh C: David Baas RG: Chris Snee RT: James Brewer ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 233 2013 Offensive Line Preview New York’s offensive line never seems to have marquee names on it, yet most seasons they statout among the league’s best. 2012 was a solid return to blocking prominence after a disappointing and injury-marred 2011for Big Blue’s front five. This season the Giants’ o-line may be even better with the addition of first round selection Justin Pugh. Pugh is likely slated for LG duty, but he could find himself with his hand in the turf at RT, too. The Giants line is solid and deep, again, thanks to the smart choice of Pugh which could allow veteran Kevin Boothe slide to LG should Pugh move to the outside. The expertise of this group is in the run game, with 3 of the 5 block of granite ranking in the top 10 at their respective positions. LT Will Beatty is All-Pro worthy and brings a solid all-around game. His counterpart James Brewer tends to struggle, hence the chance Pugh sees work in place of Brewer. The NYG running backs all enjoyed various degrees of success last season, running behind the Blue wall. New York’s o-line does get unfairly penalized at times with Wilson carrying the football, as he often will become impatient and run past his blocks, or miss lanes. Pass blocking has been more of an issue however. Some of the breakdowns by the line could be blamed on QB Eli Manning’s tendency to hold onto the ball too long. Also not helping is the failures and whiffs by RBs David Wilson and Andre Brown in blitz pickup. Center David Baas is not as nimble as one would like and it shows when he is forced to make adjustments while dropping into pass protection retreat. Wellcoached, veteran enough and good size, the Giants’ offensive line is set to help the likes of sophomore RB David Wilson and goal-liner Andre Brown realize success on the field and in fantasy football lineups. The pass protection is savvy enough to give Eli Manning the time he needs to make his progressions. 7. Houston Texans Offensive Line – John Benton – ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Jim Ryan Pass Rank Run Rank LT 6 2 LG 23 19 C 3 11 RG 33 20 RT 21 43 LT: Duane Brown LG: Wade Smith C: Chris Myers RG: Ben Jones RT: Derek Newton Houston’s 2012 version on the offensive line was better than expected, with the free agency losses of RT Eric Winston (KC) and G Mike Brisiel (OAK) However, there was a sore spot on the line last season and it was right there on the right side where Winston and Brisiel once roamed. The right side of the Texans’ line was ineffective last season, and it is no coincidence that RB Arian Foster’s YPC suffered. RG Ben Jones was decent blocking the run but was poor in pass pro. RT Derek Newton flipped the rating, performing average-at-best in pass blocking but failing to get much drive as a run blocker. Newton suffered a patellar tendon injury and is trying to make it back this season. Houston drafted Brennan Williams (3rd round) just in case. A great deal of success was experienced by the Houston offense when plays were run to the left. LT ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 234 2013 Offensive Line Preview Duane Brown, LG Wade Smith and center Chris Myers arguable compose one of the best trios of blockers in pro football, pass or run. However Smith is on the comeback from knee surgery and at 32 his better days are likely behind him. Though Houston’s line is still able to create lanes for star tailback Arian Foster in a ZBS scheme, injury and age are catching up with this unit and the ground yards may be harder to come by again this season. Foster’s season-long 2012 numbers look good, especially the touchdown total, but his 4.06 YPC is a big drop off from previous years. This still quality group deserves this lofty ranking for now, but there are signs it could break south quickly. 8. Minnesota Vikings Offensive Line – Jeff Davidson – MBS-Man/Power Assistant Offensive Line – Ryan Silverfield Pass Rank Run Rank LT 10 25 LG 26 33 C 12 2 RG 42 27 RT 10 2 LT: Matt Kalil LG: Charlie Johnson C: John Sullivan RG: Brandon Fusco RT: Phil Loadholt Continuity is key for success for any offensive line and the Vikings return all five 2012 starters. Any blocking unit that produces a 2000 yard rusher has to be getting the job done, regardless of the tailback’s talent. Not only is the Viking front five talented, they are also young and headed for even better and bigger rewards ahead. LT Kalil, RT Loadholt and C Sullivan are the foundation blocks of granite and RG Fusco is likely to win the starting gig this season. Fusco battled inconsistency last season but showed enough good tape to warrant a long look and should take his roughhouse game up a level. LG Johnson is what he is, which is not on a par with the rest of the gang of five. A solid camp from 2013 sixth rounder Jeff Baca could send Johnson to the bench (or on the street). RB Adrian Peterson saw much of his success running right behind Loadholt, Fusco and at times a pulling Sullivan. In 2012, that was the bread and butter side of the line. On the left, while the young Kalil excelled at pass protection, he was only average blocking the run game. Johnson, as stated, struggled to gain or hold his ground in both aspects of the play calls. Youth, size and talent are on the side of the purple pile drivers and exciting days are ahead. 9. Baltimore Ravens Offensive Line – Andy Moeller - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Todd Washington Pass Rank Run Rank LT 24 14 LG 17 14 C 15 20 RG 3 2 RT 26 32 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 235 2013 Offensive Line Preview LT: Bryant McKinnie LG: Kelechi Osemele C: AQ Shipley, Gino Gradkowski RG: Marshal Yanda RT: Michael Oher The champion Ravens oddly are tinkering with their o-line this off-season. LT McKinnie was resigned after performing in outstanding fashion during the title run. McKinnie was benched midregular season and replaced by Oher, but found regained his focus and scored the playoff gig, which inspired the Ravens to bring him back for 2013. The inking of McKinnie pushes Osemele inside to LG, solidifying the left side both in pass pro and run blocking. Osemele played mostly RG last season. Yanda handles RG duty this season, and he is a top-3 performer there. RT will be manned by Oher. Oher is OK on the right side where he doesn’t need to be as athletic as the left. Oher still may be the weak link here. Center should prove to be a fun training camp watch as Gradkowski and Shipley lock horns for the starting job. Solid vet Matt Birk turned in his retirement papers after winning the Super Bowl. Baltimore had drafted Gradkowski in 2012, but this off-season acquired the quietly improving Shipley from the Colts. Last season Shipley filled in for Samson Satele in Indy and put up solid game tape. He is also versatile, being able to play both guard spot as well as center. Gradkowski has the draft pedigree over Shipley, but astute talent evaluator Ozzie Newsome doesn’t deal for players without a plan in place. Look for the former Colt to win the camp battle and anchor this top-10 blocking unit. 10. Tampa Bay Buccaneers Offensive Line – Bob Bostad - MBS-Man/Power (some zone) Pass Rank Run Rank LT 22 6 LG 12 12 C 19 51 RG 26 21 RT 9 17 LT: Donald Penn LG: Carl Nicks C: Jeremy Zuttah RG: Davin Joseph/ Gabe Carimi RT: Demar Dotson It is a testament to good coaching and some nice depth that the Tampa Bay rookie RB Doug Martin had the stellar freshman season he did. Tampa Bay’s o-line was hit hard by injuries on the inside as the rough and tumble Joseph and All-Pro Nicks both went down with injuries. Add in that C Zuttah and RT Dotson were nothing to write home about as run-blockers and Martin’s 2012 work is even more impressive. Both Nicks and Joseph should be good-to-go in 2013, but there may be some concern regarding Joseph’s full return. The Bucs recently acquired Bears’ former top pick Gabe Carimi, who has failed at tackle. Chicago was committed to moving Carimi inside to guard and the Bucs may look to do the same if Joseph struggles health-wise. If Carimi finds his college mojo that made him a first rounder, he could very well send Dotson to ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 236 2013 Offensive Line Preview the bench. Dotson seems to inspire negative press, but his overall work is better than what we read. With a healthy return from the two top guards and solid play from LT Penn and either Dotson or Carimi on the right, Tampa’s o-line is set to give their skill guys excellent support. The group can pass protect with the best in the NFL, allowing just 26 sacks in 2012, despite injuries. The run blocking is quite evident by the success Martin had. Brining Carimi on board creates depth and versatility. The Bucco line is set to be one of the NFL’s best units in 2013. 11. Detroit Lions Offensive Line – Jeremiah Washburn – MBS-Man/Power Pass Rank Run Rank LT 15 8 LG 3 15 C 6 36 RG 30 25 RT 16 20 LT: Riley Reiff LG: Rob Sims C: Dominic Raiola RG: Larry Warford RT: Jason Fox The Lions den of blockers were defined by the surprisingly sharp play of tackles Jeff Backus and Gosder Cherilus. Neither will be lining up in a Detroit uniform this season as Gosder heads to Indianapolis and Backus called it a career. Replacing Gosder is Reiff and Backus’ slot is filled likely by Fox. The Lions coaches see Reiff more as a guard, even though he was an outstanding tackle in college. However, Reiff has a few physical shortcomings as a LT at this level, and he will be challenged to match the unsung work of Backus. Fox has virtually no game-time experience as a four-year pro, but isn’t lacking in talent. Fox is a 2010 fourth rounder who has been plagued by injury, but the coaches like his size and versatility, being able to play both sides of the line (as he did at the U of Miami). C Raiola is reliable in pass pro but at his advancing age (34) he is not exactly blowing defenders off the line run-blocking. Rookie Warford was rated by many as a 2nd-round talent; he dropped to the 3rd and the Lions snapped him up. He’ll likely slot in a RG alongside Fox, making the Lions right side of the line a gamble. LG Sims ranks as Detroit’s best blocker and should help Reiff handle his LT assignments. Last season was the best this o-line performed in a long time, but the loss of the two veteran tackles have to be felt in 2013. The Lions throw the ball more than any team in the game, and pass protection will be Job1 in training camp. The talent and size is there to get it done, but expect some bumps in the road along the way. 12. New York Jets Offensive Line – Mike Devlin – ZBS- Stretch/Zone Pass Rank Run Rank LT 8 19 LG 35 9 C 16 5 RG 25 30 RT 30 4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 237 2013 Offensive Line Preview LT: D'Brickashaw Ferguson LG: Willie Colon C: Nick Mangold RG: Brian Winters RT: Austin Howard The Jets o-line has been living off of rep more than results the last couple of seasons. The team still boasts stalwarts such as LT Ferguson and C Mangold, but the three other line slots have been iffy at best. Some of the ineffectiveness can be blamed on shotty QB play, poor “feel” by the tailbacks, lack of playmakers on the outside to get open and questionable, predictable playcalling. Guess when you add all those disappointing areas of play together, maybe New York’s front five isn’t so bad after-all. Out of the Jets’ hanger are guards Matt Slauson and Brandon Moore. Veteran Willie colon fills the Slauson void. At this stage of his career, Colon is what he is; an effective run blocker but way lacking in pass protection. Not much of an upgrade, if any, over last year. Rookie tough-guy Brian Winters mans RG in 2013. Winters is a former high school wrestler who excelled as a LT in college (Kent State). With 50 collegiate games under his belt, Winters brings a mature presence and athleticism to the guard position in NYC. RT Howard is a top-notch run blocker with good punch and power. His pass pro needs work, but it is getting better. He and Winters are a potential power pounding right side duo for years to come. The Jet game plan calls for a staunch ground attack and this mix of vets and youth possess the bulk and attitude to open holes for new tailback Chris Ivory. Pass protection is not the forte here, so expect heavy handoffs, and passing when necessary. 13. Cincinnati Bengals Head Coach/Offensive Line – Paul Alexander - MBS-Man/Power Offensive Quality Control/Assistant Offensive Line – Kyle Caskey Pass Rank Run Rank LT 1 23 LG 8 21 C 47 58 RG 5 18 RT 5 3 LT: Andrew Whitworth LG: Clint Boling C: Kyle Cook/ Trevor Robinson RG: Kevin Zeitler RT: Andre Smith Cincinnati’s offensive line is an impressive group, keen at pass blocking and improving on the ground. The line’s strength is set from the outside-in. Tackles Whitworth and Smith are among the best bookends in the league, with Whitworth possibly the best pass-blocking LT today. RT Smith is equally sharp as a pass protector and leading the run around his side. Inside the two star tackles are a couple of guards on the rise and ready to go as starters for just their second seasons. LG Boling and RG Zeitler are excellent pass blockers and better run blockers than the Cincy run game would suggest. Zeitler has a mean streak and can get nasty. 2012 tailback Benjarvus Green-Ellis is a gamer, but he lacks burst and a second gear; the holes are there but he only gets ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 238 2013 Offensive Line Preview what he can. A more explosive and creative rusher in freshman Giovani Bernard should enhance the skills of these two rising interior linemen. C is the weak link if Cook makes it back from his ankle surgery. Cook is savvy but gets pushed around far too easily. Trevor Robinson started in Cook’s injury-induced absence and showed enough for the coaches to give him a shot at the pivot. It is somewhat surprising to see 4 of the 5 Bengal lineman grade out as top 8 pass blockers considering they “allowed” 46 QB sacks last season, but QB Andy Dalton holds the ball far too long and takes sacks rather than throw it away. Cincy has done well as they continue to quietly add talent and upgrade the entire offense. The o-line is ready to get the squad to the next level, and they can do it either on the ground or in the pocket; it’s up to Dalton to use what they provide. 14. Tennessee Titans Offensive Line – Bruce Matthews - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Head Coach – Mike Munchak Pass Rank Run Rank LT 3 15 LG 1 20 C 22 13 RG 30 23 RT 4 15 LT: Michael Roos LG: Andy Levitre C: Fernando Velasco RG: Chance Warmack RT: David Stewart Tennessee is led by a HOF o-lineman in one Mike Munchak. The Titan Uglies are coached by another HOFer and longtime Munchak teammate Bruce Matthews. This unit better perform or else. The past few seasons saw the performance of this once touted group slip and slide. It doesn’t help when they are blocking for a tailback that takes plays off and for QBs with loose concepts of pocket workmanship. But there were leaks in the line, make no mistake. Plugging the leaks in a big way will be new-comer LG Andy Levitre. A premier interior lineman, Levitre is about the best pass blocker at his position and a pretty darn good run blocker to boot. He’s more athletic than “big” but with help on his flanks he can be very effective in the ground game, especially on stretch plays. RG was an issue and the Titans hope they solved the riddle with the 1st round selection of Warmack. Coming from “Bama, Warmack is pro-ready and thrilled to be in Tennessee. Tackles Roos and Stewart continue to grade out as top pass blockers while still very solid blocking their flanks. C Velasco can be pushed back at times by pass-rushing DTs, but is mostly an effective anchor. The line is better protecting the passer, but overall this front five has the potential to get back to top-10 status. With a couple of HOF linemen running the show in practices and expensive shiny new pieces lining up at guard, an uptick in play is expected. 15. Philadelphia Eagles Offensive Line – Jeff Stoutland – ZBS- Spread/Zone (some Man/Power) Assistant Offensive Line – Greg Austin ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 239 2013 Offensive Line Preview Pass Rank Run Rank LT 16 20 LG 2 1 C 25 17 RG 12 7 RT 16 16 LT: Jason Peters LG: Evan Mathis C: Jason Kelce RG: Todd Herremans RT: Lane Johnson “That’s the perception, but it’s not true. We run a lot of the same plays here that we ran there. It’s just that we’re spread out a little bit more than we were there. But the schemes are the same. Zone plays. We ran the inside zone play at Alabama. We ran the outside zone play. Eddie Lacy ran for 250 yards in the last two games of the year running the outside zone.’’ Those are the words of new Eagles’ line-coach Jeff Stoutland, squashing the idea that Philadelphia will be a spread-option offense in 2013. What the Eagles’ offense will look like with innovative HC Chip Kelly calling the plays has been the talk of the off-season. The blocking scheme also has to be pondered. Stoutland comes in from Alabama, and has a college resume filled with o-line success in bigtime programs (“Bama, the U, Michigan St., ‘Cuse). No doubt the former Crimson Tide title winner was brought in to ply what he knows best. Last season a very good Philly o-line was decimated by injury and poor QB management. The top three cornerstones all went down with season-enders (LT Peters, RG Herremans, C Kelce). The depth couldn’t handle the emergency, and the QB Mike Vick was no help. In 2013 all three stalwarts return, though Peters is still a question mark; tearing an Achilles twice is challenging. Coach Kelly was decisive in his first NFL draft choice, 4th overall, tabbing very athletic tackle Lane Johnson. Johnson is a pure fit in the Eagles new up-tempo scheme and is slated to go at RT. He could flip to the left flank should Peters experience issues in his comeback. AS is, with Johnson and Herremans manning the right side of the line, the Birds boast a dynamic duo that can thrive both running the zone and pass protecting. Center Kelce is solid when healthy, and he seems to be on schedule. Mathis is arguably the best overall guard in the game right now. Peters was viewed as football’s best LT before his multi-injury event, though that praise may be a bit overstated. He’s good, but there are times when his pass protection slipped. For some reason Peters gets the hype around the league. Philly has the very real potential to bolt to top-five ranking with a return to health. The challenge will be not only getting past the injuries but also returning in top condition with Coach Kelly’s speedy playcalling. The quality is there but some early frustrations may arise while everyone gets to know and work the new Kelly system. Fanballers should be patient as this unit comes around down the stretch. 16. Washington Redskins Offensive Line – Chris Foerster - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Chris Morgan Pass Rank Run Rank LT 15 7 LG 6 44 C 11 4 RG 9 11 RT 41 44 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 240 2013 Offensive Line Preview LT: Trent Williams LG: Kory Lichtensteiger C: Will Montgomery RG: Chris Chester RT: Tyler Polumbus 2012 rookie RB Alfred Morris is the latest late round miracle performed by Coach Shanahan. Coming into the NFL Morris was viewed as a fullback by some scouts and personnel men. So what happened? How does a “fullback” from small school Florida Atlantic go on to bang out over 1600 yards, 4.8 a carry and 13 TDs in his first year as a pro? In Washington, they used to call them the Hogs. The Redskins’ front five just plain old got the job done, and done well. Morris was good, but no tailback can achieve those numbers on his own… OK, maybe Barry Sanders. As good as Coach Shanahan has been in making rushing stars out of bottom draft talent, he also has consistently produced top quality, athletic and effective offensive lines. Not only was the 2012 version of the Hogs good run blocking, they also manned-up as a rock-solid pass pro group. The weak point of attack/protection was at RT. Polumbus flat lined in both areas of his assignments, but he returns in 2013 hoping to improve. He’ll be challenged by Tom Compton. His counterpart, Williams, was top-shelf pass and run. The interior is strength, especially in protecting QB RGIII, but LG Lichtensteiger doesn’t get much push on the ground and will need to toughen up as the unit looks to advance. The one important factor that the DC front five have going for them is continuity, as all five starters from last season are back. In Coach Shanahan’s program of success, the line playing in scheme and lockstep is key. The depth is only average, and staying healthy will be important. If RGIII can return, Coach Shanahan can find playmakers outside and WR Pierre Garcon can stay on the field, this o-line will provide the skill players with ample opportunity to flourish. 17. Buffalo Bills Offensive Line – Pat Morris – ZBS Stretch/Zone Pass Rank Run Rank LT 23 12 LG 30 35 C 13 65 RG 8 31 RT 17 11 LT: Cordy Glenn LG: Sam Young C: Eric Wood RG: Kraig Urbik RT: Chris Hairston The Bills are going through a huge transition in 2013 with the canning of Pistol/Spread schemer Chan Gailey as head coach. The new field boss is former Syracuse head coach Doug Marrone. Ivy league-bred Ryan Fitzpatrick no longer tosses his ill-advised passes for Buffalo; Kevin Kolb and rookie top pick EJ Manuel get that nod. While Fitzpatrick wasn’t all that great as a starting QB, he did make quick decisions, right or wrong, and got the ball out quickly. Kolb, on the other ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 241 2013 Offensive Line Preview hand, tends to hold onto the rock too long, and who knows what Manuel is capable of in year one. The 2013 Bills’ wall of protection will need to adjust to the changes on the sidelines and under center. Tough task, especially with Buffalo’s best lineman in 2012 off to greener turf (G Andy Levitre). Looking at how poorly the interior of the line graded out as run blockers makes RB CJ Spiller’s 2012 performance even more impressive. Spiller’s blinding speed was a perfect fit in Gailey’s 5-WR induced running lanes and the Buffalo linemen weren’t required to hold their blocks long. The young unit has some upside heading into this season, even with the loss free agent loss of Levitre. Tackles Glenn and Hairston are fine all-around talents. C Wood provides leadership and consistency, though he isn’t strong getting after DTs in run calls. LG Young will need to step up and fill Levitre’s big cleats… not sure he’s up to the task. RG Urbick is a solid pass protector and an average run blocker. Urbick and Hairston make up a solid right side and the duo is the strength of the pass protection. QB play often helps or hinders a line’s performance, and in 2013 Buffalo is in a QB quandary with Kolb and Manuel. The road to success will be a bumpy ride for Bills skill players as the front five try to gel with the new system. 18. Kansas City Chiefs Offensive Line – Andy Heck – ZBS-Stretch/Zone (some Man/Power) Pass Rank Run Rank LT 9 28 LG 40 43 C 17 27 RG 15 5 RT 16 16 LT: Branden Albert LG: Jeff Allen C: Rodney Hudson RG: Jon Asamoah RT: Eric Fisher The Chiefs have built an impressive blocking unit on paper. Once disgruntled LT Albert was supposedly ticketed for Miami on or around draft day, but the deal fell through. Now he is back and seemingly he and the coaches are happy about it. Albert is not elite, but he’s right in the neighborhood. Even with Albert back in the fold, the KC brass went ahead and drafted the highly touted Eric Fisher. Projected as a LT, Fisher will flip to the right side, forming a potentially awesome bookend with Albert. 2nd season LG Allen was a bit of a disappointment last season, and has been seeing camp snaps at center. The move is partly due to Allen’s shaky guard play, and also because Coach Reid has not liked what he sees in C Hudson. 2012 3rd round tackle Donald Stephenson has taken some plays at LG with Allen in the pivot. Stephenson makes a gifted and athletic guard. At RG, Asamoah is set and improving each season; he enters year four in 2013. Blessed with size and athleticism, the gang of five can get after the run game quite well. Now in Coach Reid’s West Coast scheme, the ground game will follow stretch zone plays and quicker pass plays, which should help the line’s somewhat iffy pass pro. Keep in mind that Coach Reid has designs of using Pistol aspects in the playbook, with innovative Nevada U legend Chris Ault adding his two-cents in. Pistol formations force defenses into more man situations, including blocking; the Chiefs line is well-armed for one-to-one battle. Piece by piece ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 242 2013 Offensive Line Preview Kansas city has a front five that could vault to the top-5 ranks. The key is assimilating into Coach Reid’s ways and new QB Alex Smith’s ability to continue his excellent play he displayed last season as a 49er. Already proficient in run blocking, look for the Chiefs line to leap in quality as a pass protection unit, and the KC skill position guys to bang out fantasy friendly stat lines. 19. Seattle Seahawks Assistant Head Coach/Offensive Line – Tom Cable - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Pat Ruel Pass Rank Run Rank LT 5 8 LG 33 35 C 23 3 RG 28 37 RT 31 28 LT: Russell Okung LG: James Carpenter C: Max Unger RG: J.R. Sweezy RT: Breno Giacomini Many assume the Seattle offensive line is a road-grading, nasty and mean bunch that physically dominates the opposition. That perception is mostly derived from association with the Seahawks rough and rugged defense and the hard-nosed running of Beast Mode Lynch. In actuality, the ‘Hawks o-line is good, well-coached and effective but hardly the meat-grinding force of, say, the 49ers. Seattle boasts two very good rocks up front in LT Okung and C Unger. Okung thrives in all aspects of gridiron trench warfare. Unger is a fine run blocking pivot but average in pass pro. Some of his deficiencies are due to having to keep his eyes open left and right in support of leaky guards Carpenter and Sweezy. Carpenter played just 7 games last season, missing time with knee and head injuries. Sweezy was forced into action with RG John Moffitt playing just six contests. Sweezy is a converted college DT. Seattle’s line was also assisted by the quick feet and fast wheels of QB Russell Wilson, who worked the pocket superbly all season. Coached by line guru Tom Cable, Seattle’s front five is young enough to absorb Cable’s teachings and improve. Between the coach’s expert work and better health, there is reason to expect better performances all-around. The right side of the line, however, has a lot of ground to make up. Inexperience and questionable talent between Sweezy and Giacomini could cut the effective field in half for the Seahawk offense, forcing QB Wilson to his left often and narrowing his options. Coach Cable gets all he can from this bunch, but there is no room for error or lapses in play. Last season all went as well as could be expected up front; defenses find cracks in blocking walls and exploit them quickly. This is a middle-of-the-pack o-line. 20. Atlanta Falcons Offensive Line – Pat Hill - MBS-Man/Power Assistant Offensive Line – Paul Dunn LT LG C RG RT ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 243 2013 Offensive Line Preview Pass Rank Run Rank 18 29 16 41 36 43 20 21 16 16 LT: Sam Baker LG: Justin Blalock C: Peter Konz RG: Garrett Reynolds RT: Lamar Holmes QB Matt Ryan deserves more credit for his 2012 work that he gets. Ryan has stepped up each season, and has done so behind a very average o-line. The Falcon passing attack is aggressive and prolific but pass blocking has not been a strength. In fact, Atlanta’s run blocking leaves a lot to be desired. A plodding Michael Turner was a major issue, but the quicker, shiftier Jacquizz Rodgers wasn’t any more effective other than being a better receiving option. Turner averaged 3.6 YPC while the darting Rodgers struggling to get to 3.9 YPC. There is no one player that stands out along the front line of the Falcons. LT Baker has never met his potential as a LT; he isn’t bad, but he surely isn’t stellar. RT will be manned by 2012 third round pick Holmes, who has virtually zero pro experience. It’s no wonder that QB Ryan takes hits far too often just after release. Center Todd McClure is hanging it up, prompting a move to the open pivot by last year’s rookie LG Konz. Konz was unimpressive as a guard in his freshman season at this level. Now he’ll be making line calls and sliding left or right in blitz reads… YIKES! Reynolds lines up at RG, and he may be the most consistent of the unit… that is not saying much as Reynolds is only average in both areas of blocking skills. LG Blaylock is a fairly strong pass protector, but is soft setting the blocks for the ground game. Overall, it is a testament to the coaching staff and Matt Ryan that the Falcons are as potent offensively with this sort of a front five. Many fanballers are giddy about the prospects of new signed RB Steven Jackson having a “special” season in this offense. Best to hold down the enthusiasm a bit. Jackson worked awfully hard to achieve the stats he did in St. Louis, and the blocking unit he’ll be following this season isn’t any better than what SJax ran behind as a Ram. Jackson isn’t suddenly going to find the fountain of youth and rediscover the burst he once had about 4-5 years ago, and this line as currently constituted will not be blowing open truck-sized holes in defensive fronts. Buyer beware… Atlanta’s o-line is a sneaky negative to consider in 2013. 21. Miami Dolphins Offensive Line – Jim Turner - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Chris Mosley Pass Rank Run Rank LT 40 40 LG 7 16 C 2 10 RG 10 40 RT 7 10 LT: Jonathan Martin LG: Richie Incognito C: Mike Pouncey RG: Lance Louis ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 244 2013 Offensive Line Preview RT: Tyson Clabo The Dolphins front five was considered one of the league’s better unit a couple of seasons ago. They have slid down the ranking however with very inconsistent play and at times just dumb, immature decision making by linemen. However, the Miami brass and coaches must feel the line isn’t far off from being a solid unit as in the course of the off-season spending spree little finances have been slotted to overhauling the unit. There was a plan to deal for the Chiefs’ disgruntled LT Branden Albert, but that trade never happened. Free agents Bryant McKinnie and Jake Long were also on the want list, but Miami never really made legit offers to secure their services. RT Clabo was signed as a free agent, and that is a good addition. Clabo was the Falcons’ best lineman in 2012, and is solid in both pass and run schemes. Of note is the change in scheme for Clabo, who did well in a power blocking format; Miami run a zone blocking scheme. The LT spot rests on the ample shoulders of sophomore Martin. Martin needs to turn his game completely around of QB Ryan Tannehill will struggle to make it through the season. Martin’s rookie year at RT was plain terrible. He seems to lack an edge to his game and his technique is lost. As bad as his pass blocking was in 2012, Martin’s run blocking was no better. Playing next to Martin will be LG Incognito. Incognito does have a nasty streak but often it leads to dumb and/or ill-timed penalties. He has made some improvement in keeping his game under control, but he still has his moments of lapse. Like Clabo, Incognito is better suited for the man/power system. RG Louis was also signed off the street, but he is coming off knee surgery and may not be up-to-speed. C Pouncey is solid and a great start to building a quality line. He’ll need to stay healthy or this group goes down in a hurry. Pass blocking by this group looks to be a risky situation, but there is run-blocking talent on board. The power side is on the right with Clabo, Louis (if healthy) and Pouncey pulling out that way. Super soph RB Lamar Miller should see his number called to that side of the line often, but Miller tends to do his damage running left. Could be a conflict of skills is LT Martin is not able to pick up his run blocking and Incognito struggles in stretch/zone adjustments. Too many question marks sit in the front five, and caution needs to be exercised when considering Dolphin skill guys. 22. St. Louis Rams Offensive Line – Paul Boudreau, Sr. - MBS-Man/Power Assistant Offensive Line – Andy Dickerson Pass Rank Run Rank LT 24 22 LG 40 30 C 26 64 RG 12 24 RT 12 27 LT: Jake Long LG: Rokevious Watkins C: Scott Wells RG: Harvey Dahl RT: Rodger Saffold St. Louis is shifting to a faster, pass-heavy offense in 2013. Gone is longtime warrior tailback Steven Jackson. In are the likes of fast and furious players Isaiah Pead, Daryl Richardson, Chris ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 245 2013 Offensive Line Preview Givens, Tavon Austin, Jared Cook, Stedman Bailey and Brian Quick (ok, maybe Quick). Having all these new-fangled weapons on offense is great for QB Sam Bradford… if the offensive line can provide the needed support to get these speedsters the football. Injury toyed with the potential last season in St. Louis’ front five, but that potential was iffy anyway. LT Jake Long was acquired to improve this lot, and his addition actually kicks up two line spots at once. Long at LT flips 2012 LT Saffold to the right flank. Saffold didn’t have a great rookie campaign in 2012, but he wasn’t bad either. Moving to the right almost automatically makes Saffold a better player. Long on the left should be an improvement over Saffold’s 2012 work, IF Long plays to his previous standards. He should under Coach Fisher and Coach Boudreau. Watkins is a big one at LG at 6’4-330. He suffered an ankle injury and was lost last season. Watkins played both guard and tackle in college and could be the key to swinging this unit way up the charts. C Wells, a respected vet and solid leader, also was derailed by multiple injuries. A return to health by Wells is crucial. Again, if Wells is back at his usual consistent level of play, he bolsters the run and pass blocking on the inside, helping Watkins as he matures. Rough and ready RG Dahl is beginning to slow down a bit, but he is a good fit in the man/power scheme. Dahl brings an edge of nasty to the group. Dahl and Saffold create a right-side strength for S. Louis, and look for plenty of Pead-Zac Stacy-Richardson calls to go that way. The left side of the line could also be set IF Long gets his game back in order and Watkins pans out. With a change to an offense based on getting the football out quicker, speedier tailbacks and fast-twitch receivers, the o-line should not need to hold their blocks as long as in the past. There is potential in this unit, and a season of health and experience will go a long way to moving the Rams front five higher in the rankings. 23. Dallas Cowboys Offensive Coordinator/Offensive Line – Bill Callahan – MBS- Man/Power Assistant Offensive Line – Frank Pollack Pass Rank Run Rank LT 27 4 LG 32 3 C 40 20 RG 34 22 RT 29 20 LT: Tyron Smith LG: Nate Livings C: Travis Frederick RG: Mackenzy Bernadeau RT: Doug Free Dallas needs a complete turn-around by the o-line to help QB Tony Romo and company in 2013. The Cowboy front five was a disaster pass blocking last season, with Romo having to scramble around the pocket far too often; he took far too many hits too. Not only did Romo have to do his best Fran Tarkenton impressions, but the running game also took a hit. This blocking unit was just plain awful. The Cowboy brass were jones-ing (get it, Jones… Jerry Jones? Never mind) so badly for help they reached for C Frederick as a first round savior. Some had the prospect rated a third round talent. LT Smith has the size and talent and was good run-blocking but not so good protecting Romo’s back. LG Livings was excellent in run support, but a liability in pass pro. Livings is better than his 2012 pass performance, and he was likely hampered by his shaky LT ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 246 2013 Offensive Line Preview partner. The right side of the Dallas line is less than adequate. Bernadeau has never met expectations and Free is a major disappointment. Both linemen a faulty in run and pass blocking and may lose their places on the front five with unimpressive camps. For a team that likes to put the ball in the air, the Cowboys’ front office did little to lift the potential of the foundation on offense, the o-line. Jerry Jones is counting on line coach Callahan to get the group to over achieve. There is hope (and the skills are there) that the left side of the line comes together quickly and becomes a strength. But the right side looks to be a gaping hole once again. For fantasy football owners that are targeting Cowboys skill guys, best not to reach in acquiring the men wearing the star on the helmet. 24. Green Bay Packers Offensive Line – James Campen - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Joel Hilgenberg Pass Rank Run Rank LT 24 30 LG 1 7 C 23 31 RG 10 32 RT 24 23 LT: Bryan Bulaga LG: Josh Sitton C: Evan Dietrich-Smith RG: T.J. Lang RT: Derek Sherrod The Pack has transformed the Big Uglies in Green Bay from last season to this. 2012 LT Marshall Newhouse was weak in his pass protection and his run blocking chores. That left QB Aaron Rodgers in harm’s way far too often. Rodgers already likes to hold onto the pigskin to the last second to allow his routes to fully develop. So how to fix the situation? Packer coaches flipped the better blocking duo of Bulaga and Sitton from the right flank to Rodgers blindside. Sitton has become one of the NFL’s premier guards, stellar in pass protection and a rock on the ground. His presence on the left interior will allow the young Bulaga to concentrate on protecting Rodgers’ back on drop backs. Bulaga is athletic enough but will try to play past his perceived short arm challenges. Sherrod moves over to RT, after failed attempts as a guard and injuries. Sherrod is big, smart and tough, possessing excellent qualities to play the right flank. Lang flips from LG to RG, and seems to be a late blooming lineman that shows versatility. The Pack let veteran C Scott Wells walk and brought in the very veteran (old?) Jeff Saturday. That turned out to be a bust move, and Dietrich-Smith took over for Saturday later in the year. It is now up to D-S to improve on his mediocre work down the stretch last season. It is quite clear that the Green Bay offense will funnel through the left side of the line., behind Sitton in particular. The Packer pounders of the o-line are better in the pass game than clearing running lanes. Green Bay rushers have not been overly impressive the past few seasons. However, this unit can make an impressive jump forward with a little up-tick in the play of Sherrod (and health) and the left-side flip actually working as expected. There are still too many “IFs” in this group to rank higher at this time, but the potential to become an effective, fantasy friendly group is surely there. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 247 2013 Offensive Line Preview 25. Oakland Raiders Assistant Head Coach/Offensive Line – Tony Sparano – MBS-Man/Power Pass Rank Run Rank LT 7 14 LG 20 25 C 1 41 RG 23 42 RT 16 24 LT: Jared Veldheer LG: Tony Bergstrom / Lucas Nix C: Stefen Wisniewski RG: Khalif Barnes RT: Menelik Watson Once again the Raiders are changing directions, flipping over from Zone/Stretch blocking to a Man/Power scheme. The main reason supposedly is RB Darren McFadden was a poor fit for the zone read which calls for tailbacks to scrape the line of scrimmage and hit the first seam that opens, rather than a specific hole. That didn’t quite fit DMC’s style as he doesn’t possess the suddenness to cut back, get skinny and knife his way through slivers of daylight. Not sure what scheme will keep McFadden from succumbing to injury yet again. A problem that is sure to surface quickly is the fact that some of the line talent currently on board are geared for zone blocking. Oakland used a 2nd rounder on Watson, slated for RT duty. Watson is better suited for zone work than power scheme. Also, RG Mike Brisiel, injured last season, was brought in from Houston for his zone blocking experience. He’ll try to come back from injury and adjust to being a power player. 2012 RT Barnes will also get a shot at the RG spot, and he is a better power fit than Brisiel. Brisiel is the better all-around blocker, so a camp battle is the call. C Wisniewski is a stand-out pass blocker who doesn’t factor in the run blocking. He should improve in the new scheme. LG looks to be another camp battle between Bergstrom and Nix. Bergstrom has solid size for the interior position and is a 2012 third rounder. LT Veldheer is a stud blindsider and excels in both aspects of his game. Oakland does have some horses to work with and make positive strides in 2013. The past two seasons the line has allowed just 25 and 27 sacks respectively, ranking 7th and 5th best in the NFL. That is even more impressive considering the cement-footed Carson Palmer has been taking most of the snaps. Good teams with established olines can absorb the errors that are bound to occur in a scheme change. The Raiders are neither a good team nor are they actually a good blocking front five. Power or Zone, Oakland’s line is sure to struggle to find its footing due to several pieces being poor fits. As the line stutters, so too will fantasy attractions like McFadden, Denarius Moore and whoever finally wins the QB battle. They don’t call Oakland the Black Hole for nothing. 26. Pittsburgh Steelers Offensive Line – Jack Bicknell, Jr. - MBS-Man/Power/ ZBS-Stretch/Zone Pass Rank Run Rank LT 19 30 LG 4 39 C 18 18 RG 25 26 RT 31 21 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 248 2013 Offensive Line Preview LT: Marcus Gilbert LG: Ramon Foster C: Maurkice Pouncey RG: David DeCastro RT: Mike Adams Last season the Steelers felt they made significant advancements on their beleaguered o-line by investing their top two draft picks on blue-chippers DeCastro and Adams. The best laid plans often fail and this plan did just that. Adams flopped, especially as a pass blocker, and DeCastro never really got started. The Pitt 1st rounder went down with a pre-season knee injury and was way behind in his three games. Adams and DeCastro constitute the right side of the line, so the Steelers are once again hopeful that the young duo can make big strides in their sophomore seasons. C Pouncey is what any team would ask for at that position; good key caller, strong in the run game and adept in picking up blitz reads. LG Foster is an underrated pass protector, but fails to get good push in the ground attack. LT Gilbert will be lining up on the left for the first time, flipping over from RT where he started five games last season. Former Jaguar Guy Whimper was signed for depth, but he is a liability in pass pro. It is obvious the Steelers are counting on their prized top two picks form last season to make their mark in 2013. With Foster and Pouncey already established interior pass blockers, a return to health and form from DeCastro and Adams would punch this group’s ticket to a higher ranking. Pittsburgh is anticipating on a return to a more balanced offense, featuring more runs with rookie tailback LeVeon Bell. If they can stay away from o-line injuries, the unit can meet expectations and set the tone for the offense. But until I see Adams look like a semi-franchise tackle and DeCastro not only stay on the field but become the first round road grader he was drafted to be, the Steeler Uglies take a back seat among the league’s blocking units. 27. Indianapolis Colts Offensive Line – Joe Gilbert – MBS-Man/Power Offensive Assistant – Tim Berbenich Pass Rank Run Rank LT 30 10 LG 36 28 C 68 23 RG 17 6 RT 1 13 LT: Anthony Castonzo LG: Hugh Thornton C: Samson Satele RG: Donald Thomas RT: Gosder Cherilus Indianapolis surprised so many last season with their success while inserting several rookie starters in key roles. QB Andrew Luck was a revelation, eclipsing 4000 passing yards and 20 TDs. However, the Colt freshman took far too many hits and was on the move almost every snap. The off-season saw a focus on protecting the Luck investment, as GM Grigson ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 249 2013 Offensive Line Preview aggressively bolstered the line by signing free agents Donald Thomas and Gosder Cherilus. Thomas was a top 6 run blocker at RG and a solid pass protector while Cherilus graded out as the top pass blocking RT and also flourishes in the ground game. Not finished with the revamping of the front five, Grigson drafted huge LG Thornton in the third round, and he should be part of the starting five day one. Already in the fold is former 1st round LT Castonzo, who is just beginning to find his pro game. The LT is a solid run blocker but still allows too much pressure when on his heels in pass pro. If all falls in place, the weak link will be at center where vet Satele works. The Colt line anchor is just not good holding the line in pass calls, getting pushed into the backfield too easily. Satele is an OK run blocker but the Colts may regret shipping quietly improving C AQ Shipley to the Ravens. The depth-like talent that was forced to start last season now falls in line as solid reserve talent. Indy will run a West Coast Offense this season, meaning quicker, shorter patterns where the o-line won’t need to entertain their opposition as long as last year. Suddenly the Colts o-line has a look for true potential. If all goes well, this unit will bolt up the charts, but until they prove it, Indianapolis gets the lowly rank here. But keep an eye here as there is top-shelf skill position talent wearing horseshoes on their helmets, and the new scheme melding with the potential can fast become a fantasy football goldmine. 28. Chicago Bears Offensive Coordinator/Offensive Line – Aaron Kromer - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Pat Meyer Pass Rank Run Rank LT 28 18 LG 9 30 C 21 66 RG 43 5 RT 25 20 LT: Jermon Bushrod LG: Matt Slauson C: Roberto Garza RG: Kyle Long RT: J'Marcus Webb The front line of protection in Chicago has been gutted with holes and a broken foundation for years. Year after year the Bears bosses bring in various skill players to fix the offense, be it Jay Cutler, Brandon Marshall, drafting Matt Forte, etc. Year after year the offense eventually falters, often when the QB goes down once again to injury after relentless pounding. Finally, with a new head coach in place (Marc Trestman) and a new offensive philosophy, GM Emery committed to fixing the real issue… the o-line. This offseason Emery opened the wallet and shelled out for established former Saints’ LT Bushrod. The interior of the line was addressed, they hope, by spending a round one pick on G Long, who was slated for the left inside job but with the trade of Gabe Carimi, Long takes the RG slot. Here’s the rub once again… does the incoming talent match the program being installed? Bushrod and Long are pretty fair run blockers, but iffy in pass pro. Coach Trestman is bringing a pass-heavy scheme to the Windy City in 2013. Another ripple of a free agent signing was former Jets’ guard Slauson. Slauson IS a fit in the passing game, ranked 9th among RGs last season in pass blocking. He isn’t a great road grading type, but ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 250 2013 Offensive Line Preview in the new air focused attack that should be a worked around. With Bushrod manning the left flank, Webb moves over to the right side. Webb has been a whipping boy for Bears’ fans, but down the stretch last season he seemed to turn his game around. Flipping to the right side takes some of the immense heat off the young tackle and allow him to continue his late season gains. How C Garza still has a job is a mystery. Former Jaguar Eben Britton was signed to provide some depth, something this unit hasn’t had in a long time. Scheme changes create early miscues. However, inconsistent play from the o-line in Chicago is nothing the QB hasn’t experienced before. Trestman’s passing offense tends to utilize short-to-mid range routes. If that stays true to form, the o-line may improve just by not having to hold their blocks long. The Bear blocking den is improved by names on the jerseys, but they need to gel and get it done on the field. 29. Jacksonville Jaguars Offensive Line – George Yarno – ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Luke Butkus Pass Rank Run Rank LT 14 11 LG 35 38 C 60 67 RG 32 8 RT 16 20 LT: Eugene Monroe LG: Will Rackley C: Brad Meester RG: Uche Nwaneri RT: Luke Joeckel Jacksonville always seemed to have good linemen on the roster, but injuries, play calling and skittish QB play has hampered their collective efforts. A new scheme is being installed, going from a power game to the Stretch/Zone. The Jags do have some valuable assets in the front five, starting with the very excellent Monroe at LT. Monroe is equally sharp in pass pro and leading the ground attack from his side. Monroe can play in any system; he’s that good. Rookie top pick Joeckel will man the right outside spot on the line. If he pans out as advertised, the Jags have themselves bookends of max quality. Inside the hope is the nasty boy Rackley can make it back from his ankle surgery that cost him the 2012 season. Rackley is a better fit in the power blocking game, and that is the case with several other in the Jags’ front five. RG Nwaneri also is a fine power guard, bruising in the ground game but limited in his agility for pass pro. He may also be limited running stretch plays. Nwaneri is making a comeback from knee surgery. C Meester is very veteran (36) and other than providing heady line calls, offers little in any part of the offense. Last season this unit cost the Jacksonville QBs 50 sacks, but much of the blame rests on the poor decisions of Blaine Gabbert and Chad Henne. Better play from the men under center would help take this unfairly criticized front five to mid-ranks of the league. There is talent and size here, but they need to assimilate into the new blocking scheme, Stretch/Zone. 30. Carolina Panthers Offensive Line – John Matsko - ZBS-Stretch/Zone Assistant Offensive Line – Ray Brown ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 251 2013 Offensive Line Preview Pass Rank Run Rank LT 19 9 LG 43 28 C 32 60 RG 59 62 RT 35 33 LT: Jordan Gross LG: Amini Silatolu C: Ryan Kalil RG: Geoff Hangartner RT: Byron Bell What a fall from o-line grace this group has taken! On paper the Panther blockers look like a quality bunch, but on the field they just fail to get it done. LY Gross is the exception, as he provides excellent support in the run and covers QB Cam Newton’s blindside well. C Kalil was injured last season, causing G Hangartner to move into Kalil’s pivot. Hangartner was just not good there, and heads back to RG. LG Silatolu needs to pick it up, especially in his pass protection. It is difficult to figure where the very mobile Newton is at any time, but more awareness by the entire group other than Gross is required. Kalil returns to man the center spot, and he has been a quality performer there. Panthers and fantasy owners need Kalil to return to pre-injury form. RT Bell is needs to be challenged in camp. Carolina is moving to a more traditional run attack in 2013, with Mike Shula calling the shots on offense. At least the Carolina front five is a hair better in that aspect of blocking. There is little depth and an injury to any one of Kalil, Gross or Silatolu would make football life for Panther skill players more difficult than it already is. 31. San Diego Chargers Offensive Line – Joe D'Alessandris – MBS- Man/Power Assistant Offensive Line – Andrew Dees Pass Rank Run Rank LT 16 26 LG 15 20 C 64 54 RG 19 15 RT 16 23 LT: King Dunlap LG: Johnnie Troutman C: Nick Hardwick RG: Chad Rinehart RT: D.J. Fluker Wow! This is not a pleasant sight! The Charger line actually has King Dunlap penciled in as the starting LT. YIKES! Dunlap has poor footwork and no burst in his game. On the right side will be rookie Fluker. Fluker was impressive for the scouts but there were some late signs that he isn’t franchise-type quality. 2012 RT Jerome Clary may move inside in an attempt to either add depth or hide his pass blocking deficiencies. The guard spots are up for grabs with suitcase toting Rinehart and Troutman battling Clary. C Hardwick is aging quickly and his effectiveness is all ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 252 2013 Offensive Line Preview but gone. San Diego’s front wall allowed 49 sacks last season, 4th in the NFL. QB rivers isn’t a habitual holder of the football, so much of the blame goes to the mish-mosh of very average performers. Gang, it isn’t getting any better in 2013. 32. Arizona Cardinals Offensive Coordinator/Offensive Line – Harold Goodwin – MBS- Man/Power Assistant Offensive Line – Larry Zierlein Pass Rank Run Rank LT 39 30 LG 4 39 C 20 63 RG 35 30 RT 32 22 LT: Levi Brown LG: Jonathan Cooper C: Lyle Sendlein RG: Earl Watford RT: Bobby Massie New coach, new attitude, and maybe some luck is in store for this maligned Redbird o-line. Coach Arians actually has faith that there is potential in the current linemen already on the roster. LT Brown has been flat out bad in his pass blocking. He was returning from an injury however. RT Massie struggled most of the season, but began to find his way down the stretch and put up some good film for Coach Arians. Massie was a freshman last season and if the light has truly come on, he may work out. LG is ticketed for top pick Cooper and another rookie, Watford, looks to be the front runner for RG. Watford is a 4th rounder. C Sendlein is heady but limited. He is quite weak in pass rush pick up and gets mauled backwards. Coach Arians and GM Steve Keim have made it a point to talk up the very same players who mostly comprised the worst front line in football last season. It will be a monumental challenge to execute Arians deep route passing game successfully if this unit performs anywhere close to last season’s pitiful standards. To boot, Arizona’s o-line was just as bad in establishing the line of scrimmage for the run game. There is a whole lot of work to be done here. Fanballers can “like” what they hear from Coach Arians and Mr. Keim, but let the eyes tell the story when the teams take the field. Liking Larry Fitzgerald, Carson Palmer and company in your fantasy draft? Beware! ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 253 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies 2013 FFMastermind.com Dynasty Player Rankings VERSION 2.0 - 7/26/2013 by Brent Lathrop Any questions or comments can be directed towards Brent Lathrop • These rankings are based on three years of projected production and should be judged accordingly. Quarterback 7-26-2013 Position Battles: Philadelphia – If Chip Kelly’s offense translates to the NFL, then the starting QB will be a valuable asset. If you’ve been around here long enough you know my feeling on Vick. He just can’t be trusted as a fantasy asset with his injury history. Foles only played in seven games last year and is still a bit of a wild card. Since the Eagles are in rebuild mode, I give the edge to Foles to start the 2013 season as the Eagles QB. New York Jets – This is one I’d recommend staying away from completely. I’ve never been a big Sanchez fan but I’ll give him this, he’s right. He will begin the 2013 season at the Jets starter. Doesn’t mean much, because he has no value whatsoever. Geno Smith isn’t an exciting option either as the Jets QB situation is a fantasy wasteland. Buffalo – The Bills have some talent at the receiver position, so whoever’s behind center could be a solid bye week option. Kolb comes in after a few horrible seasons in Arizona. E.J. Manuel is the future of the franchise, with the investment they made in him this year in the draft. While I do give the edge to Kolb to come out of camp the starter, it’s Manuel that you want to have on your roster. He’s younger, stronger and has much more upside. 6-26-2013 Robert Griffin III (WAS) – You can grab Griffin currently in rounds 5-7, which if he is health projects to be an amazing value. You can do that, I won’t. Griffin is indeed an amazing talent. He however will follow the same trend at Michael Vick has in his career. He will always be an injury risk. Vick has played one full season his entire 10-year career. Griffin takes a beating and is not nearly built like Cam Newton, who looks like a linebacker. So if RGIII is able to come back week 1 and start, don’t come crying to me when you are going into your fantasy playoffs with an injured or banged up Griffin and no other alternatives. Jay Cutler (CHI) – Bounce back season for Cutler, which makes him a sleeper at his current ADP. We already know that he and Marshall have great chemistry, but Jefferey is ready to take the next step as well, which will put defenses on their heals. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 254 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies Sam Bradford (STL) – It will be interesting to see the progress that Bradford makes after being in the same offense for the second straight year, for only the first time in his career. While the weapons he has at his disposal are very young, there’s a lot of potential there starting with Tavon Austin. Running Back 7-26-2013 Position Battles: Denver – Why does this look likes it’s going to be eerily similar to the Carolina Panthers backfield situation of the last several years? Oh, John Fox! Many expect rookie Montee Ball to emerge as the leader of this backfield, but soon forget that Fox hates rookies. Well hate is a strong work I guess, but he does not favor rookies in the least. Coming into camp second year man Ronnie Hillman is listed as the starter. Knowshon Moreno will steal some carries as the veteran of the group, but he’s no threat to win the starting job. It’s going to be a full on committee in Denver with Hillman coming out of the gate early and then Fox giving Ball a chance to see what he can do in real games. Hillman isn’t an ideal every-down back, so if you want to target one of these guys it’s Ball. St. Louis – Doesn’t get much murkier than this. Isaiah Pead coming into this off-season was considered the favorite, despite not showing much last year, but his one game suspension has opened the door for fellow second year back Darryl Richardson. Rookie Zac Stacy will be in the mix as well and you’ll see his name on a lot of sleeper lists. Richardson will be the starter once week 1 comes around. I see him as more of a third down or change of pace, than en every-down back. If I had to put my money on someone, it would be Zac Stacy. I’m not putting my life savings on that though, because I see this as a “hot hand” situation where the Rams ride the guy who’s looking the best that day. Green Bay – It’s been a long time since we’ve seen a productive Packer running back. Frustrated by that fact the Packers took two talented running backs in the draft. It’s not often you see two rookies duking it out for the starting running back slot, but that’s what we’ll be seeing when Eddie Lacy and Johnathan Franklin battle it out in training camp and the preseason. This is one that probably won’t be settled until closer to the start of the season. So who do you target? I’m going with Franklin here. Just because you come from a powerhouse in college, doesn’t mean you’ll be successful on the next level. Much like USC quarterbacks coming into the League were overrated, so are Alabama running backs. Lacy will follow in the footsteps of Ingram and Richardson and disappoint. 6-26-2013 CJ Spiller (BUF) – Major talent rising up the charts quickly. Went from NFL bust to budding superstar pretty quickly. He’s still a young pup at 25 and someone that you could potentially build your team around. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 255 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies Alfred Morris (WAS) – An amazing rookie season that really surprised everyone. Shannahan will say he wasn’t surprised, but he was. He would probably be up a few more notches if I wasn’t concerned at least a little bit about the Shannanigans we’ve seen from the Shannahan since Terrell Davis was no longer his prized running back. David Wilson (NYG) – Small sample size, but has the potential to be special. Andre Brown will most likely steal quite a few touchdowns as the goal line back, but his big play ability will counteract that. The risk here is that it took him a while to get some love from the Giants staff last year. If Bradshaw wasn’t a free agent would Wilson be the favorite to start the season as the #1 guy? Wide Receiver 7-26-2013 Position Battles: New England – Right now the only sure thing is Danny Amendola. There’s some buzz about Aaron Dobson starting on the other side, but he’s a rookie. Julian Edelman is the only returning receiver on the team, but he’s got similar skills to Amendola. Michael Jenkins is the veteran of the group, but he’s never impressed in his 10-year career. For dynasty purposed, the choice is clear..Dobson. In the short-term Jenkins will probably win the starting job to provide that veteran leadership and who knows, maybe the former 1st round bust finally puts it together with Tom Brady throwing him the ball. San Francisco – With Crabtree getting injured the 49ers are in a world of hurt. They have a choice of 2012 1st round pick AJ Jenkins, 2013 4th round pick Quinton Patton or..well, that’s pretty much it. Mario Manningham and Kyle Williams are both on the PUP list and both could potentially miss some playing time this season. Unless the niners bring in another body, they’ll be starting one of the young guys. With the way Jenkins “performed” last year with only ONE target all season I’m going to put my money down on Patton starting opposite of Anquan Boldin in 2013. Does that mean he has value? Slight, but he’s more of a #5 guy on the list with some potential. Tennessee – Justin Hunter comes in as the hot item as the Titans stayed local and grabbed Hunter in the 2nd round of the 2013 draft. Nate Washington is coming off a disappointing season, but the veteran showed some promise in 2011. Kendall Wright is last years 2nd round pick and put up nearly identical numbers to Washington last season. With youth on his side Wright has the advantage and will start opposite Britt. Since Britt has a been a brittle player over his career so far, whomever starts opposite him will be Lockers number target for a few games. 6-26-2013 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 256 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies Calvin Johnson (DET) – I don’t think there’s any question as to who’s #1 at receiver. He broke the Madden curse and he broke records, despite not only starting out slow but also amongst reports that he played with broken or injured fingers for most of the season. He’s a once in a lifetime player who is still only 27 years old, despite the fact that it seems like he’s been in the league for a long time. I’m putting money on a 2000-yard season for Johnson this year. With his size and leaping ability, he’s the most unstoppable receiver in the game. Quite possibly in the history of the game. Time will tell. Falcon Receivers (ATL) – Both these guys finished neck and neck last year, so you’d be good to grab either Julio Jones or Roddy White…heck if you could have both of them, it’s one of the few times in fantasy that it wouldn’t be such a bad thing. Jones because of his age and incredible athleticism is the one that has the most upside and longevity. Alshon Jeffery (CHI) – Jeffery intrigues me, as he does with many. So that probably takes him out of the sleeper category since he’s on everyone’s radar. With all the attention that Marshall receives and one year under his belt Jeffery has breakout type talent. Helps that this offseason he’s been doing all he can to shed the notion that he’s not good with his conditioning. Tight End 7-26-2013 Position Battles: Cleveland – Jordan Cameron is finally said to be getting his shot to become the man in Cleveland. Kellen Davis is a veteran presence and a good run blocker. If you recall Jordan was hyped by NBA Los Angeles Clippers PF Blake Griffin as being the best player in the draft and deserving of the number one pick. He was selected slightly later, as the 102nd pick overall. That said he does have some skills and will most definitely break camp as the starter in Cleveland. 6-26-20123 Patriots TE’s (NE) – It’s a mitigated mess, officially. Coming out of the 2012 season they had two of the most desirable TE’s in the game both on a fantasy level and NFL level. Gronk is an injury risk, yet again, and Hernandez is no longer a Patriot and in major trouble personally as he fights for his freedom. That leaves Jake Ballard as the likely starter coming into the season. There’s the possibility that they bring in a free agent or make a trade, but Ballard, if healthy could actually be a decent option. In 2011 he had a pretty good season with the Giants. If you are drafting right now, he’s the obvious choice if you want a New England tight end, but it’s a situation to monitor to see who else they bring in. Dennis Pitta (BAL) – All signs point to Pitta as being a top tier tight end in 2013, but there’s just something that says one year wonder to me. Not that is makes any sense, since Boldin is gone and Pitta likely becomes one of Flacco’s favorite targets..so let’s just call it a gut feeling. I ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 257 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies still have him in my top five based on expectations and potential, but part of that is the mess in New England and the fact that the rest of the guys after him are just kinda there. Antonio Gates (SD) – Gates is on the decline, but can be a serviceable tight end. His seven touchdowns last year ranked 6th at the position and he finished just outside the top 10 in fantasy. Because there are quite a few up and coming younger guys, Gates is falling and will be just as good as the Gresham’s and Rudolph’s, but come at a cheaper cost both in the draft and trade wise. Dynasty Rankings Legend: Red = Hot Player, stock rising Blue = Cold Player, stock falling ® - Designates Rookie Players *Age is based on players age at the start of the 2013 season Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 Quarterbacks Aaron Rodgers, GB Drew Brees, NO Matt Ryan, ATL Andrew Luck, IND Cam Newton, CAR Tom Brady, NE Matthew Stafford, DET Peyton Manning, DEN Robert Griffin III, WAS Tony Romo, DAL Colin Kaepernick, SF Joe Flacco, BAL Jay Cutler, CHI Philip Rivers, SD Eli Manning, NYG Russell Wilson, SEA Andy Dalton, CIN Ben Roethlisberger, PIT Ryan Tannehill, MIA Carson Palmer, ARI Matt Schaub, HOU Sam Bradford, STL Josh Freeman, TB Jake Locker, TEN E.J. Manuel, BUF ® Nick Foles, PHI Matt Flynn, OAK Kirk Cousins, WAS Age 29 34 28 23 24 36 25 37 23 33 25 28 30 31 32 24 25 32 25 33 32 25 25 25 23 24 28 25 Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 Tight Ends Jimmy Graham, NO Jason Witten, DAL Vernon Davis, SF Owen Daniels, HOU Dennis Pitta, BAL Rob Gronkowski, NE Tony Gonzalez, ATL Jermaine Gresham, CIN Antonio Gates, SD Greg Olsen, CAR Kyle Rudolph, MIN Heath Miller, PIT Tyler Eifert, CIN ® Brandon Myers, NYG James Casey, PHI Martellus Bennett, CHI Coby Fleener, IND Jared Cook, STL Jermichael Finley, GB Fred Davis, WAS Brandon Pettigrew, DET Zach Ertz, PHI ® Scott Chandler, BUF Dwayne Allen, IND Jake Ballard, NE Brent Celek, PHI Zach Miller, SEA Jordan Reed, WAS ® ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 258 Age 28 31 29 30 27 28 37 28 33 28 23 30 24 28 28 26 24 26 26 27 28 23 28 23 25 28 27 24 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies 29 30 Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Matt Barkley, PHI ® Geno Smith, NYJ ® T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 Running Backs Adrian Peterson, MIN Arian Foster, HOU Doug Martin, TB Trent Richardson, CLE Ray Rice, BAL LeSean McCoy, PHI Marshawn Lynch, SEA C.J. Spiller, BUF Alfred Morris, WAS Matt Forte, CHI David Wilson, NYG Jamaal Charles, KC Chris Johnson, TEN Darren McFadden, OAK Maurice Jones-Drew, JAX Stevan Ridley, NE Steven Jackson, ATL Reggie Bush, DET Darren Sproles, NO Ryan Mathews, SD LeVeon Bell, PIT ® Giovani Bernard, CIN ® DeMarco Murray, DAL Frank Gore, SF Jonathan Stewart, CAR Mark Ingram, NO Vick Ballard, IND Lamar Miller, MIA Michael Bush, CHI Chris Ivory, NYJ Eddie Lacy, GB ® LaMichael James, SF Montee Ball, DEN ® BenJarvus Green-Ellis, CIN Robert Turbin, SEA DeAngelo Williams, CAR Fred Jackson, BUF Ben Tate, HOU Mikel Leshoure, DET Jacquizz Rodgers, ATL 23 22 29 30 Age 28 27 24 23 26 25 27 26 24 27 22 26 27 26 28 24 30 28 30 26 21 21 25 30 26 23 23 22 29 25 22 23 22 28 23 30 32 25 23 23 Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Marcedes Lewis, JAX Ladarius Green, SD T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 Wide Receivers Calvin Johnson, DET A.J. Green, CIN Julio Jones, ATL Brandon Marshall, CHI Larry Fitzgerald, ARI Jordy Nelson, GB Roddy White, ATL Dez Bryant, DAL Demaryius Thomas, DEN Steve Johnson, BUF Andre Johnson, HOU Hakeem Nicks, NYG Victor Cruz, NYG Mike Wallace, MIA Randall Cobb, GB Vincent Jackson, TB Wes Welker, DEN Jeremy Maclin, PHI Antonio Brown, PIT Miles Austin, DAL Michael Crabtree, SF Dwayne Bowe, KC Percy Harvin, SEA Torrey Smith, BAL Eric Decker, DEN DeSean Jackson, PHI Marques Colston, NO Tavon Austin, STL ® Greg Jennings, MIN Steve Smith, CAR Justin Blackmon, JAX Kenny Britt, TEN James Jones, GB Alshon Jeffery, CHI Pierre Garcon, WAS Danny Amendola, NE Mike Williams, TB Reggie Wayne, IND Kendall Wright, TEN DeAndre Hopkins, HOU ® ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 259 29 23 Age 27 25 24 29 30 28 31 24 25 27 32 25 26 27 23 30 32 25 25 29 25 28 25 24 26 26 30 22 29 34 23 24 29 23 27 27 26 34 23 21 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 T7 T8 Ronnie Hillman, DEN Zac Stacy, STL ® Michael Turner, ATL Peyton Hillis, KC Ryan Williams, ARI Ahmad Bradshaw, FA Isaiah Pead, STL Shonn Greene, TEN Joique Bell, DET Knowshon Moreno, DEN Daryl Richardson, STL Andre Brown, NYG Johnathan Franklin, GB ® Bilal Powell, NYJ Chris Wells, FA LeGarrette Blount, TB Pierre Thomas, NO Bryce Brown, PHI Marcus Lattimore, SF ® Marcel Reece, OAK Willis McGahee, DEN Daniel Thomas, MIA Donald Brown, IND Rashard Mendenhall, ARI Roy Helu, WAS Christine Michael, SEA ® Jonathan Dwyer, PIT Bernard Pierce, BAL Kendall Hunter, SF Danny Woodhead, NE 21 22 31 27 23 27 23 28 27 26 23 26 23 24 25 26 28 23 21 28 31 25 26 26 24 22 24 23 24 28 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 T7 T8 Danario Alexander, SD Cordarrelle Patterson, MIN ® Mohamed Sanu, CIN Stephen Hill, NYJ Rueben Randle, NYG Denarius Moore, OAK Greg Little, CLE Lance Moore, NO Josh Gordon, CLE Michael Floyd, ARI Brian Quick, STL Robert Woods, BUF ® Sidney Rice, SEA Keenan Allen, SD ® Justin Hunter, TEN ® Brian Hartline, MIA Stedman Bailey, STL ® Anquan Boldin, SF Ryan Broyles, DET Malcom Floyd, SD Golden Tate, SEA Brandon Lloyd, FA Vincent Brown, SD Cecil Shorts, JAX Aaron Dobson, NE ® T.Y. Hilton, IND Nick Toon, NO Markus Wheaton, PIT ® Darrius Heyward-Bey, IND Charles Johnson, GB ® ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 260 25 22 23 22 22 24 24 30 22 23 24 21 27 21 22 26 22 32 25 32 25 29 24 25 22 23 24 22 26 24 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies Dynasty Draft Strategies (by Brent Lathrop) Redraft leagues are fun, but those who enter the Keeper/Dynasty league realm and succeed are the ones that know what they are doing. It’s easy to get lucky one year by drafting a relative unknown like Alfred Morris and ride his improbable season to a championship. It’s a completely different ballgame when you are drafting Alfred Morris in a dynasty league because now you have something to build around, and at a bargain price at that. This gives you amazing leverage if you already had a good core roster. You can trade some of your players that are getting older for picks, cap space or for a position you need some talent at. Franchise Quarterbacks Getting a franchise quarterback is a key to being an annual threat in fantasy football. Prior to 2009 I too didn’t value the QB position, as it should be. However, after doing some research that offseason I changed my view and think it’s vital to get a franchise quarterback. Early on in my keeper league “career” I was very fortunate to grab a few guys off waivers that turned into fantasy gold. Kurt Warner won me a couple fantasy trophies, and in the same year I snagged him I grabbed Steve Beuerlein (when he had a monster year in Carolina in 1999). Talk about your good fortunes. Grabbing two quarterbacks who threw for 36 and 41 touchdowns off the waiver wire? That’s a once in a lifetime occurrence. Because of that situation I obviously devalued the quarterback, which is a mistake I’ve made up for recently by grabbing Aaron Rodgers. In a keeper/dynasty league finding someone like a Peyton Manning or Tom Brady will help keep your team competitive for years. The owner in our league that drafted Peyton Manning as a rookie still has him on his roster and if he’d been a more attentive owner may have more than the one championship to show for it. If you have the chance to either trade for or draft a young quarterback like Aaron Rodgers, Kevin Kolb, or Matthew Stafford you need to take that gamble, even if the cost seems a little high for you at the time. There’s a really good chance that they’ll be sitting on your roster in 6-7 years than that running back or receiver you traded to get him. Grab or Trade for a Workhorse The trend of having a RBBC is slowly dwindling. We are seeing more teams go back to the workhorse approach with a change of pace back as the backup. There aren’t a lot of them, so being sure you have at least one of these players is one step towards fantasy success. You don’t want to be relying on DeMarco Murray, Steven Ridley or Jonathan Stewart types as your #1 fantasy back. While Ridley had a good season, he was still sharing the load in New England. Stewart is a talented back, but again he’s splitting with DeAngelo Williams. If you aren’t able to have one of the top five backs on your team, getting a guy like Spiller, Forte or MJD will at least give you a back who isn’t in a committee and has potential to do special things You Can Never Have Enough ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 261 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies There is a reason why running backs go off the board so quickly in fantasy football drafts. They are the cogs of any fantasy football machine. Without having a good backfield your team doesn’t stand a chance. If you are just starting your dynasty league the best approach is to stock up on young, quality running backs. In the second year of my keeper league five of the first six picks I made were young running backs with potential to be great. The strategy there was to have at least two of these guys pan out and I’d be set for several years. Worked as planned and two of those backs were a part of a few championships and set us up for success for several seasons. Changing of the guard The NFL has become a pass first league. Records were broken last year in large part because of the shortened offseason, changed rules and the simple fact that teams air it out more than they used to. Detroit, New Orleans, New England, to name a few act as if they don’t have a running back at times. We don’t see many teams like San Francisco who have gone to the old school grind it out mentality. With this in mind it’s not a bad strategy to grab a few top-notch receivers out of the game if you miss on the first 5-6 running backs. They will produce just as much or possibly better than the next 10 or so running backs, most of which are unproven or in a RBBC. Buy Young, Sell Old One of the biggest keys to staying competitive is getting a good feel for when a player is going to drop off in production. Being able to trade a player away before their value deflates is absolutely crucial to your franchise. It’s like the stock market, only more important…right? A perfect example of this is Shaun Alexander. Since his record-breaking season (at the time) of 2005 he has fallen off the face of the earth. If you were smart enough to trade Alexander in the off-season of ’06, you sold high and got maximum value for him. Some will say it was because he received the big money, but I personally account it to wear and tear. True, money may have been a factor, but I was one of those fortunate ones to trade him that off-season. Why did I do it? Because I’m always looking ahead and projecting when a RB hits 30. I thought Alexander might have a good, maybe great ’06, but he was turning 29 in 2006 and I saw a good opportunity to trade for young talent and keep my team fresh. Guess what, I would have been called crazy but I would have done the same thing with LT after his amazing 2006 season or possibly this offseason. He turned 30 in 2009 and that is the magic number for running backs. Trading while a player’s value is at its peak will keep you competitive. There have been a few running backs that have bucked this trend of RB’s hitting the wall at 30, but not enough to sway me from this strategy. Even with an uber-stud like LT. While it’s pretty easy to figure out when a RB might start going down hill, it’s quite a different story for all other positions. The fact is those positions just don’t take as much of a toll on your body. Even a QB who gets hit constantly isn’t taking the pounding a running back takes. Generally a receiver usually starts to “lose a step” around age 33-34 and quarterbacks around 3435 years old. If you are able to constantly stay on top of this and know when a player is reaching that those thresholds, you’ll find that your team will stay young, fresh and most importantly competitive enough to win the big one. Gut Check ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 262 2013 Dynasty Player Rankings & Draft Strategies The truth of the matter is most of this game we love so much is all about gut feelings, or good analysis of player talent. Some teams just get in their own way by constantly trading away players because they like to trade and they wonder why they are losing all the time. Maybe it’s because you just traded your best player for a few marginal players? If you keep shooting yourself in the foot with bad deals and bad draft decisions, maybe you should pull a bizzaro and do the exact opposite of what you were doing. Your “break” isn’t going to come if you are always making bone headed decisions. Take Risks You’ll find that if you are always playing it close to the vest you’ll just be another team, that sits around .500 every year and never really has a legitimate chance of winning. The decisions you make on players aren’t always going to be easy ones. When I traded away Shaun Alexander I was nervous about him having another spectacular season and me looking foolish. It was a major risk, but one that I weighed the options on and was willing to make..and willing to pay the consequences had he thrived after I traded him. If you have an aging player at a position I encourage you to try and start this approach this off-season. See what kind of young talent you can bring in for someone like LT, Brian Westbrook or Terrell Owens. It may sting, and be difficult but in a year or two you’ll reap the rewards. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 263 2013 Specialty Player Rankings 2013 Specialty Player Rankings (by John Cooney) When it comes to fantasy football, there are several different rankings we all get inundated with. There are basic scoring rankings, yardage intensive rankings, distance scoring rankings, rankings by shoe size. The lists go on and on. Yet, there are very few rankings that put players into perspective that could be the difference between taking a guy on draft day or not. Those rankings don’t show up on the websites or in the magazines. Well, maybe not everywhere. At FFMastermind.com, we try to keep all your bases covered, so we’ve devised our own specialty rankings – good and bad – for fantasy owners to use as a supplement to our rankings guide. We came up with these several years ago primarily as explanations as to why, when one of us was actually on the clock and had to make a pick, we chose one player over another – elevating someone when we had what might be our only chance to get him or devalue a player when faced with the same decision. COMING IN EARLY AUGUST. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 264 2013 QB Rankings Analysis 2013 QB Player Rankings Analysis (by Michael Nazarek & John Holler) POSITION OVERVIEW: There was a time not too long ago that quarterbacks would be devalued on draft day because there would only two or three that fantasy owners felt they had to have – usually Peyton Manning, Tom Brady and then everyone else. Then Drew Brees joined the party. So did Aaron Rodgers. In the last couple of years, the elite QBs have been exponentially multiplying like rabbits – Matt Ryan, Matthew Stafford, Robert Griffin III, Andrew Luck, Colin Kaepernick, Russell Wilson, etc. The fantasy QB position may find itself in the same level of devaluation. But, this time it isn’t due to the lack of top-end talent, it’s due to the dearth of it. In a 12-player league, an owner can ignore the position and let everyone else grab a QB and still have the choice to double-up on a tandem that could include the likes of Tony Romo, Eli Manning, Ben Roethlisberger, Philip Rivers or Jay Cutler. With a little pre-draft study, finding two quarterbacks whose schedules mesh nicely and consistently give them a strong weekly play between the two of them that can be a solid Plan B backup plan that could be just as effective as using a first-round pick on a Rodgers or Brees and waiting 10 rounds to select a one-week backup that remains (plus using a first-round pick on a running back or wide receiver). One thing that appears to be certain is that the combination of the pass-happy NFL and the influx of young QBs capable of doing damage with both their arms and their legs, the quarterback position is going to be coveted by a lot of fantasy owners. Tiering Analysis: In 2012, there are just two QBs clearly ranked ahead of the pack in the top Tier, New Orleans Saints QB Drew Brees and Green Bay Packers QB Aaron Rodgers. They are as close to an automatic 25+ fantasy points per game as you can get. That said, the next two Tiers are not that far behind. And that means we see a clear 11 QBs that should be drafted as fantasy starters, meaning great value can be had in the middle rounds of your draft. The wildcard in Tier #2 is Carolina Panthers QB Cam Newton. He struggled early in 2012, only to tear it up down the stretch, as he reclaimed a top 5 fantasy QB slot. Denver Broncos QB Peyton Manning may have been a risk last year, but entering 2013, he is a clear elite QB once again. What Manning gained in WR Wes Welker, New England Patriots QB Tom Brady lost, as he slides out of the top Tier. Unlss you draft Brees or Rodgers early, the best bet may be drafting Dallas Cowboys QB Tony Romo as late as the 7th or 8th round. Moving on to Tier #4, there is a mix of veterans with questions and youngsters that have potential for top 10 status in this group. Veterans like New York Giants QB Eli Manning and Pittsburgh Steelers QB Ben Roethlisberger can produce the big games, but also usually throw in a stinker in multiple weeks either due to inconsistent play (Big Ben) or the offense gets out of sync (Manning). We like second-year Seattle Seahawks QB Russell Wilson to continue to develop into a solid fantasy starter, but have our doubts that he could become an elite producer. The 5th Tier contains fantasy backups, some with potential, and some on the downside of their career. St. Louis Rams QB Sam Bradford has shown flashes of brilliance, but also comes with an injury history. Can Philadelphia Eagles QB Michael Vick win the starting job and stay healthy under new HC Chip Kelly? What about Baltimore Ravens QB Joe Flacco and he fat new contract? Can he produce even more without WR Anquan Boldin? And what about Chicago Bears QB Jay Cutler? Did the Bears improve the OL enough to keep him healthy? The 6th Tier still includes big fantasy ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 265 2013 QB Rankings Analysis risks, ones to consider only as a #3 fantasy QB in the final rounds of your draft. Oakland Raiders QB Matt Flynn and and Tennessee Titans QB Jake Locker could climb out of this tier provided they start, their health holds up, and they show consistent growth in their development. QB Draft Tips - QB Aaron Rodgers and QB Drew Brees, will likely go within the first 30 picks of your draft in most cases. We don’t advise taking a QB with your first two picks, but if a top Tier QB slides to you in the third round, seriously consider taking one. Of course, if your league rewards TD passes with 6 points, the top 2 are a lock to be top 5 picks. There is great depth at TE, so we advise to draft an elite QB before an elite TE. After the top two QBs go off the board, there could be a delay of a round or so before the next one goes. If you miss out on a top Tier QB, then MAKE SURE YOU DRAFT A TOP 11 RANKED QB before they all go (likely by the end of the 7th round in 12-team drafts). Once you have your fantasy starter at QB, try to grab a backup rated in the top 4 Tiers. FFMastermind.com’s Mike Nazarek took QB Ben Roethlisberger to back up QB Tony Romo (taken in round #7) in the 11th round in the FF Index Magazine Mock Draft. Bottom Line: If you can’t get an elite top Tier QB in the third round, try to get one ranked in the top 11 by the 7th round. If you can get a 4th Tier player to back him up by round 11 or 12, do it. THE MASTERMIND'S BEST BET: With so much depth at QB, drafting one in the first TWO rounds is not a good idea. Draft a combination of RB/WR with your first two picks. If a Brees or Rodgers slides to you in round #3, take him. Otherwise, consider QB Cam Newton in round #4 or wait and draft a top 11 QB by the 7th round or you will likely miss out on drafting one. If you miss out on a top 11 QB, target QB Russell Wilson (high upside). If you get stuck with a player like QB Eli Manning as your starter, pair him up with a fairly young QB with potential like QB Andy Dalton. If you are looking for a #3 fantasy QB with potential, you should consider Tennessee Titans QB Jake Locker or Oakland Raiders QB Matt Flynn. Yes, they have boom or bust written on them, but their upside could surprise in a good way. FIRST TIER (THE BEST) 1. Drew Brees, New Orleans When Brees came to New Orleans, there were questions about his surgically-repaired throwing shoulder. Seven years later, he has punched his ticket to the Hall of Fame. In seven seasons with the Saints, he has never thrown for less than 4,388 yards and has topped 5,000 yards three times. Over the last five seasons, his passing touchdowns have incredibly consistent and on the rise – 34-34-33-46-43. Including a pair of rushing TDs, over the last two seasons, he has accounted for a whopping 91 touchdowns and 10,653 passing yards. The Saints offense relies as much on Brees as any team in the league. While QB Aaron Rodgers may get the nod with a lot of fantasy owners, Brees should be viewed as either QB 1A or 1B. He throws as often as any QB has in league history – he has thrown 635 or more passes in five of the last six seasons and has completed more than 400 passes in five of those six seasons as well. The only difference between him and Rodgers is that Brees isn’t a big running threat – over the last five years he has rushed 100 times for just 120 yards and four touchdowns. The highest compliment he can be paid is that any owner who has had him before wants him again, so he won’t last long on the ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 266 2013 QB Rankings Analysis board on draft day. STAT FACT: In his last 21 games, he has thrown three or more touchdowns in a whopping 16 of them (76 percent). Even more stunning is that he has three or more passing TDs in 11 of his last 12 games at the Superdome. 2. Aaron Rodgers, Green Bay If there was ever a question as to whether Rodgers was the top fantasy QB in the league, he dispelled any doubt last year, throwing for 4,295 yards with 39 touchdowns, just eight interceptions and two rushing TDs. In his five years as a starter, he has topped 4,000 yards four times and had 3,922 in the other year (playing 15 games). Over the last two seasons, Rodgers has thrown 84 touchdowns and rushed for five more. His value as a fantasy quarterback has only been enhanced in recent years and is just as dangerous as a runner, having run for 18 TDs in five years as a starter. The upward fantasy momentum continues to grow and he had a strong baseline to start from. In five years as a starter, he has never thrown for less than 28 touchdowns and has never had less than 32 combined TDs in any season. If there is such a thing as a sure thing, it would be Rodgers. He can lose a key receiver (like he did with Greg Jennings last year) and not miss a beat. While the Packers run game is expected to make them less one-dimensional, Rodgers is too good to pass up as an elite QB on the draft board. STAT FACT: In 31 starts over the last two seasons, Rodgers has thrown three or more touchdowns in 18 of them and topped 300 passing yards in 14 of them. SECOND TIER (POTENTIAL TOP 2) 3. Cam Newton, Carolina Newton’s fantasy value depends on the format your league employs. If rushing yardage points are handed out in small increments, his numbers belie his production. As a rookie, he burst on the scene with 35 total touchdowns – 21 passing, 14 rushing – and 4,057 total yards – 4,051 passing, 706 rushing. Last year, his yardage total remained pretty consistent (3,869 passing, 741 rushing), but his touchdowns dropped from 35 to 28 (19 passing, eight rushing). Given how high he was ranked in most fantasy drafts, those numbers didn’t quite cut it when compared to the weekly production that was expected. Newton’s primary calling card is his rushing ability. Most QBs don’t have 1,400 rushing yards in their careers, much less in two seasons. If you’re league is one that rewards yardage points liberally, Newton is a valuable commodity. He is expected to make more strides as a passer, but it is his running ability that has made him a fantasy starter. If, however, his maturation as a passer comes at the expense of his running ability, it could end up being detrimental to fantasy owners. He has started to build a body of work that is impressive, but he is one of the few fantasy starter types that can be viewed as a risk-reward type pick. But, his track record can give you a pretty good indication of what to expect in 2013. STAT FACT: In his first four games in the NFL, Newton threw for more than 370 yards in three of them. In the 28 games since, he has had just three 300-yard games and none of them have come close to the numbers he posted in September of 2011. 4. Peyton Manning, Denver ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 267 2013 QB Rankings Analysis There were a lot of questions among fantasy owners as to whether manning would be the Manning of old or just the old Manning as he headed west to Denver last year. After missing the entire 2011 season after having never missed a game in his first 13th seasons, 2012 was going to be his watershed year. All Manning did was have one of his greatest statistical seasons of his career. His 4,659 passing yards were the second highest total of his career. Since his monster 2004 season in which he set a record with 49 TD passes, his season totals had been 28-31-31-2733-33. He was still an elite fantasy QB, but his TD numbers seemed locked at about 30. In 2012, he threw 37 TDs – the second highest of his career. With the addition of Wes Welker to go along with Damaryius Thomas and Eric Decker, Manning’s numbers could get even gaudier. In his 16th season, there is always the risk of injury because he is a glacier in the backfield (in his last five seasons, he has rushed 100 times for just 27 yards and hasn’t scored a rushing TD in his last 57 games), but he hasn’t been sacked more than 21 times in any year in his last nine seasons. He doesn’t take a pounding and, if he stays healthy, another big year can be expected. STAT FACT: He found a new home in 2012 and didn’t leave the fans disappointed. In eight games at Mile High, he threw 22 touchdowns – three in six games and two in the other two. 5. Matt Ryan, Atlanta In his five NFL seasons, there has been a natural progression for QB Matt Ryan. When he arrived in Atlanta in 2008, the Falcons were a run-first team and his only viable receiving option was Roddy White. Over the last couple of seasons, however, the offense has become Ryan’s, reverting from a Michael Turner-based offense to one of the league’s most potent passing attacks. The Falcons have arguably the greatest Big Four in the league with Ryan, White, Julio Jones and Tony Gonzalez all becoming fantasy studs that start nearly every week. The ceiling just keeps getting higher for Ryan, who set career highs in 2012 for attempts (615), completions (422), completion percentage (68.6), passing yards (4,719), passing touchdowns (32) and rushing yards (141). With the release of Turner, the ground-and-pound Falcons offense is officially dead. Steven Jackson is an adept receiver and the explosiveness of the Falcons offense just keeps getting better and better for Ryan. He has become a much more of a fantasy impact player and has reached the status of the elite. It has taken time – prior to 2011, all he had going for him his cool Matty Ice nickname. But, heading into 2013 with Jones, White and Gonzo ready to make another Super Bowl run, Ryan has the chance to put himself into the upper echelon of fantasy quarterbacks and is no longer viewed as a risk-reward pick, just a reward pick. STAT FACT: Ryan has thrown more TD passes in every year of his career (16-22-28-29-32). 6. Matthew Stafford, Detroit Fantasy owners have yet to get it right with Stafford. Injuries plagued his first two seasons (he missed 19 of his first 32 games), which dropped his fantasy draft stock significantly heading into 2011. He finally played all 16 games and his numbers were awesome (5,038 yards and 41 touchdowns). As a result, he was a lottery pick in the 2012 draft. But, despite playing all 16 games and still throwing for 4,967 yards (310 yards a game), his touchdown passes dropped from 41 to 20 – due as much to the lack of a running game as anything else. The Lions were behind often and he threw a whopping 727 passes – an eye-popping 45-pass average. While that may seem like a good thing for fantasy owners, clearly it wasn’t. The only saving grace was that he rushed for four TDs – one more than he had in his first three seasons combined. Will he ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 268 2013 QB Rankings Analysis bounce back? That is the critical question fantasy owners will have to deal with. He has the ability (and a guy called Megatron at his disposal) to be drafted as a fantasy starter, but he has as many question marks as any QB in the upper tiers of the draft. The good news is that he will be available much later than he was in 2011 and, if he bounces back, he could be a solid value pick. STAT FACT: Stafford’s drop in touchdown production was incredibly pronounced. In 2011, he had no games without a TD pass and 12 games with two or more TDs, including nine with three or more. In 2012, he had 11 games with less than two TD passes – seven with one touchdown and four with none. 7. Tom Brady, New England Prior to his record-setting 2007 season, Brady was one of those quarterbacks who was consistently throwing in the high 20s for touchdowns and was viewed as a very good QB but not one of the elite fantasy numbers guys. However, in the last three years, he has taken his game to the next level. He has thrown 109 touchdown passes over the last three years and, in the last two, has thrown for 10,062 yards and 73 TDs. The only question surrounding him is how often he can lose key receivers and still post the kind of numbers that have made him an elite first-ballot Hall of Fame quarterback. After going down in the opener of the 2008 season, he has started all 64 games he has played since and has become as consistent a fantasy quarterback as there is in the league. Not only are his touchdown numbers impressive, but, over the last two seasons, he has averaged 314 passing yards a game. The loss of Wes Welker is expected to damage Brady’s numbers, but the same was said when the Patriots traded Randy Moss and Brady’s numbers have only gotten better since. He won’t be ranked as high as guys like Aaron Rodgers or Brees, but the production is there. STAT FACT: Typically, a quarterback’s rushing production drops as he gets older, but not Brady. In his first 12 seasons – a total of 158 games and 156 starts – Brady rushed for just seven touchdowns. In his last 19 games, all coming after he turned 34, he has rushed for seven touchdowns. Update 6/26/2013: With the arrest and release of TE Aaron Hernandez, Brady has lost nearly every key component to his receiving corps since 2012. As a result, he slides in our latest rankings update. That said, Brady is still the same QB who won a Super Bowl with WR David Givens and WR David Patton leading the team at WR. In other words, all is not lost if you draft Brady in 2013. THIRD TIER (A CLEAR STEP DOWN) 8. Robert Griffin III, Washington RG3 was viewed by skeptics as a reach pick, especially considering the Redskins gave up three first-round draft picks and a second-rounder to land him. But, as he led the Redskins to the playoffs, there was little questioning the infusion of talent and enthusiasm Griffin brought to the Redskins. His ability to throw an accurate deep ball has been an unexpected plus and he has established himself quickly as one of the most impressive running QBs in the league – which made Griffin a fantasy darling in his rookie season. In 15 games, he completed 65.6 percent of his passes for a sparkling passer rating of 102.4 – throwing for 3,200 yards and 20 touchdowns. But, that was only half the story. He rushed 120 times for 815 yards and seven touchdowns – averaging eight carries and 54 yards on the ground per game. The biggest question mark on RG3 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 269 2013 QB Rankings Analysis is how healthy he will be coming off of ACL surgery suffered late in the season. If he is close to 100 percent, his numbers from 2012 may merely be the baseline for what he is capable of. He has been cautioned to be more careful when in the open field to avoid the kind of heavy hits he endured as a rookie but the future looks bright for RG3. While those who draft him may need to land another top-half QB as insurance, there is little doubt that the future looks bright for Griffin and his ceiling hasn’t been reached yet by any means. He’s something of a gamble coming off of injury, but he’s not going to last long on draft day, especially in leagues where yardage bonuses pile up quickly for running QBs. STAT FACT: Griffin was almost like having an extra running back on the Redskins last year. In 15 games, he rushed for 70 or more yards six times and had six of his top eight rushing days at home. 9. Andrew Luck, Indianapolis Replacing a legend like Peyton Manning wasn’t going to be easy, but Luck has done as well as any rookie in such a situation. Typically, an elite quarterback is drafted to a team that doesn’t have a solid starter in place. But, the Colts were so confident that Luck could get the job done that they released Manning to eliminate the need for competition. Luck struggled at times, but his rookie body of work was quite impressive, as he helped lead his team from the worst record in the league to the playoffs in his rookie season. Luck completed 339 of 627 passes for 4,374 yards and 23 touchdowns, but, what went largely unnoticed was that he was an effective situational runner, taking off 62 times for 255 yards and five more TDs. With a young nucleus around him, Luck will likely be a fantasy staple for those able to carry over players for more than one season, but it seems clear that Luck is the future of the Colts franchise and is expected to have a decade-long career or more that Manning gave Indianapolis since before the turn of the century. If he can come anywhere close to approaching the consistent numbers Manning posted over the years, the Colts will be a regular in the postseason for years to come. STAT FACT: He He wasn’t a fantasy back-breaker as a rookie, but Luck rarely left owners empty-handed. While Luck only had one game with more than two touchdowns, he had at least one in 15 of 16 games and, in the three games in which he didn’t have a TD pass he rushed for two touchdowns each in two of those three games. 10. Tony Romo, Dallas It’s hard to imagine a player as prolific as Romo being available this late, but few quarterbacks run as hot an cold as he does. It’s hard to believe that he’s been in the NFL for a decade and has been a starter for seven years. He has had a couple of seasons shortened by injury, but is a consistent fantasy producer – in season-ending numbers if not on a week-to-week basis. In the four years he has started all 16 games, he has never thrown for less than 4,184 yards and has TD totals of 36-26-31-28 in those four seasons. He set a career high with 4,903 passing yards last year, as well as personal highs in attempts (648) and completions (425). He has always been an efficient passer – his 90.5 passer rating last year was respectable, but represented his career worst, due in large part to 19 interceptions. Romo is viewed as a borderline starter, but few QBs are capable of putting up the kind of killer yardage numbers that he can. The last thing a fantasy owner wants to see when playing against Romo is having Dallas fall behind by a couple of touchdowns. When that happens, the gunslinger in Romo comes out and big things follow. He is still inconsistent a decade into his career, but anyone who can land Romo as a No. 2 quarterback ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 270 2013 QB Rankings Analysis will be giddy on draft day. STAT FACT: The easy way to determine whether or not to play him if you need a big game is to play him at Cowboys Stadium. Six of his last nine games with three or more touchdowns came at home, as have seven of his last nine 300-yard games. In 2012, those numbers were even more pronounced – three of four games with 3+ TDs and six of his eight 300-yard passing games. 11. Colin Kaepernick, San Francisco The old adage that a player doesn’t lose his starting job due to injury simply isn’t true. When Alex Smith went down at midseason, Kaepernick, who threw just five passes as a rookie, suddenly got thrust into the starting role and came through in a big way. He not only won and held the starting job throughout the playoffs, he showed he could be a dangerous threat with his legs, rushing 63 times for 415 yards and five touchdowns. With Smith traded away to Kansas City, it is now Kaepernick’s unquestioned starting position and big things are expected of him. While his ranking is based as much on projection as it is production, Kaepernick is a player that is going to be one that a lot of owners want to get their hands on. Is he an every-week starting fantasy quarterback? That’s hard to say because, for all their big-play ability, the 49ers remain a run-first team and have a strong running game to control the clock and make the most of any lead they get along the way. Kaepernick is far from a sure thing, but his stock remains on the rise and, if you want him on your roster, you may have to jump early to lock him down. STAT FACT: Kaepernick didn’t have huge fantasy production in his seven starts. He only had one game with more than two touchdowns (at New England in December when most fantasy owners likely benched him for a better option), had 244 passing yards or less in six of his seven starts and had more than 35 rushing in just two of his seven starts. FOURTH TIER (GOOD FANTASY BACKUPS WITH POTENTIAL) 12. Russell Wilson, Seattle When Wilson was drafted, he wasn’t expected to be an immediate starter. After all, the Seahawks had signed Matt Flynn to a lucrative free agent contract and had 2011 starter Tarvaris Jackson returning. T-Jack got the hook at the end of the preseason and Flynn was traded in the offseason, effectively eliminating the competition for Wilson’s starting job. He started all 16 games as a rookie, completing 252 of 393 passes for 3,118 yards, 26 touchdowns and a passer rating of 100.0. He also added 94 rushes for 489 yards and four touchdowns. With the addition of enigmatic playmaker Percy Harvin to the mix, Wilson’s future looks as bright as it ever and, with Seattle looking to make a Super Bowl run, Wilson suddenly looks to have the weapons he needs to be a regular fantasy starter and a player that will be highly coveted on draft day. Like many of the young quarterbacks in our rankings, some of his cache is based on projections, which can at times be a dangerous way to go. There have been a lot of one-hit wonder QBs who come off an impressive season only to fall on their face the following year and burn fantasy owners who overspent for them. While Wilson is far from a finished product, he has seen his competition shipped away and additions made to his arsenal of weapons, which should bode well as he enters his second season as the unquestioned starter in Seattle. STAT FACT: Those looking for big yardage out of Wilson are doing so on a projection basis. In 16 regular season ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 271 2013 QB Rankings Analysis starts, not only has Wilson never thrown for 300 yards in a game, he had less than 200 passing yards in seven of those games. 13. Eli Manning, New York Giants Manning is a classic backup fantasy QB. He has started every game since 2005, so he is a reliable fantasy backup. His biggest issue for fantasy owners is that, while he is almost a lock to be available to start and has a wealth of talent around him, he just doesn’t produce the kind of big numbers that are expected. In many ways, he is the fantasy reincarnation of Troy Aikman. He wins Super Bowls, but doesn’t help fantasy owners win championships. In three of the last four years, he has produced approximately 4,000 passing yards, but his problem is consistently getting the ball in the end zone. In eight seasons as a starter, his TD totals are 24-24-23-21-2731-29-26. They’re decent numbers, but, in a league that is as pass-happy as the NFL, Manning just doesn’t put up the consistent numbers needed to be counted on as a fantasy starter. It’s not due to a lack of trying, he has thrown 500 or more passes in seven of eight seasons and had 479 attempts in the other and has completed 315 or more in each of his last four seasons. His numbers are always consistent, but not consistently great, which makes him an ideal fantasy backup, but not an ideal fantasy starter. STAT FACT: Fantasy owners who draft Manning have to realize that they’re going to have a one-dimensional QB. Almost all of Manning’s fantasy production comes through the air. In eight years as a starter, he has never rushed for more than 80 yards in any season and has never scored more than one rushing TD in any of those years. 14. Andy Dalton, Cincinnati Dalton is quietly moving himself into the range of the next tier of quarterbacks. As a rookie in 2011, he threw for 3,398 yards with 20 TD passes, one TD run and a passer rating of 80.4. He was a pleasant surprise, but most fantasy owners felt they needed to be shown a little more before they would commit to him as a viable fantasy option for more than a game or two when injuries or a bye week forced a fantasy owner’s hand. In his second season, his numbers went up across the board. He threw for 3,669 yards with 27 touchdown passes, four touchdown runs and a passer rating of 87.4. There were incremental improvements made at every level of his game from completion percentage to average gain per attempt to touchdown percentage. He isn’t a great rusher, but his touchdown production was quietly effective. He still may not be viewed as a fantasy starter, but he is getting a lot closer and isn’t far away from being viewed as the type of player who can be counted on to be the guy that can take it to the next level in the next couple of years. He’s a big reason why the Bengals have made the playoffs the last two seasons and are viewed by many as the favorite to win the AFC North crown this year. STAT FACT: Dalton was as good as any QB in the league in terms of big-time single games. In his first 11 games, he had three or more touchdowns in seven of them, but, in the final five games in December, he never had more than two TDs in any game. 15. Josh Freeman, Tampa Bay Freeman has shown flashes of being a big-time NFL quarterback, but his biggest problem has been backing up one big season with another. As a rookie in 2009, he started nine of the 10 games he played, averaging about 200 yards and one touchdown a game. In his first full season ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 272 2013 QB Rankings Analysis as a starter, he responded with 3,451 yards with 25 touchdowns, just six interceptions and a passer rating of 95.9. With fantasy owners on the bandwagon, he responded with a dismal 2001 season, throwing just 16 touchdowns with 22 interceptions and a brutal passer rating of 74.6. With owners jumping off the bandwagon in 2012, he responded with his first 4,000-yard season and a career-best 27 touchdowns. The arrival of Vincent Jackson made him a more viable deep passer and there are reasons to believe that he can finally back up one big season with another. To date, he’s been a fantasy tease. He has the ability to be a fantasy big-timer, but, until he shows he can do it in consecutive seasons, he will likely remain being viewed as a fantasy backup instead of an every-week starter. STAT FACT: Despite having the speed to be an effective runner, in his three full seasons as a starter his attempts (68-55-39), yards (364-238139) and average per rush (5-4-4-3-3.6) have dropped in each season and, in four years as a starter, he hasn’t scored a rushing TD in three of them. 16. Ben Roethlisberger, Pittsburgh Big Ben has been a successful NFL QB, but takes a beating. It doesn’t always show up in his sack numbers (his 30 sacks in 2012 were the second lowest total of his career. But, he takes a huge pounding by extending plays and giving defenders a running shot at him. It has show up in his stats. In nine years as a starter, he has started all 16 games just once, which is one of the biggest reasons why he can’t be viewed as a fantasy starter. The other primary reason he isn’t seen as a fantasy lock is because of his sporadic TD production. In nine years as a starter, his touchdown totals have been 17-17-18-32-17-26-17-21-26. Those aren’t the kind of TD numbers that get you into the starting lineup very often and, seeing as he had topped 4,000 yards passing – the new benchmark for yardage success among QBs – just twice, he is a quarterback who gets drafted more on reputation that actual production. He is an ideal No. 2 fantasy QB, but, given his consistent injury history, which not only sees him missing games, but playing hurt as well, he is one of those “buyer beware” types who could end up disappointing more than he ends up carrying a team. STAT FACT: In his first seven seasons, Roethlisberger ran for 14 touchdowns, including two each in a five-year span from 2006-10. However, whether due to his injury history or not, that part of his game has disappeared. He hasn’t scored a rushing touchdown in his last 29 starts over the last two-plus seasons. 17. Philip Rivers, San Diego Rivers has been one of the most consistent fantasy players in recent years, but his production dropped markedly – due in no small part to being sacked a career-high 49 times and fumbling 15 times, losing seven of them. That, combined with throwing 35 interceptions over the last two seasons, has helped make Rivers far from a sure thing among fantasy owners. There is no questioning his durability – in seven years as a starter, he has never missed a start. But, his 3,606 passing yards and 26 touchdown passes were his lowest totals since 2007 – his second season as a starter. After averaging 8.5 yards per attempt in the previous four years, his 6.8 yard average was among the worst among full-time starters, which speaks to him being forced to check down and throw short passes. Without a legitimate go-to wide receiver like Vincent Jackson was for so many years, Rivers has struggled to carry the team on his shoulders. Rivers still have the veteran fantasy chops to be viewed as a value pick here and most fantasy owners won’t have a problem taking him as a priority backup, but his numbers have been heading in the wrong direction and ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 273 2013 QB Rankings Analysis he no longer is a lock to be a fantasy starter for more than a handful of games in any given season anymore. STAT FACT: Rivers can best be described as glacial in the backfield. In his last 96 starts over six years, he has rushed just 168 times (1.75 rushes per game) for 295 yards (3.1 yards per game) with a 1.8 yards average and just three touchdowns. FIFTH TIER (FANTASY BACKUPS/YOUNGTERS WITH ISSUES) 18) Carson Palmer, Arizona+ It’s hard for a guy who has been in the league for a decade to be viewed as a sleeper, but somehow Palmer still sits in that category. In the five seasons in which he has played in all 16 games, he has thrown 26 or more touchdowns in four of them and has thrown for more than 3,800 in four of them. After coming out of retirement when he was traded to the Raiders (yet another wasted move by the Raiders, who got rid of him after paying off the Bengals with draft picks to bring him off the couch. Last year, we brought up that, if Palmer would play the entire season, he would put up excellent yardage numbers and decent touchdown numbers. In 15 games, he threw for 4,018 yards and 22 touchdowns – gaudy numbers considering the lack of firepower he had surrounding him. While the Cardinals aren’t an offensive juggernaut by any stretch of the imagination, they have Larry Fitzgerald and you can bet Palmer will be locked and loaded on him. He is likely to go lower than where we have him ranked in many drafts, but his track record of production is hard to deny. STAT FACT: In the 15 games he played for the Raiders last season, he threw for 297 yards or more in eight of those games. Update 7/26: Palmer has worked extensively with Fitzgerald this offseason and the two seem primed for a very good season. As a result, Palmer climbs in our poll update. 19) Sam Bradford, St. Louis When the Rams made Bradford the No. 1 overall pick in the 2010 draft, the expectation was that he would be the face of the franchise for years to come. That hasn’t happened yet and, seeing as thanks to the new CBA, he’s being paid more than Andrew Luck and RG3 combined, the Rams need him to step up. His lack of success hasn’t been due to a lack of trying – he has averaged 36 attempts per game for his career. The biggest difference in Bradford has been his increased confidence in his deep ball. His average per attempt has gone up each of his three seasons and, armed with young talent like Tavon Austin, Chris Givens and Brian Quick, the needle is pointing upward for Bradford, who is getting closer to being a franchise quarterback. Coming off a career-best 3,702 yards and 21 touchdowns, he has more room to improve, but has the confidence of Jeff Fisher and, without Steven Jackson as the true face of the franchise, it’s time for Bradford to step up and take over the offense. STAT FACT: Bradford has discovered his deep passing touch. In his first two seasons, he threw 947 passes, but just seven of them were completions of 40 or more yards. In 2012, he threw 551 passes and eight of them went for completions of 40 or more yards. 20) Michael Vick, Philadelphia ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 274 2013 QB Rankings Analysis It can be argued that no fantasy quarterback has been more overrated than Vick. In nine years as a starter, he has never thrown for more than 21 touchdowns in a season and has topped 3,000 yards – the bare minimum acceptable for fantasy starters – just twice. Part of the problems has been that, given his scrambling style, he can’t seem to stay healthy. After being the first overall pick in the 2001, he has played in all 16 games just once. He has missed 39 games due to injury, not to mention the two seasons he lost to being sent to prison on dog-fighting charges. He hasn’t played in more than 13 games in his four years with Philadelphia. There is reason to be upbeat given that Chip Kelly is likely to create an offense that will take the most advantage of Vick’s skill set, but fantasy owners have to be very concerned about his lack of production and his inability to stay healthy. Only owners looking to swing for the fence will be willing to take a jump on Vick. Those who have invested in a star fantasy QB will be much more likely to take a player with a track record of durability as a backup. Vick could be in line for big numbers, but, he has some red flags – not to mention Nick Foles and Matt Barkley both breathing down his neck. This is a make-or-break season for Vick. STAT FACT: Vick’s fantasy calling card has always been his running ability, but, there have been marked diminishing returns. In 2010 in just 12 games, he rushed for 676 yards and nine rushing TDs. In the last two years, his rushing totals dropped to 589 yards in 2011 and 332 yards in 2012 and he has scored just two rushing touchdowns in the 23 games he has started in that span. 21) Joe Flacco, Baltimore Flacco got rewarded with a huge contract after leading the Ravens to a Super Bowl championship, but, as far as fantasy owners are concerned, he has been steady, but no great shakes. He has started every games of his five year career and has become a consistent passer. Over the last four years, he has posted yardage totals of 3,613-3,622-3,610-3,817 and touchdown passing totals of 21-2-5-20-22. He had a career-best three rushing touchdowns last year, but isn’t viewed as a running QB by any stretch. The loss of Anquan Boldin will take away one of his security blankets, but Flacco has proved that he can be a solid backup fantasy QB, but, just as most football analysts haven’t put Flacco into the category of the elite NFL quarterbacks, the same is true in terms of being an elite fantasy QB. He is a solid game manager, but isn’t the kind of guy who wins games for fantasy owners on a week-to-week basis. STAT FACT: It’s pretty easy to know when to consider playing Flacco – when he’s at home. Eight of his nine highest yardage games came in his eight home games. His seven worst yardage games played on the road. Of his 25 touchdowns – 22 TD passes and three TD runs – 18 of them (15 passes and all three runs) came at home and, in eight road games, he had just seven TD passes and no TD runs. 22) Ryan Tannehill, Miami When the Dolphins jumped on Tannehill with the eighth pick in the 2012 draft, it was clear that he was supposed to be the main man in the offense. However, his production was extremely minimal, due in large part to having his top receivers being Brian Hartline and Davone Bess – both of whom are more in the realm of No. 3 or 4 receivers, not No. 1 receivers. The arrival of free agent big-play receiver Mike Wallace is expected to provide Tannehill with the big-play goto receiver he needs, there is a lot of room for improvement. Given that he is being tutored by his college coach Mike Sherman, the offensive coordinator in Miami, he has a full grasp of the Dolphins’ offense like few young QBs have because it is essentially the same offense he ran in ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 275 2013 QB Rankings Analysis college. How big a leap can he make in his second year? That’s the question fantasy owners will have to ask themselves. He’s set the bar pretty low as a rookie, but, with more experience and more weapons at his disposal, it would be a shock to see his touchdown number double this year and he could push to throw for 4,000 yards. That would be an ideal scenario, but one that comes with risk and no guarantee of future success, making him a questionable fantasy pick that can be counted on to be inserted into a lineup with any frequency. STAT FACT: Tannehill rarely had the “big game” that make fantasy stars. He threw for 200 or fewer yards in eight of 16 games (with only one of more than 290 yards) and had zero or one TD pass in 13 of 16 games. 23) Matt Schaub, Houston Health has been a big issue with Schaub, but, when you’re the quarterback on a team that is viewed as a primary Super Bowl contender, fantasy owners have to take notice. In the three seasons with the Texans in which he has played in all 16 games, he has thrown for more than 4,000 yards in each season and has touchdown totals of 29, 24 and 22. The lowest of those fullseason numbers came last year, when he threw for 4,008 yards and 22 TDs. If not for the offensive makeup of the Texans, Schaub would be rated much higher and might deserve to be bumped up a little bit depending on your scoring method. The biggest problem here is that Schaub is the fantasy equivalent to Troy Aikman. Aikman could have been statistical games, but the Cowboys were so effective at closing off drives near the goal line by handing the ball to Emmitt Smith that Aikman’s TD numbers (at least in the regular season) weren’t eye-popping because Smith would so routinely finish off drives. Arian Foster does much the same, which will keep Schaub down on draft board, but, unlike a lot of the QBs in this area of the rankings, Schaub has the most potential for big games. STAT FACT: One of the reason Schaub owners were so disgusted with him was that, in 2012, in his first 12 games, he had 21 TD passes and was on pace to finish the year with 28. In the final four games, including the fantasy playoffs, he threw just one TD pass. 24) Jay Cutler, Chicago There is little questioning that Cutler has the talent to be an elite NFL quarterback, but he has never shown it. He got off to a strong start with Denver before Josh McDaniels made it clear he wasn’t interested in Cutler and forced a trade to the Bears. Chicago has never had an elite fantasy quarterback and, in his first season, his 27 touchdowns were indicative that things were going to change. Since then, he hasn’t played all 16 games in any of his last three seasons and his touchdown numbers have been pedestrian at best – 23-13-19. He isn’t a huge yardage guy (3,274, 2,319 and 3,033 the last three years), but has as many weapons now as he ever has – the Bears traded for Brandon Marshall, drafted Alshon Jeffery and signed TE Martellus Bennett in free agency. The team has gone out of its way to acquire the weapons needed for the offense to be more high powered than it has been since Cutler arrived on Lakeshore Drive. What he does with now is up to him. The time for excuses is over. It’s time for Cutler to quit doing his Droopy imitation on the sidelines and become the leader he should be. STAT FACT: Cutler needs to find other options than Marshall. In their first season after being reunited, he completed 118 passes to Marshall for 1,508 yards and 11 touchdowns. All of his other receivers combined caught 137 passes for 1,525 yards and eight touchdowns. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 276 2013 QB Rankings Analysis 6TH TIER (INTERESTING THIRD OPTIONS FOR FANTASY OWNERS) 25) Matt Flynn, Oakland Perhaps never has a player been paid so much for accomplishing so little. He spent his first four years as the backup to Aaron Rodgers and, thanks to what he showed in two starts, it earned him a fat free agent contract with the Seahawks. However, when Russell Wilson proved in training camp and the preseason that he was able to handle the starting job, Flynn became an invisible man. He only appeared in mop-up duty to take a knee at the end of games and completed five of nine passes. With Wilson entrenched as the starter in Seattle, the Seahawks swung a trade to send him to the Raiders, where reclamation projects have become the norm. He follows in the footsteps of guys like Jim Plunkett, Jay Schroder, Jeff Hostetler, Jeff George, Rich Gannon, Jason Campbell and Carson Palmer as QBs who made their bone with other teams before coming over the Raiders. The only home-grown talent to start for Oakland in the last 20 years was JaMarcus Russell and we all know how that turned out. Flynn thought he would find his fortunes out west and still might, but, if it’s going to happen, it won’t be in Seattle, it will be in the Bay Area and there are no guarantees that he will be any better than those who have preceded him in recent years. He’s a hunch pick at best. STAT FACT: Perhaps all Flynn needs is an opportunity. He has made only two career starts and, in those, he has completed 55 of 81 passes for 731 yards and nine touchdowns. While an impossible streak to maintain, if extrapolated over a full season, those numbers would translate to 5,848 yards and 72 touchdowns. 26) Jake Locker, Tennessee After playing caddy his rookie season behind veteran Matt Hasselbeck, the Titans made the move at the start of the 2012 season to turn the offense over to Locker. He didn’t set the world on fire – throwing for 2,176 yards with 10 touchdowns and 11 interceptions in 11 games – but he did show promise for the future. The Titans have a young crew of receivers around him that could help hasten his maturation process and the coaching staff has supreme confidence in Locker, although the team did sign Ryan Fitzpatrick to be a veteran security blanket should Locker struggle this season. One of his quietly impressive talents is his running ability. In limited duty, he ran 41 times for 291 yards (a 7.1 yard average) and one touchdown, which should bode well for the future. He finds himself in a put up-or-shut up type season and needs to come up big to make the Titans glad they used the 10th pick in the 2011 draft to take him. If he fails this time, it may be the last straw, so there is no questioning his motivation for improving. He’s a dice roll for fantasy owners, but any QB with his career on the line is one that is worth looking at because millions of dollars are potentially at stake and that is a prime source of motivation to be all he can be. STAT FACT: In the 10 games Locker started and finished, he threw at least one touchdown in eight of those games. In the two games he didn’t, Tennessee won both games. 27) Christian Ponder, Minnesota Ponder was drafted to be the quarterback of the future in 2011, but, when Donovan McNabb proved to be pudgy and past his prime, the future became the present. As a rookie, he started 10 games, throwing for 1,853 yards with 13 touchdowns and 13 interceptions. In 2012, his numbers ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 277 2013 QB Rankings Analysis improved across the board, but were still pretty mediocre – 2,935 yards, 18 TDs passes, 12 interceptions and two touchdown runs. He led Minnesota to the playoffs and bigger things are expected from him. While he lost disgruntled receiver Percy Harvin, he added veteran Greg Jennings and Minnesota drafted Cordarrelle Patterson in the first round of the 2013 draft. That, combined with re-signing Jerome Simpson and the emergence of Jarius Wright as a slot receiver and Kyle Rudolph as an emerging tight end, there is reason to believe that Ponder won’t simply be the guy who takes snaps, turns around and hands the ball off to the best running back on the planet. He is far from a lock for fantasy success, but Matt Cassel isn’t viewed as a challenge to his starting spot barring injury and the front office has a world of confidence in him developing into more than simply a game manager. He may enjoy real-world NFL success, but likely isn’t going to get many fantasy owners to jump up to grab him higher than where we have him ranked. STAT FACT: Ponder has yet to show he can pay off owners with passing yardage. Of his 26 career starts, Ponder has thrown for less than 200 yards in 16 of them and 120 yards or less in 11 of them. 28) Alex Smith, Kansas City Smith has been a classic underachiever since being the first overall pick of the 2005 draft. He has gone through almost as many offensive coordinators as he has seasons in the league and this year will be no different. His has been a career denied. He has started all 16 games just twice in his career and has never thrown more than 18 touchdowns in any season. The sad part for Smith was that he was having a career year when he got hurt last year and was replaced (permanently) by Colin Kaepernick. In 10 games (nine starts), he completed more than 70 percent of his passes and had his highest average per pass (8.0 yards) and his best passer rating by far (104.1). He comes to a passer-friendly system with Andy Reid and may finally get the chance to be a fixture at QB. Unlike most of the other quarterbacks in this tier of rankings, Smith isn’t facing a legitimate challenge to his starting job. In eight years, he has never been a viable fantasy quarterback, but he has never had the opportunity he currently has with the Chiefs. He may never be worthy of the first overall pick, but the deck would appear to be stacked in his favor to rise and fall on his own merits. STAT FACT: In his first six seasons, Smith threw 1,514 passes – 51 of them for touchdowns and 53 of them for interceptions. In the last two years, he has thrown 663 passes with 30 touchdowns and just 10 interceptions. 29) Brandon Weeden, Cleveland When the Browns drafted Weeden, they knew what they were getting – a player who will turn 30 this October and will be viewed as an aging veteran from the get-go. He was handed the starting job last year and started 15 games, completing 297 of 517 passes for 3,385 yards with 14 touchdowns and 17 interceptions. The Browns have outwardly expressed confidence in him, which they backed up by not drafting another QB in the first round for a second straight year – which would be an organizational admission of failure. But, they did sign veteran free agent Jason Campbell on the promise that he will be given a legitimate shot at winning the starting job. Weeden doesn’t appear to be a long-term answer – age or no age – but they have surrounded him with some solid receivers and have given him the best opportunity to succeed. If he doesn’t do it this year, the Browns will be able to justify going out in the draft or free agency to bring in a replacement. The organization swung and missed on Brady Quinn and they’re holding out hope ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 278 2013 QB Rankings Analysis that Weeden won’t follow that same career path, but it would appear that the cards are stacked against him. STAT FACT: Weeden didn’t excite the home fans all that much, which doesn’t help his case. Of the five games in which he threw two touchdowns, four of them were on the road. In the five games he threw no touchdowns, four of them were home games. 30) Mark Sanchez, New York Jets Dirty Sanchez has been the bane of Jets fans for the last two years. It could be argued that the success in his first two seasons was the result of the rest of the team and not Sanchez himself. He has started 62 of 64 games in his first four seasons, but has yet to turn the corner, which is why the Jets drafted Geno Smith as immediate competition and potentially as his replacement. It would seem the locker room is already divided and, after he had an impressive 26 touchdown passes and six TD runs in 2011, his numbers regressed badly in 2012 – 13 touchdowns, 18 interceptions and no TD runs in 15 starts. He is another player whose career as a starter is at a crossroads and the clock is ticking – and not in a good way. Smith could end up beating him out in training camp or the preseason, but, even if Sanchez wins the starting job, odds are he will be looking over his shoulder, which is never good for a fantasy quarterback. It appears like Sanchez is in a no-win situation with the Jets, which apparently has players anonymously coming out of the woodwork to say how little confidence they have in him. If he struggles, whether for a quarter or a game, the call will come out from the fan base to replace him. If Rex Ryan is worried about his job, it won’t take long for the leash to snap tight and pull him off the field. STAT FACT: In four years as a starter – a span of 62 games – Sanchez has thrown more interceptions (69) than touchdown passes (68). 31) Chad Henne, Jacksonville Henne was thought to be the answer in Miami when he took over the starting job in 2009, but, it has never worked out for him in terms of being a consistent starter who produced the kind of fantasy numbers that got owners interested or enough production that got his own teams interested. For his career, he has thrown more interceptions (48) than touchdowns (42) and has never had more than 15 TDs in a season despite starting 13 games in 2009 and 14 games in 2010. He was the odd man out when the Dolphins drafted Ryan Tannehill in the first round of the draft and he was sent packing. He came to a Jacksonville team that had problems of its own with Blaine Gabbert. Henne started the final six games of the season and provided the Jaguars offense with a much needed spark. In the final seven games of the season, he threw for 1,869 yards and 10 touchdowns, the best stretch of his professional career. Although Gabbert is going to be given one last chance to be the main man, many believe the best option all the way around will be Henne and the Jaguars won’t just give him lip-service about being in competition for the starting job. STAT FACT: In 37 career starts, he has thrown 36 touchdowns and has never averaged more than one touchdown pass a game in any of the four seasons as a full- or part-time starter. 32) E.J. Manuel, Buffalo ® In a year when quarterbacks weren’t part of the annual draft feeding frenzy, the Bills were the only team to jump on the bandwagon by taking Manuel in the middle of the first round. The Bills ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 279 2013 QB Rankings Analysis had enough confidence in Manuel’s ability to make the transition that they released incumbent starter Ryan Fitzpatrick and, after re-signing Tarvaris Jackson prior to the draft, released him and ate a $500,000 signing bonus. However, that doesn’t mean that Manuel will simply be handed the job. When Kevin Kolb was cut loose in Arizona, they signed him as well and it appears the Kolb will likely have the edge to be the starter in Week 1 because of his experience reading NFL defenses. But, as we have seen in recent years with rookie quarterbacks, whether they are nobrainers like Andrew Luck and Robert Griffin III to first-rounders with potential like Blaine Gabbert, Jake Locker and Christian Ponder to non-first-rounders like Russell Wilson and Colin Kaepernick, young quarterbacks don’t sit long is almost any system around the NFL. Unless you’re a complete bust, you get your opportunity sooner than later. Manuel may not be the starter in Week 1, but, unless Kolb sets the world on fire, he will likely be handed the job by November or December with the anticipation that he will be the starter for years to come. 33) Blaine Gabbert, Jacksonville There were a lot of people who questioned Sunshine’s toughness and, two years into his NFL career, nothing has changed. In his rookie season, he was thrown to the wolves immediately, starting 14 of the 15 games he played and throwing for just 2,214 yards with 12 touchdowns and 11 interceptions – posting a dismal passer rating of 65.4. While his numbers improved modestly in 2012, in 10 games, Gabbert was little better – throwing for just 1,662 yards with nine touchdowns and six interceptions with a passer rating of 77.4. When Chad Henne took over in the 11th game of the season, he posted much better numbers and finished out the season. He is expected to be given a legitimate chance to compete for the position, but given the investment the Jaguars have made in Gabbert, it is expected that he will be getting one more shot at winning and maintaining the starting job. Anyone who has seen Gabbert play know that he’s an iffy quarterback at best and bordering on a wasted draft pick just two years after he was selected. With a new coaching staff in place, both Gabbert and Henne will have the opportunity to start and both will have a clean slate with Gus Bradley and his staff. The Jaguars fan base may have seen enough of Gabbert, but Bradley will likely make the final call on whether he remains on the roster or is viewed as a failure and is eventually cut loose – a position no third-year QB wants to face. STAT FACT: Gabbert has been the equivalent to fantasy poison. In 24 career starts, he has thrown for less than 200 yards in 17 of them and has one TD or less in 20 of them. 34) Kevin Kolb, Buffalo Kolb is classic example of a player who looked good as a backup and was elevated to a starting job and never lived up to the hype. Kolb began his career in Philadelphia as the backup to Michael Vick and got his chance to shine when the oft-injured Vick was sidelined – starting two games in 2009 and five games in 2010. His prowess as a backup combined with the expensive contract Vick had signed, Kolb had more value in trade than as a backup. Arizona, which had been seeking a quarterback that could help fans forget Kurt Warner (something that has yet to come close to being done), stepped up and traded a second-round draft pick in the 2011 draft to obtain Kolb. Expectations were high, but the results weren’t. He missed 17 of 32 games over two years and, in the 15 games he played, he threw for 3,124 yards with 17 touchdowns and 11 interceptions. When the QB carousel began this offseason – where Matt Flynn went to Oakland, Alex Smith went to Kansas City, Ryan Fitzpatrick went to Tennessee and Carson Palmer went to ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 280 2013 QB Rankings Analysis Arizona, Kolb became expendable and signed on with the Bills. He is expected to have the best chance to start immediately in Buffalo, but, when a team uses a first-round draft pick on a quarterback, there is precious little in the way of job security. Kolb will be at a crossroads in his career and will need to come up big in order to keep from having his career derailed. Any time a QB plays for three teams in four seasons, his NFL life expectancy is precariously low. STAT FACT: Despite being a name that many fantasy fans are familiar with, in six NFL seasons, Kolb has never played 10 games in any season and has played in six or fewer games in four of those six years. 35) Geno Smith, New York Jets ® It would seem that the Jets have done everything possible to find someone to replace Mark Sanchez. They thought Tim Tebow might be the guy, but he was a horrible fit in the Jets offense and didn’t last. The team signed David Garrard in the offseason, but injuries took such a toll that he walked away from the game before he ever played a down in the preseason. The Jets didn’t break the bank to sign Smith, who was one of the hot names coming into the draft process, but didn’t come off the board until the second round – as the third pick of the draft by the Jets. Smith has a strong arm and throws well on the move, something that is inherent with the Jets offense. He is going to be the most popular player on the team because so many fans (and some players) can’t stand Sanchez and think he is wasting time in the starting lineup. The pressure on Sanchez is going to be so intense that, if he throws an incompletion on any third down, the crowd will be deafening with boos. Whether Smith can be the man is far from a certainty, but, as far as backup quarterbacks go, he has about as good a chance to make his way into the lineup without an injury being involved as just about any QB in the league, which gives him some upside value for owners with at least one stud QB already in their stable. ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 281 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 2013 RB Player Rankings Analysis (by Michael Nazarek & John Holler) POSITION ANALYSIS - From the time fantasy football first started being played nationwide in the mid-1980s, running backs were the measuring stick for success. Almost every team had a bell cow featured back that carried the mail. If a team had a running back by committee, it was viewed as an offensive failure. Quarterbacks and wide receivers were critical to fantasy success, but, if you didn’t have a stud running back or two, you were dead in the fantasy water. Running backs were so dominant that the PPR format came into play to increase the value of wide receivers, tight ends and running backs that were receiving threats. In the process, the running back has been devalued both in fantasy terms and in realistic NFL terms. RBs are no longer locks to go in the first round of the NFL draft and, while they still are heavily drafted in the first couple of rounds of fantasy drafts, they aren’t a lock like they used to be. A case can be made that the first 10 picks of 2013 fantasy drafts may include only two or three running backs. Adrian Peterson should be a favorite to be the first pick and Arian Foster won’t last long, but with quarterbacks and elite wide receivers making their move up draft boards given the pass-happy nature of the modern NFL, the running back is paying the price. Tiering Analysis: Although the STUD RB Theory is pretty much history, there remains a group of NFL teams that ride their lead back nearly into the ground. It is these players that comprise our top Tiers at the RB position. At the top, you'll find an elite three-some. Minnesota Vikings RB Adrian Peterson, Houston Texans RB Arian Foster, and Tampa Bay Buccaneers RB Doug Martin showed they can carry a fantasy team like no other, and that should remain the case in 2013 provided their health holds up. As for Tier #2, things are more settled this summer than last for this fairly small group. Cleveland Browns RB Trent Richardson has the talent, but injuries have plagued his short NFL career. No such concern for Baltimore Ravens RB Ray Rice, Buffalo Bills RB C.J. Spiller, and Seattle Seahawks RB Marshawn Lynch. As for Kansas City Chiefs RB Jamaal Charles, he's healthy and should see an increase in passing target with new HC Andy Reid in town. Then there is Tier #3. More questions surround this group, but all have the talent to be a top 8 STUD RB in 2013. Chicago Bears RB Matt Forte expects to see more passing targets himself. Philadelphia Eagles RB LeSean McCoy may appear likely to catch less, but remains a serious threat for big games. Washington Redskins RB Alfred Morris doesn't catch many passes, but is a bull with the football, especially near the goal. The two big injury concerns from this Tier are Dallas Cowboys RB DeMarco Murray and Jacksonville Jaguars RB Maurice Jones-Drew, both whom have missed significant time due to legt and foot injuries. After this tier, there is a significant drop down to Tier #4. This group consists of a young second-year RB and six veteran backs. We like RB Steven Jackson from this group due to his talent, determination, and pass-catching abilities, but he is turning 30-years old this season. The 5th Tier is led by New England Patriots RB Stevan Ridley. The only reason he's not a Tier higher is due to the fact he doesn't catch passes. That said, he is seemingly a lock for double-digit scores in 2013. There will be plenty of movement in our rankings this summer within this tier, as certain players like RB Daryl Richardson, RB David Wilson, RB Lamar Miller, RB Eddie Lacy, RB Montee Ball, and RB Andre Brown possibly move up or down their team depth chart at this position. The 6th Tier is an interesting group. It features young players looking to make their mark and veterans looking to rebound off disappointing ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 282 2013 RB Rankings Analysis seasons or hang on as they get older. My favorite player in this Tier is New Orleans Saints RB Mark Ingram. The former Crimson Tider is finally fully healthy and ready to contribute in a meaningful manner, especially at the goal. Tier #7 RBs should be drafted strictly for depth as a #5+ fantasy RB. This group features high risk possible NFL starting backs (i.e. RB Isaiah Pead, RB Jonathan Franklin…), but many issues cloud the futures of these players. Others in this Tier include fantasy producing FBs and other part time players and rookies. A few players in this group could exceed expectations, but they are long-shots to do so. Training camp and preseason will go a long way to further define the role of these players. RB Draft Tips - The top 2 Tiers are going in the first nine picks of most drafts, with the order being different here and there. Bottom Line: If you draft in the top eight, you really should take one of these backs (assuming your QBs don’t get 6 points per TD pass). After the top 8 RBs are gone, Tier #3 is next in line. In most leagues, the top 11 RBs ranked in our list will go within the first 19 picks. After taking a RB first, it’s best to take a top four WR if one is available, then take your #2 RB in the 3rd or 4th round. After the top 11 RBs, there are too many questions to avoid taking a top wideout. Still, you want to ensure you get two top 4 Tier RBs if at all possible. If you can manage to grab a top 22 RB as your #3 RB, you are way ahead of the game. Otherwise, a 5th Tier RB will do nicely. You do not want to wait until you are forced to choose from the 6th Tier or lower for your #3 RB. In the FF Index Magazine Mock Draft my first four picks from the #2 slot in a 12-team draft were RB Adrian Peterson, WR Andre Johnson, RB Maurice JonesDrew and WR Marques Colston. I then grabbed RB Mikel Leshoure near the end of the 8th round. Bottom Line: RBs still remain the foundation of your team (outside of 6-point QB passing leagues). THE MASTERMIND'S BEST BET: If you draft in the first 10 positions, then you must try to take a top eight ranked RB or WR Calvin Johnson (no sooner than pick #4). If you take Johnson, you would be wise to take the best available RB with your second pick. If you are in a QBheavy scoring league, you'll want a top Tier QB and two top four Tier RBs on your team after four rounds if possible. Taking a third RB in round #7-#8 is a good idea provided he's no lower than a Tier #5 RB. An example of a good STUD RB Theory balanced starting unit for a PPR league is QB Tony Romo, RB Arian Foster, RB Chris Johnson, RB Eddie Lacy, WR Andre Johnson, WR Marques Colston, WR Steve Smith, and TE Jason Witten. The following rankings are based upon PPR (point-per-reception) leagues! FIRST TIER (THE ELITE STUD RBs) 1) Adrian Peterson, Minnesota When Peterson tore three knee ligaments in December 2011 at FedEx Field, the conventional wisdom was that his future in the NFL was cloudy at best. His fantasy stock took a significant hit and few believed him when he said he would be back for Week 1. All he did was rush for 2,097 yards – an amazing feat considering that he was on a pitch count for touches the first four games of the year. Proving to be a medical marvel, Peterson never let up and shattered his career high for yardage by more than 300 yards, catching the second most passes of his career (40), posting his best average per rush (6.0) of his career and scoring 13 touchdowns for the third straight ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 283 2013 RB Rankings Analysis year. With promises being made that he can rush for 2,500 yards this season – a lofty goal that can’t be met – his training during his rehab has kicked it up a notch higher for the NFL’s most talented running back. If there is such a thing as a money player, it’s Peterson. He has never rushed for less than 1,300 yards in any full season and his touchdown totals have been consistently gaudy – 13-10-18-13-13-13. In previous years, there has been an argument over who is the No. 1 fantasy running back. There is no more argument. It’s All Day. STAT FACT: From November 2009 to October 2012, Peterson had nine 100-yard rushing games in 40 starts. In his final 10 starts of 2012, he topped 100 yards nine times. 2) Arian Foster, Houston If there is anyone who can make an argument about whether or not Peterson is the clear-cut No. 1 overall pick, it’s Foster. In three years as a starter, in 45 games, he has 4,264 yards, caught 159 passes for 1,438 yards and scored a whopping 47 touchdowns. In short, he is money. His workload has been intense – he has averaged more than 21 carries a game during his career. While not a home run hitter – he hasn’t had a carry of more than 46 yards in his last 700 carries – he is a stud on the highest order. Few teams run their offenses through a running back, but Foster is one of them. However, there are minimal concerns that his workload has taken away some of his explosiveness. His average per carry has dropped in each of his three years as a starter (4.94.4-4-1) and, after averaging more than 10 yards per reception in his first two seasons, he averaged just 5.4 yards per catch last year. His reception numbers have dropped in each of the last three seasons (66-53-40), but that’s like saying Eric Dickerson’s production went down following his 2,100-yard rushing season. The Texans have one of the league’s best run-blocking offensive lines and, if he’s healthy, there’s no reason not to believe that Foster can again rush for 1,400 yards, catch 40-50 passes and scored 16 or more touchdowns. Foster is a throwback style workhorse at a position where specialization and two-man backfields are the norm. He is a stud running back in the truest sense of the word and should be the second RB off the board in every draft in the country – and first in drafts conducted in Texas. STAT FACT: In 43 career starts, Foster has run 20 or more times in 24 of those games – redefining the bell-cow running back. 3) Doug Martin, Tampa Bay When the Bucs traded back into the end of the first round to draft Martin, it was clear they had plans for him. However, few could have imagined that the Muscle Hamster would become such a critical piece of the Tampa Bay offense so soon. He started all 16 games, rushing 319 times for 1,454 yards and 11 touchdowns and caught 49 passes for 472 yards and another TD. As would be expected with a rookie, there was a lot of all-or-nothing to Martin’s game. He had five games with more than 125 rushing yards, but also had five games with 56 or less yards. In the eight games he had 20 or more carries, the Bucs had a 5-3 record. In the eight games he didn’t carry 20 times, Tampa Bay had a record of 2-6. Numbers like that won’t be lost of Greg Schiano. When the Bucs went on a tear in late-October into November, it wasn’t a coincidence that Martin was putting up his best numbers. While the Bucs have made some improvements to their roster, the sky is the limit for Martin and the big days will likely keep on coming. In his first five games, he had just one TD and no 100-yard games. In his final 11 games, he scored 11 TDs and topped 100 yards five times – a sign of things to come. STAT FACT: Martin was more of a road ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 284 2013 RB Rankings Analysis warrior than delighting the home fans – four of his five 100-yard rushing games and eight of his 12 touchdowns came away from Tampa Bay. SECOND TIER (VERY CLOSE TO ELITE STUD RBs) 4) Ray Rice, Baltimore Few fantasy running backs have been as consistent as Rice. In four years as a starter, he hasn’t missed a game and has averaged 1,250 yards rushing, 70 receptions and 10 touchdowns – the prototype numbers one expects from a fantasy back. There may be some concerns that he has peaked in his performance – his 1,143 rushing yards and 478 receiving yards in 2012 both represented his career lows since becoming a full-time starter, but both are impressive numbers when compared to other backs around the league. The concern when he became the Ravens’ featured back was that he didn’t have the size to hold up, but the numbers speak louder than anything else. He doesn’t miss games. He plays hurt. He is effective and has game-breaking ability – although 2012 was the first season of his career in which he didn’t have a play of 50 or more yards. While Joe Flacco is now being touted as an emerging QB, the Ravens offense still starts around Rice – both as a runner and receiver. His numbers may have dipped in 2012, but he remains an elite fantasy back whose consistency as a rusher, receiver and scorer are hard to argue. STAT FACT: Rice enjoyed his home cooking when it came to getting into the end zone in 2012. In eight road games, he scored just two touchdowns. In eight home games, he scored eight TDs. 5) Jamaal Charles, Kansas City+ Charles is one of those running backs that can infuriate fantasy owners. He has as much pure breakaway speed as any running back in the NFL, but has been absent from the scoring column. In his last two full seasons, he has rushed for 2,976 yards and caught 80 passes. But, he has yet to become an elite scorer or a big-time receiving option. In three full seasons in which he was a primary option, his touchdown totals were eight, eight and six. Even in PPR leagues, those missing handful of touchdowns are what keeps him from being an elite must-have fantasy starter. However, the arrival of Andy Reid could make a change to that. Reid has always been in love with speed backs who can make plays in the open field (see Brian Westbrook and Shady McCoy) and it can be argued that Charles has more explosiveness than either of those other two. In 2012 alone, he had three touchdown runs of 80 yards or more. Charles is a big play waiting to happen and those who have owned him over the years know the drill – you keep him in the lineup because he is capable of huge games, but realize you will be frustrated when he gets completely shut down, which happens a little too often for some owners to tolerate. The arrival of Reid may be the best thing for him because, if his past history means anything, he loves a three-down running back – which could bump Charles’ receiving numbers and make him a more consistent fantasy threat. STAT FACT: If Reid follows his gut (a big hunch), he will give Charles the ball more than 15 times. In the 10 games in which he had 15 or more carries, his rushing totals were 87-233-88-140-100-87-107-127-165-226. In the six games he didn’t get 15 handoffs, his rushing totals were 3-40-4-39-10-53. Memo to Andy: Give the man the damn ball and don’t give up on him early. Update 7/26: The buzz has Charles catching more than 60 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 285 2013 RB Rankings Analysis passes in 2013, as the team concentrates early camp work in the passing game. As a result, he climbs in Tier #2. 6) Trent Richardson, Cleveland The Browns traded up to make sure they could draft Richardson, but few running backs faced eight in the box more because Cleveland simply didn’t have enough other offensive options to take the heat off of him. His numbers bore that out. In 15 games as a rookie before being shut down in Week 17, he had 267 carries for 950 yards and 11 touchdowns and caught 51 passes for 367 yards and another TD. However, because he was such a focus of opposing defenses, he averaged just 3.6 yards per rush and 7.2 yards per reception and didn’t have a play of longer than 32 yards in 318 touches. He made the most of his opportunities, but, showed the signs of the beatings he took as time went on. He was impressive both on the road and at home – splitting his 12 touchdowns between home and road, as well as splitting his top six rushing games between home and road. Even with his struggles, he put up excellent fantasy numbers, including five TDs in December when fantasy owners needed them most. He still needs more help to be an elite fantasy back, but he’s well on his way. STAT FACT: Richardson left owners hanging too often when it came to yardage numbers. He had less than 50 yards rushing in seven of his 15 games as a rookie. 7) C.J. Spiller, Buffalo After being taken in the first round of the 2010 draft, it seemed as though Spiller would always be stuck in a time share with Fred Jackson. But, as time has gone by, his numbers have consistently increased in terms of rushes (74-107-207), rushing yards (283-561-1,244), average per rush (3.8-5.2-6.0), rushing TDs (0-4-6), receptions (24-39-43) and receiving yards (157-269459). When given his opportunity last year, he showed why the Bills envisioned him as a go-to running back and, despite not having many touches – just 388 rushing attempts in 46 career games – he has proved to be a dynamic threat that could be an elite running back if given more opportunities. Few players have the arrow pointing up as high as Spiller. If Buffalo understands that he has the potential to score every time he touches the ball while Jackson has the ability to move the chains, he could become an elite fantasy back. He is laying the foundation for that with his steadily increasing numbers, but will likely need to show he can be a 15-20 carry-a-game guy before a lot of owners will commit to make him their No. 1 RB on a permanent basis. STAT FACT: Does the end of the season speak to Spiller’s future with Buffalo? In 2012, he had just four games with more than 15 rushing attempts, but three of those came in his final three games last year – in which he rushed 63 times for 300 yards and scored two TDs. 8) Marshawn Lynch, Seattle When Lynch is in Beast Mode, there are few better. After three years-plus with the Buffalo Bills, he has a pair of 1,000-yard rushing seasons and was a solid fantasy player – if not a lock to be a No. 1 type guy. Injuries have always been a concern, despite never missing more than three games in any season. While his role with the Bills consistently diminished, once he got to Seattle, it has been a different story. Not only did his carries increase in each of his three years (165-285-315), so did his rushing yardage (573-1,204-1,590) and his average per rushing attempt ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 286 2013 RB Rankings Analysis (3.5-4.2-5.0). He saved his best for last (year) when he set career highs for attempts, yards and average. In PPR formats, his only downfall is that he won’t get the kind of points for receptions that others will – his yearly total for receptions with Seattle is 21-28-23 and he has never had more than 300 receiving yards in any of his six NFL seasons. But, if you’re looking for a consistent bell-cow who is won’t have as much pressure on him with the arrival of Percy Harvin taking a linebacker off the field for most plays, Lynch could be in full Beast Mode again this season. STAT FACT: In his first four seasons – a span of 57 games with Buffalo and Seattle – Lynch scored 24 touchdowns. In his two full seasons with the Seahawks – a total of 31 games – he has scored 25 touchdowns, not to mention his two best single-season rushing totals. THIRD TIER (SOLID #1 FANTASY RBs) 9) Matt Forte, Chicago Forte has been a fantasy anomaly since joining the league in 2008. He burst on the scene as a rookie, rushing for 1,238 yards, catching 63 passes and scoring 12 touchdowns. He was on the fast track to fantasy superstardom, but, four years later, those numbers all remain as his career highs. Over the last four seasons, he has missed five games due to injury, but hasn’t topped 1,100 yards in any of those four years and has touchdown totals of 4-9-4-6 during that span. His reception numbers have remained consistent (57-51-52-44), as has his rushing average the last three years (4.5-4.9-4.4), but he hasn’t been the big-time dual threat that his rookie season led so many to indicate was coming. He isn’t going to get the touches many of the other top backs will get – he hasn’t had more than 300 combined touches in any of the last three years after having 373 touches as a rookie. He is still a dangerous threat, but is no longer a weekly lock to be in a fantasy starting lineup every week. He’s not putting together a Hall of Fame resume, more like a Hall of Very Good. For those who wait on running back at the start of the draft, he will end up being someone’s No. 1 RB, but he will be a pretty big question mark to be a game-breaker who is capable of singlehandedly winning a week or two for a fantasy owner. STAT FACT: If you’re considering when to bench Forte, it should be when he is away from Soldier Field. In the last two years, he has scored seven of his 10 TDs at home and has just three touchdowns in his last 16 road games dating back to 2010. 10) LeSean McCoy, Philadelphia Perhaps never in the history of fantasy football has a player made such a meteoric rise only to fall as hard as McCoy did last year. In his first season as a starter in 2010, McCoy ran for 1,080 yards on just 207 carries, caught 78 passes and scored nine touchdowns. That got the attention of fantasy owners and they were rewarded handsomely in 2011, as he rushed 273 times for 1,309 yards, caught 48 passes and scored a whopping 20 touchdowns – making him a candidate for fantasy MVP in many leagues. He was so money that some had him rated along with Arian Foster as the top-rated running back on draft boards. But, injuries and offensive ineffectiveness combined to kill his 2012 season and make him a fantasy liability. In 12 games, he rushed 200 times for 840 yards, caught 54 passes for 373 yards and had more touchdowns receiving (3) than he did rushing (2). The Eagles have a new high-octane look with the arrival of new head coach Chip Kelly, which should bode well for Slim Shady getting back into the fantasy driver’s seat, but injuries will always be a concern. He hasn’t played all 16 games in his three years as a starter ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 287 2013 RB Rankings Analysis and missed four games last year and didn’t have the same level of explosion that he had shown the previous year. Taken as high as No. 2 overall last year, in some leagues, he may end up being the No. 2 running back on a fantasy roster this year. He has a ton of upside behind him, but he is far from a certainty. STAT FACT: What made McCoy so valuable in 2011 was his consistency. In 15 games, he rushed for more than 100 yards six teams and scored at least one TD in a whopping 13 games. It was that success that made his 2012 so disappointing – 12 games, three 100-yard games and just four games with a touchdown. If he can find a happy medium somewhere in between, he will be a solid fantasy back. 11) DeMarco Murray, Dallas+ Murray is an immensely talented player, but his injury history dating back to high school is somewhat troubling. He fell a bit on Draft Weekend 2011 for just that reason, but those fears seemed justified. He was on his way to having a big season – in 13 games, he rushed 164 times for 897 yards and caught 26 passes – but injuries slowed him down on almost a weekly basis. Last year, he was expected to have his breakout season, but played in just 10 games, carrying 161 times for 663 yards – a drop in average per carry from 5.5 yards a pop to 4.1. There is no questioning his big-play ability, but it has yet to manifest itself. In 386 career touches (325 carries, 61 receptions), he has scored just six touchdowns. He is one of those players who owners don’t draft twice because he causes too much frustration. He has the ability and the speed to be a breakout player if he can stay healthy, but analysts have been saying the same thing about him since he was a freshman at Oklahoma in the post-Adrian Peterson era. He’s always been a boombust prospect, but there has been a lot more bust than there has been boom. STAT FACT: If you’re looking for the key of when to play Murray and when to sit him, the key may be to play him when the Cowboys are at home. In 11 career road games, he has scored just one touchdown. Update 7/26: Murray enters camp healthy and the Cowboys plan to run more in 2013, as he climbs a tad in our update this week. 12) Alfred Morris, Washington Morris is the latest in a long list of running backs that Mike Shanahan has fallen in love with. Last year there were questions coming into the season as to who would be the main man. There were several candidates, but the only apparent certainty was that one of them was going to be a fantasy star. Sixth-round rookie Morris was a logical candidate given Shanahan’s willingness to give unproven late-round rookies a chance and the result was nothing short of incredible. Morris started all 16 games, rushing 335 times for 1,613 yards and 13 touchdowns. If he had a drawback it was that he was Michael Turner-esque in his lack of receiving acumen. He caught just 11 passes for 70 yards and those were just dump-off passes to avoid QB sacks. With RG3 expected to lead a high-octane passing offense, Morris is the safe play. He will be facing a challenge this year, but it’s hard to tell who that will come from. As things currently stand, we don’t have another Redskins running back in our rankings, but Shanahan is never one to stick with the same RB for very long. He always falls in love with the next big thing and, while Morris may appear a bit underrated at this ranking, it’s happened before, so be forewarned. STAT FACT: While RG3 got most of the headlines, it was Morris who was the key to victory for Washington of the 2012 rookie class. In the 10 games in which he had 20 or more carries, Washington had a 9-1 record. In the six games he had less than 20 carries, the Redskins went 1-5. Shanahan is aware of this ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 288 2013 RB Rankings Analysis number – in their seven-game winning streak to end the season, Morris had 20 or more carries in every game. 13) Maurice Jones-Drew, Jacksonville MJD has been one of the most impressive fantasy backs in the NFL since joining the league in 2006. In his first six seasons, Jones-Drew only missed three games to injury and had touchdown totals of an impressive 15-9-14-16-7-11. When he became a full-time starter in 2009 when the team send Fred Taylor packing, some questioned whether he could hold up under the straing since, he hadn’t carried a full-time workload in his first three seasons, despite scoring 38 touchdowns as a part-time player. He responded with three seasons with rushing totals of 1,3911,324-1,606. Everything was looking up for MJD until he started grousing about his contract. He sat out the OTAs, training camp and the preseason – not returning to the team until the days before the start of the regular season. He simply wasn’t the same player. In six games, he rushed just 86 times, caught just 14 passes and scored just two touchdowns. Can he rebound from his sub-par, injury-plagued 2012 season or have we seen the best of MJD in the rearview mirror? That’s the question fantasy owners will have to ask themselves and deal with. The Jaguars have added some offensive weapons to the arsenal to take the heat off of him, but he will be a player who will be drafted to start every week and there are some lingering doubts that he has the offense around him to get it done. STAT FACT: In his first four seasons – just one as a starter – MJD scored 54 touchdowns. In his last three seasons – all as a starter – he had scored 20 touchdowns. FOURTH TIER (TOP 12 POTENTIAL) 14) Chris Johnson, Tennessee Johnson has been a fantasy enigma since joining the NFL and promising to become the most complete running back in the NFL. Whether you like him or not, the fact remains that he has missed just one game in his five-year career and that was as a rookie. His seasonal rushing totals have been impressive – 1,228-2,006-1,364-1,047-1,243 – and he is one of the most explosive running backs in the game. The biggest issue for fantasy owners has been his propensity to be an all-or-nothing type of running back. He will have one game where he looks almost unstoppable and back it up with a 12-carry, 25-yard game. With the exception of 2009, that has been part of his calling card. He is worthy of being a No. 1 fantasy running back because he can be dangerous as a receiver – he has yearly totals of 43-50-44-57-36. But, his up and down week-to-week numbers are what have frustrated so many fantasy owners. At this point of the rankings, he could be a value pick because, if nothing else, his season-long numbers bear that out. He will have enough big weeks to win the person who drafts a couple of games all by himself. If his O-line stays healthy, he could be a steal at this point, but, those who have owned him in the past are aware of his roller coaster of production. STAT FACT: In his first three seasons (47 games), he scored 38 touchdowns. In his last two seasons (32 games) he has just 10 TDs. 15) Darren Sproles, New Orleans ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 289 2013 RB Rankings Analysis Sproles is a player whose value is dependent on how your league does its scoring. If you don’t play in a PPR league, Sproles value drops like a stone because he has never and will never be a threat to be a running back in the true sense. He is much more of a receiver – something that got even more pronounced when he moved from San Diego to Denver. In 29 games as a Saint, he has rushed the ball 135 times for 847 yards and three touchdowns, while catching 161 passes for 1,377 yards and 14 TDs. The combination of touchdowns and receptions make him an extremely attractive fantasy candidate, especially considering that Sean Payton has never been willing to give Pierre Thomas or Mark Ingram the full-time starting job. He tends to switch things up and Sproles has become a favorite of Drew Brees – a trait that can’t be overestimated. For the same reason Jimmy Graham has become a star and Marques Colston is a killer in the red zone, Sproles is a player Brees targets in the passing game and he provides a change of pace in the running game. For his career, he has been an impressive runner – averaging 5.2 yards a carry on 284 career rushes. It’s hard to project him too high because he isn’t a pure running back in the fantasy sense, but, when take a deeper look at his numbers, he produces the kind of numbers that make him a consistent fantasy threat and a solid No. 2 fantasy RB option (even if he is a No. 2 option on his own team). STAT FACT: Could your commissioner make a claim that Sproles should be viewed as a wide receiver instead of a running back? In eight seasons, he has more yards (2,777) catching the ball that rushing (2,001) and has almost three times as many touchdowns – 25 receiving, nine rushing – numbers that have been even more pronounced in New Orleans (14 receiving, three rushing). 16) Darren McFadden, Oakland From the day he entered the NFL, McFadden was dubbed as the Next Adrian Peterson. He followed Peterson as the featured back at Oklahoma and, when he came to the league five years ago, huge things were expected. He has shown flashes of being a potential big-time player, but injuries have cut his career short so consistently some owners won’t even consider ranking him in their top 30. In five years, he has never missed less than three games in any season and, for his career, he has missed 23 games – an average of almost five games a year. He has sporadically been an impressive receiver and, when he healthy, he has the ability to put up some pretty big numbers – there have been games over the last three years where it seems like McFadden is the only player in the offense and the Raiders are calling playing like power high school running team. It seems like every year we have the same reservations about McFadden, he has the ability to be a star running back – in his only year as a full-time starter (13 games), he rushed for 1,157 yards, caught 47 passes and scored 10 touchdowns. There isn’t any questioning his ability to be an elite fantasy running back, but anyone who drafts him has to expect to be without him for about four games and his bye week. That is too steep a price for many owners to pay, but, if he isn’t being asked to be an every-week starter, he could be worth the risk. STAT FACT: As much a result of a woeful offensive line as anything else, McFadden’s explosiveness fell off the charts in 2012. In 2010-11, he carried the ball 336 times and averaged 5.3 yards a carry, scoring 15 touchdowns in 20 games – an average of three TDs every four games. In 12 games last year, he averaged just 3.3 yards a carry – a drop of two full yards on 216 attempts – and scored just three touchdowns in 12 games – an average of one TD every four games. 17) Steven Jackson, Atlanta ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 290 2013 RB Rankings Analysis Jackson is heading into new territory with a lot of the tread off his tires. But nobody can question his guts or his toughness. A featured back on the highest order, Jackson turns 30 in July, a number that has a Logan’s Run component for NFL running backs. A lot of great careers end when the mile marker of 30 is passed. But, Jackson, for the time being and in the short-term, may be the exception to that rule. Anyone who has watched Rams games, knows that he is as hard-nosed a running back as there is in the league and coming to a team that emphasizes a power running game and does it effectively as a counter to its deep passing attack, Michael Turner offered little to the passing game. He was one-dimensional. Jackson is not. While his 90catch season in 2006 is a distant memory, he has consistently caught 40+ passes and could be in for more with the Falcons that he was with Sam Bradford at the wheel. He may be something of a gamble pick given his age, but, in eight years as a starter, he has topped 1,000 yards in every one of them and has averaged 4.1 yards a carry in all but one of those seasons. He is exactly what the Falcons running game is looking for and, while he may not be the Jackson of three or four years ago when he was a top workhorse, he still has some gas left in tank and Atlanta looks to be an ideal landing spot. STAT FACT: If you’re looking for a wild card for Jackson, it could be Turner. In Jackson’s nine-year career (131 games) with the Rams, he rushed for 56 touchdowns – only one running for more than eight TDs. In five years with the Falcons (73 games), Turner had 60 rushing touchdowns and never scored less than 10 in any season. 18) Montee Ball, Denver ® The Broncos have a backfield that is stuffed with players too old or too injury prone. Willis McGahee had the shot of being the main man in the offense last year, but went down to injury and was recently released. Knowshon Moreno had been rumored to be a cut casualty for months and his job security is minimal. Ball is a complete running back who has excellent lateral agility who consistently gets the extra yard or two that is needed. He could vault himself up the draft chart with a strong preseason showing and, while John Fox has a history of sticking with veteran receivers over the young guys, Ball may be an exception to the rule. He has proved he can handle a heavy workload and, with defenses focused on Peyton Manning and the passing game, he could provide the explosion from the run game that has been missing the last few years in the Denver offense. STAT FACT: In his final three years at Wisconsin, he rushed for 73 touchdowns in 40 games, showing he could break long runs and finish drives at the goal line. 19) Frank Gore, San Francisco Gore hit 30 in May, which is typically when running backs crash into the career wall, much less a guy playing on two surgically repaired knees. In his career to date, Gore has only played in all 16 games three times in eight years, but two of those three have come in the last two years. While no longer a great receiving threat – after averaging 50 catches from 2006-10, he has caught just 45 passes in the last two years combined – he has posted two of his three best rushing seasons in the last two years, rushing for 1,211 yards in 2011 and 1,214 in 2012. Somehow, despite not being overworked or abused, he put together one of his most impressive seasons in year, averaging 4.7 yards a carry. He isn’t being used nearly as much in the receiving end of things, but he remains the focal point of the 49ers run offense. The sand is ticking out of the hourglass, but he still has life left in him and has at least one more good year in which he can be counted on to be used as a viable No. 2 type fantasy back. STAT FACT: Perhaps the best Stat ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 291 2013 RB Rankings Analysis Fact of them all: if you draft Gore, play him hard early and trade him. Over the last three years, Gore has had 12 100-yard rushing games. None of them have come after Week 9. Translation? In September and October, Gore goes off for 100 yards in half his games. In November and December? Fuggetaboutit. Play him and trade him while he’s hot. 20) Reggie Bush, Detroit Few players define the difference between PPR leagues and non-PPR leagues than Bush. In his year with New Orleans, despite diminishing receptions in each year he played, nobody was more of an enigma that Bush. He could blow up for three touchdowns in a game and then have sub-par outings for the next month. He was rarely used as a running back and was primarily a third-down guy and receiving threat. When the team signed Darren Sproles, he became expendable and Miami made the plunge on him – finally turning Bush into the player the Saints never gave him the opportunity to be. After missing 20 games the previous four years with New Orleans, in two years at Miami, Bush started 31 of 32 games, ran for 2,072 yards, caught 78 passes for 588 yards and had 15 offensive touchdowns. Coming to Detroit, he enters a situation where the Lions have struggled at the RB position for years. They had hoped Jahvid Best would be the lightning component of a Thunder-and-Lightning backfield, but his career is done. Bush is stepping into a very good situation and has proved himself to be more than just serviceable running back and, while not a 20-carry-a-game guy, could be a solid 15-carry guy with big-play potential. Bush has never fully lived up to be the No. 2 overall selection in the 2006 draft, but may be in another good position to be a solid fantasy running back. STAT FACT: Even as the full-time starter in Miami, Bush had 20 or more carries in just five of 31 starts, but, to his credit, he topped 100 yards every time he got his hands on the ball 20 times. If Jim Schwartz is willing to give him a workload, he will produce, but it has never happened often enough during his career. FIFTH TIER (SOLID #3 FANTASY RBs) 21) Stevan Ridley, New England How is Ridley rated this low? He will never be a receiver and, as such, is liable to be replaced at any time or at least be on the bench for entire drives during any game he plays. Bill Belichick is nut in terms of appeasing fantasy owners of Patriots running backs. A guy will have 30 carries one week and 10 the next. Ridley was a stud when given the opportunity. He rushed 290 times for 1,263 yards and 12 touchdowns – making him one of the most prolific fantasy RBs of 2012. The problem is that Belichick rarely sticks with the same guy for more than one or two seasons and, even when he does, there is a lot of platooning going on. If you go just on his rushing production, Ridley should be ranked higher. But, when you have 386 touches in two years and only nine of them are receptions, you have all the makings of a two-down back who is off the field in hurry-up situations. He’s a value pick here, but, in PPR formats, he is as one-dimensional as you get. STAT FACT: It will be in Belichick’s better interests to let Ridley get in the end zone. In 2012, he scored touchdowns in 10 different games. The Patriots were 10-0 in those games. In the games in which he didn’t score a TD, New England was 2-4. It’s hard to find a failure stat for the Patriots, but now you’ve got one. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 292 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 22) Ryan Mathews, San Diego The Chargers have done everything they possibly can to pave the road for Matthews. They got rid of LaDainian Tomlinson. They got rid of Darren Sproles. The got rid of Mike Tolbert. They’ve gutted their running game to open the door for Mathews, but he has yet to justify the serial killing of other backs. He has yet to play a full season and missed 10 games in three years due to injury. The result has been that more and more fantasy owners are getting off his bandwagon despite Mathews having the skill to be an excellent fantasy player. As a rookie in 2010, he started nine of 12 games he played and ran for 678 yards and seven touchdowns. In 2011, he had what many thought would be a breakout season, rushing 222 times for 1,091 yards and six TDs and catching 50 passes for 455 yards. He had fantasy owners fighting for the chance to draft him last year, but again was knocked down by injuries. He played in just 12 games, rushing 184 times for 707 yards and just one touchdown and his receptions numbers dropped to 39 catches for 252 yards. Aside from the utter lack of scoring punch, Mathews saw his average per carry drop from 4.9 yards a pop to 3.8 and his average reception drop from 9.1 yards per catch to 6.5. Owners interested in Mathews are likely ones who didn’t have him last year. To those guys, he is poison. He doesn’t have a lot of burst in his stride – in 675 touches (564 carries, 111 receptions), he has just one run and one reception of more than 31 yards. Once again, it would appear the starting job is his for the taking, but owners will no longer be giving him the benefit of the doubt. STAT FACT: While he has been a prolific receiver – catching 111 passes in three years, including 89 in the last two – Mathews has never scored a receiving touchdown in his career. 23) Daryl Richardson, St. Louis A year ago, Richardson didn’t have a guarantee to make the Rams roster as a seventh-round Division II prospect, but he turned a lot of heads and, not only made the squad, but proved to be a valuable and versatile change-of-pace back to workhorse starter Steven Jackson. He showed he could be a hard-nosed between the tackles runner – carry 98 times for 475 yards and catching 24 passes for 163 more. With Jackson out of the picture, the running game is wide open and he will likely be in a time share with speedy Isaiah Pead, but, given Pead’s one-game suspension, he could fall out of favor with Jeff Fisher and the coaching staff and it could open the door to Richardson. He is a prospect on the come – you have to have a little proactive faith that he can be the man. He’s a risk/reward pick, but both the Rams and Fisher have a history of pounding the ball on the ground and, at this point, Richardson will get the first chance to be the man in the Rams backfield. STAT FACT: Richardson had 122 touches as a rookie, but his next NFL touchdown will be his first NFL touchdown. 24) David Wilson, New York Giants For years, the Giants had a tandem backfield of Ahmad Bradshaw and Brandon Jacobs. Prior to the 2012 season, the G-Men let Jacobs walk and Bradshaw followed him after the season. The team used its first-round pick on Wilson anticipating that changeover. He is a speed back who showed his versatility, scoring five touchdowns on just 75 touches – running 71 times for 358 yards (a 5.0 yard average) and four TDs, along with four receptions for 34 yards and another TD. Wilson only got two starts as a rookie and will likely start the season in a time split with Andre ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 293 2013 RB Rankings Analysis Brown. Given the Giants penchant for being one of the better running teams in the league, it is expected that Tom Coughlin will roll with the hot hand. Neither Wilson nor Brown is guaranteed to be the primary running back on a consistent basis, but, given Wilson’s speed and the investment the team made in him by taking him in the first round of the 2012 draft, it seems clear big things are expected of him and he’s ready to take on a larger role this year and potentially become a solid fantasy sleeper candidate. STAT FACT: If you’re looking an early indication on Wilson’s strengths, it may be to play him at home. He scored four of his five touchdowns at Met Life Stadium and had his top two rushing games there. 25) Lamar Miller, Miami Miami has a big opening for someone to take over the role that Reggie Bush enjoyed the last two seasons. He was a combination of speed and receiving ability that opened things up for the passing game by keeping defenders and safeties closer to the line of scrimmage. With Bush gone to Detroit, that role is suddenly wide open and Miller may be the first in line to win the job. He slipped into the fourth round of the 2012 draft due to his injury history and durability concerns. Based solely on talent, he was viewed as a second-round prospect, but injuries can drag down a player’s career and make him a big question mark. As a rookie, Miller saw spotty action, playing in 13 games and having just 51 carries for 250 yards and a touchdown and catching six passes for 45 yards. He will be battle Daniel Thomas for the starting job/primary back role, but it is likely the two will be in a time share with the hot hand getting most of the carries. Depending on how long the two last, they may end up being an RB handcuff in some leagues. You can teach speed and Miller has it. Anyone who saw him play at The U knows what he is capable of. If he gets the nod early, big things could follow, but he is something of a dice roll. STAT FACT: Miller plays better when he gets more of a chance to get loose on the field and get in a rhythm. He had just three games in which he had nine carries or more. In those three games, he ran 29 times for 192 yards – a 6.6 yard average that could be a factor in how he is used now that Bush is gone to Detroit and his speed role in the offense is there for the taking. 26) Eddie Lacy, Green Bay ® Lacy was an extremely productive college running back and many draft analysts had him going in the first round of the 2012 to the Packers. However, with the devaluation of running backs on draft weekend and concerns that Lacy’s turf toe injuries will plague him throughout his career, he fell to the Packers in the second round. For a team as desperate for running help as the Packers have been, recycling pedestrian players like Ryan Grant and Cedric Benson, the potential for a young talented workhorse like Lacy is a tantalizing prospect that could finally give the Packers some offensive balance and not make them so one-dimensional. When John Kuhn is your leading rusher in given games, it’s clear that more help is need. If healthy, Lacy could take over the job and be a fixture in the Packers backfield for years. Given the wide open nature of the position, Lacy has the talent to beat out every RB currently on the Packers roster. STAT FACT: Green Bay hasn’t had a 100-yard rusher since Week 5 of the 2010 season – a span of 37 games and counting. 27) Jonathan Stewart, Carolina ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 294 2013 RB Rankings Analysis Stewart has seemingly always been in a time share with DeAngelo Williams and neither has been able to break away from it. Since his early career blowup in which he ran for almost 2,000 yards despite starting just three games, the returns on Stewart have diminished. His carries have dropped each of the last four years (221-178-142-93) as have his rushing yards (1,173-770-761336). He was finally given the chance to be a starter last season, starting six of the nine games he played, but his production was the worst of his career. After averaging almost five yards a carry for his career, even when he was able to play, Stewart didn’t produce much – averaging just 3.6 yards a carry with a season-long run of just 21 yards. Even more troubling was that, coming off a season in which he caught 47 passes and seemed to assume the role as the primary receiver out of the backfield, he had just 17 catches. He is at a crossroads of his career. Like Williams, he agreed to a pay cut to stay with the Panthers, but this may be a make or break season for both of them and they are feeling the heat. While nobody expects to see the two-headed beast of 200809, Stewart has the potential to rebound and regain his footing as the main runner in the Panthers offense (outside of Cam Newton, of course) and could be on the fast track to winning the starting job. However, with diminishing returns, a fantasy owner will need depth to take on Stewart as a roster player. STAT FACT: In his first two seasons, Stewart scored 21 touchdowns in 32 games – 20 rushing, one receiving. In the three years since, a span of 39 games, he has scored just 10 touchdowns – seven rushing, three receiving. Update 7/26: Stewart is still having issues with his right ankle, and it appears he won't be practicing soon, so he could drop in future updates if he stays off the field too long. 28) Rashard Mendenhall, Arizona+ Mendenhall appeared to be on his way to being the featured back in Pittsburgh for years to come before a torn ACL in December 2011 derailed his career. At the time, he was on his way his third straight 1,000-yard season. Unlike Adrian Peterson, Mendenhall didn’t recover as quickly or as completely from his ACL surgery. Although he wasn’t put on the Physically Unable to Perform list, he only played in six games in 2012, rushing just 51 times for 182 yards and no touchdowns. He was part of a crowded backfield that didn’t have a single standout and, when the time came, the Steelers let him go into free agency. He turned 26 in June and still has a lot of tread on the tires. The Cardinals have struggled at running back for years and have typically found relief by taking stars from other teams and making them their featured back – Emmitt Smith and Edgerrin James come to mind – but both of them were beyond 30 and well past their prime. Mendenhall’s primary competition is Ryan Williams and, if he could have got the job done last year, Mendenhall wouldn’t be in Arizona. STAT FACT: Even when healthy, Mendenhall has never been a yardage killer. In his last 26 games, he has just two 100-yard rushing games. Update 7/26: Mendenhall is locked into the starting job entering camp. Of course, whether he stays healthy is another matter, but right now his numbers get a slight boost. 29) Shane Vereen, New England+ Vereen has been a player that fantasy owners have waited semi-patiently for him to make a big splash, but, the role of the undersized speed back in the Patriots offense has been typically manned by Danny Woodhead, who has moved on to San Diego. Vereen was expected to be a frontrunner to be the featured back for the Patriots before a preseason injury sidelined him and the offensive ship sailed on without him. In very limited use over two years – five games in 2011 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 295 2013 RB Rankings Analysis and 13 games last year, he has just 77 carries for 308 yards, eight receptions for 149 yards, but five touchdowns. He was viewed as a frontrunner as a rookie in 2011 to take the starting job, but injuries lost him that opportunity and he hasn’t caught up yet. But, in the Patriots system of “Next Man Up”, it would appear Vereen is that next man and he could be one of the deeper sleepers of the 2013 fantasy draft. He has a lot to prove because he has yet to prove himself, but, the tea leaves appear to be coming up in his favor. STAT FACT: In 18 career games, he has a career high of 11 carries, just two games with more than eight rushes and no more than two receptions in any game. Update 7/26: Word has Vereen catching more passes with TE Aaron Hernandez gone. As a result, he climbs our poll a bit this week. 30) Ahmad Bradshaw, Indianapolis It was starting to look as though Bradshaw was going to be forced into retirement when months passed without him getting an offer. But, when the Colts came calling, he went from being just an unemployed running back to someone who could end up being the featured back. His 2012 numbers (221 carries and 1,015 yards) were the second-highest single-season totals of his career. That was due in part to being a time-share with Brandon Jacobs early in his career and the fact that he has played in all 16 games just once in his career. Chronic foot injuries have plagued Bradshaw for most of his career and the Giants got to the point where they felt they couldn’t count on him and weren’t about to make a big financial investment in keeping him. The Colts have a committee of running backs that will likely limit Bradshaw’s potential for over-use, which may be necessary at this point in his career. If given the opportunity, Bradshaw is still capable of big things, but there is some question as to how much usage he will get in the new system. STAT FACT: Bradshaw’s reduced production as a receiver isn’t completely his fault – he’s being targeted less. In 2010, he was targeted 58 times and caught 47 of them (81 percent). In 2011, he caught 77 percent of passes thrown his way, but he was targeted 44 times and caught 34 of them. Last year, he caught 74 percent of passes thrown to him, but was targeted 31 times and caught 23 of them. His receiving production has dropped both in terms of receptions and catch percentage of targets, but it’s the reduced use that may be the most troubling to fantasy owners. 31) BenJarvus Green-Ellis, Cincinnati BGE was an ideal fit for the Bengals, who haven’t had a breakaway threat in more the decade after depending on guys like Rudi Johnson and Cedric Benson. It would seem the Bengals are content to have a between-the-tackles banger and Green-Ellis fit that blueprint. In 15 games, he had 276 carries for 1,094 yards and caught 22 passes for 104 yards. His lack of skill as a receiver didn’t come as a surprise to many. In four seasons with the Patriots, he had more than 500 carries, but just 26 receptions. While he caught 22 passes, he averaged less than five yards a reception, making him almost negligible as a receiver. In 68 career games, he has caught just 48 passes and has never scored a receiving touchdown. He isn’t likely to break off big plays, which is why the Bengals used a Day 2 draft pick to snap up Giovani Bernard. Bernard is an undersized speed back who will likely be used more like a Darren Sproles or Reggie Bush is used. BGE should still get the lion’s share of the carries, but his modest production last year doesn’t bode a lot of confidence to make him a regular player on a fantasy roster that isn’t crushed with injuries. STAT FACT: In his final two seasons with the Patriots, Green-Ellis had 24 rushing ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 296 2013 RB Rankings Analysis touchdowns. In his first season in Cincinnati, he had just six rushing touchdowns despite having 35 percent more carries in a similar role. 32) Mikel Leshoure, Detroit After missing his 2011 rookie season due to injury, LeShoure started his 2012 with a two-game suspension, leading some to question whether he would ever be the big back the Lions were looking for. Once he came back, he put together some decent numbers, rushing 215 times for 798 yards and nine touchdowns and catching 34 passes for 214 yards. Things looked good early, as Leshoure had 26 carries for 100 yards in his first game, but he was consistently unspectacular from there. While he had double-digit carries in all 14 games he played, he topped 70 yards just once more. His saving grace, however, was his ability to pad his stats with a touchdown run. From Week 11-16, when fantasy owners needed him most, he scored touchdowns in five of those six games. With the arrival of Reggie Bush, his workload will change, but not necessarily drop. He will likely be asked to pick up the hard yardage while Bush will be a change-of-pace back and primary receiver. Bush’s role may cut into his receiving numbers, which could hurt his value to PPR owners, but guys who score nine touchdowns are sure to get fantasy owners’ attention on draft day. STAT FACT: Why did the Lions bring in a big-play threat like Bush? Because the Lions aren’t expecting to get big plays from Leshoure. In 2012, he has 249 touches (212 rushes, 34 receptions) – none of which gained more than 16 yards. 33) Andre Brown, New York Giants Brown is a feel-good story of resilience and patience while waiting for his opportunity. In 2010, he was on the roster of four different teams – Indianapolis, Carolina, Denver and Washington. His only stats came with the Broncos, where he had two carries for minus-1 yard. When he wasn’t on a roster in 2011, it appeared as though that might be the end of the story for him – a player whose NFL contribution was losing a yard for his team. But, when the Giants were devastated with injuries, Brown got his opportunity. In 10 games, he had just 73 carries, but gained 385 yards (a 5.3 yard average), but scored a whopping eight touchdowns. He added 12 receptions for 86 yards in the process and earned himself a spot of the team. With Ahmad Bradshaw gone, there is going to be an opening for running backs in the rotation. Unlike last year, however, Brown will start at the top of rotation and not the bottom. STAT FACT: In two career starts, Brown had 27 carries for 178 yards (a 6.6 yard average) and three touchdowns. SIXTH TIER (#4-#5 FANTASY RBs) 34) Fred Jackson, Buffalo Jackson emerged in fourth NFL season in 2009 when he supposed to be the caddy for Willis McGahee. He played so well that McGahee was eventually shipped out of Buffalo. However, after his breakout 2009, when he rushed for 1,062 yards and caught 46 passes, Jackson has never repeated those numbers. His production dropped in 2010 (927 rushing yards, 31 receptions), but was on pace for a massive season in 2011 when it came to an end after 10 games. Through that span, he asserted his 1A role over C.J. Spiller by rushing 170 times for 934 yards and catching ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 297 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 39 passes for 442 yards – a pace that set him up for 272 carries, 1,494 yards and 10 touchdowns with 62 receptions for 707 more yards. The setback allowed Spiller to make headway with the offense and start carving out his own role – even though he didn’t take full advantage of the opportunity. Last year, Jackson played in 10 games, but missed time on three separate occasions. This time, Spiller took advantage and became the lead dog. It coincided with Jackson’s worst average per carry of his career (his 3.8 yard average was almost a full yard less than his career average). A healthy Jackson will get his share of carries and, because he is the better blocker, he will likely be on the field in passing situations more often than Spiller, but it would seem that the torch has been passed and Jackson is now 1B in the 1A/1B running back tandem in Buffalo. STAT FACT: While Jackson has been a productive player capable of big games, he has never been a big scorer. In six seasons, he has had 1,141 career touches (932 rushes, 209 receptions), but has scored just 24 career touchdowns – an average of one TD for every 48 touches. 35) Leveon Bell, Pittsburgh ® For the last few years, Rashard Mendenhall was the primary back in the Pittsburgh running attack and was a consistent No. 2 running back in most leagues. However, when he went down with an Achilles injury at the end of the 2011, it forced backups Jonathan Dwyer and Isaac Redman into duty. Neither of them took the starting job by the horns, but each flashed some skills that will have them in the mix again this year now that Mendenhall has signed away with Arizona. Dwyer is ideally a change-of-pace back and Redman is more of a grinder. They each have a specific role on the team that aren’t interchangeable. Enter Bell, stage left. A betweenthe-tackles pounder, Bell fits the historic template of what a Pittsburgh featured back is asked to do. He is the combination of speed and power that has typified the kind of running back that excels in the Steelers offense. He may not win the job immediately, but don’t be surprised if he becomes the featured back by midseason and never looks back. 36) Danny Woodhead, San Diego Woodhead has been an anomaly since joining the NFL. An undersized sparkplug, he was an ideal component piece in the spread offense New England ran so often over the last three seasons. Woodhead did little to nothing in his first two seasons with the Jets, but, once he came to the Patriots, he posted solid numbers in a part-time role. He’s never had more than 100 carries in a season and his rushing totals have dropped each of the last three years (547-351-301), but his role as a third-down slot receiver has made him valuable. His 40 receptions last season were a career high and got the Chargers interested in the offseason. With new coach Mike McCoy expected to employ a spread offense and Ryan Mathews never able to stay consistently healthy, the opportunity for Woodhead to set career numbers are in front of him. Philip Rivers has a penchant for throwing to running backs and tight ends and Woodhead looks to be an ideal fit in the system. The plan isn’t to make him a featured back, but, given Mathews’ injury history, he could see the field a lot more than intended. STAT FACT: In his first four seasons, he 249 touches (189 rushes, 60 receptions) and scored just seven touchdowns – an average of one touchdown for every 36 touches. In 2012, he had 116 touches (76 rushes, 40 receptions) and scored seven touchdowns – an average of one touchdown every 17 touches – better than twice his career average. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 298 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 37) Pierre Thomas, New Orleans Anyone who has drafted a Saints running back knows the routine by now. Darren Sproles is the primary receiving threat, Mark Ingram is viewed as the power back and Thomas is the most complete back of the three. During his career, he has never had 150 carries in a season and hasn’t had more than 110 in any of the last three years. He is arguably the most talented back of the three and, when the Saints have opted in the past to go with one running back for a stretch, it has just as often been Thomas as anyone else. He doesn’t have ideal speed, but his use as both a runner and receiver (89 receptions overt the last two seasons) keep him viable and, if there is an injury to either Sproles or Ingram, Thomas’ role is almost sure to increase. He’s the kind of guy you like to have on the bench of your fantasy team because, eventually he will get his shot during the course of a season, but the unpredictability of when that will come is what makes him so difficult to draft him and make him a player that you count on for fantasy production. STAT FACT: While Thomas has decent speed, of his 626 career rushing attempts, he has only two carries of more than 35 yards, which doesn’t bode well for the take-it-to-the house type of run that make mid-level fantasy backs attractive to fantasy owners. 38) Mark Ingram, New Orleans When the Saints used a first-round draft pick on Ingram in 2011, the expectation was that he would be the featured back that has been lacking in the Saints offense. Instead, he has become a piece of the puzzle, but not the biggest piece. Injuries slowed him as a rookie. In 10 games, he rushed 122 times for 474 yards and five touchdowns. Last year, he played all 16 games and had 156 carries for 602 yards and five TDs. He hasn’t shown breakaway speed – averaging just 3.9 yards a carry in each of his first two seasons and has just 17 receptions for 75 yards (a brutal 4.4 yard average) in 26 career games. He is a one-trick pony who can be a short-yardage option and a between the tackles banger – anyone who saw him play at Alabama knows that he has the ability to be a featured back, but New Orleans simply hasn’t provided him that opportunity yet. If that is going to change, this may be the year it does. Teams don’t invest first-round draft picks in role players – or at least they don’t do it for long before they get fired. It’s clear the Saints have a plan for Ingram, but, through his first two seasons, it hasn’t panned out as expected. He’s a good sleeper candidate at this point, but, when you’re a passing team and you other much more viable receiving options in Darren Sproles and Pierre Thomas, there would have to be a change in philosophy for Ingram to reach his full potential in the Big Easy. STAT FACT: The Saints may have been setting the precedent for the future late in the season. In the first eight games of the 2012 season, Ingram had just 54 rushes – an average of less than seven carries a game – and had one reception for minus-1 yard. In the final eight games of the season, he had 102 carries – and average of almost 13 carries a game. 39) Jacquizz Rodgers, Atlanta Rodgers is entering his third season and emerged last season as an elite third down receiving threat. As a rookie in 2011, he ran 57 times for 205 yards and a touchdown and caught 21 passes for 188 yards and a score. In his second season, his numbers across the board spiked upward – rushing 94 times for 362 yards and one TD and catching 53 passes for 402 yards and one TD. The Falcons regime seemed married to the concept of having Michael Turner as the first- and ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 299 2013 RB Rankings Analysis second-down back and Rodgers being a third-down specialist. The same may not necessarily be true with Steven Jackson. For those who followed the Falcons, they would typically have two or three drives a game where they went no-huddle. In those situations, Rodgers would be the back for those drives. Jackson is a much better receiver than Board Hands Turner, so he may get more action in the passing game than Turner did. With Jason Snelling still in the mix, Rodgers’ role may continue to be a work in progress. As the primary kickoff returner for the Falcons, he has the chance to pick up additional fantasy points, but, unless the Falcons maintain their pass-first, run-second offense, Rodgers won’t have an enormous breakout, but with Jackson being long in the tooth, his value could grow as the season progresses. STAT FACT: Despite having elite speed, on 151 career rushing attempts, Rodgers has just one carry of more than 20 yards. 40) Chris Ivory, New York Jets For the last four years, the Jets have relied on Shonn Greene as their primary running back, but made no effort to re-sign him. While Bilal Powell is the incumbent, many believe the fact that the Jets traded with New Orleans to acquire Ivory, that he will be the frontrunner to win the primary RB position. Ivory is a heavy-hitter out of the backfield, but injuries have been the bane of his existence. As a rookie in 2010, injuries thrust Ivory into the spotlight and he responded. In 12 games (four starts), he ran 137 times for 716 yards and five touchdowns. The problem has been that, in the last two seasons, he has missed 20 of 32 games due to injury and has rushed just 119 times for 591 yards and three TDs. In New Orleans, he was a member of a stable of running backs – none of whom became a weekly guarantee to be a stud fantasy back. With the Jets, it’s a different story. Powell and former Raider Mike Goodson are all in the mix, but, if he can stay healthy, Ivory could end up being a bargain at this spot. STAT FACT: It may be part of the Saints system in which they have always had adept receivers at the RB position, but prospective Ivory owners in PPR leagues should be aware of something important: in three NFL seasons, he had 259 touches in the Saints offense – 256 rushes and three receptions. 41) Vick Ballard, Indianapolis Ballard was expected to be the complement to Donald Brown, but, when Brown got dinged (again) early in the season, Ballard took over as the primary back and responded – starting the final 12 games and leading the Colts with 211 carries for 814 yards and two touchdowns. He enters this season as the starter with Brown as the complement, but perhaps the biggest issue for Ballard is that the Colts have designed a three-man backfield that includes Delone Carter, a massive plow horse that is viewed as a short-yardage and goal-line specialist. Ballard is almost certainly going to be the leading rusher on the Colts, but he is a between-the-tackles banger who didn’t have a carry or reception of more than 26 yards as a rookie. With Brown as the home run hitter and Carter as the goal-line wrecking ball, Ballard’s options may end up being between the 20-yard lines – which doesn’t get fantasy owners excited. However, as the Colts needed wins down the stretch last year, Ballard was the man and, with a year of experience behind him, he could be the pounder that the Colts need. The only caveat is that the specialists that will cut into his action. STAT FACT: If you believe in momentum, Ballard could be on the cusp of big things. Of his top five rushing games as a rookie, four of them came in his final four regular season games – as did 84 of his 211 carries for the season. Add to that the Colts playoff game ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 300 2013 RB Rankings Analysis (22 carries, 91 yards), not only did Ballard not hit the rookie wall, he was the man down the stretch when a loss could have spelled the end of the Colts season. 42) Daniel Thomas, Miami Thomas was drafted in the second round of 2011 draft with high hopes, but, at the same time, the Dolphins picked up Reggie Bush – who emerged as the primary runner and receiver in the Dolphins offense. As a result, Thomas never got the opportunity to be the primary runner in the offense. A strong runner with decent receiving skills, he has solid season as a rookie – rushing 165 times for 581 yards and catching 12 passes for 72 yards and a touchdown in 13 games. In his second season, Bush became more of a three-down back and injuries sidelined Thomas – opening the door for Lamar Miller, who cut into his time when Thomas was healthy. In 12 games, he had 91 carries for 325 yards and four touchdowns and caught 15 passes for 156 yards. With Bush gone, Thomas is the de facto starter and has the opportunity to be the main man in the offense (Miller has an injury history that dates back to high school. With the potential of being a full-time back (if he can stay healthy), Thomas is another fantasy back with upside who could make good things happen. However, many owners will shy away from him because of the questions about his ability to stay healthy. He’s a player who will become a value pick the longer he stays on the board, but one that will last a long time on draft day. STAT FACT: Thomas isn’t a game-breaker. In 256 career carries, he has averaged just 3.5 yards a carry – 3.5 yards as a rookie and 3.6 yards last year – and has just two carries of more than 20 yards in his career. 43) DeAngelo Williams, Carolina For a couple of seasons from 2008-09, there was no more deadly running back tandem that Williams and Jonathan Stewart. In that span, in 29 games, Williams ran for 2,632 yards and 25 touchdowns, while catching 51 passes and two touchdowns. It has been all downhill for both of them since then. Williams was injured in 2010, playing just six games, and hasn’t fully rebounded ever since. In 2011, he ran 155 times for 836 yards and seven touchdowns and last year he rushed 173 times for 737 yards and five TDs. He remains a big-play threat – he’s averaged 4.9 yards rushing for his career and has topped five yards a carry in four of his seven seasons – but the problem has come in the red zone. It was bad enough when Cam Newton began stealing red zone rushing touchdowns, but the addition of Mike Tolbert last year made a bad situation worse for both Williams and Stewart. When healthy, Stewart might get more carries because he is a power back, but Williams has the speed quotient that makes him a potential game-breaker. However, his last of receptions the last couple of years – just 29 in 32 games (24 starts) – makes Williams less productive than many fantasy owners want in their running backs. He has the skill to be a big-time player, but not a weekly fantasy starter week in, week out. STAT FACT: In 2008, Williams exploded on the scene, scoring 20 touchdowns in 16 games (18 rushing, two receiving). In the four seasons combined since then, a span of 51 games, he has scored 22 touchdowns (20 rushing, two receiving). 44) Marcel Reece, Oakland The Raiders have big plans for Reece, who almost never leaves the field as the team’s fullback. In Dennis Allen and offensive coordinator Greg Olson’s first year, Reece set career highs with ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 301 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 59 rushed for 271 yards and 52 receptions for 496 yards and one touchdown. He has been a valued receiver out of the backfield and, given his ability to block, run and receive, he is on the field for almost every play. While his production hasn’t been much to speak of – 505 career rushing yards, 1,150 yards receiving and seven touchdowns – all signs are pointing upward for Reece in 2013. Most fullbacks don’t get draft consideration, but, given the injury history of Darren McFadden and free agent signee Rashad Jennings having never been a full-time back, Reece could be in line to once again set career highs. Considering he has averaged almost five yards per rush during his career, if he gets the chance to be the featured back the next time Run DMC gets hurt, he could be worthy of starting in a given week. He’s getting more chances. If he gets an actual opportunity, he could surprise. STAT FACT: If you’re drafting Reece, it’s based largely on his receiving ability. In 48 career games, he has 212 touches – 106 rushes and 106 receptions. 45) Giovani Bernard, Cincinnati ® A player acquired with one of the picks the Bengals got in the Carson Palmer trade, Bernard is expected to be the complementary back to BenJarvus Green-Ellis. A shifty runner with good burst and a solid receiver, he will likely be used early as a third-down back and work his way into getting carries as the season progresses. The biggest problem Bernard faces is that he will have to deliver the Wow! Factor early on, because Marvin Lewis has been loyal to his featured back during his entire tenure. While BGE struggled at times last year, he finished with 278 carries for 1,094 yards in 15 games – totals good enough for him to keep his starting job and remain a 15+ carry running back. That will cut into Bernard’s chances of taking over as a featured runner, but he will get his chances in the passing game and has a chance to make a pretty significant contribution if Green-Ellis struggles or gets hurt. Ideally, he a poor man’s handcuff – draft BGE in the middle rounds and, three rounds later, grab Bernard. 46) Mike Goodson, New York Jets Goodson has the misfortune of being in a Carolina offense his first three seasons that was been stocked as deep as any running corps in the league. In four seasons, he had just 160 carries for 722 yards and 40 receptions for 310 yards – almost all it coming in 2010 (103-452-3 rushing, 40310-0 receiving. He spent 2012 with the Raiders, where he was also used sparingly. Those aren’t the kind of numbers that don’t get fantasy owners excited, but Goodson is stepping into what promises to be a wide-open competition with Bilal Powell and Chris Ivory. A pecking order will be determined in training camp and, given Goodman’s receiving and speed, the Jets will find a way to incorporate Goodson into the offense in some way, whether it’s a big contribution or a small one. Speed raises eyebrows, which makes Goodson a decent dice roll for a late-round sleeper. STAT FACT: The reason why Goodson is a decent risk/reward pick is that, if given the chance to start, he could do big things. In his four-year career, he has started just three games, but, in those three games, he has rushed 61 times for 275 yards and a touchdown and caught 16 passes for 125 yards. 47) Ben Tate, Houston ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 302 2013 RB Rankings Analysis As a technical rookie in 2011 (he was expected to be the starter in 2010 before a preseason injury ended his season), Tate made a huge splash when Arian Foster was injured and produced when given the opportunity – rushing 175 times for 942 yards and four touchdowns. Things flipflopped in 2012, as Foster had almost 400 touches and Tate spent most of the season injured and never fully healthy. When he is 100 percent, Tate can be the guy who spells Foster and there isn’t a drop-off – as was in evidence in 2011. A classic north-south runner that fits in the Houston offense, like Foster, he is a “scheme-sound” player who excels in the role he has. Ideally, whoever takes Foster early in the first round will make Tate a handcuff pick, which is why is rated here. However, given the workload that Foster has endured over the last three seasons, the potential for a breakdown is there and owners who don’t have Foster may remain intrigued because, if Tate is a starter in Houston’s run-first offense, the rewards could well be worth the risks. STAT FACT: Why is Tate a good handcuff for Foster? In the two games he has started in his career, he had 19 carries for 82 yards in one game and 16 carries for 97 yards and a touchdown in the other. 48) Ryan Williams, Arizona The Cardinals brought in Rashard Mendenhall, following in a grand tradition of taking on aging or injured veterans (Emmitt Smith, Edgerrin James, etc.) and handing them the starting job. The old coaching staff raved about Williams, who has played just five games in two seasons. A favorite to compete for the starting job as a rookie, he was injured in the preseason and lost for the year. Last year, he started three of the five games he played, but rushed just 58 times for 164 yards (a brutal 2.8 yard average). A hard-charging runner, he has the skills to be a featured back in the NFL, but his injury history is troubling at best and the Cardinals likely won’t be the kind of team that a fantasy owner wants to drop two draft picks to lock down their running backs. If Williams stays healthy, Mendenhall’s tenure as the de facto No. 1 running back will likely be dashed. But, if Mendenhall is strong out of the gate, he may leave Williams off the field – even when he’s healthy. STAT FACT: Entering his third season, Williams’ next NFL touchdown will be his first NFL touchdown. SEVENTH TIER (YOUNGSTERS & VETS WITH POTENTIAL) 49) Robert Turbin, Seattle Pete Carroll knows what he likes in running backs, which is why Marshawn Lynch has been such a glove fit in his system. But, in many ways, Turbin is a younger version of Lynch – Beast Mode 2.0. He has a very similar rushing style and would likely put together somewhat comparable numbers. Despite a huge season from Lynch last year, Turbin still managed 80 carries for 354 yards and 19 receptions for 181 yards. He didn’t score a touchdown, so he is flying under the radar. His value is heavily tied into what Lynch does, so he is clearly a handcuff candidate, but, like Ben Tate as the primary backup to Arian Foster, the potential for Turbin to be huge if Lynch gets hurt could be enough to allow owners with depth to make a jump for him – even if they don’t have Lynch. STAT FACT: In the only game in which he had more than 10 carries, Turbin carried 20 times for 108 yards. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 303 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 50) Mike Tolbert, Carolina Tolbert had been a fantasy anomaly in that he has never been a full-time starter, yet, when given the opportunity, he has posted some impressive fantasy numbers – especially in terms of touchdowns. In his final two seasons with San Diego, injuries and the loss of LaDainian Tomlinson opened the door for Tolbert to get his opportunity. In those two seasons, he carried the ball 303 times for 1,225 yards 19 rushing touchdowns and caught 79 passes for 649 yards and two more TDs. He had become a deep sleeper in fantasy leagues, but didn’t get as much work with the Panthers as many expected. He was a goal line runner and situational player behind DeAngelo Williams and Jonathan Stewart, rushing just 54 times for 183 yards and catching 27 passes for 268 yards, but still managed to score seven touchdowns. As one of the game’s best goal-line runners, situational receivers and a spot-starter, he brings a lot to the table. At this point in the draft, owners look for players who can give them that little something extra. Any part-time player who can score 28 touchdowns in three years fits in that category. STAT FACT: Fantasy owners who have been forced to put Tolbert in their lineup with the season on the line have been rewarded. In his last 12 December games – most during the fantasy playoffs – he has scored 11 touchdowns. 51) Ronnie Hillman, Denver As a rookie, there were big things expected from this small package. Hillman was slated to be the primary third-down back and the No. 2 guy behind Willis McGahee. But, he didn’t pick up the Broncos playbook very quickly and, when McGahee got hurt, Knowshon Moreno was the one who took over. With McGahee out and rookie Montee Ball in, Hillman is again expected to compete for the third-down back position and battle Ball and Moreno for playing time. The best thing he has going for him is his speed and vision. He can make big things happen, but it didn’t come easy as a rookie. In 14 games, he had just 85 carries for 330 yards and one touchdown and caught 10 passes for 62 yards. If he steps his game and grasps the offense better, he will have a role in the offense and many believe it may be up to him to determine how big a role that is. STAT FACT: One of Hillman’s calling cards heading into the 2012 draft was his ability to make things happen when he caught the football. As a rookie, he had one reception of 29 yards. The other nine receptions accounted for a combined 33 yards. 52) Bryce Brown, Philadelphia Coming off the 2011 season that Shady McCoy put together, the outlook for Brown in his rookie season was expected to be minimal. Instead, thanks to injuries that kept McCoy down much of the season, Brown was a pleasant surprise in an otherwise dismal season for the Eagles. He carried 115 times for 564 yards (a 4.9-yard average) and four touchdowns. He wasn’t much of a receiving threat (13 catches for just 56 yards), but he has soft hands and could be used more in the passing game in the new Eagles offense under Chip Kelly. While McCoy is expected to put up big numbers, Brown has earned his place on the field and will likely get his opportunities. McCoy is expected to be the man and Brown, who has never been a full-time player, will likely only be a major factor if McCoy gets banged up. If he has as much trouble holding on to the ball as he did as a rookie (four fumbles, three lost), he may wind up in Kelly’s doghouse, but he has the tools to be a difference-maker and could make it hard to keep him on the bench. STAT ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 304 2013 RB Rankings Analysis FACT: Brown was a Jeckyl-Hyde in his four games as a starter. In his first two starts for the Eagles, he rushed 43 times for 347 yards and four touchdowns while catching eight passes. In his final two starts, he ran 28 times for 38 yards and caught three passes. 53) Joique Bell, Detroit Bell was a young journeyman his first two seasons, playing for four different teams – Indianapolis, Philadelphia, New Orleans and Detroit – and didn’t have a single carry or reception. Despite not starting a game for the Lions, he emerged as the primary receiving threat out of the backfield. He had 82 carries for 414 yards and three touchdowns and caught 52 passes for 485 yards. Unfortunately for him, the Lions brought in Reggie Bush in free agency. Bush is expected to be the primary receiving threat, which could limit how much Bell is on the field. But he has the power and tenacity to carve out his own role – even if Mikel Leshoure and Bush are viewed as the Thunder and Lightning backfield. Bell can play both roles as power runner and receiving threat. STAT FACT: The Lions offense had just three running plays of more than 20 yards. Bell had all three of them. 54) Isaiah Pead, St. Louis It’s been 15 years since the Rams faced the start of a season without either Marshall Faulk or Steven Jackson as the focus of their running game. Pead was expected to be the heir apparent to Jackson when he was drafted in the second round of the 2012 draft, but his rookie season was an unqualified disaster. In 15 fames, he had only 13 touches – 10 carries for 54 yards and three receptions for 16 yards – and fumbled twice. Despite that, he is expected to enter training camp as RB 1A in the battle with Daryl Richardson and his burst and change-of-direction skills are expected to be his calling card. This will be a training camp/preseason battle to watch because Pead has the skills to be a big-time running back and, whether it’s in a tandem or as the primary back, Jeff Fisher has a big decision to make and whoever wins the job will likely be a steal this deep into the draft. 55) Bernard Pierce, Baltimore Ray Rice is the centerpiece of the Ravens offense and is as big a piece of an offense as any RB this side of Adrian Peterson. But, when the Ravens drafted Pierce, they did so with the idea of him being a complement to Rice that can take care of the hard running and have the speed to break off big runs. Most backups struggle to get a 100 carries, much less in a backfield with Rice, but Pierce had 108 carries for 532 yards and one touchdown. He wasn’t much of a receiving threat – he caught just seven passes – but has the potential to become more involved in the passing game. Pierce could end up being more than merely a handcuff for the owner who has Rice. He can be more than just a complementary player. Even if Rice plays all 16 games, Pierce could still put up the kind of numbers Ricky Williams put up in his stint with the Ravens. STAT FACT: In the final two games of the regular season, Pierce ran 36 times for 212 yards and followed that up with 13 carries for 103 yards in the first round of the playoffs. 56) Jonathan Franklin, Green Bay ® ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 305 2013 RB Rankings Analysis As previously mentioned, the Packers haven’t had a dominant running back since the days when Brett Favre and Ahman Green were tearing it up. Ryan Grant put together some decent seasons, but was little more than a middle-of-the-road fantasy RB. Things have hit bottom over the last couple of seasons – any team that would take on an aging Cedric Benson proves how desperate things are. So the Packers looked hard at the 2013 draft to cure its most glaring weakness. They took Eddie Lacy in the second round and Frankin in the fourth round of the draft to mix in with DuJuan Harris and Alex Green. While Lacy is expected to take on the role previously held by Grant – pounding the rock between the tackles – Franklin is an undersized change-of-pace back who could become a key contributor to the Packers offense. He has good speed and will likely be used as a check-down passing option. Given as often as Aaron Rodgers lines up in a hurry-up, no-huddle with three wide receivers, Franklin could find himself in position to make some noise. Lacy will be given the chance to be the primary back, but don’t be stunned if Franklin and Rodgers do good things together. Favre made his legacy by developing offensive threats and Rodgers is following that path. Franklin could be the closest thing Packers fans have seen since the tires fell off of Ahman Green. 57) Isaac Redman, Pittsburgh The talk of training camp is likely going to be second-round rookie La’Veon Bell, because Steelers featured backs have always been productive. But, when Rashard Mendenhall went down last year, the Steelers had to improvise. Redman got a chance to be the man. So did Chris Rainey. So did Jonathan Dwyer. But, it was a mess because nobody got a chance to be “the man.” If there is going to be one of those types, Bell fits the mold best of what the Steelers of old have done, but Redman is a beast. He seems to enjoy contact and has a nasty disposition when the ball is in his hands. In each of the last two years, he has had 110 carries and has averaged better than four yards a carry – with most of those yards coming after first contact. If there is going to be a designated goal-line back if the Steelers go with a committee backfield, it will be Redman. But, he is a risk because the odds would seem to be stacked against him to have a huge role in offense, especially with the addition of LaRod Stephens-Howling, who was brought in as a free agent. Redman can be a dangerous receiver and, in another system, he could be huge because he wants to hit people and earns every inch of real estate available. If you have a solid stable of running backs and aren’t looking for a handcuff on your last guy, watch film on Redman and put a check mark next to his name. He has too much upside to ignore. STAT FACT: What a difference a year can make in the maturation of a running back in the passing game. In 2011, Redman caught 18 passes for just 78 yards – an average of just 4.3 yards per reception. In 2012, he caught 19 passes, but they accounted for 244 yards – a 12.8 yard average that was almost triple what he did the previous season. 58) Zac Stacy, St. Louis ® With Isaiah Pead and Daryl Richardson fighting it out for the featured back spot, Stacy could find himself in a sweet position being groomed by Jeff Fisher as a third-down/passing-down back. Given the division that the Rams are in, they are likely going to be throwing a lot and if Stacy can carve out a niche in the offense, he could be a deep sleeper type of pick. When Fisher came to the Rams, he had to deal with the face of the franchise – which wasn’t Sam Bradford, it was Steven Jackson. He inherited Jackson and neither Pead nor Richardson did anything to ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 306 2013 RB Rankings Analysis establish themselves as worthy heirs to the Jackson throne. Stacy isn’t the type that will be a 20carry a game type of player, but can do a lot of things well. He’s a poor man’s Brian Westbrook and could develop quickly into someone who will be ranked a lot higher next year. 59) Kendall Hunter, San Francisco At times during his first two seasons, Hunter looked better and more effective in games as Pro Bowler Frank Gore. He was a step quicker into and out of the hole and finished runs better. As a rookie, he carried 112 times for 473 yards and two touchdowns and caught 16 passes for 195 yards – posting very solid complementary numbers and, at times, visibly better than Gore. He was only looking to improve on those numbers in 2012. With Gore being strong early – a careerlong trend – through the first 11 games of the season, Hunter had just as good if not better numbers than Gore. He only had 72 carries, but was averaging 5.2 yards a pop – with a long run of just 26 yards, that’s a consistent standard. But, in late November, Hunter tore his Achilles tendon and his return will be done in baby steps. A healthy LaMichael James made headway of his own when he took over the role Hunter had held. Jim Harbaugh has watched game tape over and over and has been consistently impressed with what Hunter has done. There is a growing belief that Gore is going to hit the wall that routinely hit running backs at that stage of his career. If that happens, Hunter is in a prime position to take that role – which is huge. Monitor him during the preseason because he could be the biggest RB sleeper of the draft if he’s 100 percent. STAT FACT: Hunter has never truly been given an opportunity to show what he could do for four quarters. In 27 career games, he has just one game in which he had more than 12 carries. 60) Knowshon Moreno, Denver Entering the 2012 season, Moreno had gone from being the starting running back in Denver to be rumored as a potential roster casualty prior to the final cut-downs. As a rookie in 2009, he rushed 247 times for 947 yards, caught 28 passes and scored nine touchdowns. That was the only season in which he played all 16 games. In 13 games in 2010, his numbers were comparable (182-779-5 rushing, 37-372-3 receiving), but when Willis McGahee came to Denver, the price of poker changed. He played in just seven games in 2011, rushing just 37 times for 179 yards. The start of the 2012 season showed little more. In the first two games of the season, he had just seven carries and didn’t play the next eight games. He appeared to be dead in the water. But, when McGahee went down with a knee injury, not only did Moreno get a new lease on life, he made the most of it. In the final six games of the regular season, he had 131 carries for 510 yards and caught 20 passes. Stretched out over a full season, that would translate to 349 carries for 1,360 yards and catching 53 passes. McGahee is gone and Montee Ball has been brought in to replace him, but John Fox has always showed a loyalty to veteran running backs and Moreno proved himself late, which could bode well for 2013. STAT FACT: When given the opportunity late in the 2012, Moreno had five straight games with 20 or more carries. Prior to that, he had just five games with 20 or more carries in the previous 35 games. 61) Bilal Powell, New York Jets In his first two seasons, Powell hasn’t shown much, but he is the incumbent in the backfield with Shonn Greene gone. However, the Jets traded for Chris Ivory and signed Mike Goodson as a free ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 307 2013 RB Rankings Analysis agent, which muddies the water a little bit since none of them have ever been full-time starter. Powell is a classic one-cut runner who finishes carries by gaining as many yards as possible after contact. He had just 110 carries for 437 yards and four touchdowns in 2012, but with Greene no longer in the picture, Powell has a chance to be the primary back in the Jets offense. While all signs point to a committee approach, a power runner is always viewed as an asset and Powell has his own future in his hands. He will enter training camp on the first line of the depth chart and it will be up to Ivory or Goodson to knock him out of that slot. If Powell comes out strong, he will hard to unseat, but there are no guarantees. STAT FACT: It’s well known that Powell doesn’t have breakaway speed, but, in 123 career carries, his career long is just 18 yards. 62) Toby Gerhart, Minnesota Being Adrian Peterson’s backup is like being the backup shortstop in Baltimore behind Cal Ripken – you get some opportunities, but not many. His job has been primarily to back up Peterson when he needs a blow and 2012 was Peterson’s best season…and Gerhart’s worst. Not only did he have a career-low 50 carries after having 190 in his first two seasons, but his 3.4 yard average was more than a full yard below his career average. He also had 20 receptions – the fewest of his career – as well as a career-low 7.8 yards per reception. With Peterson setting a goal of 2,500 rushing yards this season, the chances of Gerhart getting many opportunities doesn’t appear to be in the cards, but, given Peterson’s destructive running style, Gerhart likely will get more opportunities this season. However, his fantasy value would appear to be limited to being the handcuff for the fantasy owner with the first pick in the draft who takes Peterson and needs an insurance policy for that investment. STAT FACT: Running backs rarely have as many touchdowns receiving as they do rushing, but Gerhart has six career TDs – three on 240 rushing attempts (one for every 80 carries) and three on 64 receptions (one for every 21 catches). 63) Michael Bush, Chicago Matt Forte does a lot of things well, but, as we have pointed out over the years, shortyardage/goal-line running isn’t his forte. In fact, he sucks. That was the primary reason why the Bears signed him a year ago. In four seasons with Oakland, thanks to injuries to Darren McFadden, he became a sneaky fantasy producer. In his final season with the Raiders, he carried 256 times for 977 yards and seven touchdowns and caught 37 passes for 418 yards and another TD. His timing was impeccable. He was a free agent following his career year in Oakland and the Bears jumped on him. He didn’t have an eye-popping season – 114 carries for 411 yards and five touchdowns – but caught just nine passes. With the new regime being employed by Marc Trestman, the Bears offense is going to be more wide open, but they will still need a goal line runner to finish off drives. Forte can’t do it. Bush can. While Forte is expected to be like a duck in water with the new system, Bush is going to get his and, given Forte’s injury history, he could end up being a valuable asset in the right situation. STAT FACT: Over the last three seasons, Bush has rushed 523 times and scored 20 rushing touchdowns – an average of one TD for every 26 carries. In that same span, Forte has rushed 708 times and scored 14 rushing TDs – an average of one every 51 carries – almost twice as many as Bush. 64) Joseph Randle, Dallas ® ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 308 2013 RB Rankings Analysis Randle was a fifth-round draft pick who was selected to be a third-down receiver and blocker, but, given the injury history of DeMarco Murray and with Felix Jones out of the picture, the backup role behind Murray is up for grabs. The Cowboys have a lot of faith in their drafting acumen – despite spotty results. Randle has the ability to be a three-down back and showed his value at Oklahoma State. He doesn’t have any guarantees of being a productive fantasy player as a rookie, but, if Murray gets injured, which has happened throughout his college and pro career, he will could be a solid late-round sleeper, especially in leagues that allow for players to be carried over from year to year. He isn’t on most fantasy radars right now, but he is a player worth monitoring during the preseason because he has a lot of things going in his favor. 65) Shonn Greene, Tennessee In fantasy terms, Greene is the equivalent of Rudi Johnson – a player who gets four yards a carry between the tackles and finishes a season with 1,000 rushing yards and 6-8 touchdowns. He was the starter the last two seasons with the Jets and had more than 1,000 yards in both of those two seasons. However, when it came time for Greene to hit free agency, the Jets made no effort to resign him, which opened the door for him to sign with a team in need. The Titans seemed like an unlikely choice, but head coach Mike Munchak has been a fan of power runners, something Chris Johnson isn’t. CJ2K is a home run hitter who doesn’t make his money in between the tackles. Instead, he is a big play waiting to happen in the open field. When teams stack the box against him, he can have awful rushing days – the 15-carry, 20-yard type games – and the Titans didn’t have a second option to force the issue in the run game. Greene provides that option to the offense. Johnson wasn’t happy about the signing, which could either motivate him to have a big season or blow up in his face. Like most of the backs in this end of our rankings, Greene’s value is much higher for an owner looking to handcuff Johnson, but he will get his carries. What he does with it is yet to be seen. STAT FACT: Greene is a one-trick pony. In his four-year career with the Jets (61 games, 31 starts), he has just 65 receptions, has averaged just 7.4 yards per reception and has never scored a receiving touchdown. 66) Jonathan Dwyer, Pittsburgh In his first two seasons, Dwyer’s contribution to the Steelers was minimal. He played in just eight games and had just 25 carries and one reception. When Rashard Mendenhall went down, Dwyer got his opportunity and gave the struggling Steelers running game a boost at midseason. In 13 games, he rushed 156 times for 623 yards and two touchdowns, showing surprising agility and the ability to make people miss in the open field. While rookie La’Veon Bell is expected to take over the starting job at some point and Isaac Redman is a beast who seeks out contact, to start the season, Redman will likely be atop the depth chart and it will be his job to lose in the preseason. It will likely happen at some point, but, if Dwyer comes out on fire out of the gate at training camp, he may win the job and keep it. The Steelers are a team that shows loyalty to players, especially those who produce, but Redman is going to have the opportunity to win (and keep) the job. While a platoon is likely, don’t sleep on Redman if he’s on the board at the end of the draft. STAT FACT: Redman started his first five games of his career in 2012. In the first two, prior to getting injured, he rushed 34 times for 229 yards. When he won the starting job back in the final three games of the season, in the final three games, he rushed 34 times for 113 yards. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 309 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 67) Justin Forsett, Jacksonville Forsett has talent, but has never been a featured back in his career. In six seasons with the Colts, Seahawks and Texans, Forsett played in 78 games, but started just seven of them. He has averaged almost five yards a carry for his career and, in limited use with the Texans last year, he averaged almost six yards a carry. He is a prototype backup, a player who can spell the starter and be a situational runner who has proved his toughness and the ability to get the most out of his rushing attempts. As has been the case for most of his career, he is ideally suited to be a handcuff for owners who own Maurice Jones-Drew. He won’t carry a lot of value with other owners looking for a last RB on their roster, but he has built a decent body of work over the years and it shouldn’t change now that he’s in Jacksonville. STAT FACT: If there is a downside to Forsett’s game it’s that his use as a receiver has been marginalized over the last four years. He has played all 16 games each of the last four seasons, but has experienced a steady drop in both receptions (41-33-23-3) and receiving yards (350-252-128-38) over the last four years. He has 100 career receptions, but only one of them has gone for a touchdown. 68) Ronnie Brown, San Diego At age 31, Brown is viewed as a player who may be over the hill, but had a productive season as a backup and fill-in with the Chargers offense – even though he has scored just one touchdown over the last two years. When he was with Miami, he was viewed as a go-to running back, topping 200 carries four times in six seasons and the only two in which he didn’t, he was on pace to have more than 200 carries, but injuries cut his season short. The Chargers are expected to keep Ryan Mathews as the primary back and Danny Woodhead was signed as a free agent to do many of the same things that Brown does. He doesn’t have a guarantee to make the roster, but, if he does, when Mathews inevitably goes down with another injury, it would be more likely that Brown would be the replacement as the featured back over Woodhead. He’s a risk/reward type of pick, but, seeing as he has just one touchdown in 30 games since leaving Miami, it isn’t likely that he’s going to be too high on many fantasy radars. STAT FACT: In his first seven seasons, Brown had seven times as many rushes (1,170) than receptions (174). In his first season with the Chargers, he had more receptions (49) than rushing attempts (46). 69) LaMichael James, San Francisco As a rookie, James played in just four games, replacing injured Kendall Hunter as Frank Gore’s backup. He rushed 27 times for 125 yards and caught three passes for 29 yards. There are a lot of fantasy owners waiting for Gore to hit the wall that some have been expecting for the last couple of years. James was drafted because he has explosiveness and home run ability out of the backfield. With Gore another year older and Hunter coming off a torn Achilles injury, the door may open a crack for James to make an impression on the coaching staff and get more opportunities to play. He was brought into the 49ers to potentially be Gore’s replacement. While there is little to go on from his rookie season, 2013 will be a season to keep an eye on him, especially during the preseason, and be ready to make a waiver claim on him at some point if he goes undrafted, which, given his lack of rookie production, is likely. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 310 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 70) Shaun Draughn, Kansas City The only thing that is certain in the Chiefs offense is that Jamaal Charles is going to be the main threat in the backfield. In Andy Reid’s first draft, he selected Knile Davis in the third round, which could be bad news for Draughn, who is entering his third season. He didn’t have a carry as a rookie and, in his second season, he was a backup in all 16 games – rushing 59 times for 233 yards and two touchdowns. The battle will be wide open for the Nos. 2-4 running back spots on the roster, so Draughn has no guarantees of being a top backup. He wasn’t drafted by Reid and he has no loyalty toward him because he inherited him. He has the power to be a goal-line back if given the opportunity, but there will be no givens in the new-look Kansas City offense. STAT FACT: In the six games before the Chiefs bye week, Draughn had 45 carries and 14 receptions. In the 10 games after the bye week, he had just 14 carries and 10 receptions. 71) Donald Brown, Indianapolis A former first-round pick, the Colts have never got their money’s worth out of Brown. Expected to be the replacement for Joseph Addai, Brown never lived up to expectations and, after a lackluster start through the first four games of the 2012 season, he was replaced by Vick Ballard and never got his starting job back. In four seasons (50 games), he has scored just 11 touchdowns and has none as a receiver. Despite seemingly being a natural to be a dangerous receiver out of the backfield, his reception totals have dropped steadily over the last three years (20-16-9) and he has never scored a receiving touchdown. With Ballard seemingly entrenched as the starter and Delone Carter slated to be the short-yardage/goal-line back, Brown may be reduced to change-of-pace duty and being hoped to provide a spark wherever possible. He has the speed and ability to reclaim the job, but with a four-year track record of not producing – never having more than 135 carries or 20 receptions – it’s hard to endorse him as a viable fantasy candidate. The Colts gave him four years to prove himself and he has done little to earn their trust. STAT FACT: Known as a speedster, in his last 12 games (which includes 127 carries), he hasn’t had a run of 20 yards or more. 72) Brandon Bolden, New England A big bruising 220-pound back, Bolden didn’t have a lot of playing time as a rookie. In 10 games, he rushed 56 times for 274 yards and two receptions for 11 yards. He found himself behind both Stevan Ridley and Shane Vereen, but, with Danny Woodhead out of the picture, there is going to be a re-division of playing time – as there was when BenJarvus Green-Ellis left prior to last season via free agency. As anyone who has drafted Patriots running backs in the past, they know that Bill Belichick switches things up on a weekly basis. Given that Bolden is the biggest back in the Patriots backfield, there is the chance that against weak run defenses, he may be given the opportunity to be a banger who knocks people over. But, in the same vein, he could spend long periods of time without seeing the field. Drafting Patriots running backs is always a roll of the dice, but, being the biggest back on the team has its advantages. STAT FACT: In Week 4 at Buffalo, Bolden rushed 16 times for 137 yards and one touchdown. In the other nine games combined that he played the rest of the season, he rushed for 137 yards and one touchdown – but it came on 40 carries. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 311 2013 RB Rankings Analysis 73) DuJuan Harris, Green Bay Harris was plucked off the street in October as a free agent after playing five games in 2011 with the Jaguars, he became a reliable backup who played in four games, rushing 43 times for 157 yards and two touchdowns. At season’s end, he seemed like he would be in a solid spot with Cedric Benson not coming back, but the Packers used a second-round pick to take Eddie Lacy and a fourth-round pick on Johnathan Franklin, created an extremely crowded backfield for the Packers with no guaranteed frontrunners. With the two rookies and fantasy killer John Kuhn at fullback, there is likely to be a division of the workload. If either Lacy or Franklin emerges early, it will likely cut into Harris’ playing time. He will be under a lot of pressure early on to hold off the new players and carve out his own spot in the offense, but given how often the Packers abandon the run when it isn’t effective, there are no certainties for any of the Packers running backs – much less the guy who is likely to be the No. 3 guy by season’s end (No. 4 if you count Kuhn, who gets goal line carries and receptions from the fullback spot). STAT FACT: In the two games Harris started in the regular season and the two he started in the postseason, he had a rushing touchdown in each of those games. 74) Montario Hardesty, Cleveland There was some thought following his rookie season in 2011 that Hardesty might be in line for a starting job in 2012. That plan was dashed when the Browns traded with the Minnesota Vikings to move up one spot to select Trent Richardson. T-Rich is expected to be one of the rare threedown RBs in the league, which may limit what Hardesty is able to accomplish even though he is expected to be entrenched as the No. 2 running back in Cleveland. His numbers have been steady if unspectacular in his first two seasons (88-266-0 with 14 receptions in 2011 and 65-271-1 and two receptions in 2012), he is the next man up if Richardson gets injured. But, his lack of explosiveness and acceleration will likely keep him as a backup – he’s never had a carry of more than 25 yards in two years. He’s a decent handcuff option for Richardson owners, but his production hasn’t shown him to be worthy of a roster spot yet. STAT FACT: In 169 career touches (153 rushing attempts and 16 receptions), Hardesty has scored just one career touchdown, which came on a 1-yard belly flop. 75) LeGarrette Blount, New England As a rookie with Tampa Bay in 2009, Blount was one of the biggest fantasy surprises in the league, rushing 201 times for 1,007 yards and six touchdowns while starting just seven of the 13 games he played. He came to Tampa with some baggage after being suspended by Oregon for punching an opposing player (personally, we think the celebrating douche bag had it coming, but he was a Raheem Morris guy. When Greg Schiano got the head coaching job in 2012, he made Doug Martin his first pick and Blount took the brunt of the loss of production for other Bucs RBs. In 13 games, he rushed just 41 times and caught two passes. He is a strong runner who runs with a sense of urgency, which may explain why the Patriots gave up a late-round draft pick to acquire him in the offseason. But, with the crowded backfield in New England, which includes Stevan Ridley, Shane Vereen, Brandon Bolden and Leon Washington, there may be too many players for anyone other than Ridley to garner serious fantasy consideration. Blount has proved he can be a workhorse out of the backfield, but, with diminishing returns in each of his three ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 312 2013 RB Rankings Analysis seasons in rushing yards (1,007-781-151), it’s difficult for fantasy owners to expect a lot of production out of him other than carving out a specialty niche. STAT FACT: Not only has Blount seen his rushing yards drop in each of his three seasons, so has his touchdown production (6-5-2) and his average per carry (5.0-4.2-3.7). ~ end ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 313 2013 WR Rankings Analysis 2013 WR Player Rankings Analysis (by Michael Nazarek & John Holler) Position Analysis – With the increase of passing yards, the transition into three-receiver sets and the proliferation of PPR formats in fantasy leagues, the role of the wide receiver in the world of fantasy football has been intense. Wide receivers used to go in runs in the second and third rounds of most drafts. Now, guys like Calvin Johnson are likely to go in the top five or so and those players capable of catching 90 or more passes have such a premium, some owners will ignore running back early to land a couple of stud wide receivers. While Megatron is the gold standard of fantasy wide receivers, he is far from alone. The quality depth at wide receiver runs deeper than any other position in the fantasy realm by far – quality wide receivers run more than 40 deep, which will fill a lot of roster space. Unlike other positions, where there is a general agreement among the rankings, the opinions at wide receiver as much more divergent, which will create situations where owners will end up with four or five receivers on their roster that they love and may have trouble deciding which to bench. While some of the most exciting wide receivers in the league hitting their third season, 2013 could be as WR-dominant as it has ever been. Tiering Analysis: It seems tyhat no matter how many times Detroit Lions WR Calvin Johnson scores in a season, he's still the top WR to own. Last year was no different. After scoring 16 timers in 2011, Megatron only scored only 5 times in 2012. That's bad, right? Well, not when you also catch a career high 122 passes for 1,964 yards! Bottom Line: Megatron is Megatron and he remains the top pick and a first round fantasy choice in 2013. That said, he's not alone at the top, as Chicago Bears WR Brandon Marshall is right there with him, since the Bears force feed the ball to Marshall just about as much as the Lions do to Johnson. Tier #2 contains three more receivers whom should top the 90-catch mark, along with double-digit scores (except for one). Cincinnati Bengals WR A.J. Green and Dallas Cowboys WR Dez Bryant have emerged as top 5 fantasy WRs, while Houston Texans WR Andre Johnson should be good for 105+ catches even though he's never scored more than 9 times in any one season. Tier #3 consists of a mix of younger receivers on the rise with consistent veteran producers, including an older star player. Atlanta Falcons WR Julio Jones, Denver Broncos WR Demaryius Thomas, and New York Giants WR Victor Cruz have shown they have the talent to dominate on occasion. As for Arizona Cardinals WR Larry Fitzgerald, he finally has a solid QB targeting him, QB Carson Palmer. Don't be shocked if Fitzgerald reclaims a position in the top 5 by season's end. Greybeard Indianapolis Colts WR Reggie Wayne can still kick it, and QB Andrew Luck isn't about to let him fall by the wayside. The 4th Tier contains more quality receivers, but ones with more issues than those in the 3rd Tier. WR Percy Harvin has a new home in Seattle. WR Randall Cobb is an exciting second-year receiver, one whose targets are a bit inconsistent, while teammate WR Jordy Nelson has battled injuries, along with WR Hakeem Nicks in New York. Tier #5 represents those receivers who are decent #3 fantasy WRs with potential to produce better numbers. Players we like in this group include WR Steve Smith, WR Mike Wallace, WR Antonio Brown, and WR Mike Williams. Tier #6 contains a mix of sly veterans and fantasy sleepers who could break out. Favorites in this Tier include WR Pierre Garcon, WR Kenny Britt, WR James Jones, and WR Lance Moore. Tier #7 and Tier #8 should be picked through to fill your final wideout positions. Players such as WR Chris ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 314 2013 WR Rankings Analysis Givens, WR Michael Floyd, WR Vincent Brown, and WR Mohamed Sanu could make surprising fantasy impacts sooner rather than later this season. The key words for rounding out your roster of WRs remain POTENTIAL and OPPORTUNITY. WR Draft Tips – Non-PPR leagues: Try to draft one of the top 10 receivers. If you choose to draft two RBs first, you might be pressed to find one of them available, so drafting a top 10 WR before your second RB isn’t a bad idea if you are forced to choose from the 4th Tier of RBs for your second RB. While it has gotten a bit easier to find a sleeper RB due to the RBBC trend, it’s still easier to find sleepers at WR. If you don’t take a RB in the 2nd round, look for one of the top five WRs. Make sure to grab a top 12 WR no later than round #3, or they will all be gone (12team leagues). Try to make sure your #2 WR is in our top 3 Tiers, keeping in mind that you should have three RBs no later than the 8th round. Targeting a Tier #5 WR for your #3 and/or #4 WR is a nice idea as well (if you can't get a 4th Tier player). In the latter rounds, look to take wideouts in good positions with their team with the potential to shine via talent. Finally, it's always a good idea to grab a flyer wideout as one of your final picks (i.e. Michael Floyd or Vincent Brown). They are dirt cheap and could truly surprise. PPR Leagues: If you draft in the first three picks, then take a RB first, then the best WR available with your second pick. Otherwise, taking WR Calvin Johnson first and the best available RB in round #2 is a good idea. Make sure you have at least two WRs after the 5th round. Take a third WR no later than the 8th round (assuming you start three WRs). As mentioned before, fill out with WRs at good value in the latter rounds like WR Chris Givens, WR Michael Floyd, WR Vincent Brown, WR Jacoby Jones or WR Mohamed Sanu. The Mastermind’s Best Bet: Take a top 3 RB first if possible. If they go before your first pick, then take WR Calvin Johnson if available. If you took a RB in the first round, take a WR in the second. If you took a WR in the first, take a RB in the second. If an elite top Tier QB isn’t available in the third round, then mix and match RB and WR in the 3rd and 4th rounds. After taking your TE (if required) and QB, look to take a top 40 WR by the 8th round. Wideouts in the latter rounds who I am targeting include WR Chris Givens, WR Michael Floyd, WR Vincent Brown, and WR Mohamed Sanu. Complete your roster with a flyer like WR Jacoby Jones, WR Robert Woods or WR Keenan Allen. Finally, if you see your WR Corps as weak after the draft, don't worry. The WR position is the one position where young players breakout early and often. I drafted WR Victor Cruz with my final draft pick in the FFWebMasters Experts League draft a few years ago and we all know what happened in his case! The following rankings are based upon PPR (point-per-reception) leagues! 1ST TIER (THE TRUE ELIE) 1) Calvin Johnson, Detroit There is little doubting that Megatron is the best wide receiver in the NFL. Over the past couple of years, he has proved that beyond any question. While he only caught five touchdowns last year, he was a PPR God – catching 122 passes for an NFL-record 1,964 yards. That came on the heels of a 96-1,681-16 season in 2011. There’s little questioning his value and, in PPR leagues, his value is so pronounced that a case could be made that he might be deserving of the No. 1 ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 315 2013 WR Rankings Analysis overall pick in some scoring formats. Posting 11 games with 110 or more receiving yards last year is epic. Johnson is as dominant a receiver as the league has seen in years. He has posted four seasons of 1,100 or more yards and three seasons with 12 touchdowns or more. He has become more dominant as time as gone by and has yet to have peaked out. While wide receivers typically take a back seat to elite running backs and quarterbacks on draft day, Johnson might be the exception to the rule. STAT FACT: Five receptions are typically the benchmark by which elite receivers are determined because it would translate in 80 catches over a full season. Not only has Megatron caught five or more passes in 15 of his last 17 games, he has 10 or more in seven of those games. 2) Brandon Marshall, Chicago Marshall has been a dominant receiver for years. Over the last six seasons, he has never caught less than 80 passes, has 100 or more receptions in four of those seasons and had topped 1,000 yards in all six. Yet, his first year in Chicago was the most prolific of his career. He caught 118 passes for 1,508 yards and 11 touchdowns. If not for the monster season Calvin Johnson put together, Marshall would have been in competition for the designation of being the most dominant receiver in the league. What makes Marshall’s achievements so remarkable is that he hasn’t had a dominant quarterback – Jay Cutler is good, but not viewed as elite. From their time together in Denver to last year in Chicago, the two have put together 100-reception seasons every season they have been together as full-time starters. While Marshall’s numbers weren’t dominant in Miami, much of that could be attributed to the QB carousel that was taking place. With the Bears getting more support around him with guys like Alshon Jeffery and Martellus Bennett, it won’t be as easy for defenses to double-team Marshall. We’re not saying he will eclipse his enormous 2012 numbers, but he could be in the mix to match them. STAT FACT: Marshall was more dominant on the road than at home. He scored eight of his 11 touchdowns and had four of his seven 100-yard receiving games in the eight games he played away from Soldier Field. SECOND TIER (FIGHTING FOR NO. 3 OVERALL) 3) A.J. Green, Cincinnati Typically, it takes a receiver three years to fully hit his stride. Green isn’t a typical receiver. As a rookie in 2011, he posted the kind of numbers that make a player a fantasy starter – 65 receptions for 1,057 yards and seven touchdowns. Those were considered the benchmark numbers to surpass in his second season and he blew them away – catching 97 passes for 1,350 yards and 11 touchdowns. He has already emerged as the go-to guy for Andy Dalton and the two have a rare sense of timing. The scariest part for defensive coordinators is that it is typically the third season when NFL receivers usually show you what they’ve got. 110 catches, 1,500 yards and a dozen touchdowns aren’t out of the realm of possibility. As Dalton gets better and he and Green continue to build the unspoken rapport QBs and elite receivers build over time, the sky is the limit for Green and a case could be made that next year at this time, he may be No. 1 on the wide receiver draft board. STAT FACT: While Green has been fantastic over his career, he has ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 316 2013 WR Rankings Analysis just one touchdown in eight games that would be played during the fantasy playoffs. In his other 23 games, he has scored 17 touchdowns. 4) Dez Bryant, Dallas As if you needed any more proof as to the existence of the third-year receiver rule, look no further than Bryant. In his first season, he turned some heads with 45 catches for 561 yards and six touchdowns, despite missing four games due to injury and starting just two games. Extrapolated out over 16 games, his numbers would have been 60-748-8 – very strong numbers for a rookie. In 2011, his numbers spiked to 63-928-9 and he was a hot commodity heading into last season despite questions about his maturity and work ethic. He shut those people up in a big way last year, catching 92 passes for 1,382 yards and 12 touchdowns, despite drawing double teams while Miles Austin missed time due to injury. He has emerged as a big threat and his numbers have increased across the board – the most impressive of that being his yards per catch. Typically, the more passes a player catches, the more difficult it is to maintain an average per reception. Bryant’s numbers have gone from 12.5 yards a catch as a rookie, to 14.7 yards a catch in 2011 and 15.0 yards last year. He has publicly committed himself to be a harder worker in improving his route running and physical conditioning. If he has his head on right, Bryant could be huge and leave no question who the top dog is in Big D and why they gave him Michael Irvin’s No. 88. STAT FACT: What made Bryant such a stone cold killer last year? He scored touchdowns in eight games, but in four of those games he caught two touchdown passes. 5) Andre Johnson, Houston Johnson has been a dominant receiver in the league for years, but the biggest issue has been stringing together seasons in which he has stayed healthy. In 10 years Andre 3000 has played all 16 games just six times and just once in the last three years. Healthy last year, he showed he can still get the job done like few others – catching 112 passes for 1,598 yards and four TDs. He is big-play threat, having averaged more than 14 yards per catch in seven of 10 seasons, including each of the last four. The Texans have added complementary pieces and drafted DeAndre Hopkins in the first round of this April’s draft. They’re looking to take some of the workload off of Johnson. There will always be injury concerns, especially as he gets older, but Johnson has showed no signs of slowing down – just the opposite in fact. His 112 receptions were the second highest total of his career (and fifth season with 100 or more receptions – his last five seasons in which he played all 16 games) and his 1,598 receiving yards were the most of any season of his career. He may not be able to approach those kinds of numbers from 2012 again, but, if he stays healthy, he’ll have a shot at it. STAT FACT: The only thing missing from Johnson’s game is consistent touchdown production, especially of late. From 2007-10, he played in 54 games and scored 33 touchdowns. In the last two seasons, he has played in 23 games and scored just six touchdowns. 3RD TIER (CLOSE TO BEING ELITE) 6) Julio Jones, Atlanta ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 317 2013 WR Rankings Analysis Jones has spent the early portion of his career in the shadow of Roddy White, but, just as Marvin Harrison got supplanted by Reggie Wayne as the big-time fantasy receiver in Indianapolis, it would appear that the changing of the guard is coming in Atlanta. White and Jones are neck and neck and Jones is younger and faster and ready to take the mantle of being the No. 1 guy with the Falcons. And guess who is entering his third NFL season? As a rookie in 2011, Jones made a strong impression, catching 54 passes for 959 yards (a sparkling 17.8 yard average) and eight touchdowns. He was ahead of schedule for being a fantasy impact player and his numbers continued to grow last year, as he pulled in 79 passes for 1,198 yards and 10 TDs. This year, he is expected to exceed those lofty totals as he continues to emerge as one of the game’s top deep threats. In 11 of his 16 games last year, he caught at least one pass of 25 yards or more and, in two seasons, he has six touchdowns of 40 yards or more and three of 75+ yards. He is as dynamic as any receiver in the league and the future looks bright. STAT FACT: The home fans don’t get to enjoy Jones’ touchdown dance. In eight road games last year, he caught a touchdown in seven of them. In eight home games, he had only one game in which he scored a TD. 7) Demaryius Thomas, Denver Thomas emerged as an enormous threat with Peyton Manning in 2012, which coincided with, you guessed it, his third NFL season. He battled injuries that forced him to miss 11 games his first two seasons and his numbers were nothing to write home about – 22-283-2 as a rookie and 32-551-4 in 2011. The perfect storm of Season 3 and the arrival of Manning paid dividends immediately. In 16 games, he caught 94 passes for 1,434 yards (an impressive 15.3 yard average) and 10 touchdowns. He emerged as the team’s top deep passing threat and he and Eric Decker created a formidable tandem that made Denver one of the elite fantasy teams in the NFL last season. Some believe the arrival of Wes Welker is going to damage the numbers of both Thomas and Decker, but, considering Welker is a slot receiver and Thomas is the deep guy, his receptions may dip somewhat, but his yardage and TD numbers will likely stay strong. The biggest problem he faces heading into 2013 is too much talent at the wide receiver position – a problem every offensive coordinator would love to have. STAT FACT: The easiest way to know when to play Thomas is when he’s in the thin air of Denver. He had eight games in 2012 with 99 or more receiving yards and six of them came at Invesco Field, as were seven of his 10 touchdowns. 8) Larry Fitzgerald, Arizona Fitzgerald has been a dominant receiver for so long that his ticket in the Hall of Fame has already been punched. He has been a game-changer for years, but his role as the pre-eminent receiver in the league went away with Kurt Warner. In the last three seasons Warner was in the league with the Cardinals, Fitz caught 293 passes for 3,932 yards and 35 touchdowns – better numbers than any receiver in the NFL. Since then, the returns have diminished. Thanks to a revolving door of quarterbacks, is receptions dropped from 90 in 2010 to 80 in 2011 to 71 last year. Despite starting all 16 games, his 798 yards were his fewest since his rookie year in 2004 and his four touchdowns were the least of his career for any single season. Suffice to say, from the fantasy perspective, Fitzgerald hit bottom last year. The arrival of Carson Palmer is going to be a Godsend for him. Whether you like Palmer or not, simply look at the numbers he produces. He is a passer and delivers the goods on a consistent basis. He won’t be the reincarnation of ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 318 2013 WR Rankings Analysis Warner, but expect to see Fitzgerald’s numbers spike back to what fantasy owners have become accustomed to. Given the improvement the Seahawks and 49ers have made the last couple of years, Arizona will lean heavily on Fitz to compete and he has the skill to get the job done like few others. STAT FACT: How bad did things get for Fitzgerald last year? After Arizona’s bye week in Week 10, in the final seven games of the season, he caught just 20 passes for 203 yards and no touchdowns. What makes that even worse is that he had eight catches for 111 yards in one of those games and 12 catches for 92 yards in the other six games combined. 9) Roddy White, Atlanta White has been an elite receiver in Atlanta for years. Starting in 2007 (his third season), White has had six straight seasons with 83 or more receptions, 1,150 yards or more and hasn’t had less than seven touchdown receptions in any of the last five seasons. He is as consistent a receiver as there is in the league and PPR owners absolutely love him because of his reception totals over the last six seasons (83-88-85-115-100-92). While Julio Jones is emerging a bigger deep threat and big-play receiver, White is no consolation prize. He has been Matt Ryan’s leading receiver every year of his career and, even though he will turn 32 in December, he has shown no sign of slowing down or having his skills erode. He has been an ironman as well – in eight seasons, he has never missed a game due to injury (a span of 128 straight games). If there is such a thing as a “safe” pick for a fantasy owner, it’s White, because he will deliver the goods on a consistent basis week in and week out. STAT FACT: No wide receiver in the NFL is as consistent in PPR formats that White. In his last 50 games, he has caught five or more passes in 38 of them. 10) Victor Cruz, New York Giants Cruz burst on the scene in 2011 in his first year as a full-time player, catching 82 passes for 1,536 yards and nine touchdowns, coming out of nowhere to become a late-round fantasy stud and introduce the NFL to salsa dancing. How do you follow up a big season like that? With 86 catches for 1,092 yards and 10 touchdowns in 2012. He is currently undergoing some contract squabbles with the Giants, but, while he is technically entering his fourth season, this will be his third year on the field (he didn’t catch a pass and played just three games as a rookie). He has become as a big a big-play receiver as there is in the league. In two years as a starter, he has 15 games with 90 or more receiving yards, 17 games with six or more receptions and has been a double-edged sword when it comes to putting up points in a hurry. Of his 19 touchdowns, they have included catches of 68, 72, 74, 74, 77, 80 and 99 yards. It’s hard to imagine a player being underrated as a top 10 receiver, but Cruz puts up the kind of back-breaking numbers that win fantasy owners games and you can’t put a price on that – although he’s asking the Giants to do that. STAT FACT: Giants fans are much more accustomed to seeing the salsa dance that road fans. Nine of Cruz’s last 11 touchdowns have come at Met Life Stadium. 11) Reggie Wayne, Indianapolis When Peyton Manning left Indy, the thought was that Wayne would be dead in the water. In 2011 when Manning was out with an injury, despite starting all 16 games, he caught 75 passes for 960 yards and four touchdowns – snapping a streak of seven straight 1,000-yard seasons. His fantasy stock was as low as it had ever been. He was a free agent and many thought he would ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 319 2013 WR Rankings Analysis either ride off into the sunset or move on to another team that wasn’t in a rebuilding mode. He showed loyalty to the organization and was willing to be the main man for Andrew Luck, despite the fact he turned 34 last November and his time in the NFL is winding down. That being said, Wayne has been an ironman, playing every game since his second NFL season in 2002. He not only put up solid numbers, but put up great numbers – his 105 receptions and 1,355 receiving yards were the second highest of his career, the sixth time he had more than 1,200 receiving yards and the fourth time he caught 100 or more passes in a season. While he isn’t getting any younger, in a PPR league, Wayne remains as strong as ever and whoever drafts him will likely have Wayne as an every-week start as Andrew Luck continues to improve – and continues to depend on Wayne to be his primary passing target. STAT FACT: From 2003-10, Wayne caught less than six touchdowns just once, averaging more than eight TDs a year. In the last two years, his TD totals have been five and four, the lowest two-year total of his career since he became a starter. Even more concerning of Wayne showing age is that from 2003-11, he never had a season in which he didn’t have at least one catch of 50 or more yards. His longest catch last year was just 33 yards. FOURTH TIER (TOP 10 POTENTIAL) 12) Vincent Jackson, Tampa Bay In an era where quick timing passes have been the norm, Jackson has been as big a big play receiver as there has been in the NFL. He has averaged almost 18 yards a reception for his eight year career, despite never being close to the 100-catch range. In fact, prior to last year, he had more than 60 receptions just once. There were concerns when he finally was able to orchestrate his exit from San Diego that he wouldn’t have the same kind of production in Tampa Bay. But, Jackson proved his doubters wrong – in a big way. Not only did he thrive in Tampa, he set personal highs for receptions (72), yardage (1,384) and average per catch (19.2). While the Bucs are far from a polished product, he has delivered everything he was advertised when he was brought to Florida and exceeded the highest expectations put in front of him. If you’re looking for a PPR god who is going to catch 100 passes, Jackson isn’t your man. But, if you’re looking for a dynamic playmaker who can eat up chunks of yards at any time, V-Jack may be the guy you want on your team. With 17 touchdowns and almost 2,500 yards over the last two years, it’s hard to go wrong with him. STAT FACT: In his first season with Tampa Bay, Jackson had at least one catch of 19 or more yards in every game and averaged 20 yards or more per catch in six of 16 games. 13) Marques Colston, New Orleans When one looks for a consistent fantasy performer, perhaps nobody has earned the respect that Colston has. The only year he didn’t catch 70 passes was the year he missed six games due to injury. Other than that, his receiving totals have been 70, 98, 70, 84, 80 and 83 and he has topped 1,000 yards in all six of those seasons and has been just as consistent when it comes to getting to the end zone with TD totals of 8-11-9-7-8-10. The only downside to Colston is the nature of the Saints offense itself. Perhaps no QB in the league is more adept at spreading the ball around than Drew Brees. While Colston is one of his favorites, especially in the red zone, Brees has a habit ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 320 2013 WR Rankings Analysis of getting everyone involved in the passing game. The result is that Colston will have his share of quiet weeks to go along with his big days. He isn’t a go-to target like Calvin Johnson or Larry Fitzgerald, but he puts up such consistent numbers that owners who draft him and play him every week know they will end with 80 or so catches for 1,100 yards and eight to 10 touchdowns. Consistently like that over such an extended period is hard to find. He doesn’t have the flash or speed of other receivers on this part of the fantasy list, but, whoever drafts him will start him every week and perhaps the highest compliment he can paid is that, whoever has had him in the past would want him back again. STAT FACT: If you ever consider benching Colston be sure not to do it at home – 12 of his last 13 touchdowns have come at the Superdome and he has 12 TDs in his last 10 home games, while having just one TD in his last 10 road games. 14) Percy Harvin, Seattle When one looks at Harvin there are more factors that need to be taken in than meets the eye. His production as a receiver rose in each of his four years at Minnesota and, by the time he was injured in Week 9 of last season, he was leading the NFL in receptions and was on pace to catch about 120 passes. While his average per catch has dropped in each of his four seasons, his dynamic big play ability hasn’t – in his first three seasons, his catches of 20 or more yards were consistent (12-14-14) and he was on pace to top those numbers before a high ankle sprain ended his 2012 season. Harvin is a “sum of the parts” type player. While his career receiving touchdowns aren’t stellar (6-5-6-3), he brings a dynamic presence as a runner and return man. When factored in the touchdowns he has scored as a receiver, runner and returner, the numbers are much more impressive (8-7-9-5). If there is a question mark, it has been his injury history. He plays with such ferocity that injuries have followed, as well as a history of migraine headaches. He has played all 16 games just once in his career. Given that the Seahawks gave up a first- and third-round pick to get him as well as signing him to a big-money contract, they clearly have big plans for him. He has the potential to set career highs for yards, receptions and touchdowns, but injuries will always be a concern because Harvin plays with such abandon that he will take a lot of high speed collisions that make his a risk. But, when he’s healthy, it can be argued no player is more dangerous for fantasy owners than Harvin. STAT FACT: In the eight full games last year, Harvin had six or more receptions in six of them with reception days of 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 12 – the kind of numbers that get the attention of PPR league owners. 15) Randall Cobb, Green Bay It never hurts when your quarterback predicts you’re going to have 100 receptions, which is exactly what Aaron Rodgers said about Cobb during the team’s OTAs in May. He is well on his way to meeting that lofty goal. As a rookie in 2011, he caught just 25 passes for 375 yards and one touchdown. That changed in a big way last year when he caught 80 passes for 954 yards and eight touchdowns. He has the added bonus of being a punt and kickoff returner, which have resulted in three more touchdowns. There are some questions as to whether his expanding role in the offense will cut into his return time because he’s simply too valuable to Rodgers in the offense, especially now that Greg Jennings is out of the picture. Cobb is an electrifying receiver and has the ability to become a huge fantasy star, especially in PPR leagues. He won’t be a parttime player in the Green Bay offense anymore and, despite a lot of talent elsewhere at the position, with both Jennings and veteran Donald Driver gone, he could be one of three Packers ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 321 2013 WR Rankings Analysis receivers who top 1,000 yards this season. STAT FACT: Despite having elite speed, of his 80 receptions last year, none of Cobb’s receptions covered 40 yards. 16) Jordy Nelson, Green Bay Nelson is a big play waiting to happen, but injuries slowed down his 2012 season, as he missed four games and parts of three others and his numbers dropped from 68-1,263-15 in 2011 to a 12game total of 49-745-7 in 2012. Like Randall Cobb and James Jones, his role is going to be expanded and concentrated. He is a big play threat who has averaged more than 17 yards a reception over the last two seasons and scored 22 touchdowns in 28 games. His is the kind of production that wins weeks for fantasy owners. While his numbers will be up and down from week to week simply because of the depth of talent on the Packers roster and teams likely viewing him as the receiver they will put their top cornerback on, Nelson has the chance of being a player who will fall to the No. 2 fantasy WR role and play every week in someone’s lineup because the Packers are always liable to blow up offensively. The addition of rookie RB Eddie Lacy may end up making Green Bay a little more balanced offensively, but that won’t impact Nelson as much since he is a designated deep threat on the Packers and will still be running under Rodgers bombs deep down the field. STAT FACT: What a difference a year made for Nelson. In 2011, he scored 15 touchdowns – 13 of them at Lambeau Field and just two of them on the road. In 2012, he scored seven TDs – six on the road and just one at home. Is he due for another big Lambeau year this season? Who knows. 17) Hakeem Nicks, New York Giants There is no questioning Nicks’ talent – he already has a pair of seasons with more than 75 receptions and two 1,000-yard receiving years – but the bigger issue with him has been health. He has yet to play a full 16-game schedule and, even when he does play, he has appeared on the weekly injury reports far too often, forcing fantasy owners to make the decision as to whether to start him or put him on the bench when he is listed as questionable. What made him even more troubling last year was that, not only did he miss three games and five starts due to injury, after scoring 15 touchdowns in 28 games the previous two seasons, he scored just three TDs last year. He is in the middle of a contract squabble with the Giants, which is never a good sign, but his ability in the red zone as well as his propensity for scoring touchdowns make him a valuable commodity. A lot of fantasy owners like the idea of taking a player who is in a contract year and, if it is the motivation needed to light a fire under him, Nicks could be a solid value pick at this spot. STAT FACT: PPR league owners noticed the difference in Nicks last year beyond the touchdown disparity over the previous two years. In 2010-11, he caught six or more passes in 14 of 28 games (50 percent). In 2012, he caught six or more passes in just two games (15 percent). FIFTH TIER (DECENT #2/GREAT #3 FANTASY WRS IN LARGE LEAGUES) 18) Danny Amendola, New England+ When Wes Welker “became” Wes Welker, the first thing that had to happen was the emergence of the “Next Wes Welker.” The fact that Amendola is now officially replacing Welker with Tom ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 322 2013 WR Rankings Analysis Brady in New England speaks volumes to what Bill Belichick sees in him as a possession, move the chains type of receiver. In four years with St. Louis, Amendola was a poor man’s Welker. He averages less than nine yards a reception. Those are the kind of numbers fullbacks and blocking tight ends put up. In 2010, he caught 85 passes for 689 yards – an average (8.1 yards) that was even lower than his career average. When Belichick gave up a second-round pick (two rounds higher than he gave Oakland to bring the Moss Magic to New England), he knew what he was doing. In case you’ve forgotten, go up two spots and re-read what Welker did under Big Bill’s watch. If Amendola ends up on your team, you’re picking him on the Belichick instinct. By any account of track record, Amendola doesn’t belong here. But he is. And Belichick is the reason. There’s always one guy who thinks he’s the smartest guy in the room. Belichick more times than not is that guy. STAT FACT: In four seasons with St. Louis, Amendola’s Rams played 64 games. Amendola played in just 42 of them – 30 in his first two years and 12 in the last two. Update 7/26: Amendola has worked hard to develop chemistry with Brady and it seems to have worked during the offseason. As a result, Amendola gets a slight boost as training camps begin. 19) Steve Smith, Carolina Smith has been an elite fantasy wide receiver for some time and, even at the age of 34, he has found a career rejuvenation with Cam Newton. After a pair of down seasons in 2009-10 when fantasy owners were climbing off the bandwagon, Smith was averaging less than 14 yards a reception and hit bottom in 2010 – catching just 46 passes for 554 yards and two TDs. When Newton arrived in 2011, not only did Smith’s numbers spike markedly upward, but so did his explosiveness. In 2011 he caught 79 passes for 1,394 yards and seven TDs and averaged 17.6 yards per catch – the second-highest total of his career. He backed that up in 2012 by catching 73 passes for 1,174 yards and three TDs – a 16.1 yard average. Not only did his production rise, but he has started all 16 games each of the last two seasons, something he hadn’t done since 2005. With Newton maturing and Smith still showing he has what it takes to be a big-time fantasy wide receiver, he still has gas left in the tank and, while no longer a No. 1 fantasy receiver, he has the ability to be a full-time starter in a No. 2 WR role. STAT FACT: The biggest drawback to Smith is that, in an era where elite wide receivers score a bunch of touchdowns, Smith just doesn’t get it done. In 2005-06, he scored 20 touchdowns in 30 games – an average of two TDs every three games. In the six seasons since, he has never scored more than seven touchdowns in a year and has 32 touchdowns in 90 games, approximately one TD in every three games. 20) Dwayne Bowe, Kansas City He is making some bold predictions for this season, claiming he is going to lead the NFL in receptions and touchdowns, but, after scoring 15 TDs in 201, he caught just 59 passes for 801 yards and three TDs in 13 games last year. In six NFL seasons, in the four in which he has played in all 16 games, he has never caught less than 70 passes and has 1,000 yards in three of those seasons and 995 in the other. It’s clear that Andy Reid and the new coaching staff have big plans for Bowe. He was expected to be the premier wideout in free agency, but the Chiefs stepped up and made sure he didn’t get away. That speaks volumes. They want to make Alex Smith successful and he has a pair of big-time players in Bowe and Jamaal Charles to help get that job done. Whether or not Bowe can back up his tough talking is far from certain, but, when he is healthy, he is a difference-maker and the Chiefs are gaining steam as a team that is going to ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 323 2013 WR Rankings Analysis make a big jump after having the first pick in April’s draft. For that to happen, Bowe will have to be a big part of that and Reid has tabbed him to be the go-to guy in the offense, which makes him a player a lot of fantasy owners will want as a No. 2 or 3 fantasy WR. STAT FACT: In 2010, Bowe caught 72 passes and 15 of them went for touchdowns – an average of better than one TD every 4.8 receptions. Over the last two seasons, he has caught 140 passes for just eight touchdowns, an average of one TD every 17.5 receptions. 21) Mike Wallace, Miami Wallace is a big-play receiver and in a new locale with a young quarterback and a fresh start. He was Ben Roethlisberger’s primary big-play target in all four of his seasons in Pittsburgh. As a rookie, he caught, 39 passes for 756 yards and six touchdowns. In 2010, he caught just 60 passes, but averaged 21 yards a catch, gaining 1,257 yards and scoring 10 touchdowns. After catching 72 passes for 1,193 yards and eight TDs in 2011, it would seem his contract got in the way. The Steelers needed to sign one of their wide receivers long-term and opted to put out a deal to both Wallace and Emmanuel Sanders. Sanders’ people accepted the offer and Wallace knew his days in Pittsburgh were numbered. Whether or not that impacted his season is up to speculation, but the numbers don’t lie – they dropped on all accounts. He caught 64 passes for 836 yards and eight touchdowns, not bad for a big-play threat. But, after averaging 18.7 yards per reception in his first three seasons – a span that was pretty exhaustive considering he had 171 receptions in that span – in 2012, his average per reception dropped to 13.1 yards a catch. With his fresh outlook in Miami, expect to see a return to the high average-per-catch numbers to return. They might not be as prolific in terms of touchdowns as he had in Pittsburgh, but he is the clear-cut No. 1 guy for Ryan Tannehill. Some fantasy owners need to see proof before investing in a player, but Wallace has all the earmarks of being a big-play guy in new environment. Whether he can handle the load of being a clear-cut No. 1 guy is up to debate, which is why he is ranked where he is. STAT FACT: Wallace has 32 career touchdowns. Of those, 18 have been of 33 yards or more – TDs of 33, 37, 39, 40, 40, 40, 43, 46, 47, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 60, 81, 82 and 95 yards – which represent more than 56 percent of his career touchdowns. When he scores, he brings along points-a-plenty. 22) Wes Welker, Denver Welker has been a PPR dream for years in New England and has set the reception standard by which PPR players are based. While his touchdown totals have spotty (8-3-4-7-9-6), there has been no questioning his reception numbers (112-111-123-86-122-118) and has had 1,165 or more yards in five of six seasons with the New England. He heads to a new system in Denver and won’t feel a drop off by exchanging Tom Brady for Peyton Manning. The only difference is that Welker was the unquestioned top receiver in New England almost the entire time he was there. In Denver, he not only joins a new offense, but does so with a team that already has Demaryius Thomas and Eric Decker. While it wouldn’t be out of the question to imagine Welker catching 110 or more passes for the sixth time in seven years, it may be a stretch to expect those kind of numbers given the other young options in the Denver passing game. If he was still with New England, he would be ranked much higher, but Denver brought him in for a reason – primarily to take away from their top conference rival and add that player to their own team. STAT FACT: PPR leagues should have a trophy that is a bust of Welker. In PPR leagues, ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 324 2013 WR Rankings Analysis catching six passes is equivalent to scoring a touchdown. In 93 games with the Patriots, Welker caught six or more passes in 68 games (73 percent) and had 10 or more catches in 18 games – almost 20 percent of his games. 23) Eric Decker, Denver Decker was in a perfect storm of third-year receiver meeting a Hall of Fame quarterback. In his rookie season, he had no guarantee of being a long-term option. He played in 14 games, primarily on special teams, and caught just six passes for 106 yards and one TD. In his second season, he started 13 of the 16 games he played – as much by default as anything else – and caught 44 passes for 612 yards and eight touchdowns. Enter Peyton Manning. Suddenly, Decker became a fantasy stud. We’re even willing to concede it didn’t have to do with being his third season, but we’re not discounting it either. Decker caught 85 passes for 1,064 yards and 13 touchdowns. Had Wes Welker not come over to the Broncos, Decker would be rated much higher than he is. Will he still be productive? No question about that. But, given that Damaryius Thomas is the big-play deep threat and Welker is going to steal receptions, Decker has become No. 3 by default. What is the long-term impact? If you are in a dynasty league, you want Decker. Bad! Manning will ride off into the sunset soon enough. So will Welker. Decker is a talent that will take his talents to South Beach or somewhere else when his current contract expires, but all he does is make plays and score touchdowns. If he is you’re No. 3 fantasy receiver, you are in rarified air. But, considering that he is Denver’s No. 3 receiver, you can’t rate him higher. STAT FACT: Say what you want to about his situation, but if Decker catches six passes, he should score a touchdown. Why? He has 135 career receptions and 22 career touchdowns – an average of one TD every six catches. 24) Torrey Smith, Baltimore Smith has put up extremely similar numbers in his first two seasons. As a rookie in 2011, he caught 50 passes for 841 yards and seven touchdowns. Last year, he caught 49 passes for 855 yards and eight touchdowns. While both of them are solid numbers, especially the average per catch (17.1 yards), it doesn’t necessarily translate into big numbers in PPR leagues. However, with Smith entering his third season and Anquan Boldin no longer in the picture as the No. 1 receiver, a lot more is going to be expected of Smith this season. It is time for him to step up as so many third-year receivers do. While he has yet to fully emerge and will be drafted on anticipated production, he has set a solid base level of numbers for himself in his first two seasons and has nowhere to go but up with more opportunities presenting themselves. He is a value pick here and all that is missing is about 20 more receptions a year. Expect to see those numbers come in 2013. STAT FACT: If you need a reason to play Smith, having him at home would be a safe bet. He has scored 12 of his 15 career touchdowns at home and has three of his four career 100-yard receiving games in front of the homes fans. 25) Antonio Brown, Pittsburgh Brown has been an up-and-down performer, yet, when it came time for the Steelers to sign one of their young receivers to a long-term contract, they chose Brown over Mike Wallace, he left via free agency. While Brown has been erratic – in his second season, he caught 69 passes for ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 325 2013 WR Rankings Analysis 1,108 yards (a 16.1 yard average) and two touchdowns, but followed that up with sub-par numbers in 2012 (66-787-5) in an injury riddled season – the Steelers have cleared the path for him to be a headliner in their offense. Blessed with good speed, it didn’t show last year, as his average per reception dropped by more than four yards a catch. However, with Wallace in Miami, Hines Ward no longer stealing away catches and Heath Miller a legitimate question mark heading into the season after a devastating knee injury, Brown may well be the No. 1 receiving option by a significant distance. Pittsburgh usually knows what it is doing when it comes to making personnel decisions, it would seem clear that the Steelers have big plans for him and Brown’s numbers could spike significantly in 2013. Like a lot of the guys in this area, Brown comes with question marks and is something of a dice-roll when it comes to drafting him. All signs point to increased production, but it will take some guts to pull the trigger, especially if he is expected to be a lineup regular. STAT FACT: While Brown has good speed and has scored long touchdowns during his career, his TD production has never caught up with his role in the offense. Of 151 career receptions, he has scored just seven touchdowns – and average of one TD in every 22 receptions. 26) Stevie Johnson, Buffalo Johnson has become a consistent fantasy performer, posting nearly identical numbers the last three years – 82-1,073-10 in 2010, 76-1,004-7 in 2011 and 79-1,046-6 in 2012. While his touchdown numbers have dropped in each of three seasons as full-time starter, he has put up such consistent numbers that he can be counted on for 80 catches and 1,000 yards. Considering that he has done his damage without a legitimate No. 2 receiver to take double-teams away from him and questionable quarterback play around him, his numbers are impressive. The addition of Robert Woods to be a complementary receiver and E.J. Manuel as the new quarterback could make Johnson even more valuable. The biggest issue is that, while his numbers are very solid for a No. 3 fantasy receiver, his TD production has dropped each of the last three years and the return on investment has been diminished with each successive season. He still has considerable upside and may not last this long on draft day in a lot of leagues, but he isn’t the type of receiver a lot of owners will want to count on every week because the big-time production just isn’t there on a week to week basis. STAT FACT: Johnson’s consistency has been uncanny in terms of receptions and yards and that has translated into extremely similar numbers when it comes to his average per catch. In his three years as a starter, his yards-per-reception averages have been 13.1, 13.2 and 13.2 yards in those seasons. 27) Mike Williams, Tampa Bay Williams burst on the scene as a rookie in 2010, catching 65 passes for 964 yards and 11 touchdowns, making an immediate splash. It got fantasy owners excited about his potential in 2011, but his numbers leveled off considerably. While he caught 65 passes for second straight year, his yardage dropped to 771 yards and his touchdowns dropped to three. Just as the buzz what hot on Williams heading into 2011, he was just as cold heading into 2012, especially with the addition of Vincent Jackson. When he was a rookie, he wasn’t viewed as the No. 1 receiving option and produced in a big and surprising way. As the No. 1 guy in 2011, he struggled. But, when Jackson arrived and garnered a lot more of the defensive attention, Williams’ numbers rebounded nicely. He caught 63 passes, but set a personal best with 996 yards and his touchdown ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 326 2013 WR Rankings Analysis total jumped to nine. With the Bucs expected to have a more wide open offense this year, Williams will once again have his stock on the rise and, while he is likely to catch 60+ passes and push for 1,000 yards and potentially double-digit touchdowns. He isn’t what would be considered a sexy fantasy pick, but he gets the job done consistently enough that he will be a value pick in this area of the draft and he has the potential to be a fantasy starter more weeks than not. STAT FACT: In the last two years, Williams has had four games with 95 or more receiving yards – all of them coming at home. SIXTH TIER (VETERANS/YOUNGSTERS WITH POTENTIAL) 28) Greg Jennings, Minnesota Jennings has been a quiet fantasy star for years. After a slow start to his career as rookie, over the next five years, he never had less than 920 receiving yards and had touchdown totals of 12-94-12-9. He proved he could be a go-to guy both with Brett Favre and Aaron Rodgers and, in the three seasons he has played all 16 games, his yearly numbers have been impressive – 80-1,292-9, 68-1,113-4 and 76-1,265-12. The problem has been that he hasn’t been able to stay healthy with any consistency. He has missed time in four of seven seasons – the worst coming in 2012 when he was dogged with injuries the entire season. He played in just eight games and his yardage numbers fell through the floor. After averaging 15.9 yards per reception during his career, he averaged just 10.2 yards per catch last year. Seemingly like the odd-man-out in Green Bay, the Packers didn’t make a legitimate offer for him to return to Green Bay and he became the latest to commit the sin of signing with rival Minnesota – joining Darren Sharper, Ryan Longwell and Brett Favre. Jennings is being counted on to be a leader among a young receiver corps like he was in Green Bay as he helped in the development of Jordy Nelson, James Jones and Randall Cobb. If healthy, Jennings could be a sleeper here because he is expected to be the clear-cut No. 1 guy, something he hasn’t been the last two years in Green Bay. While a lot of fantasy owners have little to no confidence in Christian Ponder, Jennings is going to be the No. 1 receiver. At this point in the draft, finding a No. 3 receiver who can be a No. 1 target for his team is always a plus. STAT FACT: In his last 14 games, Jennings had more than 50 receiving yards in just three games. In his previous 17 games, he had more than 50 yards in 16 games and 80 or more in 14 of them. 29) Pierre Garcon, Washington When Garcon became a free agent following the 2011 seasons, the Redskins surprised a lot of people when they backed up the Brink’s truck and gave him a monster contract and immediately anointed him as the No. 1 receiver for Robert Griffin III. He had made a consistent rise in production in three years as a starter with the Colts – 47-765-4 in 2009, 67-783-6 in 2010 and 70-947-6 in 2011. He was viewed by most as a talented player, but just as much a product of the system with Peyton Manning that carried over when Manning missed the 2011 season. However, his debut season with the Redskins was a disappointment because he battled a significant hamstring much of the season that included a couple of setbacks. In 10 games, he finished the season with 44 catches for 633 yards and four touchdowns – numbers that would have worked out to 70 receptions for 1,013 yards and six touchdowns, essentially identical numbers he ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 327 2013 WR Rankings Analysis produced without Manning in Indy the previous year. There has been a lot of buzz surrounding Garcon in the Redskins’ offseason program – promises that he is going to be the player the Redskins believed he would be last year (more like numbers of 80-1,200-9). If he can reach those numbers, he could be a steal at this spot as a No. 3 or 4 receiver on a roster. But, in five seasons in the NFL, he has played all 16 games just once. He tends to get the nagging type of injuries that cause him to miss time in games and entire games. It’s his red flag, which is why he is rated in this grouping. Like a bunch of players in this range, he is a risk/reward type who could quickly become a value pack. STAT FACT: Garcon is the type of player who kills fantasy owners because of big-play ability. Over the last two years, he caught 10 touchdown passes, including scores of 88, 87, 67, and 59 yards. 30) Jeremy Maclin, Philadelphia Maclin has consistently put up solid numbers in his four NFL seasons, but has never become the 85-catch, 1,200-yard receiver fantasy owners have been expecting. A full-time starter for four years, he has yet to have a 1,000-yard season – posting totals of 56-773-4, 79-964-10, 63-859-5 and 69-857-7. He has set a bar for himself that he established and maintained. He is a piece of the puzzle – a player who more often moves the chains on short, timing passes and not so much as a consistent bomb threat, despite having some huge catches over the years. With question marks at quarterback, where Michael Vick is both hot and cold as well being injury-prone, there is never a guarantee of what you’re going to get. It could be Vick. It could be Nick Foles. It could be Matt Barkley. With so many questions and so few answers, Maclin will likely get drafted higher than this in most leagues (if you want him, be prepared to move him up), but it’s hard to justify ranking him much higher despite the talent and ability to produce more than he has in any season before. STAT FACT: When Maclin strikes, he strikes hard. Last season, he had six games with six or more receptions. Not only did he have 90 or more yards in five of those games, he scored a touchdown in each game in which he had 90 or more yards – giving a double-edged sword plunge to opponents. 31) Miles Austin, Dallas Austin has become a regular fantasy fixture in lineups across the country, but the decline in production over the last couple of years was the result of the ascent of Dez Bryant as the top big play threat and Jason Witten as the primary target. In 2009, Austin set career highs by exploding on the scene with 81 catches for 1,320 yards and 11 touchdowns. He followed that up with a solid season in 2010 (69-1,041-7). He was on his way to another good year in 2011, but injuries limited him to 10 games and modest numbers (43-579-7). However, spread out over 16 games, his numbers would have projected out to 69-926-11 – numbers most fantasy owners would have accepted. However, as Bryant emerged in 2011 as the new big play guy for Tony Romo, Austin and his iffy hamstrings became more of an issue and his production wasn’t what it had been previously. Make no mistake, Bryant is still a dangerous receiver and, while he’s not the type of player who is going to be a No. 1 or even a No. 2 every-week starter like Bryant will be, he is still capable of big games. But, when you’re the third target behind Bryant and Witten, the numbers just won’t be there on a week-to-week basis. STAT FACT: Austin’s production dropped off badly in the second half of last season. In his first eight games of the season, he had ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Football Mastermind 328 2013 WR Rankings Analysis more than 50 receiving yards in seven of eight games. In the second half of the season, he had less than 50 receiving yards in six of eight games. 32) Anquan Boldin, San Francisco Boldin spent years trying to emerge from the shadow of Larry Fitzgerald in Arizona. But, with Kurt Warner at the wheel for most of his seven years in Arizona, Boldin had six 1,000-yard seasons and individual reception seasons of 101, 102, 89, 84 and 83 – despite missing games in five of his seven seasons. When he finally got his chance to be a No. 1 receiver in Baltimore, the problem was that he didn’t have Kurt Warner anymore, he had a young and learning Joe Flacco. His numbers never approached what he did in Arizona – 64-837-7 in 2010, 57-887-3 in 2011 and 65-921-4 in 2012. He again missed time due to his fearless style and willingness to absorb a big hit to make a catch. However, his performance in the postseason was a big reason why the Ravens won the Super Bowl – in four games, he caught 22 passes for 380 yards and four touchdowns, including 6-104-1 against the 49ers in the Super Bowl. When he was signed in free agency by the 49ers, the thought was that he would be a veteran receiver who would likely improve upon the numbers Randy Moss posted last year, but likely would be more in keeping with what he posted in his three years with the Ravens. However, with Michael Crabtree out for most if not all of the 2013 season, Boldin suddenly has been thrust into a larger role in the offense and may have the ability to be the main wide receiver in the 49ers offense. He doesn’t have a lot of flash and dash, but just go back and look what he did in four playoff games. He clearly has a lot of gas left in the tank, despite turning 33 in October. STAT FACT: Boldin has never been known as a big play receiver, more of a guy who does the dirty work over the middle. But, in the last two seasons, he has had two of his three highest yards-per-catch average of his 10-year career. He entered 2011 with a 12.9 yard per catch average. In 2011, he averaged a career best 15.6 yards a catch and, in 2012, averaged 14.2 yards per reception. 33) Kenny Britt, Tennessee Perhaps no player in recent history has been more frustrating to fantasy owners than Britt, who some owners are willing to take off their draft boards completely. As a rookie, he showed signs of promise, catching 42 passes for 701 yards and three touchdowns. But, that would be the last time he has played all 16 games in a season. With injuries and off-field incidents leading to suspensions, he has missed time in each of the subsequent three seasons. In his second year in 2010, in just 12 games, he caught 42 passes for 775 yards and nine touchdowns, leading many to believe he was ready for a big breakout season in 2011. In three games, he lived up to that promise – catching 17 passes for 289 yards and three touchdowns, but missed the remaining 13 games of the season due to injury. He returned last year, but didn’t show the same level of promise. Despite setting a career-best with 45 interceptions, he gained just 589 yards – a 13.1 average that was 4.3 yards a reception less than his previous career average through three season. He caught just four touchdowns, which was also a disappointment considering that, in the previous two years, he had caught 12 TDs in 15 games. With his lack of consistent big-time production and his penchant for getting him in trouble with the police off the field, Britt may be the biggest gamble in this year’s fantasy draft. He has the potential to be a No. 1 receiver, but many owners won’t even consider taking him until they already have three receivers already in the fold. He’s been frustrating, but, if he can ever get his head right and put it all together, he ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (C)opyright 2013 Fantasy Foo